iBet uBet web content aggregator. Adding the entire web to your favor.
iBet uBet web content aggregator. Adding the entire web to your favor.



Link to original content: http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2017/32/schedules/2017-11-23
Finance (No. 2) Act 2017

Search Legislation

Finance (No. 2) Act 2017

 Help about what version

What Version

 Help about advanced features

Advanced Features

Status:

Point in time view as at 23/11/2017.

Changes to legislation:

Finance (No. 2) Act 2017 is up to date with all changes known to be in force on or before 01 November 2024. There are changes that may be brought into force at a future date. Changes that have been made appear in the content and are referenced with annotations. Help about Changes to Legislation

Close

Changes to Legislation

Changes and effects yet to be applied by the editorial team are only applicable when viewing the latest version or prospective version of legislation. They are therefore not accessible when viewing legislation as at a specific point in time. To view the ‘Changes to Legislation’ information for this provision return to the latest version view using the options provided in the ‘What Version’ box above.

SCHEDULES

Section 14

SCHEDULE 1U.K.Social investment tax relief

PART 1 U.K.Amendments of Part 5B of ITA 2007

IntroductoryU.K.

1U.K.ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

Date by which investment must be made to qualify for SI reliefU.K.

2U.K.In section 257K(1)(a)(iii) (date by which investment must be made to qualify for SI relief) for “6 April 2019” substitute “ 6 April 2021 ”.

The existing investments requirementU.K.

3U.K.After section 257LD insert—

257LDAThe existing investments requirement

(1)If at the time immediately before the investment is made the investor holds any shares in or debentures of—

(a)the social enterprise, or

(b)a company which at that time is a qualifying subsidiary of the social enterprise,

those shares or debentures must be risk finance investments or (in the case of shares) permitted subscriber shares.

(2)A share or debenture is a “risk finance investment” for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is a share that was issued to the investor, or a debenture of which the investor is the holder in return for advancing an amount, and

(b)at any time, a compliance statement under section 205, 257ED or 257PB is provided in respect of it or of shares or investments including it.

(3)Subscriber shares are “permitted subscriber shares” for the purposes of this section if—

(a)they were issued to the investor and have been continuously held by the investor since they were issued, or

(b)they were acquired by the investor at a time when the company which issued them—

(i)had issued no shares other than subscriber shares, and

(ii)had not begun to carry on or make preparations for carrying on any trade or business.

(4)In this section “debenture” is to be read in accordance with section 257L(6).

The no disqualifying arrangements requirementU.K.

4U.K.After section 257LE insert—

257LEAThe no disqualifying arrangements requirement

(1)The investment must not be made, and money raised by the social enterprise from the making of the investment must not be employed,—

(a)in consequence or anticipation of disqualifying arrangements, or

(b)otherwise in connection with disqualifying arrangements.

(2)Arrangements are “disqualifying arrangements” if—

(a)the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the arrangements is to secure both that an activity is or will be carried on by the social enterprise or a 90% social subsidiary of the social enterprise and that—

(i)one or more persons (whether or not including any party to the arrangements) may obtain relevant tax relief in respect of a qualifying investment which raises money for the purposes of that activity, or

(ii)shares issued by the social enterprise which raise money for the purposes of that activity may comprise part of the qualifying holdings of a VCT,

(b)that activity is the relevant qualifying activity, and

(c)one or both of conditions A and B are met.

(3)Condition A is that, as a (direct or indirect) result of the money raised by the investment being employed as required by section 257MM, an amount representing the whole or the majority of the amount raised is, in the course of the arrangements, paid to or for the benefit of a relevant person or relevant persons.

(4)Condition B is that, in the absence of the arrangements, it would have been reasonable to expect that the whole or greater part of the component activities of the relevant qualifying activity would have been carried on as part of another business by a relevant person or relevant persons.

(5)For the purposes of this section it is immaterial whether the social enterprise is a party to the arrangements.

(6)In this section—

  • 90% social subsidiary” is to be read in accordance with section 257MV;

  • component activities” means the carrying on of a qualifying trade or preparing to carry on such a trade, which constitutes the relevant qualifying activity;

  • a “qualifying investment” means—

    (a)

    shares in the social enterprise, or

    (b)

    a qualifying debt investment in the social enterprise (see section 257L);

  • qualifying holdings”, in relation to the social enterprise, is to be construed in accordance with section 286 (VCTs: qualifying holdings);

  • relevant person” means a person who is a party to the arrangements or a person connected with such a party;

  • relevant qualifying activity” means the qualifying trade or activity mentioned in section 257ML(1) for the purposes of which the investment raised money;

  • relevant tax relief” has the meaning given by subsection (7).

(7)“Relevant tax relief”—

(a)in relation to a qualifying debt investment, means SI relief in respect of that investment;

(b)in relation to shares, means one or more of the following—

(i)SI relief in respect of the shares;

(ii)EIS relief (within the meaning of Part 5) in respect of the shares;

(iii)SEIS relief (within the meaning of Part 5A) in respect of the shares;

(iv)relief under Chapter 6 of Part 4 (losses on disposal of shares) in respect of the shares;

(v)relief under section 150A or 150E of TCGA 1992 (EIS and SEIS) in respect of the shares;

(vi)relief under Schedule 5B to that Act (EIS: reinvestment) in consequence of which deferral relief is attributable to the shares (see paragraph 19(2) of that Schedule);

(vii)relief under Schedule 5BB to that Act (SEIS: re-investment) in consequence of which SEIS re-investment relief is attributable to the shares (see paragraph 4 of that Schedule).

5(1)Section 257SH (power to require information where reason to believe SI relief may not be due because of certain kinds of arrangements, etc) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) after “257LE,” insert “ 257LEA, ”.

(3)In subsection (4) at the appropriate place insert—

Section 257LEAThe investor, the social enterprise, any person controlling the social enterprise and any person whom an officer of Revenue and Customs has reason to believe may be a party to the arrangements in question

Limits on amounts that may be investedU.K.

6(1)In the italic heading before section 257M, after “enterprise” insert “ : general ”.U.K.

(2)Omit sections 257MA and 257MB (which are superseded by the provision inserted by sub-paragraph (3) below).

(3)After section 257MN insert—

Limits on amounts that may be investedU.K.
257MNAMaximum amount where investment made in first 7 years

(1)This section applies where—

(a)the investment is made before the end of the period of 7 years beginning with the relevant first commercial sale, or

(b)the investment is made after that period but—

(i)a relevant investment was made in the social enterprise before the end of that period, and

(ii)some or all of the money raised by that relevant investment was employed for the purposes of (or of part of) the qualifying activity for which the money raised by the investment is employed.

(2)Where this section applies, the total amount of relevant investments made in the social enterprise on or before the date when the investment is made must not exceed £1.5 million.

(3)The reference in subsection (2) to relevant investments “made in the social enterprise” is to be read with section 257MNB.

(4)In this section—

  • qualifying activity” means—

    (a)

    a qualifying trade within paragraph (a) of section 257ML(1) carried on by the social enterprise or a 90% social subsidiary of the social enterprise, or

    (b)

    an activity within paragraph (b) of section 257ML(1) so carried on;

  • the relevant first commercial sale” has the meaning given by section 175A(6), reading—

    (a)

    references to the issuing company as references to the social enterprise,

    (b)

    references to the issue date as references to the investment date, and

    (c)

    references to money raised by the issue of the relevant shares as references to money raised by the investment;

  • relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

(5)Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

(6)Where the social enterprise is an accredited social impact contractor—

(a)the reference in subsection (1)(a) to the relevant first commercial sale is to be read as a reference to the date on which the social enterprise first entered into a social impact contract;

(b)the reference in subsection (1)(b) to the qualifying activity mentioned there is to be read as a reference to the carrying out of the social impact contract for which the money raised by the investment is employed.

(7)For provision about maximum amounts where this section does not apply, see section 257MNC.

257MNBSection 257MNA: supplementary

(1)In section 257MNA(2) the reference to relevant investments “made in the social enterprise” includes—

(a)relevant investments made in a company which, at the material date, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise,

(b)any other relevant investment made in a company to the extent that the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by another company (“company X”) which, at the material date, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, and

(c)any other relevant investment made in a company if—

(i)the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by that company or another person, and

(ii)after that relevant investment was made, but on or before the material date, that trade became a transferred trade (see subsection (5)).

(2)The investments within paragraph (a) of subsection (1)—

(a)include investments made in a company mentioned in that paragraph before it became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

(b)where a company mentioned in that paragraph is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the material date, do not include any investments made in that company after it last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

(3)For the purposes of subsection (1)(b), where company X is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the material date, any money employed after company X last ceased to be such a subsidiary is to be ignored.

(4)Where only a proportion of the money raised by a relevant investment is employed for the purposes of a trade which becomes a transferred trade, only the corresponding proportion of that relevant investment is to be treated as falling within subsection (1)(c).

(5)For the purposes of this section, if—

(a)on or before the material date a trade is transferred—

(i)to the social enterprise,

(ii)to a company which, at the material date, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, or

(iii)to a partnership of which the social enterprise, or a company within sub-paragraph (ii), is a member, and

(b)the trade or part of it was at any time before the transfer carried on by another person,

the trade or part mentioned in paragraph (b) becomes a “ transferred trade ” when it is transferred as mentioned in paragraph (a).

(6)The cases within subsection (5)(a)—

(a)include the case where the trade is transferred to a company within subsection (5)(a)(ii), or a partnership of which such a company is a member, before the company became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

(b)where a company within subsection (5)(a)(ii) is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the material date, do not include the case where the trade is transferred to that company, or a partnership of which that company is a member, after that company last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

(7)In this section—

  • the material date” means the date on which the investment is made;

  • relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

(8)Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

(9)Section 173A(6) and (7) (meaning of “trade” etc) apply also for the purposes of this section.

257MNCMaximum amount for cases outside section 257MNA

(1)This section applies where—

(a)the investment is made at any time after the period mentioned in section 257MNA(1)(a), and

(b)it is not the case that the conditions in section 257MNA(1)(b)(i) and (ii) are met.

(2)Where this section applies—

(a)the total amount of relevant investments made in the social enterprise on or before the date when the investment is made must not exceed £1.5 million, and

(b)the amount invested must not be more than the amount mentioned in subsection (3).

(3)That amount is the amount given by the formula—

where—

T is the total of any relevant investments made in the social enterprise in the aid period,

M is the total of any de minimis aid, other than relevant investments, that is granted during the aid period—

(a)

to the social enterprise, or

(b)

to a qualifying subsidiary of the social enterprise at a time when it is such a subsidiary,

RCG is the highest rate at which capital gains tax is charged in the aid period, and

RSI is the highest SI rate in the aid period.

(4)In subsection (3) “the aid period” means the 3 years—

(a)ending with the day on which the investment is made, but

(b)in the case of that day, including only the part of the day before the investment is made.

(5)In this section “de minimis aid” means de minimis aid which fulfils the conditions laid down—

(a)in Commission Regulation (EU) No. 1407/2013 (de minimis aid) as amended from time to time, or

(b)in any EU instrument from time to time replacing the whole or any part of that Regulation.

(6)For the purposes of subsection (3), the amount of any de minimis aid is the amount of the grant or, if the aid is not in the form of a grant, the gross grant equivalent amount within the meaning of that Regulation as amended from time to time.

(7)For the purposes of subsection (3), if—

(a)the investment or any relevant investment is made, or

(b)any aid is granted,

in sterling or any other currency that is not the euro, its amount is to be converted into euros at an appropriate spot rate of exchange for the date on which the investment is made or the aid is paid.

(8)In this section “relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

(9)Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

(10)Section 257MNB (which expands the meaning of “relevant investments made in the social enterprise”) applies for the purposes of each of subsections (2) and (3) above as it applies for the purposes of section 257MNA(2).

257MNDLimit on investment in shorter applicable period

(1)This section applies where condition A or condition B is met.

(2)Condition A is that—

(a)a company becomes a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at any time during the shorter applicable period,

(b)all or part of the money raised by the investment is employed for the purposes of a qualifying activity which consists wholly or partly of a trade carried on by that company, and

(c)that trade (or part of it) was carried on by that company before it became a 51% subsidiary as mentioned in paragraph (a).

(3)Condition B is that all or part of the money raised by the investment is employed for the purposes of a qualifying activity which consists wholly or partly of a trade which, during the shorter applicable period, becomes a transferred trade (see subsection (9)).

(4)Where this section applies, at each time in the shorter applicable period (“the relevant time”) the total of the relevant investments made in the social enterprise before that time must not exceed £1.5 million.

(5)In subsection (4) the reference to relevant investments “made in the social enterprise” includes—

(a)relevant investments made in a company which at any time before the relevant time has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise,

(b)any other relevant investment made in a company to the extent that the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by another company (“company X”) which at any time before the relevant time has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, and

(c)any other relevant investment made in a company if—

(i)the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by that company or another person, and

(ii)after that relevant investment was made, but before the relevant time, that trade (or part of it) became a transferred trade.

(6)The investments within paragraph (a) of subsection (5)—

(a)include investments made in a company mentioned in that paragraph before it became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

(b)where a company mentioned in that paragraph is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the relevant time, do not include any investments made in that company after it last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

(7)For the purposes of subsection (5)(b), where company X is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the relevant time, any money employed after company X last ceased to be such a subsidiary is to be ignored.

(8)Where only a proportion of the money raised by a relevant investment is employed for the purposes of a trade which becomes a transferred trade, only the corresponding proportion of that relevant investment is to be treated as falling within subsection (5)(c).

(9)For the purposes of this section, if—

(a)before the relevant time, a trade is transferred—

(i)to the social enterprise,

(ii)to a company which, at the relevant time, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, or

(iii)to a partnership of which the social enterprise, or a company within sub-paragraph (ii), is a member, and

(b)the trade or part of it was at any time before the transfer carried on by another person,

the trade or part mentioned in paragraph (b) becomes a “ transferred trade ” when it is transferred as mentioned in paragraph (a).

(10)The cases within subsection (9)(a)—

(a)include the case where the trade is transferred to a company within subsection (9)(a)(ii), or a partnership of which such a company is a member, before the company became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

(b)where a company within subsection (9)(a)(ii) is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the relevant time, do not include the case where the trade is transferred to that company, or a partnership of which that company is a member, after that company last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

(11)In this section—

  • qualifying activity” has the same meaning as in section 257MNA (see subsection (4) of that section);

  • relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

(12)Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

(13)Section 173A(6) and (7) (meaning of “trade” etc) apply also for the purposes of this section.

257MNEPower to amend limits on amounts that may be invested

(1)The Treasury may by regulations substitute a different figure for the figure for the time being specified in section 257MNA(2), 257MNC(2) or (3) or 257MND(4).

(2)Regulations under this section may make incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional or saving provision.

(3)Regulations under this section may not be made unless a draft of the instrument containing them has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

(4)In section 1014 (orders and regulations), in subsection (5)(b) (orders and regulations excluded from subsection (4)) for sub-paragraph (iiia) substitute—

(iiia)section 257MNE (social investment relief: amendment of limits on investments),.

Number of employees limitU.K.

7U.K.In section 257MH (the number of employees requirement), in each of subsections (1) and (2) for “500” substitute “ 250 ”.

Financial health requirementU.K.

8U.K.After section 257MI insert—

257MIAThe financial health requirement

(1)The social enterprise must meet the financial health requirement at the beginning of the shorter applicable period.

(2)The financial health requirement is that the social enterprise is not in difficulty.

(3)The social enterprise is “in difficulty” if it is reasonable to assume that it would be regarded as a firm in difficulty for the purposes of the Community Guidelines on State Aid for Rescuing and Restructuring Firms in Difficulty (2004/C 244/02).

Purposes for which money raised can be usedU.K.

9(1)Section 257MM (requirement to use money raised and to trade for minimum period) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)Employing money on the repayment of a loan does not amount to employing the money for the funded purpose.

(3)In subsection (7)(c) after “(3),” insert “ (3A), ”.

Excluded activitiesU.K.

10(1)Section 257MQ (meaning of “excluded activity”) is amended as set out in sub-paragraphs (2) to (4).U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)—

(a)in paragraph (b) omit “(but see subsection (2))”;

(b)after paragraph (b) insert—

(ba)leasing (including letting ships on charter or other assets on hire),

(bb)receiving royalties or licence fees,

(bc)operating or managing nursing homes or residential care homes or managing property used as a nursing home or residential care home (see section 257MQA),

(bd)generating electricity, exporting electricity (see subsection (3)) or making electricity generating capacity available,

(be)generating heat,

(bf)generating any form of energy not within paragraph (bd) or (be),

(bg)producing gas or fuel,;

(c)omit paragraph (f) (subsidised generation or export of electricity).

(3)Omit subsection (2).

(4)After subsection (2) insert—

(3)For the purposes of subsection (1)(bd) electricity is exported if it is exported onto a distribution system or transmission system (within the meaning of section 4 of the Electricity Act 1989).

(5)After section 257MQ insert—

257MQAExcluded activities: nursing homes and residential care homes

(1)This section supplements section 257MQ(1)(bc).

(2)Nursing home” means any establishment which exists wholly or mainly for the provision of nursing care—

(a)for persons suffering from sickness, injury or infirmity, or

(b)for women who are pregnant or have given birth.

(3)Residential care home” means any establishment which exists wholly or mainly for the provision of residential accommodation, together with board and personal care, for persons in need of personal care because of—

(a)old age,

(b)mental or physical disability,

(c)past or present dependence on alcohol or drugs,

(d)any past illnesses, or

(e)past or present mental disorder.

(4)The activities of a person are not to be taken to fall within section 257MQ(1)(bc) unless that person has an estate or interest in, or is in occupation of, the nursing home or residential care home in question.

(6)Omit section 257MS (subsidised generation or export of electricity).

PART 2 U.K.Consequential amendments

11(1)ITA 2007 is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 178A (EIS: the no disqualifying arrangements requirement), in subsection (6), in the definition of “relevant tax relief” after paragraph (b) insert—

(ba)SI relief under Part 5B in respect of the shares;.

(3)In section 257CF (SEIS: the no disqualifying arrangements requirement), in subsection (6), in the definition of “relevant tax relief” after paragraph (b) insert—

(ba)SI relief under Part 5B in respect of the shares;.

(4)In section 299A (VCTs: the no disqualifying arrangements requirement), in subsection (6), in the definition of “relevant tax relief” after paragraph (c) insert—

(ca)SI relief (within the meaning of Part 5B) in respect of the shares;.

12U.K.In Schedule 6 to FA 2015 (investment reliefs: excluded activities) omit paragraph 13 (which is superseded by paragraph 10 of this Schedule).

13U.K.In Part 2 of Schedule 24 to FA 2016 (tax advantages about which information may be obtained from certain persons), after the entry relating to relief granted to investors in a company under the enterprise investment scheme insert—

Relief granted to investors in a social enterprisePart 5B of ITA 2007The social enterprise

PART 3 U.K.Commencement

14(1)The amendments made by paragraphs 3 and 6 to 9 have effect in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017.U.K.

(2)Nothing in sub-paragraph (1) prevents investments made before 6 April 2017 from constituting “relevant investments” for any purpose of section 257MNA, 257MNB, 257MNC or 257MND of ITA 2007.

(3)Subject to sub-paragraph (4), the amendments made by paragraphs 4 and 5 have effect in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017.

(4)Arrangements which include any transaction entered into before 6 April 2017 are not “disqualifying arrangements” for the purposes of section 257LEA of ITA 2007.

15U.K.The amendments made by paragraph 10—

(a)so far as they apply for the purposes of section 257JD of ITA 2007, come into force on 6 April 2017;

(b)so far as they apply for the purposes of sections 257MJ and 257MP of ITA 2007, have effect in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017.

16(1)Subject to sub-paragraph (3), the amendments made by paragraph 11(2) and (3) have effect in relation to shares issued on or after 6 April 2017.U.K.

(2)Subject to sub-paragraph (3), the amendment made by paragraph 11(4) has effect for the purpose of determining whether shares or securities issued on or after 6 April 2017 are to be regarded as comprised in a company's qualifying holdings.

(3)The amendments made by paragraph 11 do not have effect for the purposes of determining any question whether particular arrangements which include any transaction entered into before 6 April 2017 are “disqualifying arrangements” for the purposes of section 178A, 257CF or 299A of ITA 2007.

Section 16

SCHEDULE 2U.K.Trades and property businesses: calculation of profits

PART 1 U.K.Trades etc: amendments of ITTOIA 2005

1U.K.ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.

2U.K.For section 33A (cash basis: capital expenditure) substitute—

33ACash basis: capital expenditure

(1)This section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of a trade on the cash basis.

(2)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the acquisition or disposal of a business or part of a business.

(3)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, education or training.

(4)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of—

(a)any asset that is not a depreciating asset (see subsections (6) and (7)),

(b)any asset not acquired or created for use on a continuing basis in the trade,

(c)a car (see subsection (14)),

(d)land,

(e)a non-qualifying intangible asset (see subsections (8) to (11)), or

(f)a financial asset (see subsection (12)).

(5)But subsection (4)(d) does not prevent a deduction being made for expenditure that—

(a)is incurred on the provision of a depreciating asset which, in being provided, is installed or otherwise fixed to land so as to become, in law, part of the land, but

(b)is not incurred on, or in connection with, the provision of—

(i)a building,

(ii)a wall, floor, ceiling, door, gate, shutter or window or stairs,

(iii)a waste disposal system,

(iv)a sewerage or drainage system, or

(v)a shaft or other structure in which a lift, hoist, escalator or moving walkway may be installed.

(6)An asset is a “depreciating” asset if, on the date the item of a capital nature is incurred, it is reasonable to expect that before the end of 20 years beginning with that date—

(a)the useful life of the asset will end, or

(b)the asset will decline in value by 90% or more.

(7)The useful life of an asset ends when it could no longer be of use to any person for any purpose as an asset of a business.

(8)Intangible asset” means anything that is capable of being an intangible asset within the meaning of FRS 105 and, in particular, includes—

(a)an internally-generated intangible asset, and

(b)intellectual property.

(9)An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” unless, by virtue of having a fixed maximum duration, it must cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

(10)An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” if it consists of a right, whether conditional or not, to obtain an intangible asset without a fixed maximum duration by virtue of which that asset must, assuming the right is exercised at the last possible time, cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

(11)Where—

(a)the trader has an intangible asset, and

(b)the trader grants a licence or any other right in respect of that asset to another person,

any intangible asset that consists of a licence or other right granted to the trader in respect of the intangible asset mentioned in paragraph (a) is “non-qualifying”.

(12)A “financial asset” means any right under or in connection with—

(a)a financial instrument, or

(b)an arrangement that is capable of producing a return that is economically equivalent to a return produced under any financial instrument.

(13)A reference to acquisition, provision, alteration or disposal includes potential acquisition, provision, alteration or (as the case may be) disposal.

(14)In this section—

  • arrangement” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);

  • building” includes any fixed structure;

  • car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 268A of that Act);

  • financial instrument” has the same meaning as in FRS 105;

  • FRS 105” means Financial Reporting Standard 105 (the Financial Reporting Standard applicable to the Micro-entities Regime), issued by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2015;

  • intellectual property” means—

    (a)

    any patent, trade mark, registered design, copyright or design right, plant breeders' rights or rights under section 7 of the Plant Varieties Act 1997,

    (b)

    any right under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom corresponding or similar to a right within paragraph (a),

    (c)

    any information or technique not protected by a right within paragraph (a) or (b) but having industrial, commercial or other economic value, or

    (d)

    any licence or other right in respect of anything within paragraph (a), (b) or (c);

  • provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition;

  • the trader” means the person carrying on the trade.

3U.K.In section 95A (application of Chapter 6 of Part 2 (trade profits: receipts) to the cash basis)—

(a)the existing text becomes subsection (1),

(b)in that subsection, omit the entry relating to section 96A, and

(c)after that subsection insert—

(2)Section 96A makes provision about capital receipts in certain cases where the profits of a trade are calculated on the cash basis or have previously been calculated on the cash basis (and see also section 96B).

4(1)Section 96A (cash basis: capital receipts) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For the heading substitute “ Capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis ”.

(3)For subsections (1) to (3) substitute—

(1)This section applies in relation to a trade carried on by a person in two cases—

(a)Case 1 (see subsections (2) to (3A)), and

(b)Case 2 (see subsections (3B) to (3E)).

(2)Case 1 is a case in which conditions A and B are met.

(3)Condition A is that the person receives disposal proceeds or a capital refund in relation to an asset at a time when an election under section 25A (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade.

For the meaning of “disposal proceeds” and “capital refund” see subsections (3F) and (3G).

(3A)Condition B is that—

(a)an amount of capital expenditure (see subsection (3H)) relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, or

(b)an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset which—

(i)has been incurred (or treated as incurred) by the person before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis, and

(ii)is cash basis deductible in relation to that tax year (see section 96B(4)),

has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade for a tax year for which no election under section 25A had effect in relation to the trade.

(3B)Case 2 is a case in which—

(a)condition C is met, and

(b)condition D or E is met.

(3C)Condition C is that disposal proceeds or a capital refund arise to the person in relation to an asset at a time—

(a)when no election under section 25A has effect in relation to the trade, and

(b)which is after a time when such an election had had effect in relation to the trade.

(3D)Condition D is that an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset—

(a)has been paid at a time when an election under section 25A had effect in relation to the trade,

(b)has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

(c)on the assumption that an election under section 25A had not had effect at the time the expenditure was paid, would not have been qualifying expenditure.

(3E)Condition E is that an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade for a tax year—

(a)for which no election under section 25A had effect in relation to the trade, and

(b)which is before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis.

The reference in this subsection to expenditure brought into account does not include a reference to expenditure brought into account under CAA 2001 (see section 96B(5)).

(3F)Disposal proceeds” means—

(a)any proceeds arising from the disposal of an asset or any part of it,

(b)any proceeds arising from the grant of any right in respect of, or any interest in, the asset, or

(c)any amount of damages, proceeds of insurance or other compensation received in respect of the asset.

See also subsections (4) and (5) for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset.

(3G)Capital refund” means an amount that is (in substance) a refund of capital expenditure relating to an asset.

(3H)Capital expenditure” means expenditure of a capital nature incurred, or treated as incurred, on or in connection with—

(a)the provision, alteration or disposal of an asset, or

(b)the potential provision, alteration or disposal of an asset.

(3I)The disposal proceeds or capital refund mentioned in condition A or (as the case may be) condition C are to be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade.

(3J)In a case where only part of the total capital expenditure incurred, or treated as incurred, by the person in relation to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade (whether or not on the cash basis), the amount brought into account under subsection (3I) is proportionately reduced.

The reference in this subsection to expenditure brought into account includes a reference to expenditure brought into account under CAA 2001 (see section 96B(5)).

(3K)Subsection (3I) does not apply if the whole of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under that subsection—

(a)has already been brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade under this section,

(b)is brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade under any other provision of this Part (except section 240D(3) (assets not fully paid for)), or

(c)is brought into account under any Part of CAA 2001 as a disposal value.

(3L)If part of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under subsection (3I) has already been or is brought into account as mentioned in subsection (3K), subsection (3I) applies in relation to the remainder of that amount.

(4)Omit subsection (7).

5U.K.After section 96A insert—

96BSection 96A: supplementary provision

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of section 96A.

(2)Any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(3)A person carrying on a trade “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if—

(a)an election under section 25A has effect in relation to the trade for the tax year, and

(b)no such election had effect in relation to the trade for the previous tax year.

(4)Expenditure is “cash basis deductible” in relation to a tax year if, on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in that tax year, a deduction would be allowed in respect of the expenditure in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis for that tax year.

(5)Expenditure is “brought into account under CAA 2001” in calculating the profits of a trade if and to the extent that—

(a)a capital allowance made under Part 2, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of that Act in respect of the expenditure is treated as an expense in calculating those profits (see, for example, section 247 of that Act), or

(b)qualifying expenditure (within the meaning of Part 2, 7 or 8 of CAA 2001) is allocated to a pool for the trade and is set-off against different disposal receipts.

(6)An amount of qualifying expenditure is “set-off against different disposal receipts” if—

(a)the amount would have been unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool for the trade, but

(b)the amount is not so carried forward because (and only because) one or more disposal values in respect of one or more assets, other than the asset in respect of which the qualifying expenditure was incurred (or treated as incurred), have at any time been brought into account in that pool.

(7)For the purposes of subsection (6), an amount of qualifying expenditure incurred (or treated as incurred) by a person is not to be regarded as not carried forward because the person enters the cash basis.

(8)In this section and in section 96A—

  • disposal value” means—

    (a)

    in section 96A(3K)(c)—

    (i)

    a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2, 4A, 5, 6, 7 8 or 10 of CAA 2001 (for example, in relation to Part 2 of that Act, see (in particular) section 61 of that Act), or

    (ii)

    proceeds from a balancing event for the purposes of Part 3 or 3A of that Act (see sections 316 and 360O of that Act), and

    (b)

    in subsection (6), a disposal value for the purposes of—

    (i)

    Part 2 of that Act (see, in particular, section 61 of that Act),

    (ii)

    Part 7 of that Act (see section 462 of that Act), or

    (iii)

    Part 8 of that Act (see sections 476 and 477 of that Act);

  • market value amount” means the amount that would be regarded as normal and reasonable—

    (a)

    in the market conditions then prevailing, and

    (b)

    between persons dealing with each other at arm's length in the open market;

  • pool” means—

    (a)

    the main pool or a class pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 54 of that Act),

    (b)

    a pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 7 of that Act (see section 456 of that Act), or

    (c)

    a pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 8 of that Act (see section 470 of that Act);

  • provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition;

  • qualifying expenditure” means—

    (a)

    qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 11(4) of that Act for the general rule),

    (b)

    qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 5 of that Act (see section 395 of that Act),

    (c)

    qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 6 of that Act (see section 439 of that Act),

    (d)

    qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 7 of that Act (see section 454 of that Act), or

    (e)

    qualifying trade expenditure within the meaning of Part 8 of that Act (see section 468 of that Act);

  • unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of—

    (a)

    Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act),

    (b)

    Part 7 of that Act (see section 461 of that Act), or

    (c)

    Part 8 of that Act (see section 475 of that Act).

6U.K.In section 106D (capital receipts), for “(cash basis: capital receipts)” substitute “ (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) ”.

7(1)Section 240C (unrelieved qualifying expenditure) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For the heading substitute “ Unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Parts 2, 7 and 8 of CAA 2001 ”.

(3)In subsection (1)(b), after “unrelieved qualifying expenditure” insert “ relating to the trade ”.

(4)In subsection (3), for “the relevant portion of the expenditure” substitute “ any cash basis deductible amount of the expenditure ”.

(5)For subsection (4) substitute—

(4)A “cash basis deductible amount” of the expenditure means any amount of the expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year.

(6)In subsection (5), for “The relevant portion” substitute “ Any cash basis deductible amount ”.

(7)After subsection (5) insert—

(5A)For the purposes of subsection (1)(b), in determining the unrelieved qualifying expenditure the person has to carry forward, disregard sections 59(4), 461A(1) and 475A(1) of CAA 2001 (which provide that an amount is not to be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure when a person enters the cash basis).

(8)For subsection (6) substitute—

(6)In this section “unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of—

(a)Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act),

(b)Part 7 of that Act (see section 461 of that Act), or

(c)Part 8 of that Act (see section 475 of that Act).

8U.K.After section 240C insert—

240CAUnrelieved qualifying expenditure: Part 5 of CAA 2001

(1)This section applies if a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade enters the cash basis for a tax year (“the current tax year”).

(2)But this section does not apply if section 240D applies.

(3)In calculating the profits of the trade for the current tax year, a deduction is allowed for any amount of expenditure—

(a)which would, apart from section 419A(1) of CAA 2001, have been unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the current tax year, and

(b)for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year.

(4)In this section—

  • mineral extraction trade” has the meaning given in section 394 of CAA 2001;

  • unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 5 of CAA 2001 (see section 419 of that Act).

9(1)Section 240D (assets not fully paid for) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(b), for “obtained” to the end substitute “ incurred relevant expenditure, and ”.

(3)After subsection (1) insert—

(1A)Relevant expenditure” means expenditure—

(a)for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year, and

(b)in respect of which the person has obtained capital allowances under Part 2, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of CAA 2001.

(4)In subsection (4), for “The amount of any capital allowance obtained in respect of expenditure on the provision of any plant or machinery” substitute “ Any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is relevant expenditure, or as to whether or to what extent any capital allowance obtained is in respect of relevant expenditure, ”.

(5)In subsection (5), after “given” insert “ under Part 2 of CAA 2001 ”.

(6)Omit subsection (6).

10U.K.In section 786(6) (meaning of “rent-a-room receipts”), for “(capital receipts)” substitute “ (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) ”.

11U.K.In section 805(5) (meaning of “qualifying care receipts”), for “(capital receipts)” substitute “ (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) ”.

PART 2 U.K.Property businesses: amendments of ITTOIA 2005

12U.K.ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.

13U.K.In Chapter 3 of Part 3 (profits of property businesses: basic rules), after section 271 insert—

Basis of calculation of profitsU.K.

271ABasis of calculation of profits: GAAP required

(1)The profits of a property business for a tax year must be calculated in accordance with GAAP if condition A, B, C, D or E is met.

(2)Condition A is that the business is carried on at any time in the tax year by—

(a)a company,

(b)a limited liability partnership,

(c)a corporate firm, or

(d)the trustees of a trust.

(3)For the purposes of subsection (2) a firm is a “corporate firm” if a partner in the firm is not an individual.

(4)Condition B is that the cash basis receipts for the tax year exceed £150,000.

(5)In subsection (4) “the cash basis receipts for the tax year” means the total of the amounts that would be brought into account as receipts in calculating the profits of the property business for the tax year on the cash basis (see section 271D).

(6)If the property business is carried on for only part of the tax year, the sum given in subsection (4) is proportionately reduced.

(7)Condition C is that—

(a)the property business is carried on by an individual (“P”),

(b)a share of joint property income is brought into account in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year,

(c)a share of that joint property income is brought into account in calculating the profits for the tax year of a property business carried on by another individual (“Q's property business”), and

(d)the profits of Q's property business for the tax year are calculated in accordance with GAAP.

(8)In subsection (7) “joint property income” means income to which P and Q are treated for income tax purposes as beneficially entitled in equal shares by virtue of section 836 of ITA 2007.

(9)Condition D is that—

(a)an allowance under Part 3A of CAA 2001 (business premises renovation allowances) is made at any time in calculating the profits of the property business, and

(b)if the profits of the business were to be calculated in accordance with GAAP for the tax year, there would be a day in the tax year on which the occurrence of a balancing event (within the meaning of that Part) would give rise to a balancing adjustment for the tax year (see section 360M of that Act).

(10)Condition E is that an election under this subsection made by the person who is or has been carrying on the property business has effect in relation to the business for the tax year.

(11)An election under subsection (10) must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

(12)The Treasury may by regulations—

(a)amend subsection (2);

(b)amend subsection (4) so as to substitute another sum for the sum for the time being specified in that subsection.

(13)A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (12) may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

(14)Subsection (13) does not apply if the regulations omit one or more paragraphs of subsection (2) and make no other provision.

271BCalculation of profits in accordance with GAAP

(1)In this Part, references to calculating the profits of a property business in accordance with GAAP are to calculating the profits in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice, subject to any adjustment required or authorised by law in calculating profits for income tax purposes.

(2)A requirement under this Part to calculate profits in accordance with GAAP does not—

(a)require a person to comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 or subordinate legislation made under that Act except as to the basis of calculation, or

(b)impose any requirements as to audit or disclosure.

(3)See section 272 (application of trading income rules: GAAP) which applies only where profits are calculated in accordance with GAAP.

271CBasis of calculation of profits: cash basis required

The profits of a property business for a tax year must be calculated on the cash basis if none of conditions A, B, C, D or E in section 271A is met.

271DCalculation of profits on the cash basis

(1)In this Part, references to calculating the profits of a property business on the cash basis are to calculating the profits in accordance with subsections (2) and (3).

(2)In calculating the profits, receipts of the business are brought into account at the time they are received, and expenses of the business are brought into account at the time they are paid.

(3)Subsection (2) is subject to any adjustment required or authorised by law in calculating profits for income tax purposes.

(4)For provision about the application of Chapter 4 (profits of property businesses: lease premiums etc) in relation to profits calculated on the cash basis, see section 276A.

(5)For provision about the application of Chapter 5 (rules about deductions and receipts) in relation to profits calculated on the cash basis, see section 307A.

(6)The following provisions apply only where profits are calculated on the cash basis—

(a)section 272ZA (application of trading income rules: cash basis), and

(b)Chapter 7A (cash basis: adjustments for capital allowances).

14U.K.In the italic heading before section 272, at the end insert : application of trading income rules.

15U.K.After that italic heading insert—

271EProfits of a property business: application of trading income rules

(1)The profits of a property business are calculated in the same way as the profits of a trade.

(2)But this is subject to—

(a)section 272, which limits the rule in subsection (1) in relation to a property business whose profits are calculated in accordance with GAAP, and

(b)section 272ZA, which limits that rule in relation to a property business whose profits are calculated on the cash basis.

16(1)Section 272 (profits of a property business: application of trading income rules) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For the heading substitute “ Application of trading income rules: GAAP ”.

(3)Omit subsection (1).

(4)In subsection (2), for the words before the table substitute “ In relation to a property business whose profits are calculated in accordance with GAAP, the provisions of Part 2 (trading income) which apply as a result of section 271E(1) are limited to the following— ”.

(5)In the table in subsection (2), omit the entry relating to section 25 (generally accepted accounting practice).

17U.K.After section 272 insert—

272ZAApplication of trading income rules: cash basis

(1)In relation to a property business whose profits are calculated on the cash basis, the provisions of Part 2 (trading income) which apply as a result of section 271E(1) are limited to the following—

In Chapter 3 (basic rules)—
section 26losses calculated on same basis as profits
section 28Amoney's worth
section 29interest
In Chapter 4 (rules restricting deductions)—
section 34expenses not wholly and exclusively for trade and unconnected losses
sections 38 to 42 and 44employee benefit contributions
sections 45 to 47business entertainment and gifts
section 52exclusion of double relief for interest
section 53social security contributions
section 54penalties, interest and VAT surcharges
section 55crime-related payments
section 55Aexpenditure on integral features
In Chapter 5 (rules allowing deductions)—
section 57pre-trading expenses
sections 58 and 59incidental costs of obtaining finance
section 69payments for restrictive undertakings
sections 70 and 71seconded employees
section 72payroll deduction schemes: contributions to agents' expenses
sections 73 to 75counselling and retraining expenses
sections 76 to 80redundancy payments etc
section 81personal security expenses
sections 82 to 86contributions to local enterprise organisations or urban regeneration companies
sections 86A and 86Bcontributions to flood and coastal erosion risk management projects
sections 87 and 88scientific research
sections 89 and 90expenses connected with patents, designs and trade marks
section 91payments to Export Credits Guarantee Department
In Chapter 6 (receipts)—
section 96capital receipts
section 97debts incurred and later released
section 104distribution of assets of mutual concerns
section 105(1) and (2)(b) and (c)industrial development grants
section 106sums recovered under insurance policies etc
In Chapter 6A (amounts not reflecting commercial transactions)—
section 106Camounts not reflecting commercial transactions
section 106Dcapital receipts
section 106Egifts to charities etc
In Chapter 7 (gifts to charities etc)—
section 109receipt by donor or connected person of benefit attributable to certain gifts

(2)In those provisions, the expression “this Part” is to be read as a reference to those provisions as applied by subsection (1) and to the other provisions of Part 3.

(3)In section 106D, the reference to subsection (4) or (5) of section 96A is to be read as a reference to subsection (2), (3) or (5) of section 307F (deemed capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis).

18U.K.After section 272ZA insert— “ Calculation of profits: other general rules ”.

19U.K.In section 272A (restricting deductions for finance costs related to residential property), after subsection (6) insert—

(7)See also section 307D (cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans).

20(1)Section 274 (relationship between rules prohibiting and allowing deductions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For subsection (1)(b) substitute—

(b)is subject to—

(i)section 36 (unpaid remuneration), as applied by section 272,

(ii)section 38 (employee benefit contributions), as applied by sections 272 and 272ZA,

(iii)section 48 (car hire), as applied by section 272,

(iv)section 55 (crime-related payments), as applied by sections 272 and 272ZA,

(v)section 272A (finance costs), and

(vi)section 307D (cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans).

(3)In subsection (3)—

(a)after “section 272” insert “ , or sections 38 and 55 as applied by section 272ZA ”, and

(b)for “section 272A” insert “ sections 272A and 307D ”.

(4)In subsection (4), after “section 272” insert “ or 272ZA ”.

21U.K.In section 276(5) (introduction: profits of property businesses: lease premiums etc), after “292” insert “ ; but see also section 276A ”.

22U.K.After section 276 insert—

276AApplication of Chapter to property businesses using cash basis

The following provisions of this Chapter do not apply in calculating the profits of a property business on the cash basis—

(a)sections 291 to 294 (tenants under taxed leases: deductions), and

(b)sections 296 and 298 (ICTA modifications).

23U.K.In Chapter 5 of Part 3 (profits of property businesses: other rules about receipts and deductions), after the Chapter heading insert—

Cash basis: application of ChapterU.K.

307ACash basis: application of Chapter

(1)The following provisions of this Chapter apply only where the profits of a property business are calculated on the cash basis—

(a)section 307B (cash basis: capital expenditure),

(b)section 307C (cash basis: deduction for costs of loans), and

(c)section 307D (cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans).

(2)Sections 307E and 307F make provision about capital receipts in certain cases where the profits of a property business are calculated on the cash basis or have previously been calculated on the cash basis.

Property businesses using cash basisU.K.

307BCash basis: capital expenditure

(1)This section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of a property business on the cash basis.

(2)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the acquisition or disposal of a business or part of a business.

(3)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, education or training.

(4)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of land.

(5)But subsection (4) does not prevent a deduction being made for expenditure that—

(a)is incurred on the provision of a depreciating asset which, in being provided, is installed or otherwise fixed to qualifying land (see subsection (8)) so as to become, in law, part of the land, but

(b)is not incurred on, or in connection with, the provision of—

(i)a building,

(ii)a wall, floor, ceiling, door, gate, shutter or window or stairs,

(iii)a waste disposal system,

(iv)a sewerage or drainage system, or

(v)a shaft or other structure in which a lift, hoist, escalator or moving walkway may be installed.

(6)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of an asset for use in ordinary residential property (see subsection (8)). But see section 311A (replacement domestic items relief).

(7)If an asset is provided partly for use in ordinary residential property and partly for other purposes, such apportionment of the expenditure incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of the asset is to be made for the purposes of subsection (6) as is just and reasonable.

(8)In relation to the calculation of profits for a tax year—

(a)ordinary residential property” means a dwelling-house or part of a dwelling-house in relation to which an ordinary property business (see subsection (9)) is carried on in the tax year, and

(b)qualifying land” means land not falling within paragraph (a).

(9)Ordinary property business” means—

(a)so much of a UK property business as does not consist of the commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation (within the meaning of Chapter 6) in the UK, or

(b)so much of an overseas property business as does not consist of the commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation in one or more EEA states.

(10)No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of—

(a)any asset that is not a depreciating asset (see subsections (11) and (12)),

(b)any asset not acquired or created for use on a continuing basis in the property business,

(c)a car (see subsection (20)),

(d)a non-qualifying intangible asset (see subsections (13) to (16)), or

(e)a financial asset (see subsection (17)).

(11)An asset is a “depreciating” asset if, on the date the item of a capital nature is incurred, it is reasonable to expect that before the end of 20 years beginning with that date—

(a)the useful life of the asset will end, or

(b)the asset will decline in value by 90% or more.

(12)The useful life of an asset ends when it could no longer be of use to any person for any purpose as an asset of a business.

(13)Intangible asset” means anything that is capable of being an intangible asset within the meaning of FRS 105 and, in particular, includes—

(a)an internally-generated intangible asset, and

(b)intellectual property.

(14)An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” unless, by virtue of having a fixed maximum duration, it must cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

(15)An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” if it consists of a right, whether conditional or not, to obtain an intangible asset without a fixed maximum duration by virtue of which that asset must, assuming the right is exercised at the last possible time, cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

(16)Where—

(a)the person carrying on the property business (“P”) has an intangible asset, and

(b)P grants a licence or any other right in respect of that asset to another person,

any intangible asset that consists of a licence or other right granted to P in respect of the intangible asset mentioned in paragraph (a) is “non-qualifying”.

(17)A “financial asset” means any right under or in connection with—

(a)a financial instrument, or

(b)an arrangement that is capable of producing a return that is economically equivalent to a return produced under any financial instrument.

(18)A reference to acquisition, provision, alteration or disposal includes potential acquisition, provision, alteration or (as the case may be) disposal.

(19)If there is a letting of accommodation only part of which is furnished holiday accommodation, such apportionments as are just and reasonable in all the circumstances are to be made for the purposes of this section.

(20)In this section—

  • arrangement” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);

  • building” includes any fixed structure;

  • car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 268A of that Act);

  • financial instrument” has the same meaning as in FRS 105;

  • FRS 105” means Financial Reporting Standard 105 (the Financial Reporting Standard applicable to the Micro-entities Regime), issued by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2015;

  • intellectual property” means—

    (a)

    any patent, trade mark, registered design, copyright or design right, plant breeders' rights or rights under section 7 of the Plant Varieties Act 1997,

    (b)

    any right under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom corresponding or similar to a right within paragraph (a),

    (c)

    any information or technique not protected by a right within paragraph (a) or (b) but having industrial, commercial or other economic value, or

    (d)

    any licence or other right in respect of anything within paragraph (a), (b) or (c);

  • provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition.

307CCash basis: deduction for costs of loans

(1)Section 307D applies in calculating the profits of a property business for a tax year if conditions A to D are met.

(2)Condition A is that the profits of the business are calculated on the cash basis for the tax year.

(3)Condition B is that a deduction for costs of a loan is allowed in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year or, ignoring section 272A (restricting deductions for finance costs related to residential property) and section 307D (cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans), would be so allowed. In this section such a loan is referred to as a “relevant loan”.

(4)Condition C is that an amount of the principal of one or more relevant loans is outstanding at the end time (and a relevant loan in respect of which such an amount is outstanding at the end time is referred to in this section as an “outstanding relevant loan”).

(5)Condition D is that—

where—

L is the total outstanding amount of relevant loans (see subsections (6) and (7)), and

V is the sum of the values of all relevant properties (see subsections (8) to (10)).

(6)The “total outstanding amount of relevant loans”—

(a)if there is only one outstanding relevant loan, is the outstanding business amount of that loan, and

(b)if there are two or more outstanding relevant loans, is found by calculating the outstanding business amount of each such loan and adding those amounts together.

(7)The “outstanding business amount” of a relevant loan is given by—

where—

A is the amount of the principal of the loan which is outstanding at the end time,

X is the amount of the deduction for costs of the loan that would be allowed, apart from sections 272A and 307D, in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year, and

Y is the amount of the deduction for costs of the loan that would be allowed, apart from the wholly and exclusively rule and sections 272A and 307D, in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year.

(8)A property is a “relevant property” if—

(a)it is involved in the property business at the end time, or

(b)although it is not involved in the business at the end time—

(i)it was last involved in the business at an earlier time in the tax year, and

(ii)the person carrying on the business holds the property throughout the period beginning with that earlier time and ending with the end time.

(9)The “value” of a relevant property is the total of—

(a)the market value of the property at the time that it is first involved in the property business, and

(b)such amount of any expenditure of a capital nature incurred by the person carrying on the business in respect of the property as is not brought into account in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year or any previous tax year.

(10)A property is “involved in the property business” if it is a property whose exploitation forms the whole or part of the business.

(11)The “end time” is—

(a)the time immediately before the end of the tax year, or

(b)if in the tax year the person carrying on the business permanently ceases to carry it on, the time immediately before the person permanently ceases to carry on the business.

(12)Costs”, in relation to a loan, means—

(a)interest on the loan,

(b)an amount in connection with the loan that, for the person receiving or entitled to the amount, is a return in relation to the loan which is economically equivalent to interest, or

(c)incidental costs of obtaining finance by means of the loan.

(13)Section 58(2) to (4) (meaning of “incidental costs of obtaining finance”) apply for the purposes of subsection (12)(c).

(14)In this section—

  • market value”, in relation to a property, means the price which the property might reasonably be expected to fetch—

    (a)

    in the market conditions then prevailing, and

    (b)

    between persons dealing with each other at arm's length in the open market;

  • property” means an estate, interest or right in or over land;

  • the wholly and exclusively rule” means the rule in section 34 (expenses not wholly and exclusively for trade and unconnected losses), as applied by section 272ZA (application of trading income rules: cash basis).

307DCash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans

(1)Where section 307C provides that this section applies in calculating the profits of a property business for a tax year, the amount which is allowed as a deduction for costs of a loan in calculating the profits for the tax year is the non-adjusted deduction multiplied by the relevant fraction. This is subject to section 272A (restricting deductions for finance costs related to residential property).

(2)The non-adjusted deduction” means the deduction for costs of the loan that would be allowed, apart from section 272A and this section, in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year.

(3)The relevant fraction” means—

where V and L have the same meaning as in section 307C.

(4)For the meaning of “costs of a loan” see section 307C.

Property businesses that use, or have used, cash basisU.K.

307ECapital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis

(1)This section applies in relation to a property business carried on by a person in two cases—

(a)Case 1 (see subsections (2) to (4)), and

(b)Case 2 (see subsections (5) to (8)).

(2)Case 1 is a case in which conditions A and B are met.

(3)Condition A is that the person receives disposal proceeds or a capital refund in relation to an asset in a tax year for which the profits of the property business are calculated on the cash basis (see section 271D).

For the meaning of “disposal proceeds” and “capital refund” see subsections (9) and (10).

(4)Condition B is that—

(a)an amount of capital expenditure (see subsection (11)) relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis, or

(b)an amount of relevant capital expenditure (see subsection (17)) relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B)—

(i)by means of a deduction allowed under section 58 or 59 (incidental costs of obtaining finance) (as applied by section 272) or section 311A (replacement domestic items relief), or

(ii)under CAA 2001 (see subsection (20)).

(5)Case 2 is a case in which—

(a)condition C is met, and

(b)condition D or E is met.

(6)Condition C is that disposal proceeds or a capital refund arise to the person in relation to an asset in a tax year—

(a)for which the profits of the property business are calculated in accordance with GAAP, and

(b)which is after a tax year for which the profits of the business had been calculated on the cash basis.

(7)Condition D is that an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset—

(a)has been paid in a tax year for which the profits of the property business were calculated on the cash basis,

(b)has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the business on the cash basis, and

(c)on the assumption that the profits had not been calculated on the cash basis at the time the expenditure was paid, would not have been qualifying expenditure.

(8)Condition E is that—

(a)an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business for a tax year in accordance with GAAP by means of a deduction allowed under section 58 or 59 (as applied by section 272) or section 311A, and

(b)that tax year is before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis.

(9)Disposal proceeds” means—

(a)any proceeds arising from the disposal of an asset or any part of it,

(b)any proceeds arising from the grant of any right in respect of, or any interest in, the asset, or

(c)any amount of damages, proceeds of insurance or other compensation received in respect of the asset.

See also section 307F for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset.

(10)Capital refund” means an amount that is (in substance) a refund of capital expenditure relating to an asset.

(11)Capital expenditure” means expenditure of a capital nature incurred, or treated as incurred, on or in connection with—

(a)the provision, alteration or disposal of an asset, or

(b)the potential provision, alteration or disposal of an asset.

(12)The disposal proceeds or capital refund mentioned in condition A or (as the case may be) condition C are to be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business.

(13)In a case where only part of the total capital expenditure incurred, or treated as incurred, by the person in relation to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business (whether or not on the cash basis), the amount brought into account under subsection (12) is proportionately reduced. The reference in this subsection to expenditure brought into account includes a reference to expenditure brought into account under CAA 2001 (see subsection (20)).

(14)Subsection (12) does not apply if the whole of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under that subsection—

(a)has already been brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business under this section,

(b)is brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the business under any other provision of this Part (except section 334D(4) (assets not fully paid for)), or

(c)is brought into account under Part 2 or 3A of CAA 2001 as a disposal value.

The reference to any other provision of this Part in paragraph (b) includes a reference to any provision applied by section 272 or 272ZA.

(15)If part of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under subsection (12) has already been or is brought into account as mentioned in subsection (14), subsection (12) applies in relation to the remainder of that amount.

(16)For the purposes of this section, any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is brought into account in calculating the profits of a property business is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(17)In subsection (4)(b) “relevant capital expenditure” means capital expenditure which—

(a)has been incurred (or treated as incurred) by the person before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis, and

(b)is cash basis deductible in relation to that tax year.

(18)For the purposes of this section, a person carrying on a property business “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if the profits of the business are calculated—

(a)on the cash basis for the tax year, and

(b)in accordance with GAAP for the previous tax year.

(19)Expenditure is “cash basis deductible” in relation to a tax year if, on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in that tax year, a deduction would be allowed in respect of the expenditure in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis for that tax year.

(20)For the purposes of this section, expenditure is “brought into account under CAA 2001” in calculating the profits of a property business if and to the extent that—

(a)a capital allowance made under Part 2 of that Act in respect of the expenditure is treated as an expense in calculating those profits (see sections 248 to 250A of that Act), or

(b)qualifying expenditure (within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001) is allocated to a pool for a relevant qualifying activity and is set-off against different disposal receipts.

(21)An amount of qualifying expenditure is “set-off against different disposal receipts” if—

(a)the amount would have been unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool for the relevant qualifying activity, but

(b)the amount is not so carried forward because (and only because) one or more disposal values in respect of one or more assets, other than the asset in respect of which the qualifying expenditure was incurred (or treated as incurred), have at any time been brought into account in that pool.

(22)For the purposes of subsections (20) and (21), an activity is a “relevant qualifying activity” if—

(a)it is a qualifying activity mentioned in section 15(1)(b) to (da) of CAA 2001 (property business activities), and

(b)the property business consists of or includes that qualifying activity.

(23)For the purposes of subsection (21), an amount of qualifying expenditure incurred (or treated as incurred) by a person is not to be regarded as not carried forward because the person enters the cash basis.

(24)In this section—

  • disposal value” means—

    (a)

    in subsection (14)(c)—

    (i)

    a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see, in particular, section 61 of that Act), or

    (ii)

    proceeds from a balancing event for the purposes of Part 3A of that Act (see section 360O of that Act), and

    (b)

    in subsection (21), a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2 of that Act;

  • pool” means the main pool or a class pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 54 of that Act);

  • provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition;

  • qualifying expenditure” means qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 11(4) of that Act for the general rule);

  • unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act).

307FDeemed capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis

(1)This section makes provision supplementary to section 307E.

(2)If—

(a)at any time a person ceases to use an asset or any part of it for the purposes of a property business (other than in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (5)), but

(b)the person does not dispose of the asset (or that part) at that time,

the person is to be regarded for the purposes of section 307E as disposing of the asset (or that part) at that time for an amount equal to the market value amount.

(3)If at any time there is a material increase in the person's non-business use of an asset or any part of it, the person is to be regarded for the purposes of section 307E as disposing of the asset (or that part) at that time for an amount equal to the relevant proportion of the market value amount.

(4)For the purposes of subsection (3)—

(a)there is an increase in a person's non-business use of an asset (or part of an asset) if—

(i)the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or that part) that is for the purposes of the property business decreases, and

(ii)the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or that part) that is for other purposes (the “non-business use”) increases;

(b)“the relevant proportion” is the difference between—

(i)the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or part of the asset) that is non-business use, and

(ii)the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or that part) that was non-business use before the increase mentioned in subsection (3).

(5)If—

(a)the property business in respect of which capital expenditure relating to an asset has been brought into account as mentioned in section 307E is an overseas property business, and

(b)there is a move overseas,

the person is to be regarded for the purposes of section 307E as disposing of the asset at the time of the move overseas for an amount equal to the market value amount.

(6)For the purposes of subsection (5) there is a “move overseas” if—

(a)the person ceases to be UK resident, or

(b)the tax year is, as respects the person, a split year, and the overseas part of the tax year is the later part.

(7)The move overseas occurs—

(a)in a case falling within subsection (6)(a), on the last day of the tax year for which the person is UK resident, or

(b)in a case falling within subsection (6)(b), on the last day of the UK part of the tax year.

(8)In this section—

  • capital expenditure” has the same meaning as in section 307E,

  • market value amount” means the amount that would be regarded as normal and reasonable—

    (a)

    in the market conditions then prevailing, and

    (b)

    between persons dealing with each other at arm's length in the open market.

24U.K.In section 311A (replacement domestic items relief), in subsection (15)—

(a)for the definition of “the capital expenditure rule” substitute—

the capital expenditure rule” means—

(a)in relation to a property business whose profits are calculated in accordance with GAAP, section 33 (capital expenditure), as applied by section 272, and

(b)in relation to a property business whose profits are calculated on the cash basis, section 307B (cash basis: capital expenditure);;

(b)in the definition of “the wholly and exclusively rule”—

(i)omit “the rule in”, and

(ii)after “section 272” insert “ or 272ZA ”.

25U.K.In section 315 (deduction for expenditure on sea walls), after subsection (6) insert—

(7)In calculating the profits of a property business on the cash basis, any reference in this section to the incurring of expenditure is to the paying of expenditure.

26U.K.In section 322 (commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation), after paragraph (za) in subsections (2) and (2A) insert—

(zaa)section 307B (cash basis: capital expenditure),.

27U.K.After section 329 insert—

329AApplication of Chapter where cash basis used

This Chapter applies if—

(a)the profits of a property business are calculated—

(i)on the cash basis for a tax year (see section 271D), and

(ii)in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B) for the following tax year, or

(b)the profits of a property business are calculated—

(i)in accordance with GAAP for a tax year, and

(ii)on the cash basis for the following tax year.

28U.K.In section 331 (income charged)—

(a)the existing text becomes subsection (1), and

(b)after that subsection insert—

(2)This is subject to section 334A (spreading on leaving cash basis and related election).

29U.K.After section 334 insert—

Spreading of adjustment income on leaving cash basisU.K.

334ASpreading on leaving cash basis and related election

Sections 239A (spreading on leaving cash basis) and 239B (election to accelerate charge under section 239A) apply for the purposes of this Chapter as they apply for the purposes of Chapter 17 of Part 2, but as if—

(a)for section 239A(1) there were substituted—

(1)This section applies if the profits of a property business are calculated—

(a)on the cash basis for a tax year (see section 271D), and

(b)in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B) for the following tax year., and

(b)any reference to section 239A or 239B were to the section concerned as applied by this section.

CHAPTER 7AU.K.Cash basis: adjustments for capital allowances

334B“Entering the cash basis”

For the purposes of this Chapter, a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year if the profits of the business are calculated—

(a)on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D), and

(b)in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B) for the previous tax year.

334CUnrelieved qualifying expenditure

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year (“the current tax year”), and

(b)the person would, apart from section 59(4A) of CAA 2001, have unrelieved qualifying expenditure relating to a relevant property business activity to carry forward from the chargeable period which is the previous tax year.

(2)But this section does not apply if section 334D applies.

(3)In calculating the profits of the property business for the current tax year, a deduction is allowed for any cash basis deductible amount of the expenditure relating to each relevant property business activity.

(4)A “cash basis deductible amount” of the expenditure means any amount of the expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year.

(5)Any cash basis deductible amount of the expenditure is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(6)In this section—

  • relevant property business activity” means—

    (a)

    in relation to a UK property business, an ordinary UK property business and a UK furnished holiday lettings business (within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see sections 16 and 17 of that Act)), and

    (b)

    in relation to an overseas property business, an ordinary overseas property business and an EEA furnished holiday lettings business (within the meaning of Part 2 of that Act (see sections 17A and 17B of that Act));

  • unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act).

334DAssets not fully paid for

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year (“the current tax year”),

(b)at any time before the end of the chargeable period which is the previous tax year the person has incurred relevant expenditure, and

(c)not all of the relevant expenditure has actually been paid by the person.

(2)Relevant expenditure” means expenditure on plant or machinery—

(a)for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year, and

(b)in respect of which the person has obtained capital allowances.

(3)If the amount of the relevant expenditure that the person has actually paid exceeds the amount of capital allowances given in respect of the relevant expenditure, the difference is to be deducted in calculating the profits of the property business for the current tax year.

(4)If the amount of the relevant expenditure that the person has actually paid is less than the amount of capital allowances given in respect of the relevant expenditure, the difference is to be treated as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business for the current tax year.

(5)Any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is relevant expenditure, or as to whether or to what extent any capital allowance obtained is in respect of relevant expenditure, is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(6)If the amount of capital allowances given in respect of the relevant expenditure has been reduced under section 205 or 207 of CAA 2001 (reduction where asset provided or used only partly for qualifying activity), the amount of the relevant expenditure that the person has actually paid is to be proportionately reduced for the purposes of this section.

334EEffect of election where predecessor and successor are connected persons

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year,

(b)the person is the successor for the purposes of section 266 of CAA 2001, and

(c)as a result of an election under that section, relevant plant or machinery is treated as sold by the predecessor to the successor at any time during the tax year.

(2)The provisions of this Chapter have effect in relation to the successor as if everything done to or by the predecessor had been done to or by the successor.

(3)Any expenditure actually incurred by the successor on acquiring the relevant plant or machinery is to be ignored for the purposes of calculating the profits of the property business for the tax year.

(4)In this section—

  • the predecessor” has the same meaning as in section 266 of CAA 2001, and

  • relevant plant or machinery” has the same meaning as in section 267 of that Act.

30U.K.In section 351 (income charged), after subsection (2) insert—

(3)Further to subsection (2), section 254 applies for the purposes of this Chapter as if for subsection (2A) of that section there were substituted—

(2A)If the time immediately before the person permanently ceases to carry on the UK property business falls in a cash basis tax year, assume for the purposes of subsection (2) that the profits of the business are calculated on the cash basis.

(4)For the purposes of sections 254 (as so applied) and 353, a tax year is “a cash basis tax year” in relation to a property business if the profits of the business for the tax year are calculated on the cash basis (see section 271D).

31U.K.In section 353 (basic meaning of “post-cessation receipt”), after subsection (1) insert—

(1A)If the time immediately before a person permanently ceases to carry on a UK property business falls in a cash basis tax year (see section 351(4)), a sum is to be treated as a post-cessation receipt only if it would have been brought into account in calculating the profits of the business on the cash basis had it been received at that time.

32U.K.In section 356 (application to businesses within the charge to corporation tax), in subsection (1), for “section 355” substitute “ sections 353(1A) and 355, and in the modification of section 254 in section 351(3) ”.

33U.K.In section 786 (meaning of “rent-a-room receipts”), after subsection (6) insert—

(6A)Subsections (6B) and (7) apply if—

(a)the receipts would otherwise be brought into account in calculating the profits of a UK property business, and

(b)the profits are calculated on the cash basis (see section 271D).

(6B)Any amounts brought into account under section 307E (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business are to be treated as receipts within paragraph (a) of subsection (1) above.

34U.K.In section 860 (adjustment income), in subsection (5), after “Chapter 17 of Part 2” insert “ , or under section 239B as applied to property businesses by section 334A, ”.

35U.K.In section 866 (employee benefit contributions: non-trades and non-property businesses), in subsection (7)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

36U.K.In section 867 (business entertainment and gifts: non-trades and non-property businesses), in subsection (7)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

37U.K.In section 868 (social security contributions: non-trades etc), in subsection (6)(b), for “section 272” insert “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

38U.K.In section 869 (penalties, interest and VAT surcharges: non-trades etc), in subsection (6)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

39U.K.In section 870 (crime-related payments: non-trades and non-property businesses), in subsection (4)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

40U.K.In section 872 (losses calculated on same basis as miscellaneous income), in subsection (4)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

41U.K.In Part 2 of Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions), at the appropriate place insert—

the cash basis (in Part 3)section 271D
in accordance with GAAP (in Part 3)section 271B.

PART 3 U.K.Trades etc: amendments of other Acts

TMA 1970U.K.

42U.K.In section 42 of TMA 1970 (procedure for making claims etc), in subsection (7)(e), after “194” insert “ , 271A(10) ”.

TCGA 1992U.K.

43U.K.TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.

44U.K.In section 37 (consideration chargeable to tax on income), after subsection (1) insert—

(1A)There is to be excluded from the consideration for a disposal of an asset taken into account in the computation of the gain a sum equal to any amount that is taken into account by the person making the disposal as a receipt under section 96A or 307E of ITTOIA 2005 (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) as a result of the operation of any deemed disposal provision in relation to the asset.

(1B)But subsection (1A) applies only to the extent that the sum has not been excluded from the consideration for an earlier disposal of the asset.

(1C)The following are “deemed disposal provisions”—

(a)in relation to trades, professions and vocations, subsections (4) and (5) of section 96A of ITTOIA 2005 (which provide for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset for the purposes of that section), and

(b)in relation to property businesses, section 307F of ITTOIA 2005 (which provides for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset for the purposes of section 307E of that Act).

45(1)Section 41 (restriction of losses by reference to capital allowances etc) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (4), after paragraph (a) insert—

(zaa)any deduction allowable in respect of capital expenditure in calculating profits on the cash basis (see sections 33A and 307B of ITTOIA 2005),.

(3)After subsection (6) insert—

(6A)Where—

(a)capital allowances have been made or may be made in respect of expenditure, and

(b)the capital allowances include a deduction mentioned in subsection (4)(zaa),

the capital allowances to be taken into account under this section are to be regarded as equal to the total amount of expenditure which has qualified for capital allowances less any balancing charge to which the person making the disposal is liable under the Capital Allowances Act.

(4)In subsection (7), after “Capital Allowances Act,” insert “ and subsection (6A) does not apply, ”.

(5)After subsection (8) insert—

(9)In this section—

(a)in relation to a trade, profession or vocation, references to calculating profits on the cash basis are to calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation in relation to which an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect, and

(b)in relation to a property business, references to calculating profits on the cash basis are to be construed in accordance with section 271D of that Act (calculation of profits of property businesses on the cash basis).

(10)In this section—

  • capital expenditure” means expenditure of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the creation, construction, acquisition, alteration or disposal of an asset, and

  • property business” means a UK property business or an overseas property business within the meaning of Part 3 of ITTOIA 2005 (see sections 264 and 265 of that Act).

46(1)Section 47A (exemption for disposals by persons using cash basis) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For the heading substitute “ Exemption for certain disposals under, or after leaving, cash basis ”.

(3)In subsection (1), for “A to D” substitute “ A, B and D ”.

(4)For subsection (2) substitute—

(2)Condition A is that the asset is not land.

(5)In subsection (3), for “or vocation” substitute “ , vocation or property business ”.

(6)Omit subsection (4).

(7)For subsection (5) substitute—

(5)Condition D is that relevant disposal proceeds—

(a)are brought into account as a receipt (whether or not on the cash basis) under section 96A(3I) of ITTOIA 2005 in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis: trades, professions and vocations), or

(b)are brought into account as a receipt (whether or not on the cash basis) under section 307E(12) of that Act in calculating the profits of a property business (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis: property businesses).

(5A)Relevant disposal proceeds” means disposal proceeds as mentioned in section 96A(3F) of ITTOIA 2005 or (as the case may be) section 307E(9) of that Act which arise from the disposal mentioned in subsection (1).

(8)For subsection (6) substitute—

(6)Subsection (7) applies in the case of the disposal of, or of an interest in, an asset—

(a)which, in the period of ownership of the person making the disposal—

(i)has been used partly for the purposes of the trade, profession or vocation and partly for other purposes, or

(ii)has been used for the purposes of the trade, profession or vocation for part of that period, or

(b)expenditure on which by the person has qualified in part only for capital allowances.

(9)In subsection (7)—

(a)in paragraph (a), for “was, or (as the case may be)” to the end substitute “ qualified for capital allowances ”, and

(b)in paragraph (c), at the end insert “, or to the expenditure qualifying for capital allowances.

(10)After subsection (7) insert—

(8)In this section “property business” means a UK property business or an overseas property business within the meaning of Part 3 of ITTOIA 2005 (see sections 264 and 265 of that Act).

47U.K.Section 47B (disposals made by persons after leaving cash basis) is omitted.

CAA 2001U.K.

48U.K.CAA 2001 is amended as follows.

49U.K.In section 1 (capital allowances), omit subsections (4) and (5).

50U.K.After section 1 insert—

1ACapital allowances and charges: cash basis

(1)This section applies in relation to a chargeable period for which the profits of a trade, profession, vocation or property business (“the relevant activity”) carried on by a person are calculated on the cash basis.

(2)The person is not entitled to any allowance or liable to any charge under this Act except as provided by subsections (4) and (7).

(3)No disposal value is to be brought into account except as provided by subsections (5) and (8).

(4)If, apart from subsection (2), the person would be entitled to an allowance in respect of expenditure incurred on the provision of a car or liable to a charge in connection with such an allowance, the person is so entitled or (as the case may be) so liable.

(5)If, apart from subsection (3), a disposal value would be brought into account in respect of a car, the disposal value is brought into account in respect of the car.

(6)Subsections (7) and (8) apply if—

(a)a person carrying on a relevant activity incurs qualifying expenditure relating to an asset at a time when the profits of that activity are not calculated on the cash basis,

(b)after incurring the expenditure, the person enters the cash basis for a tax year, and

(c)no deduction would be allowed in respect of the expenditure in calculating the profits of the relevant activity on the cash basis for that tax year, on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in that tax year.

(7)If, apart from subsection (2), the person would be liable to a charge in connection with allowances in respect of the qualifying expenditure mentioned in subsection (6), the person is so liable.

(8)If, apart from subsection (3), a disposal value would be brought into account in respect of the asset mentioned in subsection (6), the disposal value is brought into account in respect of the asset.

(9)For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade, profession or vocation “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if—

(a)an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade, profession or vocation for the tax year, and

(b)no such election has effect in relation to the trade, profession or vocation for the previous tax year.

(10)For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a property business “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if the profits of the business are calculated—

(a)on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D of ITTOIA 2005), and

(b)in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B of that Act) for the previous tax year.

(11)In this section—

(a)references to calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation on the cash basis are to calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation in relation to which an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 has effect, and

(b)references to calculating the profits of a property business on the cash basis are to be construed in accordance with section 271D of that Act (calculation of profits of property businesses on the cash basis).

(12)In this section—

  • car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 (see section 268A);

  • disposal value” means—

    (a)

    a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2, 4A, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 10, or

    (b)

    proceeds from a balancing event for the purposes of Part 3 or 3A;

  • qualifying expenditure” means qualifying expenditure within the meaning of any Part of this Act.

51(1)Section 4 (capital expenditure) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)omit “or” at the end of paragraph (a), and

(b)after paragraph (a) insert—

(aa)any cash basis expenditure, other than expenditure incurred on the provision of a car, or.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(2ZA)In subsection (2)(aa)—

  • cash basis expenditure” means any expenditure incurred—

    (a)

    in the case of a trade, profession or vocation, at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 has effect in relation to the trade, profession or vocation, or

    (b)

    in the case of a property business, in a tax year for which the profits of the business are calculated on the cash basis (see section 271D of that Act); and

  • car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 (see section 268A).

52(1)Section 59 (unrelieved qualifying expenditure) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (4), for “no amount may be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure” substitute “ any cash basis deductible amount may not be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure in a pool for the trade, profession or vocation ”.

(3)After subsection (4) insert—

(4A)If a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year, any cash basis deductible amount may not be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure in a pool for a relevant qualifying activity from the chargeable period which is the previous tax year.

(4)Omit subsection (5).

(5)After subsection (5) insert—

(5A)A “cash basis deductible amount” means any amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade, profession, vocation or property business (as the case may be) on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year for which the person enters the cash basis.

(6)In subsection (6), for “the amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure incurred on the provision of a car” substitute “ any cash basis deductible amount ”.

(7)For subsection (7) substitute—

(7)Subsections (9), (10) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

(7A)In subsection (4A) “relevant qualifying activity” means—

(a)in relation to a UK property business, an ordinary UK property business and a UK furnished holiday lettings business, and

(b)in relation to an overseas property business, an ordinary overseas property business and an EEA furnished holiday lettings business.

53(1)Section 66A (persons leaving cash basis) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For subsection (1) substitute—

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a trade, profession, vocation or property business (“the business”) leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

(b)the person has incurred expenditure at a time when the profits of the business are calculated on the cash basis,

(c)some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the business on the cash basis, and

(d)the expenditure would have been qualifying expenditure if the profits of the business had not been calculated on the cash basis at the time the expenditure was incurred.

(3)In subsection (2)(a)—

(a)for “amount of that expenditure for which” substitute “ higher of the following ”,

(b)in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii), at the beginning insert “ the amount of that expenditure for which ”, and

(c)in both places, for “or vocation” substitute “ , vocation or property business ”.

(4)After subsection (6) insert—

(7)For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a property business leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period (“tax year X”) if the profits of the business are calculated—

(a)in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B of ITTOIA 2005) for tax year X, and

(b)on the cash basis (see section 271D of that Act) for the previous tax year.

(8)Subsection (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) applies for the purposes of this section as it applies for the purposes of that section.

54U.K.After section 419 insert—

419AUnrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis

(1)If a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade enters the cash basis for a tax year, for the purpose of determining the person's unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the tax year and subsequent chargeable periods (see section 419), only the non-cash basis deductible portion of qualifying expenditure incurred before the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the tax year is to be taken into account.

(2)The “non-cash basis deductible portion” of qualifying expenditure means the amount of qualifying expenditure for which no deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year for which the person enters the cash basis.

(3)Subsections (9) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

55U.K.After section 431C insert—

431DPersons leaving cash basis

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

(b)the person has incurred expenditure at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade,

(c)some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

(d)the expenditure would have been qualifying expenditure if an election under section 25A of that Act had not had effect at the time the expenditure was incurred.

(2)In this section—

(a)the “relieved portion” of the expenditure is the higher of the following—

(i)the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction was allowed in calculating the profits of the trade, or

(ii)the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction would have been so allowed if the expenditure had been incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the trade;

(b)the “unrelieved portion” of the expenditure is any remaining amount of the expenditure.

(3)An amount of the expenditure equal to the amount (if any) by which the unrelieved portion of the expenditure exceeds the relieved portion of the expenditure is to be regarded as qualifying expenditure incurred by the person in the chargeable period.

(4)For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period if—

(a)immediately before the beginning of the chargeable period an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 had effect in relation to the trade, and

(b)such an election does not have effect in relation to the trade for the chargeable period.

56U.K.After section 461 insert—

461AUnrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis

(1)If a person carrying on a trade enters the cash basis for a tax year, any cash basis deductible amount may not be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade from the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the previous tax year.

(2)A “cash basis deductible amount” means any amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year for which the person enters the cash basis.

(3)Any cash basis deductible amount is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(4)Subsections (9) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

57U.K.After section 462 insert—

462APersons leaving cash basis

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

(b)the person has incurred expenditure at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade,

(c)some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

(d)the expenditure would have been qualifying expenditure if an election under section 25A of that Act had not had effect at the time the expenditure was incurred.

(2)In this section the “relieved portion” of the expenditure is the higher of the following—

(a)the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction was allowed in calculating the profits of the trade, or

(b)the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction would have been so allowed if the expenditure had been incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the trade.

(3)For the purposes of determining the person's available qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade for the chargeable period (see section 456)—

(a)the whole of the expenditure must be allocated to the pool for the trade in that chargeable period, and

(b)the available qualifying expenditure in that pool is reduced by the relieved portion of that expenditure.

(4)For the purposes of determining any disposal values (see section 462), the expenditure incurred by the person is to be regarded as qualifying expenditure.

(5)For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period if—

(a)immediately before the beginning of the chargeable period an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 had effect in relation to the trade, and

(b)such an election does not have effect in relation to the trade for the chargeable period.

58U.K.After section 475 insert—

475AUnrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis

(1)If a person carrying on a trade enters the cash basis for a tax year, any cash basis deductible amount may not be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade from the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the previous tax year.

(2)A “cash basis deductible amount” means any amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year for which the person enters the cash basis.

(3)Any cash basis deductible amount is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

(4)Subsections (9) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

Prospective

59U.K.After section 477 insert—

477APersons leaving cash basis

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

(b)the person has incurred expenditure at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade,

(c)some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

(d)the expenditure would have been qualifying trade expenditure if an election under section 25A of that Act had not had effect at the time the expenditure was incurred.

(2)In this section the “relieved portion” of the expenditure is the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction was allowed in calculating the profits of the trade.

(3)For the purposes of determining the person's available qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade for the chargeable period (see section 470)—

(a)the whole of the expenditure must be allocated to the pool for the trade in that chargeable period, and

(b)the available qualifying expenditure in that pool is reduced by the relieved portion of that expenditure.

(4)For the purposes of determining any disposal receipts (see section 476), the expenditure incurred by the person is to be regarded as qualifying trade expenditure.

(5)For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period if—

(a)immediately before the beginning of the chargeable period an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 had effect in relation to the trade, and

(b)such an election does not have effect in relation to the trade for the chargeable period.

ITA 2007U.K.

60U.K.ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

61U.K.In Part 4 (loss relief), in section 59 (overview of Part), in subsection (3)(b)—

(a)for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”, and

(b)for “applies” substitute “ apply ”.

62(1)Chapter 4 of Part 4 (losses from property businesses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 120 (deduction of property losses from general income), in subsection (7), at the end insert “ and section 127BA (restriction of relief: cash basis) ”.

(3)After section 127B insert—

127BARestriction of relief: cash basis

(1)This section applies if—

(a)in a tax year a person makes a loss in a UK property business or overseas property business (whether carried on alone or in partnership), and

(b)the profits of the business are calculated on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D of ITTOIA 2005).

(2)No property loss relief against general income may be given to the person for the loss.

63U.K.In Chapter 1 of Part 8 (relief for interest payments), in section 384B(1) (restriction on relief for interest payments where cash basis applies), after “for the tax year” insert “or if the profits of a UK property business or overseas property business carried on by the partnership are calculated on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D of ITTOIA 2005).

PART 4 U.K.Commencement and transitional provision

64(1)The amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.U.K.

(2)If—

(a)disregarding this sub-paragraph, under section 33A of ITTOIA 2005, as inserted by paragraph 2 of Part 1, a deduction would not be allowed in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation on the cash basis for the tax year 2017-18, but

(b)if the amendment made by paragraph 2 were not to have effect for that tax year, that deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of that trade, profession or vocation on that basis for that tax year,

that deduction is to be allowed in calculating the profits of that trade, profession or vocation on that basis for that tax year.

(3)Sub-paragraph (2) is to be disregarded in determining any question as to whether or to what extent an amount of expenditure would, on the assumption that it was paid in the tax year 2017-18, be brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation for the tax year 2017-18 for the purposes of—

(a)the following provisions of CAA 2001—

(i)section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis),

(ii)section 59 (unrelieved qualifying expenditure),

(iii)section 419A (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis),

(iv)section 461A (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis), and

(v)section 475A (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis); and

(b)the following provisions of ITTOIA 2005—

(i)section 96A (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis),

(ii)section 240C (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Parts 2, 7 and 8 of CAA 2001),

(iii)section 240CA (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Part 5 of CAA 2001), and

(iv)section 240D (assets not fully paid for).

(4)But sub-paragraph (2) is not to be disregarded in determining any question as to whether or to what extent an amount of expenditure is actually brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation for the tax year 2017-18 for the purposes of the provisions mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) of sub-paragraph (3).

Section 17

SCHEDULE 3U.K.Trading and property allowances

PART 1 U.K.Main provisions

1U.K.In ITTOIA 2005, after section 783 insert—

PART 6A U.K.Income charged under this Act: trading and property allowances

CHAPTER 1U.K.Trading allowance
IntroductionU.K.
783ARelief under this Chapter

(1)This Chapter gives relief to an individual on—

(a)the income of a relevant trade (see section 783AA), and

(b)miscellaneous income (see section 783AB).

(2)If the individual qualifies for full relief (see section 783AE), the individual's relevant income (see section 783AC) is not charged to income tax (see sections 783AF and 783AG).

(3)If the individual qualifies for partial relief (see section 783AH), the individual's relevant income is calculated by alternative methods (see sections 783AI to 783AK).

(4)Any provision of this Chapter which gives relief is subject to sections 783AN to 783AQ, which specify circumstances in which relief under this Chapter is not given.

Basic definitionsU.K.
783AA“Relevant trade” of an individual

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, a trade carried on by an individual is a “relevant trade” of the individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual carries on the trade otherwise than in partnership, and

(b)the trade is not a rent-a-room trade in relation to the individual for the tax year.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1)(b) a trade is a “rent-a-room trade” in relation to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

(b)the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade.

See section 783AR for definitions relevant to this subsection.

(3)In this Chapter references to a trade include references to a profession or vocation.

783AB“Miscellaneous income”

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's “miscellaneous income” for a tax year is all the income arising to the individual in the tax year which would be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5 (income not otherwise charged) for the tax year.

(2)But if—

(a)the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

(b)the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7, be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5,

the rent-a-room receipts are not miscellaneous income.

(3)The reference in subsection (1) to the amount which would be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5 is to the amount which would be so chargeable—

(a)apart from this Chapter, and

(b)if no deduction were made for expenses or any other matter.

783ACThe individual's “relevant income”

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's “relevant income” for a tax year is the sum of the following—

(a)the receipts for the tax year of the individual's relevant trades for the tax year, and

(b)the individual's miscellaneous income for the tax year.

(2)In subsection (1)(a) the reference to the receipts of a trade for a tax year is to all the amounts which would, apart from this Chapter, be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade for the tax year.

783ADThe individual's trading allowance

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's trading allowance for a tax year is £1,000.

(2)The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (1) so as to substitute a higher sum for the sum for the time being specified in that subsection.

Full reliefU.K.
783AEFull relief: introduction

(1)An individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant income for the tax year,

(b)the relevant income does not exceed the individual's trading allowance for the tax year, and

(c)no election by the individual under section 783AL has effect for the tax year (election for full relief not to be given).

(2)An individual also qualifies for full relief for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant income for the tax year which consists of or includes receipts of one or more relevant trades,

(b)the relevant income exceeds the individual's trading allowance for the tax year,

(c)the conditions mentioned in subsection (3) are met,

(d)no election by the individual under section 783AL has effect for the tax year, and

(e)no election by the individual under section 783AM has effect for the tax year (election for partial relief).

(3)The conditions are that—

(a)no election by the individual under section 25A (cash basis for trades) has effect for the tax year,

(b)the individual's relevant income would not exceed the individual's trading allowance for the tax year if it were to be assumed that an election by the individual under section 25A had effect for the tax year,

(c)the individual is eligible to make an election under section 25A (see section 31A) for the tax year, and

(d)if any trade carried on by the individual in the tax year was carried on in the immediately preceding tax year—

(i)an election by the individual under section 25A had effect for that preceding tax year, or

(ii)the individual was eligible to make such an election for that preceding tax year.

783AFFull relief: trade profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year, and

(b)the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes receipts of one or more relevant trades.

(2)The profits or losses of each such trade for the tax year are treated as nil.

783AGFull relief: miscellaneous income

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year, and

(b)the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes miscellaneous income.

(2)The amount of—

(a)the miscellaneous income arising in the tax year, less

(b)any expenses associated with that income,

is treated as nil.

Partial reliefU.K.
783AHPartial relief: alternative calculation of profits: introduction

An individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant income for the tax year,

(b)the relevant income exceeds the individual's trading allowance for the tax year, and

(c)an election by the individual under section 783AM has effect for the tax year (election for partial relief).

783AIPartial relief: alternative calculation of trade profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year, and

(b)the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes receipts of one or more relevant trades.

(2)The profits or losses for the tax year of each of the individual's relevant trades are given by taking the following steps—

  • Step 1 Calculate the total of all the amounts which would, apart from this Chapter, be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade for the tax year.

  • Step 2 Subtract the deductible amount.

  • Step 3 Subtract from the amount given by step 2 any deduction for overlap profit allowed in calculating the profits of the trade for the tax year under section 205 (deduction for overlap profit in final tax year) or section 220 (deduction for overlap profit on change of accounting date).

(3)Subject to section 783AK, the deductible amount is equal to the individual's trading allowance for the tax year.

(4)“Overlap profit” has the same meaning in this section as it has in Chapter 15 of Part 2 (see sections 204 and 204A).

783AJPartial relief: alternative calculation of chargeable miscellaneous income

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year, and

(b)the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes miscellaneous income.

(2)The amount of miscellaneous income chargeable to income tax for the tax year is—

(a)the miscellaneous income for the tax year, less

(b)the deductible amount.

(3)Subject to section 783AK, the deductible amount is equal to the individual's trading allowance for the tax year.

783AKDeductible amount: splitting of trading allowance

(1)This section applies where the individual's relevant income for the tax year includes—

(a)receipts of a relevant trade, and

(b)receipts of any other relevant trade or miscellaneous income (or both).

(2)The references in section 783AI and (where it applies) section 783AJ to the deductible amount are to amounts which, in total, equal the individual's trading allowance for the tax year.

(3)The question of how to allocate the individual's trading allowance for the tax year for the purposes of subsection (2) is to be decided by the individual, subject to subsections (4) and (5).

(4)The deductible amount in respect of a relevant trade must not be such that the amount given by step 2 of section 783AI(2) is negative.

(5)The deductible amount in respect of miscellaneous income must not be such as to result in the individual making a loss in the transactions giving rise to the miscellaneous income.

ElectionsU.K.
783ALElection for full relief not to be given

(1)An individual may elect not to be given full relief for a tax year (see sections 783AF and 783AG).

(2)An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

783AMElection for partial relief

(1)An individual may elect for partial relief to be given for a tax year if the individual's relevant income for the tax year exceeds the individual's trading allowance for the tax year (see sections 783AI and 783AJ).

(2)An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

Exclusions from reliefU.K.
783ANExclusion from relief: expenses deducted against rent-a-room receipts

(1)No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year,

(b)the individual has rent-a-room receipts mentioned in subsection (2) for the tax year, and

(c)condition A or B is met.

(2)The rent-a-room receipts mentioned in subsection (1) are—

(a)rent-a-room receipts which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade, or

(b)rent-a-room receipts which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7, be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5 (income not otherwise charged).

(3)Condition A is that—

(a)the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year does not exceed the individual's limit for the tax year (see section 783AR), and

(b)an election by the individual under section 799 has effect to disapply full rent-a-room relief for the tax year.

(4)Condition B is that—

(a)the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year exceeds the individual's limit for the tax year, and

(b)no election by the individual under section 800 has effect to apply the alternative method of calculating profits for the tax year.

783AOExclusion from relief: payments by employer

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant income for the tax year, and

(b)the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a person at a time when the individual is—

(i)an employee of the person, or

(ii)the spouse or civil partner of an employee of the person.

783APExclusion from relief: payments by firm

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant income for the tax year, and

(b)the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a firm at a time when the individual is—

(i)a partner in the firm, or

(ii)connected with a partner in the firm.

783AQExclusion from relief: payments by close company

(1)No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant income for the tax year, and

(b)the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a close company at a time when the individual is—

(i)a participator in the close company, or

(ii)an associate of a participator in the close company.

(2)In this section “associate” and “participator” have the same meanings as in Part 10 of CTA 2010 (see sections 448 and 454).

InterpretationU.K.
783ARInterpretation of this Chapter

In this Chapter—

(a)rent-a-room relief”, “rent-a-room receipts” and “total rent-a-room amount” have the same meanings as in Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief: see sections 784, 786 and 788), and

(b)references to “the individual's limit” are to be construed in accordance with section 789 (the individual's limit for the purposes of rent-a-room relief).

CHAPTER 2U.K.Property allowance
IntroductionU.K.
783BRelief under this Chapter

(1)This Chapter gives relief to an individual on certain income of a relevant property business (see sections 783BA and 783BB).

(2)The form of relief depends on whether the individual's relevant property income exceeds the individual's property allowance (see sections 783BC and 783BD).

(3)If the individual's relevant property income does not exceed the individual's property allowance, the income is not charged to income tax (unless the individual elects otherwise) (see sections 783BE and 783BF).

(4)If the individual's relevant property income does exceed the individual's property allowance, the individual may elect for an alternative method of calculating the income (see sections 783BG to 783BI).

(5)Any provision of this Chapter which gives relief is subject to sections 783BL to 783BP, which specify circumstances in which relief under this Chapter is not given.

Basic definitionsU.K.
783BA“Relevant property business” of an individual

(1)Subject to subsection (3), for the purposes of this Chapter an individual's property business is a “relevant property business” for a tax year if the business is not a rent-a-room property business in relation to the individual for the tax year.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1) a property business is a “rent-a-room property business” in relation to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

(b)all the receipts which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of the business, are rent-a-room receipts.

See section 783BQ for definitions relevant to this subsection.

(3)If an individual receives—

(a)property income distributions which are treated as profits of a UK property business by virtue of regulation 69Z18(1) or (2) of the AIF Regulations (property AIF distributions: liability to tax), or

(b)distributions which are treated as profits of a UK property business by virtue of section 548(6) of CTA 2010 (REIT distributions: liability to tax),

that separate property business (see regulation 69Z18(6) of the AIF Regulations and section 549(5) of CTA 2010) is not a relevant property business of the individual.

(4)In subsection (3) “the AIF Regulations” means the Authorised Investment Funds (Tax) Regulations 2006 (S.I. 2006/964).

783BB“Relievable receipts” of a property business

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, the “relievable receipts” of an individual's relevant property business for a tax year are all the amounts which would, apart from this Chapter, be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year.

This is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

(2)If—

(a)the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

(b)the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7, be brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business,

the rent-a-room receipts are not relievable receipts of the business.

(3)Non-relievable balancing charges in respect of the property business for the tax year are not relievable receipts of the business.

(4)In subsection (3) “non-relievable balancing charges”, in respect of a property business for a tax year, means balancing charges falling to be made for the tax year under Part 2 of CAA 2001 which do not relate to a business or transaction which is carried on, or entered into, for the purpose of generating receipts which are relievable receipts of the property business.

783BCThe individual's “relevant property income”

For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's “relevant property income” for a tax year is the relievable receipts for the tax year of the individual's relevant property businesses for the tax year.

783BDThe individual's property allowance

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's property allowance for a tax year is £1,000.

(2)The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (1) so as to substitute a higher sum for the sum for the time being specified in that subsection.

Relief if relevant property income does not exceed property allowanceU.K.
783BEFull relief: introduction

An individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant property income for the tax year,

(b)the relevant property income does not exceed the individual's property allowance for the tax year, and

(c)no election by the individual under section 783BJ has effect for the tax year (election for full relief not to be given).

783BFFull relief: property profits

(1)If an individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year, this section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of the individual's relevant property business for the tax year or, where the individual's relevant property income for the tax year consists of the relievable receipts of two relevant property businesses, the profits of each property business for the tax year.

(2)The following are not brought into account—

(a)the relievable receipts of the property business for the tax year, and

(b)any expenses associated with those receipts.

Relief if relevant property income exceeds property allowanceU.K.
783BGPartial relief: alternative calculation of property profits: introduction

An individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant property income for the tax year,

(b)the relevant property income exceeds the individual's property allowance for the tax year, and

(c)an election by the individual under section 783BK has effect for the tax year (election for partial relief).

783BHPartial relief: alternative calculation of property profits

(1)If an individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year, this section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of the individual's relevant property business for the tax year or, where the individual's relevant property income for the tax year consists of the relievable receipts of two relevant property businesses, the profits of each property business for the tax year.

(2)The relievable receipts of the property business for the tax year are brought into account.

(3)No relevant expenses are brought into account.

(4)The deductible amount is brought into account.

(5)Subject to section 783BI, the deductible amount is equal to the individual's property allowance for the tax year.

(6)In subsection (3) “relevant expenses” means all the amounts—

(a)which would, apart from this section, be brought into account as a deduction in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year, and

(b)which are associated with the relievable receipts.

783BIDeductible amount: splitting of property allowance

(1)This section applies where the individual's relevant property income for the tax year consists of the relievable receipts of two relevant property businesses.

(2)The references in section 783BH to the deductible amount are to amounts which, in total, equal the individual's property allowance for the tax year.

(3)The question of how to allocate the individual's property allowance for the tax year for the purposes of subsection (2) is to be decided by the individual, subject to subsection (4).

(4)The deductible amount in respect of a relevant property business must not be such as to result in a loss of the business.

ElectionsU.K.
783BJElection for full relief not to be given

(1)An individual may elect not to be given full relief for a tax year (see section 783BF).

(2)An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

783BKElection for partial relief

(1)An individual may elect for partial relief to be given for a tax year if the individual's relevant property income for the tax year exceeds the individual's property allowance for the tax year (see section 783BH).

(2)An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

Exclusions from reliefU.K.
783BLExclusion from relief: tax reduction under section 274A

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if, in calculating the individual's liability to income tax for the tax year, a tax reduction under section 274A (property business: relief for non-deductible costs of a dwelling-related loan) is applied at Step 6 of the calculation in section 23 of ITA 2007.

783BMExclusion from relief: expenses deducted against rent-a-room receipts

(1)No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year,

(b)the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of a property business, and

(c)condition A or B is met.

(2)Condition A is that—

(a)the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year does not exceed the individual's limit for the tax year (see section 783BQ), and

(b)an election by the individual under section 799 has effect to disapply full rent-a-room relief for the tax year.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year exceeds the individual's limit for the tax year, and

(b)no election by the individual under section 800 has effect to apply the alternative method of calculating profits for the tax year.

783BNExclusion from relief: payments by employer

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant property income for the tax year, and

(b)the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a person at a time when the individual is—

(i)an employee of the person, or

(ii)the spouse or civil partner of an employee of the person.

783BOExclusion from relief: payments by firm

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant property income for the tax year, and

(b)the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a firm at a time when the individual is—

(i)a partner in the firm, or

(ii)connected with a partner in the firm.

783BPExclusion from relief: payments by close company

(1)No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

(a)the individual has relevant property income for the tax year, and

(b)the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a close company at a time when the individual is—

(i)a participator in the close company, or

(ii)an associate of a participator in the close company.

(2)In this section “associate” and “participator” have the same meanings as in Part 10 of CTA 2010 (see sections 448 and 454).

InterpretationU.K.
783BQInterpretation of this Chapter

In this Chapter—

(a)rent-a-room relief”, “rent-a-room receipts” and “total rent-a-room amount” have the same meanings as in Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief: see sections 784, 786 and 788), and

(b)references to “the individual's limit” are to be construed in accordance with section 789 (the individual's limit for the purposes of rent-a-room relief).

PART 2 U.K.Consequential amendments

ITTOIA 2005U.K.

2U.K.ITTOIA 2005 is amended in accordance with paragraphs 3 to 11.

3U.K.In section 1 (overview of Act), before paragraph (a) of subsection (5) insert—

(za)provision about a trading allowance and property allowance (see Part 6A),.

4U.K.In Chapter 2 of Part 2 (trading income: income taxed as trade profits), after section 22 insert—

Trading allowanceU.K.
22ATrading allowance

(1)The rules for calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation carried on by an individual are subject to Chapter 1 of Part 6A (trading allowance).

(2)That Chapter gives relief on relevant income and, where relief is given, disallows most deductions under this Part (see, in particular, sections 783AC, 783AF and 783AI).

5U.K.In Chapter 15 of Part 2 (basis periods), after section 204 insert—

204AOverlap profit and trading allowance under Chapter 1 of Part 6A

(1)This section makes provision about the amount of profit treated as arising in an overlap period which falls within the basis period of a trade for two tax years (“tax year A” and “tax year B”) where relief is given under Chapter 1 of Part 6A (trading allowance) in respect of the trade for at least one of those tax years.

(2)The profit which arises in the overlap period is treated as nil if—

(a)the profits or losses of the trade for tax year A or tax year B (or both) are treated as nil under section 783AF (full relief: trade profits), or

(b)in relation to tax year A or tax year B (or both)—

(i)section 783AI applies in calculating the profits or losses of the trade (partial relief: alternative calculation of trade profits), and

(ii)the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in relation to the trade is greater than or equal to the non-adjusted overlap profit.

(3)Subsection (6) applies if conditions 1 and 2 are met.

(4)Condition 1 is that, in relation to either tax year A or tax year B—

(a)section 783AI applies in calculating the profits or losses of the trade, and

(b)the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in relation to the trade is less than the non-adjusted overlap profit.

(5)Condition 2 is that neither section 783AF nor section 783AI applies in relation to the trade—

(a)where condition 1 is met in relation to tax year A, for tax year B, or

(b)where condition 1 is met in relation to tax year B, for tax year A.

(6)The profit which arises in the overlap period is treated as equal to the non-adjusted overlap profit less the deductible amount mentioned in subsection (4)(b).

(7)Subsection (8) applies if, in relation to each of tax year A and tax year B—

(a)section 783AI applies in calculating the profits or losses of the trade, and

(b)the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in relation to the trade is less than the non-adjusted overlap profit.

(8)The profit which arises in the overlap period is treated as equal to the non-adjusted overlap profit less the higher of the following—

(a)the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in calculating the profits or losses of the trade for tax year A, and

(b)the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in calculating the profits or losses of the trade for tax year B.

(9)In this section “non-adjusted overlap profit” means the amount of profit that would arise in the overlap period apart from—

(a)Chapter 1 of Part 6A, and

(b)this section.

6U.K.In section 227A (application of Chapter where cash basis used), after subsection (2) insert—

(3)This section is subject to section 227C (application of Chapter where section 227B applies).

7U.K.After section 227A insert—

227BCash basis treatment: full relief under Chapter 1 of Part 6A (trading allowance)

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)an individual carries on a trade in a tax year, and

(b)the profits or losses of the trade for the tax year are treated as nil under section 783AF (trade profits: full relief under Chapter 1 of Part 6A) by virtue of the fact that the conditions in section 783AE(2) are met.

(2)For the purposes of determining if this Chapter applies, an election under section 25A is to be treated as having effect in relation to the trade for the tax year.

227CApplication of Chapter where section 227B applies

(1)This section applies if, as a result of the operation of section 227B, the basis on which profits of a trade are calculated is treated as changed as mentioned in section 227A(1).

(2)This Chapter applies as if—

(a)in sections 232(1) and 233(1), for “the first period of account for which the new basis is adopted” there were substituted “ the first tax year for which the profits or losses of the trade are not treated as nil under section 783AF ”, and

(b)sections 235, 236, 237, 239A and 239B were omitted.

(3)If there is no tax year after the change of basis for which the profits or losses of the trade are not treated as nil under section 783AF, this Chapter does not apply.

8U.K.After section 307F (inserted by Schedule 2 to this Act) insert—

Property allowanceU.K.
307GProperty allowance

(1)The rules for calculating the profits of an individual's property business are subject to Chapter 2 of Part 6A (property allowance).

(2)That Chapter gives relief on relevant property income and, where relief is given, disallows all deductions under this Part which relate to that income (see, in particular, sections 783BC, 783BF and 783BH).

9U.K.In section 688 (income charged under Chapter 8 of Part 5), before paragraph (a) of subsection (2) insert—

(za)Chapter 1 of Part 6A (which gives relief on relevant income which may consist of or include income chargeable under this Chapter: see, in particular, sections 783AB, 783AC, 783AG and 783AJ),.

10U.K.In section 828 (overlap profit), in subsection (3), for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”.

11U.K.In Part 2 of Schedule 4 (defined expressions)—

(a)at the appropriate places insert—

individual's property allowance (in Chapter 2 of Part 6A)section 783BD
individual's trading allowance (in Chapter 1 of Part 6A)section 783AD
miscellaneous income (in Chapter 1 of Part 6A)section 783AB
relevant income (in Chapter 1 of Part 6A)section 783AC
relevant property business (in Chapter 2 of Part 6A)section 783BA
relevant property income (in Chapter 2 of Part 6A)section 783BC
relevant trade (in Chapter 1 of Part 6A)section 783AA
relievable receipts (in Chapter 2 of Part 6A)section 783BB,

(b)in the entry for “overlap profit”, for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”.

TIOPA 2010U.K.

12U.K.In TIOPA 2010—

(a)in section 22(8) (credit for foreign tax on overlap profit if credit for that tax already allowed), in the definition of “overlap profit”, for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”, and

(b)in section 24(8) (claw-back of relief under section 22(2)), in the definition of “overlap profit”, for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”.

PART 3 U.K.Commencement

13U.K.The amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

Section 18

SCHEDULE 4U.K.Relief for carried-forward losses

PART 1 U.K.Amendment of general rules about carrying forward losses

Non-trading deficits from loan relationshipsU.K.

1U.K.Part 5 of CTA 2009 (loan relationships) is amended as follows.

2U.K.In the heading of Chapter 16 (non-trading deficits) at the end insert “ : pre-1 April 2017 deficits and charities ”.

3U.K.In section 456 (introduction to Chapter 16) in subsection (1)—

(a)after “if” insert

(a)”, and

(b)at the end insert , and

(b)either—

(i)that accounting period begins before 1 April 2017, or

(ii)at the end of that accounting period the company is a charity.

4U.K.After section 463 insert—

CHAPTER 16AU.K.Non-trading deficits: post 1 April 2017 deficits
463AIntroduction to Chapter

(1)This Chapter applies if—

(a)for any accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2017 a company has a non-trading deficit from its loan relationships under section 301(6), and

(b)at the end of that accounting period the company is not a charity.

(2)In this Chapter “the deficit” and “the deficit period” mean that deficit and that period respectively.

(3)Sections 463B and 463C deal with claims to set off the deficit against profits of the deficit period or earlier periods.

(4)Sections 463D to 463F deal with the consequences of such claims.

(5)Sections 463G to 463I provide for so much of the deficit as is not—

(a)set off against profits under section 463B, or

(b)surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010,

to be carried forward to later accounting periods.

463BClaim to set off deficit against profits of deficit period or earlier periods

(1)The company may make a claim for the whole or part of the deficit—

(a)to be set off against any profits of the company (of whatever description) for the deficit period, or

(b)to be carried back to be set off against profits for earlier accounting periods.

(2)No claim may be made under subsection (1) in respect of so much of the deficit as is surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010.

(3)For time limits and other provisions applicable to claims under subsection (1), see section 463C.

(4)For what happens when a claim is made under subsection (1)(a), see section 463D.

(5)For what happens when a claim is made under subsection (1)(b), and the profits available for relief when such a claim is made, see sections 463E and 463F.

463CTime limits for claims under section 463B(1)

(1)A claim under section 463B(1) must be made within—

(a)the period of 2 years after the deficit period ends, or

(b)such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

(2)Different claims may be made in respect of different parts of a non-trading deficit for any deficit period.

(3)But no claim may be made in respect of any part of a deficit to which another such claim relates.

463DClaim to set off deficit against profits for the deficit period

(1)This section applies if a claim is made under section 463B(1)(a) for the whole or part of the deficit to be set off against profits for the deficit period.

(2)The amount of the deficit to which the claim relates must be set off against the profits of the company for the deficit period which are identified in the claim.

(3)Those profits are reduced accordingly.

(4)Relief under this section must be given before relief is given against profits for the deficit period—

(a)under section 37 or 62(1) to (3) of CTA 2010 (deduction of losses from total profits for the same or earlier accounting periods), or

(b)as a result of a claim under section 463B(1)(b) (carry-back) in respect of a deficit for a later period.

(5)No relief may be given under this section against ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (oil activities) or contractor's ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8ZA of that Act (oil contractors).

463EClaim to carry back deficit to earlier periods

(1)This section applies if a claim is made under section 463B(1)(b) for the whole or part of the deficit to be carried back to be set off against profits for accounting periods before the deficit period.

(2)The claim has effect only if it relates to an amount no greater than the lesser of—

(a)so much of the deficit as is not an amount in relation to which a claim is made under section 463B(1)(a), and

(b)the total amount of the profits available for relief under this section.

(3)Section 463F explains which profits are so available.

(4)The amount to which the claim relates is set off against those profits by treating them as reduced accordingly.

(5)If those profits are profits for more than one accounting period, the relief is applied by setting off the amount to which the claim relates against profits for a later period before setting off any remainder of that amount against profits for an earlier period.

463FProfits available for relief under section 463E

(1)The profits available for relief under section 463E are the amounts which (apart from the relief) would be charged under this Part as profits for accounting periods ending within the permitted period after giving every prior relief.

(2)In this section—

  • the permitted period” means the period of 12 months immediately before the deficit period, and

  • prior relief” means a relief which subsection (5) provides must be given before relief under section 463E.

(3)If an accounting period ending within the permitted period begins before it, only a part of the amount which (apart from the relief) would be chargeable under this Part for the period, after giving every prior relief, is available for relief under section 463E.

(4)That part is so much as is proportionate to the part of the accounting period in the permitted period.

(5)The reliefs which must be given before relief under section 463E are—

(a)relief as a result of a claim under section 459(1)(a) or section 463B(1)(a) (claim for deficit to be set off against total profits for the deficit period),

(b)relief in respect of a loss or deficit incurred or treated as incurred in an accounting period before the deficit period,

(c)relief under Part 6 of CTA 2010 (charitable donations relief in respect of payments made wholly and exclusively for the purposes of a trade),

(d)relief under section 37 of CTA 2010 (losses deducted from total profits of the same or an earlier accounting period), and

(e)if the company is a company with investment business for the purposes of Part 16 (companies with investment business)—

(i)any deduction in respect of management expenses under section 1219 (expenses of management of a company's investment business),

(ii)relief under Part 6 of CTA 2010 in respect of payments made wholly and exclusively for the purposes of its business, and

(iii)any allowance under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances).

463GCarry forward of unrelieved deficit against total profits

(1)This section applies if conditions A to D are met.

(2)Condition A is that—

(a)any amount of the deficit (“the unrelieved amount”) is not—

(i)set off against profits on a claim under section 463B(1), or

(ii)surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010.

(3)Condition B is that it is not the case—

(a)that the company ceased to be a company with investment business in the deficit period, or

(b)(if the company was a company with investment business immediately before the beginning of the deficit period) that its investment business became small or negligible in the deficit period.

(4)Condition C is that (if the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company) it is not the case that the whole of the deficit is a shock loss.

(5)Condition D is that (if the company is a general insurance company) the first accounting period after the deficit period is not an excluded accounting period.

(6)The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the first accounting period after the deficit period.

(7)The company may make a claim for the whole or part of the unrelieved amount to be set off against the company's total profits for the first accounting period after the deficit period.

(8)If a claim is made under subsection (7)—

(a)the unrelieved amount, or the part of it to which the claim relates, must be set off against the company's total profits for the first accounting period after the deficit period, and

(b)those profits are reduced accordingly.

(9)No claim may be made under subsection (7) in respect of so much of the unrelieved amount as is surrendered under Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses).

(10)A claim under subsection (7) must be made within—

(a)the period of two years after the end of the first accounting period after the deficit period, or

(b)such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

(11)No relief may be given under this section against ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (oil activities) or contractor's ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8ZA of that Act (oil contractors).

(12)If —

(a)the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company, and

(b)the deficit is partly (but not wholly) a shock loss,

subsections (6) to (9) have effect as if references to the unrelieved amount were to the eligible amount (see subsection (13)).

(13)In this section “the eligible amount” means so much of the unrelieved amount as is not a shock loss; and for the purpose of determining how much of the unrelieved amount is, or is not, a shock loss, it is to be assumed that in setting off or surrendering amounts as mentioned in subsection (2)(a)(i) and (ii) the company uses shock losses before other amounts.

(14)In this Chapter—

  • company with investment business” has the same meaning as in Part 16 (see section 1218B);

  • excluded accounting period” has the meaning given by section 269ZG of CTA 2010;

  • “general insurance company” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG of CTA 2010;

  • shock loss” has the meaning given by section 269ZK of CTA 2010;

  • Solvency 2 insurance company” means an insurance company as defined in section 269ZP(2) of CTA 2010.

(15)In this Chapter references to a company's investment business are to be construed in accordance with section 1219(2).

463HCarry forward of unrelieved deficit against non-trading profits

(1)Subsections (4) to (8) apply if—

(a)section 463G would apply but for the fact that the company's investment business became small or negligible in the accounting period mentioned in subsection (3)(b) of that section,

(b)section 463G would apply but for condition D in that section (no carry-forward to an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company), or

(c)the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company and any amount of the deficit would be eligible to be carried forward under section 463G(6) were that amount not a shock loss (see section 463G(4), (12) and (13)).

(2)Subsections (4) to (8) also apply if—

(a)subsections (6) to (10) of section 463G would apply but for the fact that the company's investment business became small or negligible in the accounting period mentioned in section 463I(1)(c)(ii), or

(b)subsections (6) to (10) of section 463G would apply but for section 463I(1)(d) (no carry-forward under those subsections to an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company).

(3)In this section the “unrelieved amount”—

(a)in a case within paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection (1), is to be interpreted in accordance with section 463G(2);

(b)in a case within paragraph (c) of subsection (1), means the amount mentioned in that paragraph;

(c)in a case within subsection (2), means so much of the deficit mentioned in section 463I(1)(a) as is not set off as mentioned in section 463I(1)(b)(i) or surrendered as mentioned in section 463I(1)(b)(ii).

(4)The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the first accounting period (“period 2”) after—

(a)(in a case within subsection (1)) the deficit period, or

(b)(in a case within subsection (2)) the period mentioned in section 463I(1)(a).

(5)So much of the unrelieved amount as is not the subject of a claim under subsection (7) must be set off against the non-trading profits of the company for period 2.

(6)Those profits are reduced accordingly.

(7)The company may make a claim for relief under subsection (5) not to be given in period 2 for the unrelieved amount or so much of it as is specified in the claim.

(8)A claim under subsection (7) is effective if, and only if, it is made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of period 2, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(9)Subsection (10) applies if any amount is carried forward under subsection (4) to an accounting period (“the carry forward period”) and—

(a)cannot be set off under subsection (5) against non-trading profits of that period, or

(b)is the subject of a claim under subsection (7).

(10)If the company continues to be a company with investment business throughout the carry forward period, subsections (4) to (8) have effect as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to the amount mentioned in subsection (9), and

(b)references to—

(i)the deficit period, or

(ii)the period mentioned in section 463I(1)(a),

were to the carry forward period.

(11)In this section “non-trading profits”, in relation to a company, means so much of the company's profits as does not consist of trading income for the purposes of section 37 of CTA 2010 (deduction of trading losses from total profits of the same or an earlier period).

463IRe-application of section 463G if any deficit remains after previous application

(1)This section applies if—

(a)any amount of the deficit is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of the company under section 463G(6),

(b)any of that amount is not—

(i)set off against the company's total profits for the later period on a claim under section 463G(7), or

(ii)surrendered as group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of CTA 2010,

(c)it is not the case—

(i)that the company ceased to be a company with investment business in the later period, or

(ii)(if the company was a company with investment business immediately before the beginning of the later period) that its investment business became small or negligible in the later period, and

(d)it is not the case that the first accounting period after the later period is an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company.

(2)Subsections (6) to (10) of section 463G apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount of the deficit carried forward to the later period as is not set off or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

(b)references to the deficit period were to the later period.

Non-trading losses on intangible fixed assetsU.K.

5(1)Section 753 of CTA 2009 (treatment of non-trading loss) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (3) (carry forward of non-trading loss)—

(a)in the words before paragraph (a), after “not” insert “ , in any period (“the reference period”) ”;

(b)in the words after paragraph (b) for “debit of” substitute “ loss on intangible fixed assets for ”.

(3)After subsection (3) insert—

(4)But subsection (3) does not apply if the company ceased to be a company with investment business in the reference period.

(5)In the application of subsection (3) to an amount of a loss previously carried forward under that subsection, the reference in paragraph (b) to group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010 is to be read as a reference to group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of that Act.

(6)In this section “company with investment business” has the same meaning as in Part 16 (see section 1218B).

Expenses of management of investment business etcU.K.

6(1)Section 1223 of CTA 2009 (carrying forward expenses of management and other amounts) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(b)—

(a)for “amounts” substitute “ an amount ”, and

(b)after “(2)(c),” insert

(i)a claim relating to the whole of the amount has not been made under subsection (3B), or.

(3)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)But subsection (3) does not apply in relation to so much of the excess as is surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010 or as group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of that Act.

(3B)A deduction in respect of the excess may be made under section 1219 for the next accounting period only on the making by the company of a claim.

(3C)A claim may relate to the whole of the excess or to part of it only.

(3D)A claim must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the next accounting period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(3E)Subsection (1A) of section 1219 does not apply in relation to a deduction in respect of the excess made for the next accounting period.

Trading lossesU.K.

7U.K.Chapter 2 of Part 4 of CTA 2010 (trade losses) is amended as follows.

8U.K.In section 36 (introduction to Chapter) for subsection (1) substitute—

(1)This Chapter provides relief for a loss made by a company in a trade (see sections 37 to 47).

9U.K.For the italic heading before section 37 substitute— “ Relief in loss-making period and carry back relief ”.

10(1)Section 45 (carry forward of trade loss against subsequent trade profits) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, after “of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”.

(3)In subsection (1) after “accounting period” insert “ beginning before 1 April 2017 ”.

(4)In subsection (4)(b) for “cannot be” substitute “ is not ”.

(5)After subsection (4) insert—

(4A)But the company may make a claim that the profits of the trade of an accounting period specified in the claim are not to be reduced by the unrelieved loss, or are not to be reduced by the unrelieved loss by more than an amount specified in the claim.

(4B)A claim under subsection (4A) may specify an accounting period only if it begins on or after 1 April 2017.

(4C)A claim under subsection (4A) is effective if, and only if, it is made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the accounting period specified in the claim, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(6)In subsection (5) for “section” (in the second place it occurs) substitute “ , sections 45B, 45F and ”.

11U.K.After section 45 insert—

45ACarry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)in an accounting period (“the loss-making period”) beginning on or after 1 April 2017 a company carrying on a trade makes a loss in the trade,

(b)relief under section 37 or Part 5 (group relief) is not given for an amount of the loss (“the unrelieved amount”),

(c)the company continues to carry on the trade in the next accounting period (“the later period”), and

(d)the conditions in subsection (3) are met.

(2)But this section does not apply if the trade is a ring fence trade.

(3)The conditions are that—

(a)the trade did not become small or negligible in the loss-making period,

(b)relief under section 37 was not unavailable for the loss by reason of —

(i)section 37(5), 44, 48 or 52, or

(ii)section 1209, 1216DA, 1217DA, 1217MA, 1217SA or 1218ZDA of CTA 2009,

(c)relief under section 37 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made in the trade in the later period,

(d)if the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company the loss is not a shock loss (see subsections (9) and (10)), and

(e)the later period is not an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company.

(4)The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the later period.

(5)The company may make a claim for relief to be given in the later period for the unrelieved amount or for any part of it specified in the claim.

(6)If the company makes a claim, the relief is given by deducting the unrelieved amount, or the specified part of it, from the company's total profits of the later period.

(7)A claim under this section must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the later period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(8)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

(9)For the purposes of this section and section 45B, a loss which is partly, but not wholly, a shock loss is to be treated as if—

(a)the amount that is a shock loss, and

(b)the amount that is not,

were separate losses.

(10)In this section—

  • excluded accounting period” has the meaning given by section 269ZG;

  • “general insurance company” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG(6);

  • ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277);

  • Solvency 2 insurance company” means an insurance company as defined in section 269ZP(2);

  • shock loss” has the meaning given by section 269ZK.

45BCarry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against trade profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)in an accounting period (“the loss-making period”) beginning on or after 1 April 2017 a company carrying on a trade makes a loss in the trade,

(b)relief under section 37 or 42 or Part 5 (group relief) is not given for an amount of the loss (“the unrelieved amount”),

(c)the company continues to carry on the trade in the next accounting period (“the later period”), and

(d)case 1, 2 or 3 applies.

  • Case 1 is that any of the conditions in section 45A(3) are not met.

  • Case 2 is that relief for the unrelieved amount was not available under section 45A by reason of section 1210(5), 1216DB(5) or 1217DB(5) of CTA 2009.

  • Case 3 is that the trade is a ring fence trade.

(2)The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the later period.

(3)Relief for the unrelieved amount is given to the company in the later period if the company makes a profit in the trade in the later period.

(4)The relief is given by reducing the profits of the trade of the later period by the unrelieved amount.

(5)But the company may make a claim for relief not to be given in the later period for the unrelieved amount or for any part of it specified in the claim.

(6)A claim under subsection (5) is effective if, and only if, it is made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the later period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(7)If the trade is a ring fence trade, this section has effect only in relation to so much of the loss mentioned in subsection (1)(a) as is not a non-decommissioning loss.

(8)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

(9)In this section—

  • “non-decommissioning loss” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 303A;

  • ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277).

(10)See also section 45A(9) (splitting for the purposes of that section and this section of losses that are partly, but not wholly, shock losses of insurance companies).

45CRe-application of section 45A if loss remains after previous application

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of a loss made in a trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 45A(4),

(b)any of that amount is not deducted from the company's total profits of the later period on a claim under section 45A(5) or surrendered by way of group relief for carried forward-losses under Part 5A,

(c)the company continues to carry on the trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period, and

(d)the conditions in subsection (2) are met.

(2)The conditions are that—

(a)the trade did not become small or negligible in the later period,

(b)relief under section 37 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made in the trade in the further period, and

(c)the further period is not an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company.

(3)Subsections (4) to (8) of section 45A apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount carried forward to the later period as is not deducted or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

(b)references to the later period were to the further period.

(4)In this section “excluded accounting period” and “general insurance company” have the same meaning as in section 45A.

45DApplication of section 45B if loss remains after application of section 45A

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of a loss made in a trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 45A(4),

(b)any of that amount is not deducted from the company's total profits of the later period on a claim under section 45A(5) or surrendered by way of group relief for carried forward-losses under Part 5A,

(c)the company continues to carry on the trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period, and

(d)any of the conditions in section 45C(2) is not met.

(2)Subsections (2) to (8) of section 45B apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount carried forward to the later period as is not deducted or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

(b)references to the later period were to the further period.

45ERe-application of section 45B if loss remains after previous application

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of a loss made in a trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 45B(2),

(b)any of that amount is not used under section 45B(4) to reduce profits of the trade for the later period, and

(c)the company continues to carry on the trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period.

(2)Subsections (2) to (8) of section 45B apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount carried forward to the later period as was not used as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

(b)references to the later period were to the further period.

45FTerminal losses: relief unrestricted by Part 7ZA and 7A

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a company makes a loss in a trade in an accounting period (the “loss-making period”),

(b)an amount of that loss is carried forward to an accounting period of the company (“the terminal period”) under section 45, 45A or 45B,

(c)relief in the terminal period is not given under section 45, 45A or (as the case may be) 45B for that amount or for any part of it, and

(d)the company ceases to carry on the trade in the terminal period.

(2)The company may make a claim for relief to be given for the unrelieved amount under this section.

(3)If the company makes a claim the relief is given by deducting the unrelieved amount from the relevant profits of the company of—

(a)the terminal period, and

(b)previous accounting periods so far as they fall (wholly or partly) within the period of 3 years ending with the end of the terminal period.

(4)But no deduction is to be made under subsection (3) for any accounting period which is—

(a)the loss-making period,

(b)a period before the loss-making period, or

(c)a period beginning before 1 April 2017.

(5)The amount of a deduction to be made under subsection (3) for any accounting period is the amount of the unrelieved amount so far as it cannot be deducted under that subsection for a subsequent accounting period.

(6)The company's claim must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the terminal period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(7)In this section—

  • the unrelieved amount” means so much of the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(b) for which relief is not given in the terminal period under section 45, 45A or (as the case may be) 45B, and

  • relevant profits”, in relation to the terminal period or any previous accounting period, means—

    (a)

    the total profits of the company of the period, in a case where the unrelieved amount was carried forward to the terminal period under section 45A,

    (b)

    the profits of the trade of the period, in a case where the unrelieved amount was carried forward to the terminal period under section 45 or 45B.

(8)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

45GSection 45F: accounting period falling partly within 3 year period

(1)This section applies if an accounting period falls partly within the period of 3 years mentioned in section 45F(3)(b).

(2)The amount of the deduction for the unrelieved amount for the accounting period is not to exceed an amount equal to the overlapping proportion of the company's relevant profits of that period.

(3)The overlapping proportion is the same as the proportion that the part of the accounting period falling within the period of 3 years bears to the whole of the accounting period.

(4)In this section “the unrelieved amount” and “relevant profits” have the meaning given by section 45F(7).

45HSection 45F: transfers of trade to obtain relief

Section 45F does not apply by reason of a company ceasing to carry on a trade if—

(a)on the company ceasing to carry on the trade, any of the activities of the trade begin to be carried on by a person who is not (or by persons any or all of whom are not) within the charge to corporation tax, and

(b)the company's ceasing to carry on the trade is part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to secure that that section applies by reason of the cessation.

UK property business lossesU.K.

12U.K.Chapter 4 of Part 4 of CTA 2010 (property losses) is amended as follows.

13(1)Section 62 (relief for losses made in UK property business) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (4)—

(a)in the words before paragraph (a), for “Subsection (5) applies” substitute “ Subsections (5) to (5C) apply ”, and

(b)for paragraph (a) substitute—

(a)an amount of the loss is not deducted as mentioned in subsection (3) or surrendered by way of group relief under Part 5,.

(3)In subsection (5), for the words before paragraph (a) substitute “ The amount ”.

(4)After subsection (5) insert—

(5A)But relief under subsection (2) for the amount is given to the company in the next accounting period only on the making by the company of a claim.

(5B)A claim may relate to the whole of the amount or to part of it only.

(5C)A claim must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the next accounting period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(5D)In the application of this section to an amount of a loss previously carried forward under subsection (5), the reference in subsection (4)(a) to group relief under Part 5 is to be read as a reference to group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A.

14(1)Section 63 (company with investment business ceasing to carry on UK property business) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For subsection (2) substitute—

(2)Subsections (3) to (7) apply if an amount of loss made in carrying on the UK property business would be carried forward to the next accounting period under section 62(5) but for the company ceasing to carry on the business or to be within the charge to corporation tax in respect of it.

(3)In subsection (3)(b) for “that” substitute “ the next accounting ”.

(4)After subsection (3) insert—

(4)But a deduction in respect of the amount of loss may be made under section 1219 of CTA 2009 for the next accounting period only on the making by the company of a claim.

(5)A claim may relate to the whole of the amount of the loss or to part of it only.

(6)A claim must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the next accounting period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(7)Subsection (1A) of section 1219 of CTA 2009 does not apply in relation to a deduction in respect of the amount of loss made for the next accounting period.

PART 2 U.K.Restriction on deductions in respect of carried-forward losses

15U.K.CTA 2010 is amended as follows.

16U.K.After section 269 insert—

PART 7ZA U.K.Restrictions on obtaining certain deductions

IntroductionU.K.
269ZAOverview of Part

This Part contains provision restricting the amount of certain deductions which a company may make in calculating its taxable total profits for an accounting period.

Restrictions on obtaining certain deductionsU.K.
269ZBRestriction on deductions from trading profits

(1)This section has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a company for an accounting period.

(2)The sum of any deductions made by the company for the accounting period which fall within subsection (3) may not exceed the relevant maximum.

But this is subject to subsection (10).

(3)The following deductions fall within this subsection—

(a)any deductions under section 45(4)(b) or 45B;

(b)any deduction under section 303B(4) or 303D(5), so far as it is a restricted deduction.

(4)For the purposes of this section a deduction under section 303B(4) or 303D(5) is a “restricted deduction” so far as it would not be available but for section 304(5) (reduction of income derived from related activities).

(5)In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

(a)50% of the company's relevant trading profits for the accounting period, and

(b)the company's trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period.

(6)Section 269ZF contains provision for determining a company's relevant trading profits for an accounting period.

(7)A company's “trading profits deductions allowance” for an accounting period—

(a)is so much of the company's deductions allowance for the period as is specified in the company's tax return as its trading profits deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)accordingly, is nil if no amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period is so specified.

(8)An amount specified under subsection (7)(a) as a company's trading profits deductions allowance for an accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

(a)the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)the total of any amounts specified for the period under section 269ZC(5)(a) (non-trading profits deductions allowance) and section 124D(4) of FA 2012 (BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance).

(9)A company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZR where, at any time in that period—

(a)the company is a member of a group (see section 269ZZB), and

(b)one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

Otherwise, a company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZW.

(10)Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant trading profits, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil.

269ZCRestriction on deductions from non-trading profits

(1)This section has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a company for an accounting period.

(2)The sum of any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under section 457(3) and 463H(5) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficits from loan relationships against subsequent non-trading profits) may not exceed the relevant maximum.

But this is subject to subsection (8).

(3)In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

(a)50% of the company's relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period, and

(b)the amount of the company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period.

(4)Section 269ZF contains provisions for determining a company's relevant non-trading profits for an accounting period.

(5)A company's “non-trading profits deductions allowance” for an accounting period—

(a)is so much of the company's deductions allowance for the period as is specified in the company's tax return as its non-trading profits deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)accordingly, is nil if no amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period is so specified.

(6)An amount specified under subsection (5)(a) as a company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for an accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

(a)the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)the total of any amounts specified for the period under section 269ZB(7)(a) (trading profits deductions allowance) and section 124D(4) of FA 2012 (BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance).

(7)A company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZR where, at any time in that period—

(a)the company is a member of a group (see section 269ZZB), and

(b)one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

Otherwise, a company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZW.

(8)Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant non-trading profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil.

269ZDRestriction on deductions from total profits

(1)This section has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a company for an accounting period.

(2)The sum of any relevant deductions made by the company for the accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

(a)the relevant maximum, and

(b)the sum of—

(i)any deductions falling within section 269ZB(3) (carry forward of trade loss against subsequent trade profits) made by the company for the accounting period,

(ii)any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under sections 457(3) and 463H(5) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficits from loan relationships against subsequent non-trading profits), and

(iii)any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under sections 124(5), 124A(5) and 124C(6) of FA 2012 (carry forward of BLAGAB trade losses against BLAGAB trade profits).

But this is subject to subsection (7) and section 269ZE.

(3)The following deductions made for an accounting period are “relevant deductions” for the purposes of this section—

(a)a deduction under section 463G of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficit against total profits);

(b)a deduction under section 753 of CTA 2009 (non-trading losses on intangible fixed assets) in respect of a loss treated by subsection (3) of that section (carry forward of losses) as if it were a loss of the accounting period;

(c)a deduction under section 1219 of CTA 2009 (expenses of management of a company's investment business) in respect of an amount treated by section 1223(3) of that Act (carrying forward of expenses of management and other amounts) as expenses of management deductible for the accounting period;

(d)a deduction under section 1219 of CTA 2009 (expenses of management of a company's investment business) in respect of a loss treated by section 63(3) (carrying forward of certain losses made by company with investment business which ceases to carry on UK property business) as an expense of management deductible for the accounting period;

(e)a deduction under section 37 (relief for trade losses against total profits) made in reliance on section 1210(3), 1216DB(3), 1217DB(3), 1217MB(2), 1217SB(2) or 1218ZDB(2) of CTA 2009;

(f)a deduction under section 45A (carry forward of trade loss against total profits);

(g)a deduction under section 62(3) (relief for losses made in UK property business) in respect of a loss treated by subsection (5)(b) of that section (carry forward of losses) as a loss made by the company in the accounting period;

(h)a deduction under section 303C (excess carried forward non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade: relief against total profits);

(i)a deduction under Part 5 (group relief) made in respect of a loss surrendered under that Part in reliance on section 1210(3), 1216DB(3), 1217DB(3), 1217MB(2), 1217SB(2) or 1218ZDB(2) of CTA 2009;

(j)a deduction under Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses);

(k)a deduction under section 124B of FA 2012 (deduction from total profits of excess carried-forward BLAGAB trade losses),

(but see section 269ZJ (insurance companies: shock losses).

(4)In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

(a)50% of the company's relevant profits for the accounting period, and

(b)the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the accounting period.

(5)A company's “relevant profits” for an accounting period are the sum of—

(a)the company's relevant trading profits for the accounting period (see section 269ZF(1)),

(b)the company's relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period (see section 269ZF(2), and

(c)the company's relevant BLAGAB trade profits for the accounting period.

In this subsection “relevant BLAGAB trade profits” has the same meaning as in section 124D of FA 2012.

(6)A company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZR where, at any time in that period—

(a)the company is a member of a group (see section 269ZZB), and

(b)one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

Otherwise, the company's “deductions allowance” for the accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZW.

(7)Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a company for an accounting period where the sum of—

(a)the amount given by paragraph (1) of step 1 in section 269ZF(3), and

(b)the company's BLAGAB trade profit for the accounting period,

is not greater than nil.

269ZERestriction on deductions from total profits: insurance companies

(1)Where the conditions in subsection (2) are met, section 269ZD has effect as if, for subsection (2) of that section there were substituted—

(2)The sum of any relevant deductions made by the company for the accounting period may not exceed the modified loss cap (as defined in section 269ZE).

But this is subject to subsection (7).

(2)The conditions are that—

(a)the company referred to in section 269ZD(1) carries on business to which the charge to corporation tax under section 68 of FA 2012 (charge to tax on I-E profit) applies and has an I-E profit for the accounting period,

(b)the policyholders' share (if any) of the I-E profit is not the whole of that profit, and

(c)the adjusted shareholders' I-E profit for the accounting period is less than the BLAGAB-related loss capacity.

(3)The “adjusted shareholders' I-E profit” is equal to—

(a)the shareholders' share of the I-E profit, less

(b)any excess capacity.

(4)The “BLAGAB-related loss capacity” is equal to A + B - C where—

  • A is 50% of the company's relevant BLAGAB trade profits for the accounting period (as defined in section 124D of FA 2012);

  • B is the company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the period (if any) (as defined in section 124D of FA 2012);

  • C is the total of any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under sections 124(5), 124A(5) and 124C(6) of FA 2012.

(5)To determine the modified loss cap, take the following steps—

  • Step 1: find the basic loss cap.

  • Step 2: reduce that amount by the BLAGAB-related loss capacity.

  • Step 3: add to the result of step 2 the adjusted shareholders' I-E profit.

The result is the modified loss cap.

(6)In this section “the basic loss cap” means the difference referred to in the opening words of section 269ZD(2) (assuming that that section has effect without the modification set out in subsection (1) of this section) (but, if applicable, taking account of section 269ZJ).

(7)In this section “excess capacity” means the amount (if any) by which—

(a)the section 269ZF step 2 amount, is less than

(b)what the section 269ZF step 2 amount would be if in paragraph (d) of section 269ZF(4) the reference to any I-E profit were to the policyholders' share of any I-E profit.

(8)In subsection (7) the reference to the “section 269ZF step 2 amount” is to the sum given by paragraph (1) of step 2 of section 269ZF(3) in calculating the company's relevant trading profits and relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period: but for this purpose disregard paragraph (4) of step 1 of section 269ZF(3).

(9)For the purposes of this section the “shareholders' share” of an insurance company's I-E profit for an accounting period is equal to—

(a)the amount of the I-E profit, less

(b)the policyholders' share (if any) of that profit.

(10)In this section references to the policyholders' share of I-E profit are to that share as determined in accordance with section 103 of FA 2012.

Relevant profitsU.K.
269ZF“Relevant trading profits” and “relevant non-trading profits”

(1)A company's “relevant trading profits” for an accounting period are—

(a)the company's qualifying trading profits for the accounting period (see subsection (3)), less

(b)the company's trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period (see section 269ZB(7)).

But if the allowance mentioned in paragraph (b) exceeds the profits mentioned in paragraph (a), the company's “relevant trading profits” for the accounting period are nil.

(2)A company's “relevant non-trading profits” for an accounting period are—

(a)the company's qualifying non-trading profits for the accounting period (see subsection (3)), less

(b)the company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period (see section 269ZC(5)).

But if the allowance mentioned in paragraph (b) exceeds the profits mentioned in paragraph (a), the company's “relevant non-trading profits” for the accounting period are nil.

(3)To determine a company's qualifying trading profits and qualifying non-trading profits for an accounting period—

  • Step 1 - modified total profits

    (1)

    Calculate the company's total profits for the accounting period.

    (2)

    For the purposes of this subsection assume that the company's total profits for the accounting period are to be calculated with the modifications set out in subsection (4).

    (3)

    If the company's total profits for the accounting period (as modified under paragraph (2)) are not greater than nil, the company's qualifying trading profits and relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period are both nil.

    (4)

    Otherwise, proceed with steps 2 to 5.

  • Step 2 - negative amount for apportioning under step 4

    (1)

    Calculate the sum (“the step 2 amount”) of any amounts which (on the assumption set out in paragraph (2) of step 1), could be relieved against the company's total profits of the accounting period.

    (2)

    But in calculating that sum, ignore the amount of any excluded deductions for the accounting period (see subsection (5)).

    (3)

    If the company's total profits for the accounting period (as modified under step 1(2)) do not exceed the amount given by this step, the qualifying trading profits and the qualifying non-trading profits are both nil.

    (4)

    Otherwise, proceed with steps 3 to 5.

  • Step 3 - trade profits and non-trade profits Divide the company's total profits for the accounting period (as modified under step 1(2)) into—

    (a)

    profits of a trade of the company (the company's “trade profits”), and

    (b)

    profits that are not profits of a trade of the company (the company's “non-trade profits”).

  • Step 4 - apportioning the step 2 amount Take the step 2 amount and do one of the following—

    (a)

    reduce the company's trade profits by the whole of that amount,

    (b)

    reduce the company's non-trade profits by the whole of that amount, or

    (c)

    reduce the company's trade profits by part of that amount and reduce the company's non-trade profits by the remaining part of that amount.

    Apply this step in a way which ensures that neither the company's trade profits nor the company's non-trade profits are reduced below nil.

  • Step 5 - amount of qualifying trading or non-trading profits (if not determined under step 1 or 2) The amounts resulting from step 3, after any reduction under step 4, are—

    (a)

    in the case of the amount in step 3(a), the company's qualifying trading profits, and

    (b)

    in the case of the amount in step 3(b), the company's qualifying non-trading profits.

(4)For the purposes of subsection (3) the company's total profits for an accounting period are to be calculated with the following modifications—

(a)ignore any income so far as it falls within, and is dealt with under, Part 9A of CTA 2009 (company distributions);

(b)ignore any ring fence profits (as defined in section 276);

(c)ignore any contractor's ring fence profits (as defined in section 356LD);

(d)if the company is an insurance company, ignore any I-E profit (see section 141(2) of FA 2012);

(e)make no deductions under sections 45(4)(b) and 45B (carry forward of trade loss against subsequent trade profits) other than deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB by reason of—

(i)section 1209(3), 1210(5A) or 1211(7A) of CTA 2009 (losses of film trade),

(ii)section 1216DA(3), 1216DB(5A) or 1216DC(7A) of that Act (losses of television programme trade),

(iii)section 1217DA(3), 1217DB(5A) or 1217DC(7A) of that Act (losses of video game trade),

(iv)section 1217MA(3) or 1217MC(9) of that Act (losses of theatrical trade),

(v)section 1217SA(3) or 1217SC(9) of that Act (losses of orchestral trade),

(vi)section 1218ZDA(3) or 1218ZDC(9) of that Act (losses of museum or gallery exhibition trade),

(vii)section 65(4B) or 67A(5A) (losses of UK or EEA furnished holiday lettings business),

(viii)section 269ZJ(1) (insurance companies: shock losses),

(ix)section 304(7) (certain losses of ring fence trades), or

(x)section 356NJ(2) (pre-1 April 2017 loss arising from oil contractor activities);

(f)make no restricted deductions (as defined in section 269ZB(4)) under section 303B(4) or 303D(5)); and

(g)make no deductions under section 457(3) or 463H(5) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficits from loan relationships against subsequent non-trading profits), other than deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZC by reason of section 269ZJ(2) (insurance companies: shock losses).

(5)The following are “excluded deductions” for an accounting period (“the current accounting period”)—

(a)a deduction for the current accounting period which is a relevant deduction for the purposes of section 269ZD (see subsection (3) of that section);

(b)a deduction under section 37 (relief for trade losses against total profits) in relation to a loss made in an accounting period after the current accounting period;

(c)a deduction under section 45F (terminal losses);

(d)a deduction under section 260(3) of CAA 2001 (special leasing of plant or machinery: carry back of excess allowances) in relation to capital allowances for an accounting period after the current accounting period; and

(e)a deduction under section 463E of CTA 2009 (non-trading deficit from loan relationships) in relation to a deficit for a period after the current accounting period.

Exclusion for certain general insurance companiesU.K.
269ZGGeneral insurance companies: excluded accounting periods

(1)Nothing in sections 269ZB to 269ZE has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a general insurance company for an excluded accounting period.

(2)An accounting period of a general insurance company is an “excluded accounting period” if conditions A and B are met.

(3)Condition A is that—

(a)the company is subject to insolvency procedures (see section 269ZH) at the end of the accounting period,

(b)immediately before it became subject to insolvency procedures the company—

(i)was unable to pay its debts as they fell due, and

(ii)met the non-viability condition, and

(c)the company's liabilities in respect of qualifying latent claims (see section 269ZI) were the main factor contributing to the company's meeting the non-viability condition at that time.

(4)Condition B is that—

(a)at the end of the accounting period the company meets the non-viability condition, and

(b)the company's liabilities in respect of qualifying latent claims are the main factor contributing to the company's meeting that condition at that time.

(5)At any time, a general insurance company meets the non-viability condition if there is no realistic prospect that it will subsequently write any new insurance business.

(6)For the purposes of this section a person who carries on the activity of effecting or carrying out contracts of general insurance is a “general insurance company” if—

(a)the person has permission under Part 4A of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 to carry on that activity,

(b)the person is of the kind mentioned in paragraph 5(d) or (da) of Schedule 3 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (EEA passport rights) and carries on that activity in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment there, or

(c)the person qualifies for authorisation under Schedule 4 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Treaty rights) and carries on that activity in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment there.

(7)The definition in subsection (6) is subject to the following qualifications—

(a)a friendly society within the meaning of Part 3 of FA 2012 is not a general insurance company, and

(b)an insurance special purpose vehicle (as defined in section 139 of FA 2012) is not a general insurance company.

(8)In this section—

  • contract of general insurance” means a contract of a type described in Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order 2001 (S.I. 2001/544);

  • liability” includes a contingent or prospective liability.

269ZH“Insolvency procedures”

(1)For the purposes of section 269ZG a company is subject to insolvency procedures if—

(a)it is in liquidation,

(b)it is in administration,

(c)it is in receivership, or

(d)a relevant scheme has effect in relation to it.

(2)A company is “in liquidation” for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is in liquidation within the meaning of section 247 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 3 of the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989 (S.I. 1989/2405 (N.I. 19), or

(b)a corresponding situation under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom exists in relation to the company.

(3)A company is “in administration” for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is in administration within the meaning of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986 or Schedule B1 to the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989, or

(b)there is in force in relation to it under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom any appointment corresponding to the appointment of an administrator under either of those Schedules.

(4)A company is “in receivership” for the purposes of this section if there is in force in relation to it—

(a)an order for the appointment of an administrative receiver, a receiver and manager or a receiver under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 3 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 4 of the Insolvency (Northern Ireland Order) 1989, or

(b)any corresponding order under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom.

(5)In this section “relevant scheme” means a compromise or arrangement—

(a)under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985, Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (S.I. 1986/1032 (N.I. 6)) or Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, or

(b)under any corresponding provision of the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom.

269ZI“Qualifying latent claims”

(1)This section applies for the purposes of section 269ZG.

(2)Where a general insurance company has a liability in respect of a claim, the claim is a “qualifying latent claim” if conditions A to C are met.

(3)In this section “claim” means a claim (whether actual or potential) under an insurance policy.

(4)Condition A is that—

(a)the claim is of a type that was not reasonably foreseeable at the time when the insurance policy concerned was entered into, and

(b)it is likely that, had the company foreseen that type of claim, the price or other terms of the policy would have been significantly different.

(5)Condition B is that the latency period associated with that type of claim (see subsection (7)) is more than 10 years.

(6)Condition C is that the insurance policy, or the part of the insurance policy under which the claim is or would be made, is—

(a)an employer's liability policy, or

(b)a public or products liability policy.

(7)The “latency period” associated with a type of claim is the mean period for claims of the type between—

(a)the insured event giving rise to the claim, and

(b)notification of the claim.

(8)The mean period mentioned in subsection (7) is to be determined as at the end of the accounting period mentioned in section 269ZG(2).

(9)In this section—

  • employer's liability policy” means an insurance policy against the risks of the person insured incurring liabilities to the insured's employees for injury, illness or death arising out of their employment during the course of business;

  • “general insurance company” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG;

  • insurance policy” includes any contract of insurance;

  • liability” includes a contingent or prospective liability;

  • public or products liability policy” means an insurance policy against the risks of the person insured incurring liabilities to third parties for damage to property, injury, illness or death, arising in the course of the insured's business.

269ZJExclusion of shock losses from restrictions

(1)If a shock loss is—

(a)carried forward to an accounting period of an insurance company (see section 269ZP(2)), and

(b)deducted under section 45B (post-1 April 2017 trade losses carried forward against trade profits),

the deduction is to be treated as not falling within section 269ZB(3).

(2)If a shock loss is—

(a)carried forward to an accounting period of an insurance company, and

(b)deducted under section 463H of CTA 2009 (carry forward of unrelieved non-trading deficit from loan relationships against non-trading profits),

the company is to be treated for the purposes of sections 269ZC and 269ZD(2)(b)(ii) as not having made that deduction.

(3)If an insurance company makes a deduction of (or in respect of) a shock loss, that deduction is not a “relevant deduction” for the purposes of section 269ZD (restriction on deductions from total profits).

(4)See also section 124E of FA 2012 (exclusion from the restriction on deductions from BLAGAB trade profits).

269ZKMeaning of “shock loss”: requirement to make a claim

(1)If the conditions in subsection (3) are met, an insurance company may make a claim in respect of—

(a)a loss or other amount (the “specified loss”), and

(b)a period of 12 months (“the specified period”) which is a solvency shock period (see section 269ZM).

(2)A claim may specify more than one 12 month period under subsection (1)(b) (but periods specified by an insurance company under this section may not overlap with one another).

(3)The conditions are that—

(a)the accounting period (for corporation tax purposes) in which the specified loss arises (“the loss-making period”) begins on or after 1 April 2017,

(b)the specified loss is, or is capable of being, carried forward to a subsequent accounting period, and

(c)the loss-making period and the specified period have one or more days in common.

(4)A claim under this section must be made within—

(a)the period of two years after the end of the loss-making period, or

(b)such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

(5)If—

(a)a claim is made under this section, and

(b)the whole of the loss-making period is, or falls within, the specified period,

the specified loss is a “shock loss”.

(6)If—

(a)a claim is made under this section, and

(b)the loss-making period falls partly, but not wholly, in the specified period,

the specified loss is a “shock loss” so far as it is attributable to the specified period.

(7)For the purposes of subsection (6) the specified loss is “attributable to” the specified period in the proportion—

Where P is the number of days of the loss-making period that fall within the specified period and N is the number of days in the loss-making period.

(8)If the method in subsection (7) would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, the apportionment of the specified loss for the purposes of subsection (6) is to be made on a just and reasonable basis.

269ZLFurther provision about claims under section 269ZK

(1)A claim under section 269ZK is not effective unless—

(a)the claim—

(i)states the company's solvency capital requirement at the beginning of the specified period,

(ii)states the company's shock loss threshold for that period, and sets out the calculation of that amount (as described in steps 2 to 5 of 269ZN(1)), and

(iii)states the amount of the company's solvency loss for that period (see section 269ZO), and

(b)the company submits with the claim—

(i)information (“the submitted information”) corresponding to the information specified in the template mentioned in point (i), (j) or (k) (as the case requires) of Article 4 of the technical standards implementing Regulation, and

(ii)a report provided by the appropriate person which meets the condition in subsection (2).

(2)The condition is that the report includes an opinion confirming that—

(a)the submitted information is prepared in all material respects in accordance with any relevant requirements which would apply if the submitted information were disclosed as part of the company's report on solvency and financial condition,

(b)the calculation of the company's shock loss threshold (not including step 1(a) of section 269ZN(1)) complies in all material respects with section 269ZN, and

(c)the company's solvency loss is calculated in all material respects in accordance with section 269ZO.

(3)In this section “relevant requirements” means—

(a)requirements under rules made by the Prudential Regulation Authority, and

(b)requirements under any directly applicable EU regulation made under the Solvency 2 Directive.

(4)In this section “the appropriate person” means—

(a)the company's chief actuary, or

(b)(if the company is not a PRA-authorised person) a person with equivalent functions.

(5)Subsections (1)(b)(i), (2)(a) and (3) have effect in relation to a third-country insurance undertaking as if it were an insurance undertaking.

269ZMMeaning of “solvency shock period”

A period of 12 months is a “solvency shock period” in relation to an insurance company if the company has a solvency loss for that period (see section 269ZO) which exceeds the company's shock loss threshold for that period (see section 269ZN).

269ZNDetermination of shock loss threshold

(1)A company's shock loss threshold for a 12 month period is determined as follows.

  • Step 1

    (a)

    Calculate the company's solvency capital requirement at the beginning of that period.

    (b)

    But any adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes is to be calculated, and applied, on the assumption that that period is a solvency shock period in relation to the company.

    (c)

    The resulting amount is the company's “adjusted SCR”.

  • Step 2 Calculate the deductible amount (see subsection (2)) for each relevant ring-fenced fund of the company.

  • Step 3 Deduct the total of the amounts found under step 2 from the company's adjusted SCR.

  • Step 4 Multiply the amount found under step 3 by 90%.

  • Step 5 The result is the company's shock loss threshold for the period.

(2)The deductible amount for a relevant ring-fenced fund is the lesser of A and B, where—

(a)A is the amount of basic own funds within that fund at the beginning of the period (or zero, if greater);

(b)B is the notional solvency capital requirement for that fund at the beginning of that period.

(3)But in calculating amount A for the purposes of subsection (2)—

(a)no account is to be taken of the value of future transfers attributable to shareholders;

(b)a restricted own-fund item within the fund is to be disregarded if the company's with-profits actuary provides a written opinion confirming that the condition in subsection (4) is met.

(4)The condition is that—

(a)the item is available as a restricted own-fund item pursuant to conditional support arrangements, and

(b)if at the time mentioned in subsection (2)(a) or any subsequent time (when the conditional support arrangements are in place) the value of the company's interest in the item were to be (or is in fact) greater than zero, that value would be recognised for the purposes of a balance sheet drawn up at the time in question by the company in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice.

(5)In this section “conditional support arrangements” means arrangements under which the relevant restrictions would cease to apply if specified conditions relating to the financial strength of the fund were met.

(6)In subsection (5) “the relevant restrictions” means the restrictions on transferability as a result of which the item is a restricted own-fund item.

(7)In this section “adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes” means—

(a)an adjustment pursuant to Article 103(c) of the Solvency 2 Directive, or

(b)any corresponding adjustment made pursuant to Subsection 3 of Section 4 of Chapter 6 of Title 1 of the Solvency 2 Directive (solvency capital requirement full and partial internal models).

(8)Where the company is a third-country insurance undertaking—

(a)steps 1(b) and 2 to 5 of subsection (1), and

(b)subsections (2) to (7),

have effect with any modifications that are appropriate as a result of the reference in step 1(a) of subsection (1) to the “solvency capital requirement” having effect in accordance with section 269ZP(1)(b).

269ZOCalculation of solvency loss

(1)An insurance company's solvency loss (if any) for a 12 month period is determined as follows.

(2)Calculate, in the manner set out in subsections (5) to (11)—

(a)whether the total amount of the company's basic own funds at the beginning of the period (“opening BOF”) exceeds the total amount of the company's basic own funds at the end of the period (“closing BOF”), and

(b)if so, the amount by which opening BOF exceeds closing BOF.

(3)The company has a solvency loss for the 12 month period only if an excess of opening BOF over closing BOF is found under subsection (2)(a).

(4)The amount found under subsection (2)(b) is the amount of the solvency loss.

(5)The method of calculation under subsection (2) must fairly represent the method by which the company calculates its solvency capital requirement.

But this is subject to subsections (6) to (10).

(6)Closing BOF is to be calculated on the assumption that the 12 month period mentioned in subsection (1) is a solvency shock period in relation to the company.

(7)The following adjustments are to be made in calculating the company's basic own funds at the beginning and end of the period—

1Find (with respect to each of those times) what that amount would be in the absence of this subsection.

2Find the surplus in respect of each relevant ring-fenced fund of the company (at the time in question).

3Deduct the total of the amounts found under paragraph 2 from the amount found under paragraph 1.

The result is to be taken to be the amount of the company's basic own funds at the beginning, or (as the case may be) the end, of the period.

(8)The surplus in respect of a relevant ring-fenced fund (at any time) is equal to—

(a)the amount of basic own funds attributable to policyholders, or

(b)zero, if greater.

(9)For any relevant ring-fenced fund, the amount of basic own funds attributable to policyholders (at any time) is equal to—

where—

A is the amount of basic own funds within the relevant ring-fenced fund;

B is the total of any items in the fund that fall within subsection (10).

(10)The items are—

(a)the value of future transfers attributable to shareholders;

(b)any restricted own-fund item in relation to which the company's with-profits actuary provides a written opinion confirming that the condition in subsection (4) of section 269ZN is met.

(11)In subsection (5) the reference to the “method” of a calculation is to the—

(a)taking into account, and

(b)leaving out of account,

of variations in items of basic own funds for the purposes of the calculation.

(12)If the company is a third-country insurance undertaking, subsections (1) to (11) have effect in relation to it as if it were an insurance undertaking.

269ZPInterpretation of sections 269ZJ to 269ZO

(1)In sections 269ZJ to 269ZO “solvency capital requirement”—

(a)in relation to an insurance undertaking or a reinsurance undertaking, means the solvency capital requirement pursuant to Section 4 of Chapter 6 of Title 1 of the Solvency 2 Directive;

(b)in relation to a third-country insurance undertaking, means the amount that would be the undertaking's solvency capital requirement pursuant to Section 4 of Chapter 6 of Title 1 of the Solvency 2 Directive if that undertaking were an insurance undertaking.

(2)In sections 269ZJ to 269ZO and this section—

  • actuarial function”, in relation to a PRA-authorised person, has the meaning given by the PRA Rulebook;

  • “basic own funds” is to be interpreted in accordance with Article 88 of the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • chief actuary”, in relation to a PRA-authorised person, means a person who has the function of having responsibility for the actuarial function;

  • insurance company” means a company which is an insurance undertaking, a reinsurance undertaking or a third-country insurance undertaking;

  • insurance undertaking” has the meaning given in Article 13(1) of the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • notional solvency capital requirement”, in relation to a ring-fenced fund, has the same meaning as in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • PRA-authorised person” has the same meaning as in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (see section 2B(5) of that Act);

  • the PRA Rulebook” means the Rulebook made by the Prudential Regulation Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Rulebook has effect from time to time);

  • reinsurance undertaking” has the meaning given in Article 13(4) of the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • relevant ring-fenced fund” means a ring-fenced fund that is a with-profits fund;

  • report on solvency and financial condition” means a report on solvency and financial condition pursuant to Article 51 of the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • “restricted own-fund item” is to be interpreted in accordance with Article 80(2) of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • ring-fenced fund” has the same meaning as in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • Solvency 2 Directive” means Directive 2009/138/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of 25 November 2009 on the taking-up and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (Solvency II);

  • technical standards implementing Regulation” means Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/2452 of 2 December 2015 laying down implementing technical standards with regard to the procedures, formats and templates of the solvency and financial condition report in accordance with the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • third-country insurance undertaking” means an undertaking that has received authorisation under Article 162 of the Solvency 2 Directive from the Prudential Regulation Authority or the Financial Conduct Authority;

  • value of future transfers attributable to shareholders” has the same meaning as in Article 80 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • with-profits fund” has the meaning given by the Glossary forming part of the PRA Rulebook;

  • with-profits actuary” has the meaning given by the Glossary forming part of the Handbook made by the Financial Conduct Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Handbook has effect from time to time).

269ZQPower to amend

(1)The Treasury may by regulations make such amendments of the provisions mentioned in subsection (2) as they consider appropriate in consequence of—

(a)any change made to, or replacement of, the PRA Rulebook or the FCA Handbook;

(b)any regulatory requirement, or change to a regulatory requirement, imposed by EU legislation, or by or under any Act (whenever adopted, enacted or made).

(2)The provisions are—

(a)sections 269ZJ to 269ZP,

(b)sections 124A to 124E of FA 2012.

(3)Regulations under this section may include transitional provision.

(4)In this section—

  • the PRA Rulebook” means the Rulebook made by the Prudential Regulation Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Rulebook has effect from time to time);

  • “the FCA Handbook means the Handbook made by the Financial Conduct Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Handbook has effect from time to time).

Deductions allowanceU.K.
269ZRDeductions allowance for company in a group

(1)This section makes provision as to the deductions allowance of a company for an accounting period where, at any time in the period—

(a)the company is a member of a group, and

(b)one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

(2)The company's deductions allowance for the accounting period is the sum of—

(a)any amounts of group deductions allowance allocated to the company for the period in accordance with sections 269ZS to 269ZV, and

(b)the appropriate amount of non-group deductions allowance of the company for the period,

up to a limit of £5,000,000.

(3)The “appropriate amount of non-group deductions allowance” of the company, for the accounting period, is—

where—

“DNG” is the number of days in the period on which the company is not a member of a group that has another member that is a company within the charge to corporation tax, and

“DAC” is the total number of days in the period.

(4)If the accounting period is less than 12 months—

(a)the appropriate amount of non-group deductions allowance, and

(b)the limit in subsection (2),

are proportionally reduced.

269ZSGroup deductions allowance and the nominated company

(1)This section applies where—

(a)two or more members of a group are companies within the charge to corporation tax, and

(b)all the companies within the charge to corporation tax that are members of the group together nominate (“the group allowance nomination”) one of their number (“the nominated company”) for the purposes of this Part.

(2)The “group deductions allowance” for the group is £5,000,000 for each accounting period of the nominated company throughout which the group allowance nomination has effect.

(3)If the group allowance nomination takes effect, or ceases to have effect, part of the way through an accounting period of the nominated company, the “group deductions allowance” for the group for that period is—

where—

“DN” is the number of days in the accounting period on which a group allowance nomination that nominates the nominated company in relation to the group has effect, and

“DAC” is the total number of days in the accounting period.

(4)If an accounting period of the nominated company is less than 12 months, the group deductions allowance for that period is proportionally reduced.

(5)A group allowance nomination must state the date on which it is to take effect (which may be earlier than the date the nomination is made).

(6)A group allowance nomination is of no effect unless it is signed by the appropriate person on behalf of each company that is, when the nomination is made, a member of the group and within the charge to corporation tax.

(7)A group allowance nomination ceases to have effect—

(a)immediately before the date on which a new group allowance nomination in respect of the group takes effect,

(b)upon the appropriate person in relation to a company within the charge to corporation tax that is a member of the group notifying an officer of Revenue and Customs, in writing, that the group allowance nomination is revoked, or

(c)upon the nominated company ceasing to be a company within the charge to corporation tax or ceasing to be a member of the group.

(8)The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations make further provision about a group allowance nomination or any notification under this section including, in particular, provision—

(a)about the form and manner in which a nomination or notification may be made,

(b)about how a nomination may be revoked and the form and manner of such revocation,

(c)requiring a person to notify HMRC of the making or revocation of a nomination,

(d)requiring a person to give information to HMRC in connection with the making or revocation of a nomination or the giving of a notification,

(e)imposing time limits in relation to making or revoking a nomination or giving a notification, and

(f)providing that a nomination or its revocation, or a notification, is of no effect, or ceases to have effect, if time limits or other requirements under the regulations are not met.

(9)In this Part “the appropriate person”, in relation to a company, means—

(a)the proper officer of the company, or

(b)such other person as may for the time being have the express, implied or apparent authority of the company to act on its behalf for the purposes of this Part.

(10)Subsections (3) and (4) of section 108 of TMA 1970 (responsibility of company officers: meaning of “proper officer”) apply for the purposes of subsection (9) as they apply for the purposes of that section.

269ZTGroup allowance allocation statement: submission

(1)A company must submit a group allowance allocation statement to HMRC for each of its accounting periods in which it is the nominated company in relation to a group.

This is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

(2)If a company ceases to be the nominated company in relation to a group before it submits a group allowance allocation statement to HMRC for an accounting period—

(a)that company may not submit the statement, and

(b)the company that is for the time being the nominated company in relation to the group must do so.

(3)But if a new group allowance nomination in respect of the group takes effect on a date before it is made, that does not affect the validity of the submission of any group allowance allocation statement submitted before the date the new nomination is made.

(4)A group allowance allocation statement under this section must be received by HMRC before the first anniversary of the filing date for the company tax return for the accounting period to which the statement relates.

(5)A group allowance allocation statement under this section may be submitted at a later time if an officer of Revenue and Customs allows it.

(6)A group allowance allocation statement under this section must comply with the requirements of section 269ZV.

269ZUGroup allowance allocation statement: submission of revised statement

(1)This section applies if a group allowance allocation statement has been submitted under section 269ZT, or this section, in respect of an accounting period of a company that is, or was, a nominated company (“the nominee's accounting period”).

(2)A revised group allowance allocation statement in respect of the nominee's accounting period may be submitted to HMRC by the company that is for the time being the nominated company in relation to the group.

(3)But if a new group allowance nomination in respect of the group takes effect on a date before it is made, that does not affect the validity of the submission of any revised group allowance allocation statement submitted before the date the new nomination is made.

(4)A revised group allowance allocation statement may be submitted on or before whichever is the latest of the following dates—

(a)the first anniversary of the filing date for the company tax return for the nominee's accounting period,

(b)if notice of enquiry (within the meaning of Schedule 18 to FA 1998) is given into a relevant company tax return, 30 days after the enquiry is completed,

(c)if, after such an enquiry, an officer of Revenue and Customs amends the return under paragraph 34(2) of that Schedule, 30 days after the notice of amendment is issued,

(d)if an appeal is brought against such an amendment, 30 days after the date on which the appeal is finally determined.

(5)A revised group allowance allocation statement may be submitted at a later time if an officer of Revenue and Customs allows it.

(6)In this section “relevant company tax return” means a company tax return of a company for an accounting period for which an amount of group deductions allowance was, or could have been, allocated by a previous group allowance allocation statement in respect of the nominee's accounting period.

(7)The references in subsection (4) to an enquiry into a relevant company tax return do not include an enquiry resulting from an amendment of such a return where—

(a)the scope of the enquiry is limited as mentioned in paragraph 25(2) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (enquiry into amendments when time limit for enquiry into return as originally submitted is passed), and

(b)the amendment relates only to the allocation of group deductions allowance for the nominee's accounting period.

(8)A group allowance allocation statement under this section must comply with the requirements of section 269ZV.

269ZVGroup allowance allocation statement: requirements and effects

(1)This section applies in relation to a group allowance allocation statement submitted under section 269ZT or 269ZU.

(2)The statement must be signed by the appropriate person in relation to the company giving the statement.

(3)The statement must—

(a)identify the group to which it relates,

(b)specify the accounting period, of the company that is or was the nominated company, to which the statement relates (“the nominee's accounting period”),

(c)specify the days in the nominee's accounting period on which that company was the nominated company in relation to the group or state that that company was the nominated company throughout the period,

(d)state the group deductions allowance the group has for the nominee's accounting period,

(e)list one or more of the companies that were members of the group and within the charge to corporation tax in the nominee's accounting period (“listed companies”),

(f)allocate amounts of the group deductions allowance to the listed companies, and

(g)for each amount of group deductions allowance allocated to a listed company, specify the accounting period of the listed company for which it is allocated.

(4)An amount of group deductions allowance allocated to a listed company must be allocated to that company for an accounting period that falls wholly or partly in the nominee's accounting period.

(5)The maximum amount of group deductions allowance that may be allocated, by the group allowance allocation statement, to a listed company for an accounting period of that company is—

where—

“DAP” is the number of days in the accounting period of the listed company that are—

(a)

days in the nominee's accounting period, and

(b)

days on which the company was a member of the group,

“DNAP” is the number of days in the nominee's accounting period, and

“GSA” is the group deductions allowance of the group for the nominee's accounting period.

(6)The sum of the amounts allocated to listed companies by the group allowance allocation statement may not exceed the group deductions allowance for the nominee's accounting period.

(7)If a group allowance allocation statement is submitted that does not comply with subsection (5) or (6), the company that is, for the time being, the nominated company in relation to the group must submit a revised group allowance allocation statement that does comply with those subsections within 30 days of the date on which the group allowance allocation statement that did not comply was submitted or within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

(8)If a group allowance allocation statement—

(a)complies with those subsections when it is submitted, but

(b)subsequently ceases to comply with either of them,

the company that is, for the time being, the nominated company in relation to the group must submit a revised group allowance allocation statement that does comply with those subsections within 30 days of the date on which the group allowance allocation statement ceased to comply with one of those subsections or within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

(9)If a company fails to comply with subsection (7) or (8), an officer of Revenue and Customs may by written notice to the company amend the group allowance allocation statement as the officer thinks fit for the purpose of making it comply with subsections (5) and (6).

(10)An officer of Revenue and Customs who issues a notice under subsection (9) to a company must, at the same time, send a copy of the notice to each of the listed companies.

(11)The time limits otherwise applicable to the amendment of a company tax return do not apply to any such amendment to the extent that it is made in consequence of a group allowance allocation statement being submitted in accordance with section 269ZT or 269ZU.

(12)The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations make further provision about a group allowance allocation statement including, in particular, provision—

(a)about the form of a statement and the manner in which it is to be submitted,

(b)requiring a person to give information to HMRC in connection with a statement,

(c)as to the circumstances in which a statement that is not received by the time specified in section 269ZU(4) is to be treated as if it were so received, and

(d)as to the circumstances in which a statement that does not comply with the requirements of this section is to be treated as if it did comply.

269ZWDeductions allowance for company not in a group

(1)This section makes provision as to the deductions allowance of a company for an accounting period where section 269ZR (deductions allowance for company in a group) does not apply.

(2)The company's deductions allowance for the accounting period is £5,000,000.

(3)If the accounting period is less than 12 months, the company's deductions allowance for the period is proportionally reduced.

269ZXIncrease of deductions allowance where provision for onerous lease reversed

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a relevant reversal credit (see section 269ZY) is brought into account in calculating a company's specified profits for an accounting period, and

(b)the amount of the company's specified profits for the accounting period is greater than nil.

(2)For the purposes of this section a company's “specified profits” for an accounting period are the sum of—

(a)the company's total profits for the accounting period, calculated with the modifications set out in section 269ZF(4), and

(b)any I-E profit of the company for the accounting period.

(3)The company's deductions allowance for the accounting period (as determined in accordance with section 269ZR or 269ZW) is to be treated (for all purposes) as increased by—

(a)the amount of the relevant reversal credit, or

(b)if lower, the amount of the specified profits.

269ZYMeaning of “relevant reversal credit”

(1)For the purposes of section 269ZX a “relevant reversal credit” is a credit, or other income, brought into account in respect of the relevant reversal (see subsections (3) and (5)) of a relevant onerous lease provision.

(2)A provision in the accounts of a company (“C”) is a “relevant onerous lease provision” if—

(a)the provision relates to a lease of land under which C is the tenant (and “L” is the landlord),

(b)the provision is required, for accountancy purposes, as a provision for an onerous lease, and

(c)the lease was entered into at arm's length.

(3)The reversal (in whole or in part) of a relevant onerous lease provision is a “relevant reversal” if—

(a)the reversal is required for accountancy purposes as a result of an arrangement (“C's arrangement”) made at arm's length under which C's obligations under the lease are varied or cancelled,

(b)subsection (4) does not apply, and

(c)at least one of conditions X, Y and Z in subsection (7) is met.

(4)This subsection applies if—

(a)C and L are connected at the time when C's arrangement is made, or

(b)the landlord who granted the lease (whether that was L or another person) and the tenant to whom it was granted (whether that was C or another person) were connected at the time when the lease was granted.

(5)The reversal (in whole or in part) of a relevant onerous lease provision is a “relevant reversal” if—

(a)the lease has been granted out of a lease (“the superior lease”),

(b)L and C are members of the same group of companies,

(c)the reversal would be a relevant reversal by virtue of subsection (3) if the condition in subsection (3)(b) (lack of connection between C and L) were met,

(d)the terms of C's arrangement substantially reflect those of an arrangement (“L's arrangement”) made at arm's length under which L's obligations under the superior lease are varied or cancelled, and

(e)subsection (6) does not apply.

(6)This subsection applies if—

(a)at the time when L's arrangement is made, the landlord under the superior lease (“S”) is connected with L or C, or

(b)the landlord who granted the superior lease (whether that is S or another person) and the tenant to whom it was granted (whether that was L or another person) were connected at the time when that lease was granted.

(7)The conditions mentioned in subsection (3)(c) are as follows.

  • Condition X is that—

    (a)

    it is reasonable to suppose that immediately before C's arrangement was made there was a material risk that at some time within the next 12 months C would be unable to pay its debts as they fell due, and

    (b)

    the sole or main purpose of C's arrangement was to avert that risk (whether directly or indirectly).

    Debts due to a person connected with C are to be regarded as not being debts for the purposes of paragraph (a).

  • Condition Y is that C is in insolvent administration.

  • Condition Z is that C's arrangement is, or is part of, a statutory insolvency arrangement.

(8)In this section “statutory insolvency arrangement” means—

(a)a voluntary arrangement that has taken effect under, or as a result of, the Insolvency Act 1986 or the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989 (S.I. 1989/ 2405 (N.I. 19)),

(b)a compromise or arrangement that has taken effect under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, or

(c)an arrangement or compromise of a kind corresponding to any of those mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) that has taken effect under, or as a result of, the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom,

(and for the purposes of this section an arrangement which is, or is part of, a statutory insolvency arrangement is taken to be “made” when the statutory insolvency arrangement takes effect).

(9)For the purposes of this section a company in administration is in insolvent administration if—

(a)it entered administration under Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986, or Schedule B1 to the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989, at a time when its assets were insufficient for the payment of its debts and other liabilities and the expenses of the administration, or

(a)under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom circumstances corresponding to those mentioned in paragraph (a) exist.

(10)In the application of subsection (5) to Scotland, the reference to the lease having been granted out of the superior lease is to the lease being a sublease of land subject to the superior lease.

(11)Section 152 (groups of companies) applies for the purposes of this section as it applies for the purposes of Part 5.

(12)For the purposes of this section any question whether a person is connected with another is to be determined in accordance with section 1122.

269ZZCompany tax return to specify amount of deductions allowance

(1)A company's tax return for an accounting period must specify—

(a)the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)if section 269ZX (increase of deductions allowance where provision for onerous lease reversed) applies, what that amount would be without the increase provided for by subsection (3) of that section.

(2)But subsection (1) applies only if the company makes for the accounting period a deduction to which section 269ZB(2), 269ZC(2) or 269ZD(2) or section 124D(1) of FA 2012 applies.

269ZZAExcessive specifications of deductions allowance

(1)This section applies if a company's tax return for an accounting period specifies an excessive amount as—

(a)the company's deductions allowance for the period,

(b)the company's trading profits deductions allowance for the period,

(c)the company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the period,

(d)the company's contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the period, or

(e)the company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the period.

(2)The company must, so far as it may do so, amend the company tax return so that the amount specified is not excessive.

(3)If an officer of Revenue and Customs considers that an undue amount of relief has been given as a consequence of the amount specified being excessive, the officer may make an assessment to tax in the amount which in the officer's opinion ought to be charged.

(4)If—

(a)the amount specified became excessive in consequence of an alteration being made to the amount of group deductions allowance allocated to the company for the accounting period concerned, and

(b)the company has failed, or is unable, to amend its company tax return in accordance with subsection (2),

an assessment under subsection (3) is not out of time if it is made within 12 months of the date on which the alteration took place.

(5)The power in subsection (3) is without prejudice to the power to make a discovery assessment under paragraph 41(1) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998.

269ZZBMeaning of “group”

(1)In this Part “group” means two or more companies which together meet the following condition.

(2)The condition is that one of the companies is—

(a)the ultimate parent of each of the other companies, and

(b)is not the ultimate parent of any other company.

(3)A company (“A”) is the “ultimate parent” of another company (“B”) if—

(a)A is the parent of B, and

(b)no company is the parent of both A and B.

(4)A company (“A”) is the “parent” of another company (“B”) if—

(a)B is a 75% subsidiary of A,

(b)A is beneficially entitled to at least 75% of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of B, or

(c)A would be beneficially entitled to at least 75% of any assets of B available for distribution to its equity holders on a winding up.

(5)The following apply for the purposes of subsection (4)—

(a)Chapter 6 of Part 5 (equity holders and profits or assets available for distribution) other than sections 169 to 182, and

(b)Chapter 3 of Part 24 (subsidiaries).

This is subject to subsections (6) and (7).

(6)In applying Chapter 3 of Part 24 for the purposes of subsection (4)—

(a)share capital of a registered society is to be treated as if it were ordinary share capital, and

(b)a company (“the shareholder”) that directly owns shares in another company is to be treated as not owning those shares if a profit on their sale would be a trading receipt of the shareholder.

(7)In applying Chapter 6 of Part 5 (other than sections 169 to 182) and Chapter 3 of Part 24 for the purposes of subsection (4), they are to be read with all modifications necessary to ensure that—

(a)they apply to a company which does not have share capital, and to holders of corresponding ordinary holdings in such a company, in a way which corresponds to the way they apply to companies with ordinary share capital and holders of ordinary shares in such companies,

(b)they apply to a company which is an unincorporated association in a way which corresponds to the way they apply to companies which are bodies corporate,

(c)they apply in relation to ownership through an entity (other than a company), or any trust or other arrangement, in a way which corresponds to the way they apply to ownership through a company, and

(d)for the purposes of achieving paragraphs (a) to (c), profits or assets are attributed to holders of corresponding ordinary holdings in unincorporated associations, entities, trusts or other arrangements in a manner which corresponds to the way profits or assets are attributed to holders of ordinary shares in a company which is a body corporate.

(8)In this section “corresponding ordinary holding” in an unincorporated association, entity, trust or other arrangement means a holding or interest which provides the holder with economic rights corresponding to those provided by a holding of ordinary shares in a body corporate.

17(1)Section 269C (overview of Chapter 3 of Part 7A: restriction on banking company obtaining certain deductions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)After subsection (1) insert—

(1A)This Chapter applies in relation to a banking company in addition to Part 7ZA (which contains provision restricting the amount of certain deductions which any kind of company may make in calculating its taxable total profits for an accounting period).

(3)In subsection (2) for “269CD” substitute “ 269CC ”

18(1)Section 269CA (restriction on deductions for pre-1 April 2015 trading losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), in the second sentence—

(a)for “269CD” substitute “ 269ZF ”, and

(b)omit “step 5 in”.

(3)In subsection (3), for the words from “where” to the end substitute “ in relation to a banking company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant trading profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil ”.

19(1)Section 269CB (restriction on deductions for pre-1 April 2015 non-trading deficits from loan relationships) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), in the second sentence—

(a)for “269CD” substitute “ 269ZF ”, and

(b)for “step 6 in subsection (1)” substitute “ subsection (2) ”.

(3)In subsection (3), for the words from “where” to the end substitute “ in relation to a banking company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant non-trading profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil ”

20(1)Section 269CC (restriction on deductions for pre-1 April 2015 management expenses etc) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (3) for the words from “does not apply” to the end substitute “ is subject to subsection (8) ”.

(3)In subsection (7)—

(a)in the second sentence of step 1, for “269CD” substitute “ 269ZD(5) ”,

(b)in step 2 for the words from “which are” to the end substitute under—

(a)section 45 (carry forward of pre-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent trade profits),

(b)section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent trade profits), or

(c)section 457 of CTA 2009 (carry forward of pre-1 April 2017 non-trading deficits from loan relationships).

(4)After subsection (7) insert—

(8)Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a banking company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil.

21U.K.Section 269CD (relevant profits) is omitted.

22(1)Section 269CN (definitions for the purposes of Part 7A) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the definition of “relevant non-trading profits” for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the meaning given by section 269ZF(2) ”.

(3)In the definition of “relevant profits” for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the meaning given by section 269ZD(5) ”.

(4)In the definition of “relevant trading profits” for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the meaning given by section 269ZF(1) ”.

PART 3 U.K.Group relief for carried-forward losses

23U.K.After section 188 of CTA 2010 insert—

PART 5A U.K.Group relief for carried-forward losses

CHAPTER 1U.K.Introduction
188AAIntroduction to Part

(1)This Part—

(a)allows a company to surrender losses and other amounts that have been carried forward to an accounting period of the company (see Chapter 2), and

(b)enables, in certain cases involving groups or consortiums of companies, other companies to claim corporation tax relief for the losses and other amounts that are surrendered (see Chapter 3).

(2)Chapters 4 and 5 contain limitations on the amount of corporation tax relief which may be given on a claim under Chapter 3.

(3)See Chapter 5 for definitions that apply for the purposes of this Part and miscellaneous provisions.

(4)The corporation tax relief mentioned in this section is called “group relief for carried-forward losses.

CHAPTER 2U.K.Surrender of company's carried-forward losses etc
188BAOverview of Chapter

(1)This Chapter allows a company to surrender losses and other amounts that have been carried forward to an accounting period of the company.

(2)Section 188BB sets out the basic provisions about the surrendering of losses and other amounts.

(3)Sections 188BC to 188BJ place restrictions on the surrendering of losses and other amounts.

188BBSurrender of carried-forward losses and other amounts

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)a loss or other amount is carried forward to an accounting period of a company under any of the following provisions—

(i)section 463G(6) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 non-trading deficit from loan relationships);

(ii)section 753(3) of that Act (carry forward of non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets);

(iii)section 1223 of that Act (carry forward of expenses of management of investment business);

(iv)section 45A(4) of this Act (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss);

(v)sections 62(5)(a) and 63(3)(a) of this Act (carry forward of loss made in UK property business); or

(b)section 303C of this Act (excess carried forward non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade: relief against total profits) applies in relation to an amount.

(2)The company may surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter so far as the loss or other amount is eligible for corporation tax relief (apart from this Part).

(3)Subsection (4) applies if any of a BLAGAB trade loss made by an insurance company for an accounting period is carried forward to an accounting period of the company (“the later period”) under section 124A(2) or 124C(3) of FA 2012.

(4)The company may surrender the remaining carried forward amount under this Chapter so far as that amount is eligible for corporation tax relief (apart from this Part).

(5)In subsection (4) “the remaining carried forward amount” means so much of the amount carried forward (as mentioned in subsection (3)) as cannot be deducted under section 124A(5) or 124C(6) of FA 2012 from the company's BLAGAB trade profit (if any) of the later period.

(6)Under paragraph 70(1) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998, the company surrenders losses or other amounts, so far as eligible for surrender under this Chapter, by consenting to one or more claims for group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the amounts (see requirement 1 in section 188CB(3) and requirement 1 in section 188CC(3)).

(7)In this Part, in relation to losses or other amounts within subsection (1) or (4) that a company has carried forward to an accounting period—

  • the surrenderable amounts” means those losses and other amounts so far as eligible for surrender under this Chapter,

  • surrendering company” means the company that has the losses or other amounts,

  • the surrender period” means the accounting period to which the losses and other amounts have been carried forward.

(8)See sections 188BC to 188BJ for provisions restricting what the surrendering company may surrender under this section.

188BCRestriction on surrendering pre-1 April 2017 losses etc

(1)The surrendering company may not surrender under this Chapter—

(a)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009 in so far as the loss is made up of an amount previously carried forward under that section from an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017,

(b)expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009 if the expenses were first deductible under section 1219 of that Act for an accounting period beginning before that date, or

(c)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a) of this Act if the loss was made in an accounting period beginning before that date.

(2)The surrendering company may not surrender under this Chapter a qualifying charitable donation carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009.

188BDRestriction where investment business has become small or negligible

(1)The surrendering company may not surrender under this Chapter—

(a)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009 if an investment business carried on by the surrendering company became small or negligible before the beginning of that period,

(b)expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009 if the surrendering company's investment business became small or negligible before the beginning of that period, or

(c)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a) if the surrendering company's investment business became small or negligible before the beginning of that period.

(2)In this section—

(a)company with investment business” has the same meaning as in Part 16 of CTA 2009 (see section 1218B of that Act);

(b)references to a company's investment business are to be construed in accordance with section 1219(2) of CTA 2009.

188BERestriction where surrendering company could use losses etc itself

The surrendering company may not surrender any losses or other amounts under this Chapter if—

(a)section 269ZD(2) applies in determining the taxable total profits of the surrendering company for the surrender period, and

(b)the sum of the relevant deductions (within the meaning of section 269ZD(3)) made for the surrender period is less than the maximum permitted by section 269ZD(2).

188BFRestriction where surrendering company has no income-generating assets

The surrendering company may not surrender any losses or other amounts under this Chapter if at the end of the surrender period the surrendering company has no assets capable of producing income.

188BGRestrictions for certain insurance companies

(1)If the surrendering company is a general insurance company and the surrender period is an excluded accounting period, the company may not surrender under this Chapter—

(a)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009;

(b)expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009;

(c)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a).

(2)In subsection (1) “excluded accounting period” and “general insurance company” are to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG.

(3)If the surrendering company is a Solvency 2 insurance company it may not surrender under this Chapter—

(a)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009,

(b)expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009, or

(c)a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a),

so far as the loss is, or (as the case may be) the expenses are, a shock loss.

188BHRestriction on surrender of losses etc made when UK resident

(1)This section applies in relation to a loss or other amount carried forward to the surrender period if the surrendering company was UK resident during the loss-making period.

(2)The surrendering company may not surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter so far as the loss or other amount—

(a)is attributable to a permanent establishment through which the company carried on a trade outside the United Kingdom during the loss-making period (see subsection (3)), and

(b)is, or represents, an amount within subsection (5).

(3)A loss or other amount is attributable to a permanent establishment of the surrendering company if (ignoring this section) the amount could be included in the company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period if those amounts were determined—

(a)by reference to that establishment alone, and

(b)by applying, in relation to that establishment, principles corresponding in all material respects to those mentioned in subsection (4).

(4)The principles are those that would be applied for corporation tax purposes in determining an equivalent loss or other amount in the case of a permanent establishment through which a non-UK resident company carried on a trade in the United Kingdom.

(5)An amount is within this subsection if, for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of the territory in which the permanent establishment was situated, the amount is or at any time has been (in any period) deductible from or otherwise allowable against non-UK profits of a person other than the surrendering company.

(6)Subsection (7) applies for the purposes of subsection (5) if, in order to determine if an amount is or at any time has been deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, it is necessary under that law to know if the amount (or a corresponding amount) is or has been deductible or otherwise allowable for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

(7)The amount is to be treated as deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of the non-UK tax chargeable under the law of the territory concerned if (and only if) the surrendering company is treated as resident in that territory for the purposes of the non-UK tax.

(8)In this section and section 188BI—

  • the loss-making period”, in relation to a loss or other amount, means the accounting period in which the loss was made or the amount arose,

  • non-UK tax” has the meaning it has in Part 5 (see section 187), and

  • non-UK profits” has the meaning given by section 108.

188BIRestriction on surrender of losses made when non-UK resident

(1)This section applies in relation to a loss or other amount carried forward to the surrender period if during the loss-making period the surrendering company was a non-UK resident company—

(a)carrying on a trade of dealing in or developing UK land, or

(b)carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment.

(2)If the surrendering company was established in the EEA during the loss-making period, it may surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter only so far as conditions A and B are met.

Subsection (8) imposes restrictions on a surrender under this subsection.

(3)In any other case, the surrendering company may surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter only so far as conditions A, B and C are met in relation to the loss or amount.

(4)Condition A is that the loss or other amount is attributable to activities of the surrendering company in respect of which it is within the charge to corporation tax for the loss-making period.

(5)Condition B is that the loss or other amount is not attributable to activities of the surrendering company that are double taxation exempt for the loss-making period (within the meaning given by section 186).

(6)Condition C is that—

(a)the loss or other amount does not correspond to, and is not represented in, an amount with subsection (7), and

(b)no amount brought into account in calculating the loss or other amount corresponds to, or is represented in, an amount within subsection (7).

(7)An amount is within this subsection if, for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, the amount is or at any time has been (in any period) deductible from or otherwise allowable against non-UK profits of any person.

(8)A loss or other amount may not be surrendered by virtue of subsection (2) if and to the extent that it, or any amount brought into account in calculating it, corresponds to, or is represented in, amounts within subsection (9).

(9)An amount is within this subsection if, for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, the amount has (in any period) been deducted from or otherwise allowed against non-UK profits of any person.

(10)But an amount is not to be taken to be within subsection (7) or (9) by reason only that it is—

(a)an amount of profits brought into account for the purpose of being excluded from non-UK profits of the person, or

(b)an amount brought into account in calculating an amount of profits brought into account as mentioned in paragraph (a).

(11)Subsection (12) applies for the purposes of subsection (7) if, in order to determine if an amount is or at any time has been deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, it is necessary under that law to know if the amount (or a corresponding amount) is or at any time has been deductible or otherwise allowable for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

(12)The amount is to be treated as deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of the non-UK tax chargeable under the law of the territory concerned.

(13)For the purposes of this section a company is established in the EEA if—

(a)it is constituted under the law of the United Kingdom or an EEA territory, and

(b)it has its registered office, central administration or principal place of business within the European Economic Area.

(14)In subsection (13) “EEA territory”, in relation to any time, means a territory outside the United Kingdom that is within the European Economic Area at that time.

188BJRestriction on surrender losses etc made when dual resident

The surrendering company may not surrender a loss or other amount under this Chapter if the company was not eligible to surrender the loss or other amount under Chapter 2 of Part 5 by reason of section 109 (restriction on losses etc surrenderable by dual resident).

CHAPTER 3U.K.Claims for group relief for carried-forward losses
IntroductionU.K.
188CAOverview of Chapter

This Chapter sets out how a company may claim group relief for carried-forward losses and how the relief is given.

Claiming group relief for carried-forward lossesU.K.
188CBClaims in relation to all the surrenderable amounts

(1)This section applies in relation to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period under Chapter 2.

(2)If the requirements in subsection (3) are met, a company (“the claimant company”) may make a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses for an accounting period (“the claim period”) in relation to the surrenderable amounts.

(3)The requirements are as follows—

  • Requirement 1 The surrendering company consents to the claim.

  • Requirement 2 There is a period (“the overlapping period”) that is common to the claim period and the surrender period.

  • Requirement 3 At a time during the overlapping period—

    (a)

    the group condition is met (see section 188CE)

    (b)

    consortium condition 1 is met (see section 188CF), or

    (c)

    consortium condition 2 is met (see section 188CG).

(4)A claim under this section may relate to the whole of the surrenderable amounts or to part of them only.

(5)This section is subject to section 188CD (claim not allowed by company with unused carried-forward losses of its own).

188CCClaims in relation to the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to a specified accounting period

(1)This section applies in relation to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period under Chapter 2.

(2)If the requirements in subsection (3) are met, a company (“the claimant company”) may make a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses for an accounting period (“the claim period”) in relation to the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to an accounting period of the surrendering company specified in the claim (“the specified loss-making period”).

(3)The requirements are as follows—

  • Requirement 1 The surrendering company consents to the claim.

  • Requirement 2 There is a period (“the overlapping period”) that is common to the claim period and the surrender period.

  • Requirement 3 Consortium condition 3 (see section 188CH) or consortium condition 4 (see section 188CI) is met throughout a period which—

    (a)

    begins before or during the specified loss-making period, and

    (b)

    ends during or after the overlapping period.

(4)A claim under this section may relate to the whole of the surrenderable amounts attributable to the specified loss-making period or to part of them only.

(5)This section is subject to section 188CD (claim not allowed by company with unused carried-forward losses of its own)

188CDClaim not allowed by company with unused carried-forward losses of its own

A company may not make a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses for an accounting period if—

(a)any amount carried forward to that period under any provision mentioned in section 188BB(1), or any amount which is carried forward to that period and falls within section 124B(1)(b) of FA 2012, is not deducted in full from the total profits of the company for that period at Step 2 of section 4(2),

(b)the company makes a claim under section 458(1) of CTA 2009 for any amount of a deficit to be excepted from being set off against profits of that period,

(c)the company makes a claim under section 45(4A) that the profits of a trade of that period are not to be reduced or are not to be reduced by more than a specified amount, or

(d)the company makes a claim under section 45B(5) for relief not to be given in that period for an amount of a loss or for a specified part of an amount of a loss.

188CEThe group condition

(1)The group condition is met if the surrendering company and the claimant company—

(a)are members of the same group of companies, and

(b)are both UK related.

(2)For the meaning of “UK related” in subsection (1)(b) and in sections 188CF to 188CI, see section 188CJ.

188CFConsortium condition 1

(1)Consortium condition 1 is met if—

(a)the claimant company is a trading company or a holding company,

(b)the claimant company is owned by a consortium,

(c)the surrendering company is a member of the consortium, and

(d)both companies are UK related.

(2)But consortium condition 1 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the surrendering company would be a trading receipt of the surrendering company.

(3)A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

(a)the share capital the surrendering company owns in the claimant company, or

(b)if the claimant company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the surrendering company owns in the holding company in question.

188CGConsortium condition 2

(1)Consortium condition 2 is met if—

(a)the claimant company is a trading company or a holding company,

(b)the claimant company is owned by a consortium,

(c)the surrendering company is not a member of the consortium,

(d)the surrendering company is a member of the same group of companies as a third company (“the link company”),

(e)the link company is a member of the consortium,

(f)the surrendering company and the claimant company are both UK related.

(2)But consortium condition 2 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the link company would be a trading receipt of that company.

(3)A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

(a)the share capital the link company owns in the claimant company, or

(b)if the claimant company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the link company owns in the holding company in question.

188CHConsortium condition 3

(1)Consortium condition 3 is met if—

(a)the surrendering company is a trading company or a holding company,

(b)the surrendering company is owned by a consortium,

(c)the claimant company is a member of the consortium, and

(d)both companies are UK related.

(2)But consortium condition 3 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the claimant company would be a trading receipt of the claimant company.

(3)A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

(a)the share capital the claimant company owns in the surrendering company, or

(b)if the surrendering company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the claimant company owns in the holding company in question.

188CIConsortium condition 4

(1)Consortium condition 4 is met if—

(a)the surrendering company is a trading company or a holding company,

(b)the surrendering company is owned by a consortium,

(c)the claimant company is not a member of the consortium,

(d)the claimant company is a member of the same group of companies as a third company (“the link company”),

(e)the link company is a member of the consortium, and

(f)the claimant company and the surrendering company are both UK related.

(2)But consortium condition 4 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the link company would be a trading receipt of that company.

(3)A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

(a)the share capital the link company owns in the surrendering company, or

(b)if the surrendering company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the link company owns in the holding company in question.

188CJMeaning of “UK related” company

For the purpose of sections 188CE to 188CI a company is UK related if—

(a)it is a UK resident company, or

(b)it is a non-UK resident company carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment.

Giving group relief for carried-forward lossesU.K.
188CKDeductions from total profits

(1)If a claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB or 188CC, the group relief for carried-forward losses is given by the making of a deduction from the claimant company's total profits of the claim period.

(2)In the case of a claim under section 188CB, the amount of the deduction under subsection (1) is—

(a)an amount equal to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period, or

(b)if the claim is in relation to only part of those amounts, an amount equal to that part.

(3)Subsection (2) is subject to—

(a)subsections (6) to (9),

(b)the limitations set out in Chapter 4, and

(c)section 269ZD (restriction on deductions from total profits).

(4)In the case of a claim under section 188CC, the amount of the deduction under subsection (1) is—

(a)an amount equal to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period that are attributable to the specified loss-making period, or

(b)if the claim is in relation to only part of those amounts, an amount equal to that part.

(5)Subsection (4) is subject to—

(a)subsections (6) to (9),

(b)the limitations set out in Chapter 5, and

(c)section 269ZD (restriction on deductions from total profits).

(6)A deduction under subsection (1) is to be made—

(a)before deductions for relief within subsection (7), but

(b)after all other deductions to be made at Step 2 in section 4(2) (apart from deductions for group relief for carried-forward losses on other claims).

(7)The deductions within this subsection are deductions for relief—

(a)under section 37 in relation to a loss made in an accounting period after the claim period,

(b)under section 260(3) of CAA 2001 in relation to capital allowances for an accounting period after the claim period, and

(c)under section 389 or 463B of CTA 2009 in relation to a deficit of a deficit period after the claim period.

(8)For the purposes of subsection (6)(b) it is to be assumed that the claimant company has claimed all relief available to it for the claim period under section 37 of this Act or section 260(3) of CAA 2001.

(9)Corporation tax relief is not to be given more than once for the same amount, whether—

(a)by giving group relief for carried-forward losses and by giving some other relief (for any accounting period) to the surrendering company, or

(b)by giving group relief for carried-forward losses more than once.

CHAPTER 4U.K.Limitations on relief: claims under section 188CB
IntroductionU.K.
188DAOverview

This Chapter sets out limitations on the amount of relief which may be given on a claim under section 188CB.

General limitation on amount of reliefU.K.
188DBLimitation on amount of relief applying to all claims under section 188CB

(1)The amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CB (“the current claim”) is limited to whichever is the lesser of—

(a)the amount mentioned in subsection (2), and

(b)the amount mentioned in subsection (3).

(2)The amount referred to in subsection (1)(a) is the unused part of the surrenderable amounts (see section 188DC).

(3)The amount referred to in subsection (1)(b) is the difference between—

(a)the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period (see section 188DD), and

(b)the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period (see section 188DE).

188DCUnused part of the surrenderable amounts

(1)The unused part of the surrenderable amounts is the amount equal to—

(a)the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period (see subsection (2)), less

(b)the amount of prior surrenders for that period (see subsections (3) to (5)).

(2)To determine the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period—

(a)take the proportion of the surrender period included in the overlapping period, and

(b)apply that proportion to the surrenderable amounts for the surrender period.

The surrenderable amount for the overlapping period is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

(3)To determine the amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period—

(a)identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (4)), and

(b)take the steps set out in subsection (5) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period is the total of the previously used amounts given at step 3 in subsection (5) for all the prior claims.

(4)A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is either—

(i)a claim under section 188CB by any company which relates to the same amounts as the current claim, or

(ii)a claim under section 188CC by any company which relates to amounts included in the amounts to which the current claim relates,

(b)it is made before the current claim, and

(c)it has not been withdrawn.

(5)These are the steps referred to in subsection (3)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

  • Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.

  • Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously used amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).

  • Step 3 Determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsection (6)).

(6)To determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim—

(a)take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in relation to that claim, and

(b)apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

(7)For the meaning of the “overlapping period” see section 188DG.

188DDClaimant company's relevant maximum for overlapping period

(1)The claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period is determined as follows—

  • Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant maximum for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(4).

  • Step 2 Deduct from that amount the sum of—

    (a)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period

    (i)

    under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4), or

    (ii)

    under section 303B or 303D by virtue of section 304(5),

    (b)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period under section 457(3) or 463H(5) of CTA 2009,

    (c)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period under section 124(5), 124A(5) or 124C(6) of FA 2012, and

    (d)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).

  • Step 3 Take the proportion of the claim period included in the overlapping period and apply that proportion to the amount arrived at under step 2.

(2)In step 2 of subsection (1)—

(a)in paragraph (a)(i), the references to deductions under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4) do not include deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB by reason of—

(i)section 1209(3), 1210(5A) or 1211(7A) of CTA 2009 (losses of film trade),

(ii)section 1216DA(3), 1216DB(5A) or 1216DC(7A) of that Act (losses of television programme trade),

(iii)section 1217DA(3), 1217DB(5A) or 1217DC(7A) of that Act (losses of video game trade),

(iv)section 1217MA(3) or 1217MC(9) of that Act (losses of theatrical trade),

(v)section 1217SA(3) or 1217SC(9) of that Act (losses of orchestral trade),

(vi)section 1218ZDA(3) or 1218ZDC(9) of that Act (losses of museum or gallery exhibition trade),

(vii)section 65(4B) or 67A(5A) (losses of UK or EEA furnished holiday lettings business),

(viii)section 269ZJ(1) (insurance companies: shock losses),

(ix)section 304(7) (certain losses of ring fence trades), or

(x)section 356NJ(2) (pre-1 April 2017 loss arising from oil contractor activities);

(b)in paragraph (b) the reference to a deduction under section 463H(5) does not include the deduction of a shock loss.

(3)If the amount of the claimant company's relevant profits for the claim period (calculated in accordance with section 269ZD(5)) is less than the amount of the claimant company's deductions allowance for the claim period (determined in accordance with section 269ZD(6)), subsection (1) has effect as if step 1 was modified as follows—

Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant profits for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(5).

(4)If section 269ZD has effect in relation to the claimant company for the claim period with the modifications set out in section 269ZE(1) (special loss cap for insurance companies in certain cases), subsection (1) has effect as if steps 1 and 2 were modified as follows—

  • Step 1 Determine, in accordance with section 269ZE(5), the modified loss cap for the claimant company and the claim period.

  • Step 2 Reduce that amount by the total of any deductions made by the claimant company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).

(5)Subsection (2) is to be ignored if subsection (3) applies.

188DEPreviously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses

(1)To determine the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period—

(a)identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (2)), and

(b)take the steps set out in subsection (3) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period is the total of the previously claimed amounts given at step 3 in subsection (3) for all the prior claims.

(2)A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is a claim under section 188CB or 188CC by the claimant company for group relief for carried-forward losses which would be given by way of a deduction from the company's total profits of the claim period,

(b)it is made before the current claim, and

(c)it has not been withdrawn.

(3)These are the steps referred to in subsection (1)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

  • Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.

  • Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously claimed amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).

  • Step 3 Determine the previously claimed amount of group relief for carried forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsection (4)).

(4)To determine the previously claimed amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim—

(a)take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in relation to that claim, and

(b)apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously claimed amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

188DFSections 188DC to 188DE: supplementary

(1)If two or more claims for group relief for carried-forward losses are made at the same time, for the purpose of section 188DC and 188DE treat the claims as made—

(a)in such order as the company making them may elect or the companies making them may jointly elect, or

(b)if no such election is made, in such order as an officer of Revenue and Customs may direct.

(2)For the purpose of step 3 in each of section 188DC(5) and 188DE(3) the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a prior claim is determined on the basis that relief is given on the claim before it is given on any later claim.

(3)If the use of any proportion mentioned in subsection (4), would, in the circumstances of a particular case, produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, the proportion is to be modified so far as necessary to produce a result that is just and reasonable.

(4)The proportions are those found in—

(a)section 188DC(2),

(b)section 188DC(6),

(c)step 3 in section 188DD(1), and

(d)section 188DE(4)

188DGSections 188DC and 188DE: meaning of “the overlapping period”

(1)In sections 188DC and 188DE “the overlapping period”, in relation to a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses, means the period that is common to the claim period and the surrender period (see Requirement 2 in section 188CB(3) and Requirement 2 in section 188CC(3)).

(2)But if during any part of the overlapping period the relief condition is not met, that part is treated as not forming part of the overlapping period but instead as forming—

(a)a part of the surrender period that is not included in the overlapping period, and

(b)a part of the claim period that is not included in the overlapping period.

(3)The relief condition is the condition on which the claim for group relief for carried forward losses is based, that is—

  • the group condition,

  • consortium condition 1,

  • consortium condition 2,

  • consortium condition 3, or

  • consortium condition 4.

Further limitations on amount of relief if claim based on consortium conditions 1 or 2U.K.
188DHCondition 1: ownership proportion

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses, and

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 1.

(2)The relief to be given on the claim is limited to the ownership proportion of the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period (see section 188DD to determine the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period).

(3)The ownership proportion is the same as the lowest of the following proportions prevailing during the overlapping period—

(a)the proportion of the ordinary share capital of the claimant company that is beneficially owned by the surrendering company,

(b)the proportion of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the claimant company to which the surrendering company is beneficially entitled,

(c)the proportion of any assets of the claimant company available for distribution to such equity holders on a winding up to which the surrendering company would be beneficially entitled, and

(d)the proportion of the voting power in the claimant company that is directly possessed by the surrendering company.

(4)If any of the proportions in subsection (3) changes during the overlapping period, use the average of that proportion during that period.

(5)If the claimant company is owned by the consortium company as a result of section 153(3) (consortium company involving holding companies), references in subsection (3) to the claimant company are to be read as references to the holding company in question.

(6)In this section “the overlapping period” is to be read in accordance with section 188DG.

(7)Chapter 6 of Part 5 (equity holders and profits or assets available for distribution) applies for the purposes of subsection (3)(b) and (c).

188DICondition 2: ownership proportion

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses, and

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 2.

(2)The limitation on relief in section 188DH applies in relation to the claim, but for this purpose references in section 188DH(3) to the surrendering company are to be read as reference to the link company.

188DJCondition 2: companies in link company's group

(1)Where—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB, and

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 2,

the amount of relief to be given on the claim is limited by subsections (2) and (3).

(2)There is a limit on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that can be given, in total, to the claimant company for the claim period on consortium claims made in relation to losses and other amounts surrendered by the link company and group companies.

(3)That limit is the same as the limit that, as a result of section 188DH(2), would apply for the purposes of a consortium claim made by the claimant company for the claim period in relation to losses or other amounts surrendered by the link company, assuming that the link company was UK related.

(4)In determining the limit that would apply as a result of section 188DH(2) it is to be assumed that the accounting period of the link company is the same as the accounting period of the claimant company.

(5)In this section—

  • consortium claim” means a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under section 188CB,

  • group company” means a company that is a member of the same group of companies as the link company (other than the link company itself), and

  • UK related”, in relation to a company, has the meaning given by section 188CJ.

188DKConditions 1 and 2: claimant company not controlled by surrendering company etc

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses,

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 1, and

(c)during any part of the overlapping period, arrangements within subsection (3) are in place which enable a person to prevent the surrendering company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, from controlling the claimant company.

(2)This section also applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses,

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 2, and

(c)during any part of the overlapping period, arrangements within subsection (3) are in place which enable a person to prevent the link company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, from controlling the claimant company.

(3)Arrangements are within this subsection if—

(a)the company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, would control the claimant company, but for the existence of the arrangements, and

(b)the arrangements form part of a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to enable the claimant company to obtain a tax advantage under this Chapter.

(4)The relief to be given on the claim is to be determined as if the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period was 50% of what it would be but for this section (see section 188DD to determine the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period).

(5)In this section “the overlapping period” is to be read in accordance with section 188DG

(6)Section 1139 (“tax advantage”) applies for the purposes of this section.

188DLConditions 1 and 2: claimant company in group of companies

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB based on consortium condition 1 or 2, and

(b)the claimant company is a member of a group of companies.

(2)In determining the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period under section 188DD, the amount calculated at step 1 of that section is to be treated as reduced (but not below nil) by the group's potential relief.

(3)The group's potential relief is the sum of—

(a)the maximum amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that could be claimed by the claimant company for the claim period on claims under section 188CB based on the group condition, and

(b)the maximum amount of group relief under Part 5 that could be claimed by the claimant company for the claim period on claims under section 130 based on the group condition.

(4)Before determining the maximum amount of potential group relief for carried-forward losses or potential group relief under subsection (3) take account of any claim made before the claim mentioned in subsection (1) that—

(a)is a claim for group relief or group relief for carried-forward losses based on the group condition made by another member of the same group of companies as the claimant company, and

(b)is in relation to losses or other amounts surrendered.

CHAPTER 5U.K.Limitations on relief: claims under section 188CC
IntroductionU.K.
188EAOverview of Chapter

This Chapter sets out limitations on the amount of relief which may be given on a claim under section 188CC.

General limitation on amount of reliefU.K.
188EBLimitation on amount of relief applying to all claims under section 188CC

(1)The amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CC (“the current claim”) is limited to whichever is the lesser of—

(a)the amount mentioned in subsection (2),

(b)the amount mentioned in subsection (3), and

(c)the amount mentioned in subsection (4).

(2)The amount referred to in subsection (1)(a) is the unused part of the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to the specified loss-making period (see section 188EC).

(3)The amount referred to in subsection (1)(b) is the difference between—

(a)the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period (see section 188ED), and

(b)the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period (see section 188EE).

(4)The amount referred to in subsection (1)(c) is the potential Part 5 group relief amount (see section 188EF).

188ECUnused part of surrenderable amounts attributable to specified loss-making period

(1)The unused part of the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to the specified loss-making period is the amount equal to—

(a)the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period (see subsection (2)), less

(b)the amount of prior surrenders for that period (see subsections (3) to (5)).

(2)To determine the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period—

(a)take the proportion of the surrender period included in the overlapping period, and

(b)apply that proportion to the surrenderable amounts for the surrender period that are attributable to the specified loss-making period.

The surrenderable amount for the overlapping period is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

(3)To determine the amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period—

(a)identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (4)), and

(b)take the steps set out in subsection (5) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period is the total of the previously used amounts given at step 3 in subsection (5) for all the prior claims.

(4)A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is either—

(i)a claim under section 188CB by any company which relates to the amounts to which the current claim relates (as well as any other amounts), or

(ii)a claim under section 188CC by any company which relates to the same amounts to which the current claim relates,

(b)it is made before the current claim, and

(c)it has not been withdrawn.

(5)These are the steps referred to in subsection (3)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

  • Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.

  • Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously used amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).

  • Step 3 Determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsections (6) to (8)).

(6)To determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim made under section 188CB—

  • Step 1 Take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in subsection (5) in relation to that claim.

  • Step 2 Apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the claim.

  • Step 3 Multiply the amount arrived at under step 2 by the fraction set out in subsection (7).

(7)The fraction is—

where—

A is the sum of the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to the specified loss-making period, and

B is the sum of all the surrenderable amounts.

(8)To determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim made under section 188CC—

(a)take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in subsection (5) in relation to that claim, and

(b)apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

188EDClaimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period

(1)The claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period is determined as follows—

  • Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant maximum for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(4).

  • Step 2 Deduct from that amount the sum of—

    (a)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period

    (i)

    under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4), or

    (ii)

    under section 303B or 303D by virtue of section 304(5),

    (b)

    any deduction made by the company for the claim period under section 457(3) or 463H(5) of CTA 2009,

    (c)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period under section 124(5), 124A(5) or 124C(6) of FA 2012, and

    (d)

    any deductions made by the company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).

  • Step 3 Take the proportion of the claim period included in the overlapping period and apply that proportion to the amount arrived at under step 2.

(2)In step 2 of subsection (1)—

(a)in paragraph (a)(i), the references to deductions under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4) do not include deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB by reason of—

(i)section 1209(3), 1210(5A) or 1211(7A) of CTA 2009 (losses of film trade),

(ii)section 1216DA(3), 1216DB(5A) or 1216DC(7A) of that Act (losses of television programme trade),

(iii)section 1217DA(3), 1217DB(5A) or 1217DC(7A) of that Act (losses of video game trade),

(iv)section 1217MA(3) or 1217MC(9) of that Act (losses of theatrical trade),

(v)section 1217SA(3) or 1217SC(9) of that Act (losses of orchestral trade),

(vi)section 1218ZDA(3) or 1218ZDC(9) of that Act (losses of museum or gallery exhibition trade),

(vii)section 65(4B) or 67A(5A) (losses of UK or EEA furnished holiday lettings business),

(viii)section 269ZJ(1) (insurance companies: shock losses),

(ix)section 304(7) (certain losses of ring fence trades), or

(x)section 356NJ(2) (pre-1 April 2017 loss arising from oil contractor activities);

(b)in paragraph (b) the reference to a deduction under section 463H(5) does not include the deduction of a shock loss.

(3)If the amount of the claimant company's relevant profits for the claim period (calculated in accordance with section 269ZD(5)) is less than the amount of the claimant company's deductions allowance for the claim period (determined in accordance with section 269ZD(6)), subsection (1) has effect as if step 1 was modified as follows—

Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant profits for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(5).

(4)If section 269ZD has effect in relation to the claimant company for the claim period with the modifications set out in section 269ZE(1) (special loss cap for insurance companies in certain cases), subsection (1) has effect as if steps 1 and 2 were modified as follows—

  • Step 1 Determine, in accordance with section 269ZE(5), the modified loss cap for the claimant company and the claim period.

  • Step 2 Reduce that amount by the total of any deductions made by the claimant company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).

(5)Subsection (2) is to be ignored if subsection (4) applies.

188EEPreviously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses

(1)To determine the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period—

(a)identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (2)), and

(b)take the steps set out in subsection (3) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period is the total of the previously claimed amounts given at step 3 in subsection (3) for all the prior claims.

(2)A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

(a)it is a claim under section 188CB or 188CC by the claimant company for group relief for carried-forward losses which would be given by way of a deduction from the company's total profits of the claim period,

(b)it is made before the current claim, and

(c)it has not been withdrawn.

(3)These are the steps referred to in subsection (1)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

  • Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.

  • Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to Step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously claimed amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).

  • Step 3 Determine the previously claimed amount of group relief for carried forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsection (4)).

(4)To determine the previously claimed amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim—

(a)take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in subsection (3) in relation to that claim, and

(b)apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously claimed amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

188EFThe potential Part 5 group relief amount

(1)The potential Part 5 group relief amount is determined as follows—

  • Step 1 Calculate the maximum amount of group relief that could have been given to the claimant company under Part 5 in relation to losses or other amounts within section 99(1) which the surrendering company had for the specified loss-making period. In applying this step, ignore any lack of profits of the claimant company from which deductions could have been made as mentioned in section 137(1).

  • Step 2 Deduct from the amount arrived at under step 1 the amount of any group relief actually given to the claimant company under Part 5 in relation to losses or other amounts within section 99(1) which the surrendering company had for the specified loss-making period.

  • Step 3 Multiply the amount arrived at following step 2 by the fraction in subsection (2).

  • Step 4 Deduct from the amount arrived at following step 3 any group relief for carried-forward losses previously given to the claimant company on claims under section 188CC which are related to the current claim.

(2)The fraction referred to in step 3 is—

where—

A is the sum of the losses or other amounts within section 99(1)(a), (c), (e), (f) and (g) which the surrendering company had for the specified loss-making period, and

B is the sum of the losses or other amounts within section 99(1) (a) to (g) which the surrendering company had for the specified loss-making period.

(3)References in subsection (2) to losses or other amounts are references to losses or other amounts only in so far as they were eligible for surrender under Chapter 2 of Part 5.

(4)A claim under section 188CC is related to the current claim if the surrendering company and the specified loss-making period are the same in relation to both claims.

188EGSections 188EC to 188EE: supplementary

(1)If two or more claims for group relief for carried-forward losses are made at the same time, for the purpose of section 188EC and 188EE treat the claims as made—

(a)in such order as the company making them may elect or the companies making them may jointly elect, or

(b)if no such election is made, in such order as an officer of Revenue and Customs may direct.

(2)For the purpose of step 3 in each of sections 188EC(5) and 188EE(3) the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a prior claim is determined on the basis that relief is given on the claim before it is given on any later claim.

(3)If the use of any proportion mentioned in subsection (4), would, in the circumstances of a particular case, produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, the proportion is to be modified so far as necessary to produce a result that is just and reasonable.

(4)The proportions are those found in—

(a)section 188EC(2)(a),

(b)step 1 in section 188EC(6),

(c)section 188EC(8)(a),

(d)step 3 in section 188ED(1), and

(e)section 188EE(4)(a).

188EHSections 188EC and 188EE: meaning of “the overlapping period”

(1)In sections 188EC and 188EE “the overlapping period”, in relation to a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses, means the period that is common to the claim period and the surrender period (see Requirement 2 in section 188CB(3) and Requirement 2 in section 188CC(3)).

(2)But if during any part of the overlapping period the relief condition is not met, that part is treated as not forming part of the overlapping period but instead as forming—

(a)a part of the surrender period that is not included in the overlapping period, and

(b)a part of the claim period that is not included in the overlapping period.

(3)The relief condition is the condition on which the claim for group relief for carried forward losses is based, that is—

  • the group condition,

  • consortium condition 1,

  • consortium condition 2,

  • consortium condition 3, or

  • consortium condition 4.

Further limitations on amount of relief that apply in particular casesU.K.
188EICondition 4: companies in link company's group

(1)Where—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CC, and

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 4

the amount of relief to be given on the claim is limited by subsections (2) and (3).

(2)There is a limit on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that can be given, in total, on relevant consortium claims made by the link company and group companies.

(3)That limit is the maximum amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that could be given to the link company on relevant consortium claims—

(a)assuming that no relevant consortium claims were made by group companies based on consortium condition 4,

(b)assuming that the link company was UK related, and

(c)ignoring any lack of profits of the link company from which deductions could be made as mentioned in section 188CK(1).

(4)In this section—

  • consortium claim” means a claim made under section 188CC for group relief for carried-forward losses,

  • group company” means a company that is a member of the same group of companies as the link company (other than the link company),

  • relevant consortium claim” means a consortium claim in relation to which the surrendering company, the surrender period and the specified loss-making period are the same as is the case for the claim mentioned in subsection (1), and

  • UK related”, in relation to a company, has the meaning given by section 188CJ.

188EJCondition 3 or 4: surrendering company not controlled by claimant company etc

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CC for group relief for carried-forward losses,

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 3, and

(c)during any part of the overlapping period, arrangements within subsection (3) are in place which enable a person to prevent the claimant company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, from controlling the surrendering company.

(2)This section also applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CC for group relief for carried-forward losses,

(b)the claim is based on consortium condition 4, and

(c)during any part of the overlapping period, arrangements within subsection (3) are in place which enable a person to prevent the link company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, from controlling the surrendering company.

(3)Arrangements are within this subsection if—

(a)the company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, would control the surrendering company, but for the existence of the arrangements, and

(b)the arrangements form part of a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to enable the claimant company to obtain a tax advantage under this Chapter.

(4)The relief to be given on the claim is to be determined as if the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period were 50% of what it would be but for this section (see section 188EC(2) to determine the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period).

(5)In this section “the overlapping period” is to be read in accordance with section 188EH.

(6)Section 1139 (“tax advantage”) applies for the purposes of this section.

188EKCondition 3 or 4: surrendering company in group of companies

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CC for group relief for carried-forward losses, and

(b)the surrendering company is a member of a group of companies.

(2)The surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period that are attributable to the specified loss-making period are to be treated as reduced (but not below nil) by the relevant amount.

(3)To determine the relevant amount—

  • Step 1 Calculate the group's potential relief.

  • Step 2 Multiply the amount arrived at under step 1 by the fraction set out in subsection (6).

(4)The group's potential relief is the maximum amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that could be given if every claim that could be made based on the group condition in respect of the surrenderable amounts for the surrender period was in fact made (and for this purpose it is to be assumed that the maximum possible claim is made in each case).

(5)Before determining the maximum amount of potential group relief for carried-forward losses under subsection (4), take account of any claim made before the current claim that—

(a)is a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses based on the group condition, and

(b)is in relation to losses or other amounts surrendered by a member of the same group of companies as the surrendering company (other than the surrendering company itself).

(6)The fraction mentioned in step 2 in subsection (3) is—

where—

A is the sum of the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period that are attributable to the specified loss-making period, and

B is the sum of all the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period.

CHAPTER 6U.K.Miscellaneous provisions and interpretation of Part
MiscellaneousU.K.
188FAPayments for group relief for carried-forward losses

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the surrendering company and the claimant company have an agreement between them in relation to losses and other amounts of the surrendering company (“the agreed loss amounts”),

(b)group relief for carried-forward losses is given to the claimant company in relation to the agreed loss amounts, and

(c)as a result of the agreement the claimant company makes a payment to the surrendering company that does not exceed the total amount of the agreed loss amounts.

(2)The payment—

(a)is not to be taken into account in determining the profits or losses of either company for corporation tax purposes, and

(b)for corporation tax purposes is not to be regarded as a distribution.

InterpretationU.K.
188FBSubsidiaries, groups and consortiums

Chapter 5 of Part 5 (which explains certain key concepts for the purposes of Part 5, including (in particular) how to determine if a company is a member of a group of companies or is a member of, or is owned by a consortium) applies for the purposes of this Part as it applies for the purposes of Part 5.

188FC“Trading company” and “holding company”

(1)In this Part “trading company” means a company the business of which consists wholly or mainly in the carrying on of a trade.

(2)In this Part “holding company” means a company the business of which consists wholly or mainly in the holding of shares or securities that—

(a)are its 90% subsidiaries, and

(b)are trading companies.

188FDOther definitions

(1)In this Part—

  • the claimant company” has the meaning given by section 188CB(2) or 188CC(2),

  • the claim period” has the meaning given by section 188CB(2) or 188CC(2),

  • company” means any body corporate,

  • group relief for carried-forward losses” has the meaning given by section 188AA(4),

  • profits” means income and chargeable gains, except in so far as the context otherwise requires,

  • shock loss” has the meaning given by section 269ZK,

  • Solvency 2 insurance company” means an insurance company as defined in section 269ZP(2),

  • the specified loss-making period”, in relation to a claim for group relief for carried forward losses made under section 188CC, has the meaning given by subsection (2) of that section,

  • the surrenderable amounts” has the meaning given by section 188BB(7),

  • surrendering company” has the meaning given by 188BB(7), and

  • the surrender period” has the meaning given by section 188BB(7).

(2)In this Part, except in so far as the context otherwise requires—

(a)references to a trade include an office, and

(b)reference to carrying on a trade include holding an office.

PART 4 U.K.Insurance companies: carrying forward BLAGAB trade losses

24U.K.Chapter 9 of Part 2 of FA 2012 (relief for BLAGAB trade losses) is amended as follows.

25(1)Section 124 (carry forward of BLAGAB trade losses against subsequent profits) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, after “of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”.

(3)In subsection (1), after “accounting period” insert “ beginning before 1 April 2017 ”.

(4)In subsection (5), at the end insert “ (but see also section 124D) ”.

26U.K.After section 124 insert—

124ACarry forward of post-1 April 2017 BLAGAB trade losses against subsequent profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an insurance company carrying on basic life assurance and general annuity business makes a BLAGAB trade loss for an accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2017 (“the loss-making period”),

(b)relief under—

  • section 37 of CTA 2010 (as applied by section 123), or

  • Part 5 of CTA 2010 (group relief) (as applied by section 125),

is not given for an amount of the loss (“the unrelieved amount”), and

(c)the company continues to carry on basic life assurance and general annuity business in the next accounting period (“the later period”).

(2)The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the later period.

(3)Relief for the unrelieved amount is given to the company in the later period if the company has a BLAGAB trade profit for the later period.

(4)The relief is given as set out in subsection (5).

(5)For the purposes of—

(a)section 93 (minimum profits charge), and

(b)section 104 (policyholders' rate of tax),

the BLAGAB trade profit of the later period is reduced by the unrelieved amount (but see also section 124D).

(6)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with section 137(7) of CTA 2010 and other applicable provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

124BExcess carried forward post-1 April 2017 losses: relief against total profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of an insurance company's BLAGAB trade loss for an accounting period is carried forward to an accounting period of the company (“the later period”) under section 124A(2) or 124C(3), and

(b)any of that amount (“the unrelieved amount”) is not deducted under section 124A(5) or 124C(6) (as the case may be) from the company's BLAGAB trade profit (if any) of the later period.

(2)The company may make a claim for relief to be given for the unrelieved amount under this section.

(3)If the company makes a claim, the relief is given by deducting the unrelieved amount, or any part of it specified in the claim, from the company's total profits of the later period.

(4)But (if the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company)—

(a)the company may not make a claim under this section if the unrelieved amount is wholly a shock loss, and

(b)the company may not make a claim specifying a part of the unrelieved amount if that part is (to any extent) a shock loss.

(5)For the purposes of subsection (4) assume that in any use by the company of the BLAGAB trade loss for relief under—

(a)section 37 of CTA 2010 (as applied by section 123),

(b)Part 5 of CTA 2010 (as applied by section 125), or

(c)section 124A(5) or 124C(6),

any part of it that is a shock loss is used before any part of it that is not a shock loss.

(6)A claim under this section must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the later period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(7)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with section 137(7) of CTA 2010 and other applicable provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

(8)In this section—

  • Solvency 2 insurance company” means an insurance undertaking, a reinsurance undertaking or a third-country insurance undertaking;

  • insurance undertaking” has the meaning given in Article 13(1) of the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • reinsurance undertaking” has the meaning given in Article 13(4) of the Solvency 2 Directive;

  • Solvency 2 Directive” means Directive 2009/138/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of 25 November 2009 on the taking-up and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (Solvency II);

  • shock loss” has the meaning given by section 269ZK of CTA 2010;

  • third-country insurance undertaking” means an undertaking that has received authorisation under Article 162 of the Solvency 2 Directive from the Prudential Regulation Authority or the Financial Conduct Authority.

124CFurther carry forward against subsequent profits of post-1 April 2017 loss not fully used

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of an insurance company's BLAGAB trade loss for an accounting period is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of the company under section 124A(2) or subsection (3) of this section,

(b)any of that amount is unrelieved in the later period, and

(c)the company continues to carry on basic life assurance and general annuity business in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period.

(2)An amount carried forward as mentioned in subsection (1)(a) is “unrelieved in the later period” so far as it is not—

(a)deducted under section 124A(5) or subsection (6) of this section from the company's BLAGAB trade profit (if any) of the later period,

(b)deducted from the company's total profits of the later period on a claim under 124B, or

(c)surrendered by way of group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of CTA 2010.

(3)So much of the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(a) as is unrelieved in the later period is carried forward to the further period.

(4)Relief for the amount carried forward under subsection (3) (“the remaining carried forward amount”) is given to the company in the further period if the company has a BLAGAB trade profit for that period.

(5)The relief is given as set out in subsection (6).

(6)For the purposes of—

(a)section 93 (minimum profits charge), and

(b)section 104 (policyholders' rate of tax),

the BLAGAB trade profit of the further period is reduced by the remaining carried forward amount (but see also section 124D).

(7)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with section 137(7) of CTA 2010 and other applicable provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

124DRestriction on deductions from BLAGAB trade profits

(1)The sum of any deductions made by a company for an accounting period under sections 124(5), 124A(5) and 124C(6) may not exceed the relevant maximum.

But this is subject to subsection (6).

(2)In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

(a)50% of the company's relevant BLAGAB trade profits for the accounting period, and

(b)the company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the accounting period.

(3)A company's “relevant BLAGAB trade profits” for an accounting period are—

(a)the company's BLAGAB trade profit for the accounting period, less

(b)the company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the accounting period.

But if the allowance mentioned in paragraph (b) exceeds the profit mentioned in paragraph (a), the company's “relevant BLAGAB trade profits” for the accounting period are nil.

(4)A company's “BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance” for an accounting period—

(a)is so much of the company's deductions allowance for the period as is specified in the company's tax return as its BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)accordingly, is nil if no amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period is so specified.

(5)An amount specified under subsection (4)(a) as a company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for an accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

(a)the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)the total of any amounts specified for the period under sections 269ZB(7)(a) of CTA 2010 (trading profits deduction allowance) and 269ZC(5)(a) of CTA 2010 (non-trading profits deduction allowance).

(6)Subsection (1) does not apply to a company for an accounting period if the company's BLAGAB trade profit for the accounting period is not greater than nil.

(7)Section 269ZB(9) of CTA 2010 gives the meaning of “deductions allowance” in relation to a company and an accounting period.

124ESection 124D: shock losses excluded from the restriction

(1)Subsection (2) applies where the company making a deduction under section 124A(5) or 124C(6) is a Solvency 2 insurance company.

(2)The deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 124D(1) and section 269ZD(2)(b)(iii) of CTA 2010 so far as it is a deduction of a shock loss.

(3)Where, by virtue of subsection (2), any deductions made by a Solvency 2 insurance company for an accounting period would be ignored for the purposes of section 124D(1), the references in section 124D(3)(a) and (6) to the company's BLAGAB trade profit have effect as references to that profit as reduced by those deductions.

(4)In this section “Solvency 2 insurance company” and “shock loss” have the same meaning as in section 124B.

PART 5 U.K.Carrying forward trade losses in certain creative industries

Losses of film tradeU.K.

27U.K.Chapter 4 of Part 15 of CTA 2009 (losses of separate film trade) is amended as follows.

28(1)Section 1209 (restriction on use of losses while film in production) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)after “45” insert “ or 45B ”, and

(b)for “set against” substitute “ deducted from ”.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(3)If the loss is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and deducted from profits of the separate film trade in a subsequent period, the deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

29(1)Section 1210 (use of losses in later periods) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (3) for “loss relief” substitute “ section 37 and Part 5 of CTA 2010 ”.

(4)In subsection (4) for “Subsection (5) applies” substitute “ Subsections (5) and (5A) apply ”.

(5)In subsection (5) after paragraph (a) insert—

(ab)carried forward under section 45A of that Act to be deducted from the total profits of a later period,

(6)After subsection (5) insert—

(5A)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in respect of so much of the loss as is attributable to film tax relief is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

30(1)Section 1211 (terminal losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(c)—

(a)after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”, and

(b)omit “trade X in”.

(3)In subsection (3) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade Y of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45A or 45B of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade Y which has been carried forward under section 45B of that Act to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(4)In subsection (6) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade Z of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45A or 45B of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade Z which has been carried forward under section 45B of that Act to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(5)After subsection (7) insert—

(7A)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in reliance on this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

Losses of television programme tradeU.K.

31U.K.Chapter 4 of Part 15A of CTA 2009 (losses of separate television programme trade) is amended as follows.

32(1)Section 1216DA (restriction on use of losses while programme in production) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)after “45” insert “ or 45B ”, and

(b)for “set against” substitute “ deducted from ”.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(3)If the loss is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and deducted from profits of the separate programme trade in a subsequent period, the deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

33(1)Section 1216DB (use of losses in later periods) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (3) for “loss relief” substitute “ section 37 and Part 5 of CTA 2010 ”.

(4)In subsection (4) for “Subsection (5) applies” substitute “ Subsections (5) and (5A) apply ”.

(5)In subsection (5) after paragraph (a) insert—

(ab)carried forward under section 45A of that Act to be deducted from the total profits of a later period,

(6)After subsection (5) insert—

(5A)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in respect of so much of the loss as is attributable to television tax relief is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

34(1)Section 1216DC (terminal losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(c)—

(a)after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”, and

(b)omit “trade X in”.

(3)In subsection (3) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade Y of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45A or 45B of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade Y which has been carried forward under section 45B of that Act to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(4)In subsection (6) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade Z of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45A or 45B of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade Z which has been carried forward under section 45B of that Act to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(5)After subsection (7) insert—

(7A)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in reliance on this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

Losses of video game tradeU.K.

35U.K.Chapter 4 of Part 15B of CTA 2009 (losses of separate video game trade) is amended as follows.

36(1)Section 1217DA (restriction on use of losses while video game in development) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)after “45” insert “ or 45B ”, and

(b)for “set against” substitute “ deducted from ”.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(3)If the loss is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and deducted from profits of the separate video game trade in a subsequent period, the deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

37(1)Section 1217DB (use of losses in later periods) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (3) for “loss relief” substitute “ section 37 and Part 5 of CTA 2010 ”.

(4)In subsection (4) for “Subsection (5) applies” substitute “ Subsections (5) and (5A) apply ”.

(5)In subsection (5) after paragraph (a) insert—

(ab)carried forward under section 45A of that Act to be deducted from the total profits of a later period,

(6)After subsection (5) insert—

(5A)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in respect of so much of the loss as is attributable to video games tax relief is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

38(1)Section 1217DC (terminal losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(c)—

(a)after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”, and

(b)omit “trade X in”.

(3)In subsection (3) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade Y of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45A or 45B of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade Y which has been carried forward under section 45B of that Act to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(4)In subsection (6) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade Z of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45A or 45B of CTA 2010 had trade X not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade Z which has been carried forward under section 45B of that Act to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(5)After subsection (7) insert—

(7A)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in reliance on this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

Losses of theatrical tradeU.K.

39U.K.Part 15C of CTA 2009 (theatrical productions) is amended as follows.

40(1)Section 1217MA (restriction on use of losses before completion period) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) for “Subsection (2)” substitute “ This section ”.

(3)In subsection (2)—

(a)after “45” insert “ or 45B ”, and

(b)for “set against” substitute “ deducted from ”.

(4)After subsection (2) insert—

(3)If the loss is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and deducted from profits of the separate theatrical trade in a subsequent period, the deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

41(1)Section 1217MB (use of losses in the completion period) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (2) for “loss relief” substitute “ section 37 and Part 5 of CTA 2010 ”.

42(1)Section 1217MC (terminal losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (3) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade 2 of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45B of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade 2 which has been carried forward under that section to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(4)In subsection (6) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward by company B under that section to be set against the profits of company B's trade of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45B of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss made in company B's trade which has been carried forward under that section to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(5)After subsection (8) insert—

(9)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in reliance on this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

Losses of orchestral tradeU.K.

43U.K.Chapter 4 of Part 15D of CTA 2009 (losses of separate orchestral trade) is amended as follows.

44(1)Section 1217SA (restriction on use of losses before completion period) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) for “Subsection (2)” substitute “ This section ”.

(3)In subsection (2)—

(a)after “45” insert “ or 45B ”, and

(b)for “set against” substitute “ deducted from ”.

(4)After subsection (2) insert—

(3)If the loss is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and deducted from profits of the separate orchestral trade in a subsequent period, the deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

45(1)Section 1217SB (use of losses in the completion period) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (2) for “loss relief” substitute “ section 37 and Part 5 of CTA 2010 ”.

46(1)Section 1217SC (terminal losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

(3)In subsection (3) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade 2 of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45B of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade 2 which has been carried forward under that section to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(4)In subsection (6) for the words after “treated” to the end substitute

(a)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward by company B under that section to be set against the profits of company B's trade of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45B of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss made in company B's trade which has been carried forward under that section to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(5)After subsection (8) insert—

(9)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in reliance on this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

PART 6 U.K.Oil activities

47U.K.Part 8 of CTA 2010 (oil activities) is amended as follows.

48U.K.After section 303 insert—

303AIntroduction to sections 303B to 303D: post-1 April 2017 non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trades

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of sections 303B to 303D.

(2)A loss made by a company in a ring fence trade is a “non-decommissioning loss” so far as it is not attributable to expenditure which is relevant expenditure in relation to a decommissioning relief agreement.

(3)Where a company makes a loss for an accounting period in a ring fence trade, the amount (if any) of that loss that is “attributable to” expenditure which is relevant expenditure in relation to a decommissioning relief agreement is equal to—

(a)the total amount of such expenditure brought into account in calculating that loss, or

(b)if lower, the amount of the loss.

(4)Expenditure is “relevant expenditure” in relation to a decommissioning relief agreement if it is decommissioning expenditure (as defined in section 81 of FA 2013) to which the provision of the agreement described in section 80(2)(b) of that Act relates.

In this subsection the reference to section 81 of FA 2013 is to that section as it has effect when the agreement in question is made.

(5)In this section “decommissioning relief agreement” has the meaning given by section 80 of FA 2013.

303BCarry forward of losses against subsequent profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)in an accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2017 (“the loss-making period”) a company makes a non-decommissioning loss in a ring fence trade,

(b)relief under—

  • section 37 or 42, or

  • Part 5 (group relief),

is not given for an amount of the loss (“the unrelieved amount”), and

(c)the company continues to carry on the ring fence trade in the next accounting period (“the later period”).

(2)The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the later period.

(3)Relief for the unrelieved amount is given to the company in the later period if the company makes a profit in the trade for the later period.

(4)The relief is given by reducing the profits of the trade in the later period by the unrelieved amount.

(5)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

303CExcess carried forward losses: relief against total profits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of a non-decommissioning loss made in a ring fence trade is carried forward to an accounting period of a company (“the later period”) under section 303B(2) or 303D(3), and

(b)any of that amount (“the unrelieved amount”) is not deducted under section 303B(4) or 303D(5) (as the case may be) from the company's profits of the trade (if any) of the later period.

(2)The company may make a claim for relief to be given for the unrelieved amount under this section (but see subsection (4)).

(3)If the company makes a claim, the relief is given by deducting the unrelieved amount, or any part of it specified in the claim, from the company's total profits of the later period.

(4)The company may not make a claim if—

(a)the ring fence trade became small or negligible in the loss-making period or any intervening period,

(b)relief under section 37 was unavailable for the non-decommissioning loss by reason of section 37(5) or 44, or

(c)relief under section 37 would be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made in the ring fence trade in the later period or any intervening period.

(5)In subsection (4)—

  • intervening period” means an accounting period of the company which begins after the loss-making period and before the later period, and

  • the loss-making period” means the accounting period of the company in which the non-decommissioning loss was made.

(6)A claim under this section must be made—

(a)within the period of two years after the end of the later period, or

(b)within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

(7)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

303DFurther carry forward against subsequent profits of loss not fully used

(1)This section applies if—

(a)an amount of a loss made in a ring fence trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 303B(2) or subsection (3) of this section,

(b)any of that amount is unrelieved in the later period, and

(c)the company continues to carry on the ring fence trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period.

(2)An amount carried forward as mentioned in subsection (1)(a) is “unrelieved in the later period” so far as it is not—

(a)deducted under section 303B(4) or subsection (5) of this section from the company's profit (if any) of the later period,

(b)deducted from the company's total profits of the later period on a claim under section 303C, or

(c)surrendered by way of group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of CTA 2010.

(3)So much of the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(a) as is unrelieved in the later period is carried forward to the further period.

(4)Relief for the amount carried forward under subsection (3) (“the remaining carried forward amount”) is given to the company in the further period if the company has a profit in the trade for that period.

(5)The relief is given by reducing the profits of the trade of the further period by the remaining carried forward amount.

(6)Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

49(1)Section 304 (losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)After subsection (1) insert—

(1A)Relief in respect of a loss incurred by a company may not be given against that company's ring fence profits under any provision listed in subsection (1B).

(1B)The provisions are—

(a)section 753 of CTA 2009 (non-trading losses on intangible fixed assets);

(b)section 45A (carry forward of trade loss against total profits);

(c)section 62(3) (relief for losses made in UK property business).

(3)In subsection (5), after “45” insert “ 45B, 303B(4) or 303D(5) ”.

(4)After subsection (6) insert—

(7)A deduction in respect of a loss made in a ring fence trade is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB (restriction on deductions from trading profits) if the deduction is under—

(a)section 45 (carry forward of pre-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent profits), or

(b)section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits).

50(1)Section 305 (group relief) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, at the end insert “ and group relief for carried-forward losses ”.

(3)After subsection (1) insert—

(1A)On a claim under Chapter 3 of Part 5A, group relief for carried-forward losses may not be allowed against the claimant company's ring fence profits.

(4)For subsection (4) substitute—

(4)In this section—

  • claimant company” is to be read in accordance with Part 5 (see section 188) or Part 5A (see sections 188CB(2) and 188CC(2)), as the case requires;

  • surrendering company” is to be read in accordance with Part 5 (see section 188).

51U.K.In section 307 (overview of Chapter 5 of Part 8: ring fence expenditure supplement) in subsection (6) for paragraph (c) substitute—

(c)relief given under sections 45, 45B, 303B, 303C and 303D for ring fence losses carried forward from earlier periods,.

52(1)Section 321 (supplement in respect of a post-commencement period) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2) (treatment of supplement as loss etc)—

(a)in the words before paragraph (a) after “period” insert “ beginning before 1 April 2017 ”, and

(b)in paragraph (b) after “forward of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)Any post-commencement supplement allowed on a claim in respect of a post-commencement period beginning on or after 1 April 2017 is to be treated for the purposes of the Corporation Tax Acts (other than the post-commencement supplement provisions or Part 4 of Schedule 19B to ICTA) as if it were a loss—

(a)which is incurred in carrying on the ring fence trade in that period, and

(b)which falls in whole to be used under section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent trade profits) to reduce trading income from the ring fence trade in succeeding accounting periods.

53(1)Section 323 (meaning of “ring fence losses”) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)—

(a)for paragraph (b) substitute—

(b)some or all of the loss falls to be carried forward to the following accounting period under section 45, 45B or 303B (carry forward of trade losses against subsequent profits), and

(b)in the words after paragraph (b) for “used” substitute “ carried forward ”.

(3)In subsection (2) for “used” substitute “ carried forward ”.

54U.K.For section 327 substitute—

327Reductions in respect of relief for carried-forward ring fence losses

(1)Reductions are to be made in accordance with this section in a post-commencement period if the relevant amount for the period (see subsection (4)) is not nil.

(2)If the company has a non-qualifying pool, the amount in the non-qualifying pool is to be reduced (but not below nil) by setting against it a sum equal to the relevant amount for the post-commencement period.

(3)If—

(a)any of that sum remains after being so set against the amount in the non-qualifying pool, or

(b)the company does not have a non-qualifying pool,

the amount in the ring fence pool is to be reduced (but not below nil) by setting against it so much of that sum as so remains or (as the case may be) a sum equal to the relevant amount for the post-commencement period.

(4)For the purposes of this section, the relevant amount for a post-commencement period is the sum of—

(a)the amount of any relief given in respect of ring fence losses in the post-commencement period under sections 45, 45B, 303B, 303C and 303D, and

(b)the amount of any relief prevented from being given in respect of ring fence losses in the post-commencement period by claims made under sections 45(4A) and 45B(5).

55U.K.In section 328A (adjustment of pool to remove pre-2013 losses after the initial 6 periods) in subsection (11)—

(a)in paragraph (a) for the words from the beginning to “a loss” substitute “ no account is to be taken of a loss in determining under section 327(4) the relevant amount for a post-commencement period ”, and

(b)in paragraph (b) for the words from “ring fence losses” to the end substitute “ any such profits are reduced by the use under section 45, 45B, 303B, 303C and 303D of ring fence losses that are not represented by the reduction ”.

PART 7 U.K.Oil contractors

56U.K.Part 8ZA of CTA 2010 (oil contractors) is amended as follows.

57(1)Section 356NE (losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)The existing text becomes subsection (1) of that section.

(3)In subsection (1)—

(a)after “the contractor” insert “ (or an amount of such a loss) ”;

(b)after “profits)” insert “ or section 45A (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits) ”;

(c)after “the loss” insert “ (or amount) ”.

(4)After subsection (1) insert—

(2)Relief in respect of a loss incurred by the contractor may not be given against the contractor's ring fence profits under any provision listed in subsection (3).

(3)The provisions are—

(a)section 753 of CTA 2009 (non-trading losses on intangible fixed assets);

(b)section 62(3) (relief for losses made in UK property business);

(c)section 303C(3) (excess carried forward non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade: relief against total profits).

58(1)Section 356NF (group relief) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, at the end insert “ and group relief for carried-forward losses ”.

(3)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)On a claim under Chapter 3 of Part 5A, group relief for carried-forward losses may not be allowed against the claimant company's contractor's ring fence profits, except so far as the claim relates to losses incurred by the surrendering company that arose from oil contractor activities.

(4)For subsection (4) substitute—

(4)In this section—

  • claimant company” is to be read in accordance with Part 5 (see section 188) or Part 5A (see sections 188CB(2) and 188CC(2)), as the case requires;

  • surrendering company” is to be read in accordance with Part 5 (see section 188) or Part 5A (see section 188BB(7)), as the case requires.

59U.K.After section 356NG insert—

Restriction on obtaining certain deductionsU.K.

356NHRestriction on deductions from contractor's ring fence profits

(1)For the purpose of determining the contractor's taxable total profits for an accounting period, the sum of any relevant deductions from total profits made by the contractor for the accounting period may not exceed the relevant Part 8ZA maximum.

(2)In this section “relevant deduction from total profits” means—

(a)any deduction of a loss (or an amount of a loss) under section 45(4)(b) (carry forward of pre-1 April 2017 loss against subsequent profits), so far as the loss arises from oil contractor activities,

(b)any deduction of a loss (or an amount of a loss) under section 45A (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits), so far as the amount is set against the contractor's ring fence profits, and

(c)any deduction of a loss or other amount under Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses), so far as the amount in question is set against the contractor's ring fence profits.

(3)In this section “the relevant Part 8ZA maximum” means the sum of—

(a)50% of the contractor's ring fence profits for the accounting period, and

(b)the amount of the contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the period.

356NIDeductions allowances where company has contractor's ring fence profits

(1)This section applies if a company (“C”) has contractor's ring fence profits for an accounting period.

(2)Subsections (3) to (6) set out how to determine, for the accounting period—

(a)C's deductions allowance for the purposes of Part 7ZA (restrictions on obtaining certain deductions), and

(b)C's contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance.

(3)Determine in accordance with Part 7ZA what C's deductions allowance for the period would be in the absence of this section (and call this “amount A”).

(4)Determine C's contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the period in accordance with subsection (5).

(5)C's “contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance” for an accounting period—

(a)is so much of amount A as is specified in C's company tax return as its contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the period, and

(b)accordingly, is nil if no amount is so specified.

(6)Subsection (7) applies if a relevant reversal credit is brought into account in calculating C's contractor's ring fence profits for the accounting period.

In this subsection the reference to bringing into account a relevant reversal credit is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZY.

(7)C's contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the accounting period (as determined in accordance with subsection (5)) is to be treated for all purposes as increased by—

(a)the amount of the relevant reversal credit, or

(b)if lower, the amount of the contractor's ring fence profits for the accounting period.

(8)C's deductions allowance for the period for the purposes of Part 7ZA is to be taken to be an amount equal to amount A less the amount of C's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the period.

356NJModification of provisions restricting the use of losses

(1)The following deductions are to be treated as not being relevant deductions for the purposes of section 269ZD (restrictions on deductions from total profits)—

(a)the deduction of a loss (or an amount of a loss) under section 45A (carry forward of post- 1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits), so far as the amount is set against the company's contractor's ring fence profits for the accounting period;

(b)the deduction under Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses) of a loss or other amount, so far as the amount is set against the company's contractor's ring fence profits for the accounting period.

(2)A deduction under section 45(4)(b) (carry forward of pre-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent profits) of a loss arising from oil contractor activities is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

PART 8 U.K.Transferred trades

61U.K.Chapter 1 of Part 22 of CTA 2010 (transfers of trade without a change of ownership) is amended as follows.

62U.K.In section 940A (overview of Chapter) in subsection (4) for “944” substitute “ 943A ”.

63U.K.Before section 944 (but after the italic heading preceding that section) insert—

943ADisapplication of section 39

If this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade, section 39 (terminal losses: extension of periods for which relief may be given) does not apply in relation to a claim under section 37 by the predecessor for relief for a loss made in the transferred trade.

64(1)Section 944 (modified application of Chapter 2 of Part 4) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading for “Chapter 2 of Part 4” substitute “ section 45 ”.

(3)Omit subsections (1) and (2).

(4)In subsection (3)—

(a)for “Relief” substitute “ If this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade, relief ”, and

(b)after “carry forward of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”.

(5)In subsection (4) after paragraph (a) insert—

(ab)any claim made by the predecessor under section 45F in reliance on subsection (2) of section 944C,.

65U.K.After section 944 insert—

944AModified application of section 45A

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)the transferred trade is not a ring fence trade,

(c)the predecessor made a loss in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which it ceased to carry it on,

(d)that accounting period began on or after 1 April 2017,

(e)relief for an amount of that loss is not given under section 37 or Part 5,

(f)relief under section 37 was not unavailable for that loss by reason of a provision mentioned in section 45A(3)(b)(i) or (ii), and

(g)relief under section 37 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made by the successor in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which the successor begins to carry on the transferred trade (“the successor's start-up accounting period”).

(2)Subsections (4) to (8) of section 45A (carry-forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits) apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to the amount referred to in subsection (1)(e),

(b)references to the later period were to the successor's start-up accounting period, and

(c)references to the company were to the successor.

(3)Subsection (4) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)an amount of a loss made in the transferred trade was carried forward under section 45A(4) to the accounting period of the predecessor in which the predecessor ceased to carry on the trade,

(c)any of that amount was not deducted from the predecessor's total profits on a claim under section 45A(5) or surrendered by the predecessor by way of group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A, and

(d)relief under section 37 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made by the successor in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which the successor begins to carry on the transferred trade (“the successor's start-up accounting period”).

(4)Subsections (4) to (8) of section 45A apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount referred to in subsection (3)(b) as was not deducted or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (3)(c),

(b)references to the later period were to the successor's start-up accounting period, and

(c)references to the company were to the successor.

(5)In this section “ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277).

944BModified application of section 45B

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)the predecessor made a loss in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which it ceased to carry it on,

(c)that accounting period began on or after 1 April 2017,

(d)relief under section 37 or 42 or Part 5 is not given for an amount of the loss, and

(e)it is the case that—

(i)relief under section 37 was unavailable for the loss by reason of any provision mentioned in section 45A(3)(b)(i) or (ii),

(ii)relief under section 37 would be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made by the successor in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which the successor begins to carry on the transferred trade (“the successor's start-up accounting period”), or

(iii)the transferred trade is a ring fence trade.

(2)Subsections (2) to (8) of section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against trade profits) apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(d),

(b)references to the later period were to the successor's start-up accounting period,

(c)references to the company were to the successor, and

(d)references to the trade were to the transferred trade.

(3)Subsection (4) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)an amount of a loss made in the transferred trade was carried forward under section 45B(2) to the accounting period in which the predecessor ceased to carry on the trade, and

(c)any of that amount is not used under section 45B(4) to reduce profits of the transferred trade of the accounting period in which the predecessor ceases to carry on the trade.

(4)Subsections (2) to (8) of section 45B apply as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount referred to in subsection (3)(b) as is not used as mentioned in subsection (3)(c),

(b)references to the later period were to the accounting period of the successor in which the successor begins to carry on the transferred trade,

(c)references to the company were to the successor, and

(d)references to the trade were to the transferred trade.

944CModified application of section 45F

(1)If this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade, the predecessor may not make a claim under section 45F for relief to be given for an amount of a loss made in the transferred trade.

(2)But subsection (1) does not apply if—

(a)the trade is transferred before 13 July 2017, and

(b)the amount of the loss is carried forward to the accounting period in which the predecessor ceases to carry on the trade under section 45 (carry forward of pre-1 April 2017 trade losses).

(3)Subsection (4) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)an amount of a loss made by the predecessor in the transferred trade is carried forward under section 45, 45A or 45B to the accounting period of the successor in which the successor ceases to carry on the transferred trade, and

(c)relief in that accounting period is not given to the successor under section 45, 45A or (as the case may be) 45B for that amount or for any part of it.

(4)Section 45F has effect as if the loss was made by the successor in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which it began carrying on the transferred trade.

944DModified application of section 303B

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)the transferred trade is a ring-fence trade,

(c)the predecessor made a non-decommissioning loss in the transferred trade in the accounting period in which it ceased to carry it on,

(d)that accounting period began on or after 1 April 2017, and

(e)relief under section 37 or 42 or Part 5 is not given for an amount of the loss.

(2)Subsections (2) to (5) of section 303B (carry forward of non-decommissioning losses against subsequent profits) have effect as if—

(a)references to the unrelieved amount were to the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(e),

(b)references to the later period were to the accounting period of the successor in which the successor begins to carry on the transferred trade,

(c)references to the company were to the successor, and

(d)references to the trade were to the transferred trade.

(3)Section 303A (meaning of non-decommissioning loss) applies for the purposes of this section.

(4)In this section “ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277).

944EModified application of section 303D

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)this Chapter applies to a transfer of a trade,

(b)the trade is a ring-fence trade,

(c)an amount of a loss made in the trade was carried forward under section 303B(2) or 303D(3) to the accounting period in which the predecessor ceased to carry on the trade (“the cessation period”), and

(d)any of that amount was not—

(i)deducted under section 303B(4) or 303D(5) from the predecessor's profit (if any) of the cessation period,

(ii)deducted from the predecessor's total profits of the cessation period on a claim under section 303C(2), or

(iii)surrendered by the predecessor by way of group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A.

(2)Subsections (3) to (6) of section 303D have effect as if—

(a)the reference to so much of the amount mentioned in section 303D(1)(a) as is unrelieved in the later period were to so much of the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(c) of this section as was not deducted or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(d),

(b)references to the further period were to the accounting period of the successor in which the successor begins to carry on the transferred trade,

(c)references to the company were to the successor, and

(d)references to the trade were to the transferred trade.

(3)In this section “ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277).

66U.K.In section 945 (cases in which predecessor retains more liabilities than assets) in subsection (4), for “section 944(3)” (in both places where those words occur) substitute “ sections 944 to 944E ”.

67(1)Section 951 (part of trade treated as separate trade) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)After subsection (6) insert—

(7)Subsection (8) applies if—

(a)a company (“the transferor”) ceases to carry on a trade (“trade Z”),

(b)another company (“the transferee”) begins to carry on the activities of trade Z as part of its trade (“part Z”) and

(c)by reason of this Chapter an amount of a loss made in trade Z is carried forward under section 45A(4), 45B(2), 303B(2) or 303D(3) to an accounting period of the transferee.

(8)The provisions of sections 45A to 45F and 303B to 303D have effect, in so far as they apply (or re-apply) in relation to the amount carried forward (or any part of it), as if the transferee carries or carried on part Z as a separate trade.

68U.K.In section 952 (apportionment if part of trade treated as separate trade) in subsection (1) for “or (4)” substitute “ , (4) or (8) ”.

PART 9 U.K.Tax avoidance

Restriction on refreshing lossesU.K.

69(1)Section 730F of CTA 2010 (meaning of “relevant carried-forward loss”) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)—

(a)after paragraph (a) insert—

(aa)a carried-forward UK property business loss (see subsection (2A),;

(b)after paragraph (b) insert—

(ba)a carried-forward non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets (see subsection (3A),.

(3)In subsection (2)—

(a)after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”;

(b)omit “against subsequent trade profits”.

(4)In subsection (3), after “457” insert “ , 463G or 463H ”.

(5)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)Carried-forward UK property business loss”, in relation to a company and an accounting period, means a loss in a UK property business carried on by the company which is carried forward from a previous accounting period under section 62(5).

(6)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)Carried-forward non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets”, in relation to a company and an accounting period, means a non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets which is carried forward from a previous accounting period under section 753 of CTA 2009 (treatment of non-trading losses).

(7)At the end insert—

(5)In this section “non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets” is to be read in accordance with Part 8 of CTA 2009.

Change in company ownershipU.K.

70U.K.Part 14 of CTA 2010 (change in company ownership) is amended as follows.

71U.K.In section 672 (overview of Part) after subsection (1) insert—

(1A)Chapter 2A restricts relief in some further cases involving a change in the company's activities.

(1B)Chapter 2B restricts relief for trading losses in some cases involving the transfer of an asset.

(1C)Chapters 2C and 2D restrict group relief for carried-forward losses in some cases.

(1D)Chapter 2E restricts relief for trading losses in some cases involving the transfer of a trade.

72(1)Section 673 (introduction to Chapter 2: disallowance of trading losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), for “of 3 years in which the change in ownership” substitute “ beginning no more than 3 years before the change in ownership occurs which is a period of 5 years in which that change ”.

(3)In subsection (4), in the words after paragraph (b), for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

(4)The amendments made by this paragraph do not have effect unless both the change in ownership referred to in section 673(1) and the major change in the nature or conduct of a trade referred to in section 673(2) occur on or after 1 April 2017.

73(1)Section 674 (disallowance of trading losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), after “45” insert “ , 45B, 303B or 303D ”.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)No relief may be given under section 45A or 303C for a loss made by the company in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership by carrying forward the loss and deducting it from a company's total profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership.

74U.K.After section 674 insert—

674ASection 674: exception for certain losses of ring fence trade

(1)Section 674 does not prevent relief being given for a loss if—

(a)the loss is made in a ring fence trade,

(b)the loss is not a non-decommissioning loss,

(c)it is condition A in section 673 that is met, and

(d)the major change by reference to which that condition is met did not occur within a period of 3 years in which the change in ownership occurred.

(2)In this section—

  • “non-decommissioning loss” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 303A;

  • ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277).

75U.K.After Chapter 2 insert—

CHAPTER 2AU.K.Post-1 April 2017 losses: Further cases involving a change in the company's activities
676AAIntroduction to Chapter

(1)This Chapter applies if conditions 1 and 2 are met.

(2)Condition 1 is that on or after 1 April 2017 there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the transferred company”).

(3)Condition 2 is that a major change in the business of the transferred company or a co-transferred company occurs within the required period but not before 1 April 2017.

(4)The required period is—

(a)for the purposes of section 676AF, any period beginning no more than 3 years before the change in ownership occurs which is a period of 5 years in which that change occurs,

(b)for the purposes of sections 676AG to 676AK, the period of 8 years beginning 3 years before the change in ownership.

(5)In this Chapter—

  • the change in ownership” means the change in ownership mentioned in subsection (2);

  • the transferred company” has the meaning given by subsection (2);

  • trade” includes an office.

676ABPriority of provisions of Chapters 2 and 3 over this Chapter

(1)If and so far as —

(a)a relevant provision of this Chapter, and

(b)a relevant provision of Chapter 2 or 3,

would each (if the other provision were ignored) apply in relation to the same loss or other amount, the relevant provision of this Chapter does not apply in relation to that amount.

(2)In this section “relevant provision”—

(a)in relation to this Chapter means any of the provisions of sections 676AF to 676AK;

(b)in relation to Chapters 2 and 3 means any of the provisions of sections 674 and 679 to 683.

676AC“Major change in the business” of a company

(1)In this Chapter references to a “major change in the business” of a company include—

(a)a major change in the nature or conduct of any trade or business carried on by the company,

(b)a major change in the scale of any trade or business carried on by the company, and

(c)beginning or ceasing to carry on a particular trade or business.

(2)In subsection (1) the reference to a major change in the “nature or conduct” of a trade or business includes—

(a)a major change in the type of property dealt in, or services or facilities provided in, the trade or business concerned,

(b)a major change in customers, outlets or markets of the trade or business concerned,

(c)a major change in the nature of the investments held by the company for the purposes of an investment business.

(3)The definitions in subsections (1) and (2) apply even if the change is the result of a gradual process which began before the period of 5 years mentioned in section 676AA(4)(a) or (as the case may be) the period of 8 years mentioned in section 676AA(4)(b).

(4)Where the condition in subsection (5) is met in the case of any two companies, the transfer of a trade or business, or any property, from one of them to the other is to be disregarded in determining for the purposes of section 676AA(3) whether or not there is a major change in the business of either of those companies.

(5)The condition is that the companies are related to one another both—

(a)immediately before the change in ownership, and

(b)at the time of the transfer mentioned in subsection (4).

676ADNotional split of accounting period in which change in ownership occurs

(1)This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2)The accounting period in which the change in ownership occurs (“the actual accounting period”) is treated as two separate accounting periods (“notional accounting periods”), the first ending with the change and the second consisting of the remainder of the period.

(3)Section 685 (apportionment of amounts) applies for the purposes of this Chapter as it applies for the purposes of Chapter 3.

(4)The amounts for the actual accounting period in column 1 of the table in section 685(2) are apportioned to the two notional accounting periods in accordance with section 685.

(5)In this Chapter, and in sections 685 and 686 as they apply by virtue of subsection (3), “the actual accounting period” and “notional accounting periods” have the same meaning as in this section.

676AE“Affected profits”

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2)Profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership are “affected profits” if and so far as—

(a)they arise before the 5th anniversary of the end of the accounting period of the transferred company in which the change in ownership occurs, and

(b)they can fairly and reasonably be attributed to activities, or other sources of income, as a result of which, or partly as a result of which, the major change referred to in section 676AA(3) has occurred.

(3)If an accounting period of the company begins before, and ends after, the anniversary mentioned in subsection (2), then for the purposes of that subsection—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with that date and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits or losses of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(4)Any apportionment under subsection (3)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two deemed accounting periods.

(5)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

676AFRestriction on use of carried-forward post-1 April 2017 trade losses

A loss made by the transferred company in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership may not be deducted from affected profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership under any of the following provisions—

(a)section 45A(5) (carry-forward of post-1 April 2017 trade losses),

(b)section 45F(3) (carried-forward losses: terminal relief),

(c)section 303C(3) (excess carried-forward non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade), and

(d)section 124B(3) of FA 2012 (excess carried-forward BLAGAB trade losses).

676AGRestriction on debits to be brought into account

(1)This section has effect for the purpose of restricting the debits to be brought into account for the purposes of Part 5 of CTA 2009 (loan relationships) in respect of the transferred company's loan relationships.

(2)The debits to be brought into account for the purposes of Part 5 of CTA 2009 for—

(a)the accounting period beginning immediately after the change in ownership, or

(b)any subsequent accounting period,

do not include relevant non-trading debits so far as amount A exceeds amount B.

(3)Amount A is the sum of—

(a)the amount of those relevant non-trading debits, and

(b)the amount of any relevant non-trading debits which have been brought into account for the purposes of that Part for any previous accounting period ending after the change in ownership.

(4)Amount B is the amount of the taxable total profits of the accounting period ending with the change in ownership.

(5)For the meaning of “relevant non-trading debit”, see section 730.

676AHRestriction on the carry forward of post-1 April 2017 non-trading deficit from loan relationships

(1)This section has effect for the purpose of restricting the carry forward under Chapter 16A of Part 5 of CTA 2009 (non-trading deficits: post 1 April 2017 deficits) of a pre-acquisition non-trading deficit from the transferred company's loan relationships.

(2)For the purposes of this section an amount is a “pre-acquisition” non-trading deficit from a company's loan relationships if it is a non-trading deficit from the company's loan relationships for an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership.

(3)Subsection (4) applies if, in the case of a pre-acquisition non-trading deficit from the transferred company's loan relationships, the non-trading deficit in column 1 of row 4 of the table in section 685(2) is apportioned in accordance with section 685(2) to the first notional accounting period.

(4)None of that deficit may, by virtue of section 463G (carry forward of unrelieved deficit), be set off against affected profits of—

(a)the accounting period beginning immediately after the change in ownership, or

(b)any subsequent accounting period.

676AIRestriction on relief for post-1 April 2017 non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets

(1)This section has effect for the purpose of restricting relief under section 753 of CTA 2009 (treatment of non-trading losses) in respect of a relevant non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets.

(2)An amount is a “relevant non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets” if and so far as—

(a)it is by virtue of section 751 of CTA 2009 a non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets for a relevant pre-acquisition accounting period, or

(b)it is made up of an amount falling within paragraph (a) which has been carried forward under section 753(3) of CTA 2009.

(3)Relevant pre-acquisition accounting period” means an accounting period beginning—

(a)before the change in ownership, and

(b)on or after 1 April 2017.

(4)In the case of a relevant non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets, relief under section 753 of CTA 2009 against the total profits of the actual accounting period is available only in relation to each of the notional accounting periods considered separately.

(5)A relevant non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets may not be deducted as a result of section 753(3) of CTA 2009 (losses carried forward) from affected profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership.

676AJRestriction on deduction of post-1 April 2017 expenses of management

(1)This section has effect for the purpose of restricting deductions for post-1 April 2017 relevant expenses of management of the transferred company.

(2)Any amounts which—

(a)are, or are treated as, expenses of management referable to the actual accounting period, and

(b)are apportioned to either of the two notional accounting periods in accordance with section 685,

are treated for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 16 of CTA 2009 (companies with investment business) as expenses of management referable to that notional accounting period.

(3)Any allowances which are apportioned to either of the notional accounting periods in accordance with section 685 are treated for the purposes of section 253 of CAA 2001 and section 1233 of CTA 2009 (companies with investment business: excess capital allowances) as falling to be made in that notional accounting period.

(4)In calculating the taxable total profits of an accounting period of the transferred company ending after the change in ownership—

(a)relevant expenses of management, and

(b)relevant allowances,

may not be deducted from affected profits of the accounting period.

(5)In this section “relevant expenses of management” means expenses of management which are first deductible under section 1219 of CTA 2009 for an accounting period beginning—

(a)on or after 1 April 2017, and

(b)before the change in ownership.

(6)In this section “relevant allowances” means allowances falling to be made for an accounting period beginning—

(a)on or after 1 April 2017, and

(b)before the change in ownership.

676AKRestriction on use of post-1 April 2017 UK property business losses

(1)This section has effect for the purpose of restricting relief under sections 62 and 63 for a relevant UK property business loss made by the transferred company.

(2)In this section “relevant UK property business loss” means a loss made in a UK property business in an accounting period beginning—

(a)on or after 1 April 2017, and

(b)before the change in ownership.

(3)In relation to a relevant UK property business loss, relief under section 62(3) is available only in relation to each of the notional accounting periods considered separately.

(4)A relevant UK property business loss may not be deducted as a result of section 62(5) or 63(3) from affected profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership.

676AL“Co-transferred company” and “related company”

(1)In this Chapter “co-transferred company” means any company which is related to the transferred company both immediately before and immediately after the change in ownership.

(2)For the purposes of this Chapter any two companies (“T”) and (“C”) are “related” to one another at any time when—

(a)the group condition is met in relation to T and C, or

(b)any of consortium conditions 1 to 4 is met in relation to T and C,

(whether on the assumption that T is the claimant company and C is the surrendering company or vice versa).

(3)In this Chapter—

  • “consortium condition 1” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CF,

  • “consortium condition 2” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CG,

  • “consortium condition 3” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CH,

  • “consortium condition 4” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CI,

  • “the group condition” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CE.

76U.K.After Chapter 2A insert—

CHAPTER 2BU.K.Asset transferred within group: restriction of relief for post-1 April trade losses
676BAIntroduction to Chapter

(1)This section applies if there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the company”) on or after 1 April 2017 and—

(a)conditions 1 and 2 are met, or

(b)condition 3 is met.

(2)Condition 1 is that after the change in ownership the company acquires an asset from another company in circumstances such that—

(a)section 171 of TCGA 1992 (no gain/no loss transfer within group), or

(b)section 775 of CTA 2009 (tax-neutral transfer within group),

applies to the acquisition.

(3)Condition 2 is that—

(a)in a case within subsection (2)(a), a chargeable gain accrues to the company on a disposal of the asset within the period of 5 years beginning with the change in ownership, or

(b)in a case within subsection (2)(b), there is a non-trading chargeable realisation gain on the realisation of the asset within that period.

(4)Condition 3 is that a chargeable gain on a disposal of an asset within the period of 5 years beginning immediately after the change in ownership (or an amount of such a gain) is treated as accruing to the company by virtue of an election under section 171A of TCGA 1992 (notional transfers within a group).

(Accordingly, references in this Chapter to the accrual of a relevant gain are to be read in the light of section 171B(2) and (3) of TCGA 1992.)

(5)For the purposes of subsection (3), an asset (P) acquired by the company as mentioned in subsection (2) is treated as the same as an asset (Q) owned at a later time by the company if the value of Q is derived in whole or in part from P.

(6)In particular, P is treated as the same as Q for those purposes if—

(a)Q is a freehold,

(b)P was a leasehold, and

(c)the lessee has acquired the reversion.

(7)In this Chapter—

  • the change in ownership” means the change in ownership mentioned in subsection (1),

  • the company” has the same meaning as in this section,

  • non-trading chargeable realisation gain” means a chargeable realisation gain (within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets)) which is a non-trading credit for the purposes of that Part (see section 746 of that Act),

  • realisation” has the meaning given by section 734 of CTA 2009, and

  • the relevant gain” means the gain (or amount of a gain) within subsection (3)(a) or (b) or (4).

676BBNotional split of accounting period in which change in ownership occurs

(1)This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2)The accounting period in which the change in ownership occurs (“the actual accounting period”) is treated as two separate accounting periods (“notional accounting periods”), the first ending with the change and the second consisting of the remainder of the period.

(3)Section 702 (apportionment of amounts) applies for the purposes of this Chapter as it applies for the purposes of Chapter 4.

(4)The amounts for the actual accounting period in column 1 of the table in section 702(2) are apportioned to the two notional accounting periods in accordance with section 702.

(5)In this Chapter, and in sections 702 and 703 as they apply by virtue of subsection (3), “the actual accounting period” and “notional accounting periods” have the same meaning as in this section.

676BCDisallowance of relief for trade losses

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of restricting relief under sections 45A, 45F and 303C of this Act and section 124B of FA 2012 for a loss made by the company in a trade before the change in ownership.

(2)But this section applies only if, in accordance with the relevant provisions and section 702, an amount is included in respect of chargeable gains or, as the case may be, non-trading chargeable realisation gains in the total profits of the accounting period in which the relevant gain accrues or arises.

(3)Relief under section 45A or 303C of this Act or section 124B of FA 2012 is available only in relation to each of the notional accounting periods considered separately.

(4)A loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership—

(a)may not be deducted as a result of section 45A or 303C of this Act or section 124B of FA 2012 from so much of the total profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership as represents the relevant gain;

(b)may not be deducted by virtue of paragraph (a) of the definition of “relevant profits” in section 45F(7) from so much of the total profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership as represents the relevant gain.

676BDMeaning of “the relevant provisions”

In this Chapter “the relevant provisions” means—

(a)section 8(1) of, and Schedule 7A to, TCGA 1992 (amounts included in respect of chargeable gains in total profits), or

(b)Chapter 6 of Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets: how credits and debits are given effect).

676BEMeaning of “amount of profits which represents a relevant gain”

(1)In this Chapter, the amount of any profits which represents a relevant gain is found by comparing—

(a)the amount (“Y”) of the relevant gain, with

(b)the amount (“Z”) which is included in respect of chargeable gains or, as the case may be, non-trading chargeable realisation gains for the accounting period concerned.

(2)If Y does not exceed Z, the amount of the profits which represents the relevant gain equals Y.

(3)If Y exceeds Z, the amount of those profits equals Z.

77U.K.After Chapter 2B insert—

CHAPTER 2CU.K.Disallowance of group relief for carried-forward losses: general provision
676CAIntroduction to Chapter

(1)This Chapter applies if on or after 1 April 2017 there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the transferred company”).

(2)In this Chapter—

  • the change in ownership” means the change in ownership mentioned in subsection (1);

  • the transferred company” has the meaning given by subsection (1).

676CBRestriction on surrender of carried-forward losses

(1)Subsection (3) applies if a company (“the claimant company”) would, (apart from this section), be eligible under Part 5A to make a relevant claim for group relief for carried-forward losses.

(2)For the purposes of this section a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses is a “relevant claim” if it is—

(a)for an accounting period ending after the change in ownership, and

(b)in respect of an amount surrendered by the transferred company or a co-transferred company which is a relevant pre-acquisition loss.

(3)The general rule is that the relief is not available.

(4)The general rule is subject to the exceptions in sections 676CD and 676CE.

(5)For the purposes of this section—

(a)the accounting period of the company mentioned in subsection (2)(b) in which the change in ownership occurs is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with the change and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits or losses of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(6)Any apportionment under subsection (5)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two periods.

(7)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

676CCCases where consortium condition 1 or 2 was previously met

(1)Subsection (4) applies in relation to a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses by the transferred company if conditions A and B are met.

(2)Condition A is that the claim is—

(a)for an accounting period ending after the change in ownership, and

(b)in respect of a relevant pre-acquisition loss.

(3)Condition B is that consortium condition 1 was met in relation to—

(a)the transferred company (as the company owned by a consortium as mentioned in section 188CF(1)(b)), and

(b)the surrendering company (as the company mentioned in section 188CF(1)(c)),

immediately before the change in ownership (“time T”).

(4)The relief given under section 188CK in respect of the transferred company's total profits of the claim period may not exceed the relief that would be available on the assumption that the claim is based on consortium condition 1 and the ownership proportion for the purposes of that condition is equal to the lowest of the following proportions—

(a)the proportion of the ordinary share capital of the transferred company that was beneficially owned by the surrendering company at time T,

(b)the proportion of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the transferred company to which the surrendering company was beneficially entitled at that time,

(c)the proportion of any assets of the transferred company available for distribution to such equity holders on a winding up to which the surrendering company would be beneficially entitled (as determined at that time), and

(d)the proportion of the voting power in the transferred company that was directly possessed by the surrendering company at that time.

(5)Subsection (8) applies in relation to a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses by the transferred company if conditions A and B are met.

(6)Condition A is that the claim is—

(a)for an accounting period ending after the change in ownership, and

(b)in respect of a a relevant pre-acquisition loss.

(7)Condition B is that consortium condition 2 was met in relation to—

(a)the transferred company (as the company owned by a consortium as mentioned in section 188CG(1)(b)), and

(b)the surrendering company (as the company mentioned in section 188CG(1)(c)),

immediately before the change in ownership (“time T”).

(8)The relief given under section 188CK in respect of the transferred company's total profits of the claim period may not exceed the relief that would be available on the assumption that the claim is based on consortium condition 2 and the ownership proportion for the purposes of that condition is equal to the lowest of the following proportions—

(a)the proportion of the ordinary share capital of the transferred company that was beneficially owned by the link company at time T,

(b)the proportion of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the transferred company to which the link company was beneficially entitled at that time,

(c)the proportion of any assets of the transferred company available for distribution to such equity holders on a winding up to which the link company would be beneficially entitled (as determined at that time), and

(d)the proportion of the voting power in the transferred company that was directly possessed by the link company at that time.

(9)For the purposes of this section—

(a)the accounting period of the surrendering company mentioned in subsection (3)(b) or (7)(b) (as the case may be) in which the change in ownership occurs is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with the change and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits or losses of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(10)Any apportionment under subsection (9)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two periods.

(11)In this section—

  • the link company” means the company which is the link company (see section 188CG(1)(d)) for the purposes of the meeting of consortium condition 2 as mentioned in subsection (7),

  • “the claim period” and “the surrendering company” has the same meaning as in Part 5A (see section 188FD(1)).

(12)Chapter 6 of Part 5 (equity holders and profits or assets available for distribution) applies for the purposes of subsections (4)(b) and (c) and (8)(b) and (c).

676CDCases where consortium condition 3 or 4 was previously met

(1)If the requirement in subsection (3) is met, section 676CB(3) does not prevent a company from making under section 188CC a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses falling within subsection (2).

(2)A claim falls within this subsection if it is—

(a)for an accounting period (“the claim period”) ending after the change in ownership, and

(b)in relation to an amount surrendered by the transferred company which is a relevant pre-acquisition loss and is attributable to an accounting period of that company specified in the claim (“the specified loss-making period”).

(3)The requirement is that consortium condition 3 or consortium condition 4 is met throughout a period which—

(a)begins before or during the specified loss-making period, and

(b)ends with or after the time when the change in ownership occurs.

(4)For the purposes of a claim by virtue of this section, section 188CC(3) has effect as if requirement 3 were omitted.

676CEExceptions to restrictions

(1)Nothing in section 676CB(3) or 676CC affects the giving of group relief for carried-forward losses by the making of a deduction under section 188CK(1) from total profits of the claimant company which arise after the 5th anniversary of the end of the accounting period of the transferred company in which the change in ownership occurs.

(2)Nothing in section 676CB(3) or 676CC affects the availability of relief under Part 5A if immediately before the change in ownership the group condition was met in relation to the transferred company and the claimant company.

But see also section 676CF.

(3)If an accounting period of the claimant company begins before, and ends after, the anniversary mentioned in subsection (1), then for the purposes of that subsection—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with that date and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits or losses of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(4)Any apportionment under subsection (3)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two periods.

(5)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

(6)In this section “the claimant company” has the same meaning as in Part 5A (see section 188FD(1)).

676CFCases where Chapter 2, 2A or 3 also applies

(1)This section applies if—

(a)Chapter 2 applies in relation to the change in ownership by virtue of condition A in section 673 being met,

(b)Chapter 2A applies in relation to the change in ownership, or

(c)Chapter 3 applies in relation to the change in ownership by virtue of condition B in section 677 being met.

(2)This section also applies if—

(a)the condition in subsection (1)(a) would be met if in subsection (4A) of section 719 (meaning of “change in the ownership of a company”) the reference to Chapter 2C included a reference to Chapter 2, or

(b)the condition in subsection (1)(c) would be met if in subsection (4A) of section 719 the reference to Chapter 2C included a reference to Chapter 3.

(3)Where the company in relation to which the major change mentioned in section 673(4), 676AA(3) or 677(3) has occurred would (apart from this section) be eligible under Part 5A to claim in respect of a relevant pre-acquisition loss group relief for carried-forward losses for an accounting period ending after the change in ownership, no deduction in respect of that loss may be made from affected profits under section 188CK.

See section 676CG for the meaning of “affected profits”.

(4)For the purposes of this section—

(a)the accounting period in which the change in ownership occurs is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with the change and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits or losses of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(5)Any apportionment under subsection (4)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two deemed accounting periods.

(6)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

676CG“Affected profits”

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of section 676CF.

(2)Profits of an accounting period ending after the change in ownership are “affected profits” if and so far as—

(a)they arise before the 5th anniversary of the end of the accounting period of the transferred company in which the change in ownership occurs, and

(b)they can fairly and reasonably be attributed to activities, or other sources of income, as a result of which, or partly as a result of which, the major change mentioned in section 673(4), 676AA(3) or 677(3) (as the case may be) has occurred.

(3)If an accounting period of the company in relation to which the major change mentioned in section 673(4), 676AA(3) or 677(3) has occurred begins before, and ends after, the anniversary mentioned in subsection (2), then for the purposes of that subsection—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with that date and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits or losses of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(4)Any apportionment under subsection (3)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two deemed accounting periods.

(5)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

676CH“Relevant pre-acquisition loss”

(1)In this Chapter “relevant pre-acquisition loss” means—

(a)a non-trading deficit from loan relationships for an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership carried forward to the surrender period under section 463G(6) of CTA 2009,

(b)a loss on intangible fixed assets so far as it is made up of amounts carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009 from one or more accounting periods beginning before the change in ownership,

(c)expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009 (carry forward of expenses of management of investment business) which were first deductible in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership,

(d)a loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 45A(3) (post- 1 April 2017 trade loss),

(e)a loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(b) or 63(3)(a) (loss made in UK property business),

(f)a loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 303B(2) or 303D(3) (post-1 April non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade),

(g)a BLAGAB trade loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 124A(2) or 124C(3) of FA 2012.

(2)In this section “the surrender period” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188BB(7).

676CIInterpretation of Chapter

(1)In this Chapter “co-transferred company” means any company which is related to the transferred company both immediately before and immediately after the change in ownership.

(2)For the purposes of this Chapter any two companies (“T”) and (“C”) are “related” to one another at any time when—

(a)the group condition is met in relation to T and C, or

(b)any of consortium conditions 1 to 4 is met in relation to T and C,

(whether on the assumption that T is the claimant company and C is the surrendering company or vice versa).

(3)In this Chapter—

  • “consortium condition 1” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CF,

  • “consortium condition 2” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CG,

  • “consortium condition 3” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CH,

  • “consortium condition 4” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CI,

  • “the group condition” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CE.

78U.K.After Chapter 2C insert—

CHAPTER 2DU.K.Asset transferred within group: Restriction of group relief for carried-forward losses
676DAIntroduction to Chapter

(1)This section applies if—

(a)there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the company”) on or after 1 April 2017, and

(b)the following are met—

  • conditions 1 and 2, or

  • condition 3.

(2)Condition 1 is that after the change in ownership the company acquires an asset from another company in circumstances such that—

(a)section 171 of TCGA 1992 (no gain/no loss transfer within a group), or

(b)section 775 of CTA 2009 (tax-neutral transfer within a group),

applies to the acquisition.

(3)Condition 2 is that—

(a)in a case within subsection (2)(a), a chargeable gain accrues to the company on a disposal of the asset within the period of 5 years beginning with the change in ownership, or

(b)in a case within subsection (2)(b), there is a non-trading chargeable realisation gain on the realisation of the asset within that period.

(4)Condition 3 is that a chargeable gain on a disposal of an asset within the period of 5 years beginning immediately after the change in ownership (or an amount of such a gain) is treated as accruing to the company by virtue of an election under section 171A of TCGA 1992 (notional transfers within a group).

(Accordingly, references in this Chapter to the accrual of a relevant gain are to be read in the light of section 171B(2) and (3) of TCGA 1992.)

(5)For the purposes of subsection (3), an asset (P) acquired by the company as mentioned in subsection (2) is treated as the same as an asset (Q) owned at a later time by the company if the value of Q is derived in whole or in part from P.

(6)In particular, P is treated as the same as Q for those purposes if—

(a)Q is a freehold,

(b)P was a leasehold, and

(c)the lessee has acquired the reversion.

(7)In this Chapter

  • the change in ownership” means the change in ownership mentioned in subsection (1),

  • the company” has the same meaning as in this section,

  • non-trading chargeable realisation gain” means a chargeable realisation gain (within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets)) which is a non-trading credit for the purposes of that Part (see section 746 of that Act),

  • realisation” has the meaning given by section 734 of CTA 2009, and

  • the relevant gain” means the gain (or amount of a gain) within subsection (3)(a) or (b) or (4).

676DBNotional split of accounting period in which change in ownership occurs

(1)This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2)The accounting period in which the change in ownership occurs (“the actual accounting period”) is treated as two separate accounting periods (“notional accounting periods”), the first ending with the change and the second consisting of the remainder of the period.

(3)Section 702 (apportionment of amounts) applies for the purposes of this Chapter as it applies for the purposes of Chapter 4.

(4)The amounts for the actual accounting period in column 1 of the table in section 702(2) are apportioned to the two notional accounting periods in accordance with section 702.

(5)In this Chapter, and in sections 702 and 703 as they apply by virtue of subsection (3), “the actual accounting period” and “notional accounting periods” have the same meaning as in this section.

676DCDisallowance of group relief for carried-forward losses

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of restricting relief under Chapter 3 of Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses).

(2)But this section applies only if, in accordance with the relevant provisions and section 702, an amount is included in respect of chargeable gains or, as the case may be, non-trading chargeable realisation gains in the total profits of the accounting period in which the relevant gain accrues or arises.

(3)In calculating the company's taxable total profits of the accounting period in which the relevant gain accrues or arises, a relevant pre-acquisition loss may not be deducted, as a result of section 188CK (group relief for carried-forward losses: deductions from total profits) from so much of the total profits of the accounting period as represents the relevant gain.

(4)Relevant pre-acquisition loss” means—

(a)a non-trading deficit from loan relationships for an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership carried forward to the surrender period under section 463G(6) of CTA 2009,

(b)a loss on intangible fixed assets so far as it is made up of amounts carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009 from one or more accounting periods beginning before the change in ownership,

(c)expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009 (carrying forward expenses of management and other amounts) which were first deductible in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership,

(d)a loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 45A(3) (post- 1 April 2017 trade loss);

(e)a loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(b) or 63(3)(a) (loss made in UK property business),

(f)a loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 303B(2) or 303D(3) (post-1 April non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade),

(g)a BLAGAB trade loss made in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership and carried forward to the surrender period under section 124A(2) or 124C(3) of FA 2012.

(5)In this section “the surrender period” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188BB(7).

676DDMeaning of “the relevant provisions”

In this Chapter “the relevant provisions” means—

(a)section 8(1) of, and Schedule 7A to, TCGA 1992 (amounts included in respect of chargeable gains in total profits), or

(b)Chapter 6 of Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets: how credits and debits are given effect).

676DEMeaning of “amount of profits which represents a relevant gain”

(1)In this Chapter, the amount of any profits which represents a relevant gain is found by comparing—

(a)the amount (“Y”) of the relevant gain, with

(b)the amount (“Z”) which is included in respect of chargeable gains or, as the case may be, non-trading chargeable realisation gains for the accounting period concerned.

(2)If Y does not exceed Z, the amount of the profits which represents the relevant gain equals Y.

(3)If Y exceeds Z, the amount of those profits equals Z.

79U.K.After Chapter 2D insert—

CHAPTER 2EU.K.Post-1 April 2017 trade losses: cases involving the transfer of a trade
676EAIntroduction to Chapter

(1)This Chapter applies if on or after 1 April 2017 there is a change in the ownership of a company (“the transferred company”).

(2)In this Chapter—

  • the change in ownership” means the change in ownership mentioned in subsection (1);

  • the transferred company” has the meaning given by subsection (1).

676EBRestriction on use of trade losses carried-forward on transfer of trade

(1)Subsection (2) applies if—

(a)the transferred company transfers a trade to another company (“the successor company”) within the period of 8 years beginning 3 years before the change in ownership,

(b)the transfer is a transfer to which Chapter 1 of Part 22 applies, and

(c)the transferred company and the successor company are not related to one another both immediately before the change in ownership and at the time of the transfer.

(2)A loss made by the transferred company in the transferred trade in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership may not be deducted under section 45A or 303C from the relevant profits of an accounting period of the successor company ending after the change in ownership.

(3)Profits of an accounting period of the successor company ending after the change in ownership are “relevant profits” if and so far as—

(a)they arise before the 5th anniversary of the end of the accounting period of the transferred company in which the change in ownership occurs, and

(b)they cannot fairly and reasonably be attributed to the carrying on by the successor company of the transferred trade.

(4)If an accounting period of the transferred company begins before, and ends after the change in ownership, then for the purposes of subsection (2)—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting period, the first ending with the change and the second consisting on the remainder of the period, and

(b)a loss made in the trade in the accounting period is apportioned to the two periods.

(5)If an accounting period of the successor company begins before, and ends after, the anniversary mentioned in subsection (3), then for the purposes of that subsection—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting periods, the first ending with that date and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(6)Any apportionment under subsection (4)(b) or (5)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two deemed accounting periods.

(7)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

676ECRestriction on surrender of trade losses carried forward on transfer of trade

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the transferred company or a co-transferred company transfers a trade to another company (“the successor company”) within the period of 8 years beginning 3 years before the change in ownership,

(b)the transfer is a transfer to which Chapter 1 of Part 22 applies, and

(c)another company (“the claimant company”) would, apart from this section, be eligible under Part 5A to make a relevant claim for group relief for carried-forward losses.

(2)For the purposes of this section a claim for group relief for carried forward-losses is a relevant claim if it is—

(a)for an accounting period ending after the change in ownership, and

(b)in respect of an amount surrendered by the successor company which is an amount of a loss—

(i)made in the trade by the transferred company or the co-transferred company in an accounting period beginning before the change in ownership, and

(ii)carried forward to the surrender period of the successor company under section 45A(3), 303B(2) or 303D(3).

(3)The general rule is that the relief is not available.

(4)Subsection (3) does not affect the giving of group relief for carried-forward losses by the making of a deduction under section 188CK(1) from the total profits of the claimant company which arise after the 5th anniversary of the end of the accounting period of the transferred company in which the change in ownership occurs.

(5)Subsection (3) does not affect the availability of relief under Part 5A if immediately before the change in ownership the group condition was met in relation to the claimant company and the transferred company.

(6)If an accounting period of the transferred company or co-transferred company begins before, and ends after the change in ownership, then for the purposes of subsection (2)(b)—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting period, the first ending with the change and the second consisting on the remainder of the period, and

(b)a loss made in the trade in the accounting period is apportioned to the two periods.

(7)If an accounting period of the claimant company begins before, and ends after, the anniversary mentioned in subsection (4), then for the purposes of that subsection—

(a)the accounting period is treated as two separate accounting period, the first ending with that date and the second consisting of the remainder of the period, and

(b)the profits of the accounting period are apportioned to the two periods.

(8)Any apportionment under subsection (6)(b) or (7)(b) is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the two deemed accounting periods.

(9)But if that method of apportionment would work unjustly or unreasonably in any case, such other method is to be used as is just and reasonable.

676EDIndirect transfers of a trade

(1)Subsections (2) and (3) apply if a trade transferred by the transferred company or a co-transferred company is transferred on a subsequent occasion to another company.

(2)The transferred company or (as the case may be) the co-transferred company is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter—

(a)as having transferred the trade to that other company, and

(b)as having done so at the time it was actually transferred to that other company.

(3)The deemed transfer is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter as a transfer to which Chapter 1 of Part 22 applies if the actual transfer to the other company was a transfer to which that Chapter applies.

(4)Subsections (5) and (6) apply if—

(a)a trade (“the original trade”) is transferred by the transferred company or a co-transferred company,

(b)the activities of the original trade are included in the activities of another trade (“the composite trade”), and

(c)the composite trade is transferred to another company.

(5)The transferred company or (as the case may be) the co-transferred company is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter—

(a)as having transferred the original trade to that other company, and

(b)as having done so at the time the composite trade was actually transferred to that other company.

(6)The deemed transfer is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter as a transfer to which Chapter 1 of Part 22 applies if the transfer of the composite trade to the other company was a transfer to which that Chapter applies.

676EEInterpretation of Chapter

(1)Section 940B (meaning of “transfer of trade” and related expressions) applies for the purposes of this Chapter as it applies for the purposes of Chapter 1 of Part 22.

(2)In this Chapter “co-transferred company” means any company which is related to the transferred company both immediately before and immediately after the change in ownership.

(3)For the purposes of this Chapter any two companies (“T”) and (“C”) are “related” to one another at any time when—

(a)the group condition is met in relation to T and C, or

(b)any of consortium conditions 1 to 4 is met in relation to T and C,

(whether on the assumption that T is the claimant company and C is the surrendering company or vice versa).

(4)In this Chapter—

  • “consortium condition 1” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CF,

  • “consortium condition 2” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CG,

  • “consortium condition 3” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CH,

  • “consortium condition 4” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CI,

  • “the group condition” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188CE.”

80(1)Section 677 (introduction to Chapter 3) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (3), for “6” substitute “ 8 ”.

(3)In subsection (5), for “6” substitute “ 8 ”.

(4)The amendments made by this paragraph do not have effect unless both the change in ownership referred in section 677(1) and the major change in the nature or conduct of a business referred to in section 677(3) occur on or after 1 April 2017.

81(1)Section 681 (restriction on relief for non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (3)(b), for “debit of” substitute “ loss on intangible fixed assets for ”.

82(1)Section 685 (apportionment of amounts) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), in column 1 of row 4 in the table, for the words from “of CTA 2009” to the end substitute “, 463G(6) or 463H(4) of CTA 2009.

(3)In subsection (2), in column 1 of row 6 of the table, for “debit of” substitute “ loss on intangible fixed assets for ”.

(4)Where the change in ownership referred to in section 677(1) occurs before 13 July 2017 this paragraph has effect as if sub-paragraph (2) provided as follows—

(2)In subsection (2), in column 1 of row 4 in the table, for the words from “of CTA 2009” to the end substitute “or 463G(6) of CTA 2009.

83(1)In section 690 (meaning of “significant increase in the amount of a company's capital: amount B), in subsection (3) for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.U.K.

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph does not have effect unless the change in ownership referred in section 677(1) occurs on or after 1 April 2017.

84(1)Section 692 (introduction to Chapter 4) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1), for paragraph (b) substitute—

(b)the following are met—

  • condition 1, and

  • conditions 2 and 3 or condition 4.

(3)In subsection (4)(a), for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

(4)After subsection (4) insert—

(4A)Condition 4 is that a chargeable gain on a disposal of an asset within the period of 5 years beginning immediately after the change in ownership (or an amount of such a gain) is treated as accruing to the company by virtue of an election under section 171A of TCGA 1992 (election to reallocate gain or loss to another member of the group).

(Accordingly, references in this Chapter to the accrual of a relevant gain are to be read in the light of section 171B(2) and (3) of TCGA 1992.)

(5)In subsection (7), in the definition of “the relevant gain”, for “within subsection (4)(a) or (b)” substitute “ (or amount of a gain) within subsection (4)(a) or (b) or (4A) ”.

(6)The amendments made by this paragraph do not have effect unless the change in ownership referred to in section 692(1) occurs on or after 1 April 2017.

85U.K.In section 696 (restriction of debits to be brought into account), in subsection (4)(b), after “461” insert “ or 463B(1)(a) ”.

86(1)Section 702 (apportionment of amounts) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), in column 1 of row 5 of the table, for the words from “of CTA 2009” to the end substitute “, 463G(6) or 463H(4) of CTA 2009.

(3)In subsection (2), in column 1 of row 7 of the table, for “debit of” substitute “ loss on intangible fixed assets for ”.

(4)Where the change in ownership referred to in section 692(1) occurs before 13 July 2017 this paragraph has effect as if sub-paragraph (2) provided as follows—

(2)In subsection (2), in column 1 of row 5 in the table, for the words from “of CTA 2009” to the end substitute “or 463G(6) of CTA 2009.

87(1)Section 704 (company carrying on UK property business) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

(3)In subsection (10), in the words after paragraph (b), for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

(4)The amendments made this paragraph do not have effect unless both the change in ownership referred in section 704(1) and the major change in the nature or conduct of a trade or business referred to in section 704(2) occur on or after 1 April 2017.

88(1)Section 705 (company carrying on overseas property business) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2), for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

(3)In subsection (9), in the words after paragraph (b), for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

(4)The amendments made by this paragraph do not have effect unless both the change in ownership referred in section 705(1) and the major change in the nature or conduct of a trade or business referred to in section 705(2) occur on or after 1 April 2017.

89U.K.In section 719 (meaning of “change of ownership of a company”), after subsection (4) insert—

(4A)For the purposes of Chapters 2A to 2D there is also a change in the ownership of a company (“C”) if, as a result of the acquisition by a person of a holding of the ordinary share capital of the company, the group condition (as defined in section 188CE) is met in relation to C and another company (“A”) (which was not a member of the same group of companies as C before the acquisition).

In this subsection the reference to membership of a group of companies is to be interpreted in accordance with section 188FB.

90U.K.In section 721 (when things other than ordinary share capital may be taken into account), in subsection (4), in the words before paragraph (a), after “2,” insert “ 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, ”.

91U.K.In section 727 (extended time limit for assessment) for “3” substitute “ 5 ”.

Deduction buyingU.K.

92(1)Section 730C of CTA 2010 is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)omit “or” at the end of paragraph (a),

(b)after paragraph (b) insert , or

(c)Chapter 3 of Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses).

(3)In subsection (3), for “A deductible amount that meets conditions A and B” substitute “ In the case of a relevant claim within subsection (2)(a) or (b), a deductible amount that meets conditions A and B (a “restricted deductible amount”) ”.

(4)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)A relevant claim within subsection (2)(c) may not be made in respect of a loss or other amount which has been carried forward under any provision mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (e) of section 188BB(1), so far as that amount is made up of an amount which was (in a previous accounting period) a restricted deductible amount.

(5)In subsection (4)—

(a)for “subsection (3) does” substitute “ subsections (3) and (3A) do ”, and

(b)for “the claim” substitute “ or as a result of, the claim concerned ”.

(6)After subsection (7) insert—

(7A)For the purposes of determining how much of an amount carried forward as mentioned in subsection (3A) is made up of an amount which was (in a previous accounting period) a restricted deductible amount, assume that in previous accounting periods amounts have been brought into account as deductions (see section 730B(2)) in the order that results in the greatest amount being excluded by subsection (3A).

(7)The amendments made by this paragraph do not have effect if the relevant day (as defined in section 730B(1) of CTA 2010) is before 1 April 2017.

PART 10 U.K.Northern Ireland trading losses etc

93U.K.Part 8B of CTA 2010 (trading profits taxable at the Northern Ireland rate) is amended as follows.

94U.K.In the italic heading before section 357JB for “section 37” substitute “ Chapter 2 of Part 4 ”.

95U.K.For sections 357JB to 357JE substitute—

357JBAvailability of relief

(1)The references in section 37 and sections 45A to 45F (relief for trade losses) to a loss are, where a company carrying on a trade in an accounting period has Northern Ireland losses of the trade or mainstream losses of the trade, references to those Northern Ireland losses or mainstream losses.

(2)If a company has a Northern Ireland loss and a mainstream loss in the same accounting period, sections 37 and 45A to 45F have effect in relation to each of those losses separately.

(3)If by reason of this section a company is entitled under section 37(2), 45A(5), 45B(5) or 45F(2) to make a claim in relation to a Northern Ireland loss (or an amount of such a loss) and a claim in relation to a mainstream loss (or an amount of such a loss), the company may make—

(a)one of those claims only, or

(b)both of those claims in either order.

(4)Where—

(a)relief is given under section 37, 45A, 45B or 45F for a Northern Ireland loss (or an amount of such a loss), and

(b)the profits against which the relief is given includes some profits of the trade that are Northern Ireland profits and some that are not,

the relief is given first, so far as possible, against the Northern Ireland profits.

(5)Where—

(a)relief is given under section 37, 45, 45A, 45B or 45F for a loss (or an amount of a loss) that is not a Northern Ireland loss, and

(b)the profits against which the relief is given include some profits of the trade that are Northern Ireland profits and some that are not,

the relief is given first, so far as possible, against the profits that are not Northern Ireland profits.

357JCRestriction on deductions

(1)Subsection (2) applies where—

(a)relief is given under section 37 for a Northern Ireland loss (“the loss”),

(b)the profits against which the relief is given include profits that are not Northern Ireland profits, and

(c)at any time during the accounting period for which the relief is given (“the profit period”) the Northern Ireland rate is lower than the main rate.

(2)The reference in section 37(4) to “the amount of the loss” is to the restricted deduction for the loss, as determined under section 357JJ (restricted deduction where Northern Ireland rate lower than main rate).

(3)Subsection (4) applies where—

(a)relief is given under section 45A, 45B or 45F for an amount of a Northern Ireland loss (“the loss”),

(b)the profits against which the relief is given include profits that are not Northern Ireland profits, and

(c)at any time during the accounting period for which the relief is given (“the profit period”), the Northern Ireland rate is lower than the main rate.

(4)The reference in section 45A(6), 45B(4) or (as the case may be) 45F(5) to “the unrelieved amount” is to so much of that amount as is equal to the restricted deduction for the loss, as determined under section 357JJ.

96U.K.After section 357JH insert—

Loss relief in relation to Northern Ireland profits and losses: Part 5AU.K.

357JHAAvailability of relief

(1)The reference in section 188BB(1)(a) (group relief for carried-forward losses: surrendering of carried-forward losses and other amounts) to a loss carried forward to an accounting period of a company under section 45A(4) is, where a company has Northern Ireland losses or mainstream losses carried forward to an accounting period under that section, a reference to those Northern Ireland losses or mainstream losses.

(2)Where—

(a)a company makes a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A in relation to a surrenderable amount that is a Northern Ireland loss, and

(b)the profits against which the relief is claimed include some profits that are Northern Ireland profits and some that are not,

the relief in relation to that surrenderable amount is given first, so far as possible, against the Northern Ireland profits.

(3)Where—

(a)a company makes a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A in relation to a surrenderable amount that is not a Northern Ireland loss, and

(b)the profits against which the relief is claimed include some profits that are Northern Ireland profits and some that are not,

the relief in relation to that surrenderable amount is given first, so far as possible, against the profits that are not Northern Ireland profits.

357JHBRestriction on deductions

(1)Subsection (2) applies where—

(a)a company makes a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A in relation to a surrenderable amount that is a Northern Ireland loss (“the loss”),

(b)the profits against which the relief is claimed include profits that are not Northern Ireland profits, and

(c)at any time during the accounting period for which the relief is claimed (“the profit period”), the Northern Ireland rate is lower than the main rate.

(2)In section 188CK(2) and (4) (amount of deduction)—

(a)the reference in paragraph (a) to “an amount equal to” the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts is, so far as those surrenderable amounts comprise the loss, to the restricted deduction for the loss, as determined under section 357JJ (restricted deduction where Northern Ireland rate lower than main rate);

(b)the reference in paragraph (b) to “an amount equal to” part of the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts is, so far as that part comprises the loss, to the restricted deduction for the loss, as determined under section 357JJ.

357JHCModifications of Chapter 4 of Part 5A

(1)Chapter 4 of Part 5A (limitations on group relief for carried-forward losses: claims under section 188CB) has effect, in relation to a claim under section 188CB in relation to surrenderable amounts that include a Northern Ireland loss, subject to the following provisions of this section.

(2)In section 188DB(1) (limitation on amount of group relief for carried-forward losses applying to all claims under section 188CB)—

(a)paragraphs (a) and (b) are treated as imposing separate limits;

(b)the limit in paragraph (a) on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CB has effect as a limit on the amount of losses and other surrenderable amounts in relation to which relief is to be given on the claim;

(c)the limit in paragraph (b) on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CB has effect as a limit on the amount of the deduction to be made as a result of the claim.

(3)In section 188DC(6)(b) (unused part of the surrenderable amounts), and in section 188DF(2) so far as it applies in relation to section 188DC, references to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a claim are to the amount of losses and other surrenderable amounts in relation to which relief is given on the claim.

(4)In section 188DE(4)(b) (previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses), and in section 188DF(2) so far as it applies in relation to section 188DE, references to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a claim are to the amount of the deduction made as a result of the claim.

(5)In section 188DH (limitation on group relief for carried-forward losses where claim under section 188CB is based on consortium condition 1), the limit in subsection (2) on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim has effect as a limit on the amount of the deduction to be made as a result of the claim.

(6)In section 188DL (limitation on group relief for carried-forward losses where claim under section 188CB is made by member of a group of companies)—

(a)the reference in subsection (3)(a) to the maximum amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that could be claimed by the claimant company has effect as a reference to the maximum amount of the deduction that could be made as a result of claims by the claimant company, and

(b)the reference in subsection (3)(b) to the maximum amount of group relief under Part 5 that could be claimed by the claimant company has effect as a reference to the maximum amount of the deduction that could be made as a result of claims by the claimant company.

357JHDModifications of Chapter 5 of Part 5A

(1)Chapter 5 of Part 5A (limitations on group relief for carried-forward losses: claims under section 188CC) has effect, in relation to a claim under section 188CC in relation to surrenderable amounts that include a Northern Ireland loss, subject to the following provisions of this section.

(2)In section 188EB(1) (limitation on amount of group relief for carried-forward losses applying to all claims under section 188CC)—

(a)paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) are treated as imposing separate limits;

(b)the limit in paragraph (a) on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CC has effect as a limit on the amount of losses and other surrenderable amounts in relation to which relief is to be given on the claim;

(c)the limits in paragraphs (b) and (c) on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CC have effect as limits on the amount of the deduction to be made as a result of the claim.

(3)In section 188EC(6) and (8)(b) (unused part of the surrenderable amounts attributable to the specified-loss making period), and in section 188EG(2) so far as it applies in relation to section 188EC, references to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a claim are to the amount of losses and other surrenderable amounts in relation to which relief is given on the claim.

(4)In section 188EE(4)(b) (previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses), and in section 188EG(2) so far as it applies in relation to section 188EE, references to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a claim are to the amount of the deduction made as a result of the claim.

(5)In section 188EI (condition 4: companies in link company's group), the limit in subsections (2) and (3) on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim has effect as a limit on the amount of the deduction to be made as a result on the claim.

(6)In section 188EK (condition 3 or 4: surrendering company in group of companies), the reference in subsection (4) to the maximum amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that could be given has effect as a reference to the maximum amount of losses and other surrenderable amounts in relation to which relief could be given.

97U.K.In section 357JJ (restricted deduction: Northern Ireland rate lower than main rate)—

(a)in subsection (1) for “357JC(2), 357JE(2) or 357JG(2)” substitute “ 357JC(2) or (4), 357JG(2) or 357JHB(2) ”, and

(b)in subsection (6) for “section 357JC(1), 357JE(1) or 357JG(1)” substitute “ 357JC(1) or (3), 357JG(1) or 357JHB(1) ”.

98U.K.In section 357RF (losses of film trade: restriction on use of losses while film is in production) in subsection (2) for “subsection (2)” substitute “ subsections (2) and (3) ”.

99U.K.In section 357RG (losses of film trade: use of losses in later periods) in subsection (3) after “subsections (5)” insert “ , (5A) ”.

100U.K.In section 357SF (losses of television programme trade: restriction on use of losses while programme in production) in subsection (2) for “subsection (2)” substitute “ subsections (2) and (3) ”.

101U.K.In section 357SG (losses of television programme trade: use of losses in later periods) in subsection (3) after “subsections (5)” insert “ , (5A) ”.

102U.K.In section 357TF (losses of video game trade: restriction on use of losses while video game in development) in subsection (2) for “subsection (2)” substitute “ subsections (2) and (3) ”.

103U.K.In section 357TG (losses of video game trade: use of losses in later periods) in subsection (3) after “subsections (5)” insert “ , (5A) ”.

104U.K.In section 357UF (losses of theatrical trade: restriction on use of losses before completion period) in subsection (2) for “subsection (2)” substitute “ subsections (2) and (3) ”.

105U.K.In section 357UO (losses of orchestral trade: restriction on use of losses before completion period) in subsection (2) for “subsection (2)” substitute “ subsections (2) and (3) ”.

PART 11 U.K.Minor and consequential amendments

ICTAU.K.

106(1)Section 826 of ICTA (interest on tax overpaid) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)After subsection (7A) insert—

(7AA)In any case where—

(a)a company ceases to carry on a trade in an accounting period (“the terminal period”),

(b)as a result of a claim under section 45F of CTA 2010, the whole or any part of a loss made in the trade is relieved for the purposes of corporation tax against profits (of whatever description) of an earlier accounting period (“the earlier period”) which does not fall wholly within the period of 12 months immediately preceding the terminal period, and

(c)a repayment falls to be made of corporation tax paid for the earlier period or of income tax in respect of a payment received by the company in that accounting period,

then, in determining the amount of interest (if any) payable under this section on the repayment referred to in paragraph (c) above, no account shall be taken of so much of the amount of that repayment as falls to be made as a result of the claim under section 45F, except so far as concerns interest for any time after the date on which any corporation tax for the terminal period became (or, as the case may be, would have become) due and payable, as mentioned in subsection (7D) below).

(3)In subsection (7D) (meaning of references to the date on which corporation tax became payable) after “(7A),” insert “ (7AA), ”.

(4)In subsection (7E) (power conferred by section 59E of TMA 1970 not to include power to change the meaning of references to the date on which corporation tax became payable) after “(7A),” insert “ (7AA) ”.

FA 1998U.K.

107U.K.Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns, assessments and related matters) is amended in accordance with paragraphs 108 to 122.

108U.K.In paragraph 61(1)(c) (consequential claims etc arising out of certain Revenue amendments or assessments), in the words in brackets, after “relief” insert “ or group relief for carried-forward losses ”.

109U.K.In the heading of Part 8 (claims for group relief) at the end insert “ and group relief for carried-forward losses ”.

110U.K.For paragraph 66 (introduction to Part 8) substitute—

66(1)This Part of this Schedule applies to—

(a)claims for group relief under Part 5 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010, and

(b)claims for group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of that Act.

(2)In this Part of this Schedule (except where otherwise indicated)—

(a)references to “relief” are to either of those forms of relief, and

(b)references to “a claim” are to a claim for either of those forms of relief.

111U.K.In paragraph 67 (claim to be included in company tax return) omit “for group relief”.

112(1)Paragraph 68 (content of claims) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In sub-paragraph (1), in the words before paragraph (a), omit “for group relief”.

(3)After sub-paragraph (4) insert—

(5)A claim for group relief for carried-forward losses made under section 188CB of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 must also state whether or not there is a company mentioned in sub-paragraph (6) that was not resident in the United Kingdom in either or both of the following periods—

(a)the accounting period of the surrendering company to which the claim relates,

(b)the corresponding accounting period of the claimant company.

(6)Those companies are the claimant company, the surrendering company and any other company by reference to which—

(a)the claimant company and the surrendering company are members of the same group,

(b)consortium condition 1 in section 188CF or consortium condition 2 in section 188CG of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 is satisfied in the case of the claimant company and the surrendering company.

(7)A claim for group relief for carried forward-losses made under section 188CC of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 must also state whether or not there is a company mentioned in sub-paragraph (8) that was not resident in the United Kingdom in any or all of the following periods—

(a)the specified loss-making period of the surrendering company,

(b)the accounting period of the surrendering company to which the surrender relates,

(c)the accounting period of the claimant company that corresponds with the period mentioned in paragraph (b).

(8)Those companies are the claimant company, the surrendering company and any other company by reference to which consortium condition 3 in section 188CH or consortium condition 4 in section 188CI is satisfied in the case of the claimant company and the surrendering company.

113(1)Paragraph 69 (claims for more or less than the amount available for surrender) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) omit “for group relief”.

(3)In subsection (3), in the first step, after “Part 5” insert “ or (as the case may be) Part 5A ”.

114(1)Paragraph 70 (consent to surrender) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For sub-paragraph (1) substitute—

(1)In accordance with Requirement 1 in section 130(2), 135(2), 188CB(3) or (as the case may be) 188CC(3) of the Corporation Tax Act 2010, a claim requires the consent of the surrendering company.

(3)In sub-paragraph (4) omit “for group relief”.

(4)In sub-paragraph (6)—

(a)after “means” insert

(a)”,

(b)at the end insert— ,

(b)a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under section 188CB of that Act based on consortium condition 1 or 2 (see Requirement 3 in that section), and

(c)a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under section 188CC of that Act based on consortium condition 3 or 4 (see Requirement 3 in that section).

115U.K.In Paragraph 71 (notice of consent) after sub-paragraph (1) insert—

(1A)Notice of consent given in respect of a claim for carried-forward losses made under section 188CC of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 must also state which accounting period of the surrendering company is the specified loss-making period.

Otherwise the notice is ineffective.

116U.K.After paragraph 71 insert—

Notice of consent: additional requirements where claim is for group relief for carried-forward lossesU.K.

71A(1)Where notice of consent by the surrendering company is given in respect of a claim for carried-forward losses, the notice must comply with the additional requirements in this paragraph.

Otherwise the notice is ineffective.

(2)The notice must identify the particular losses and other amounts carried forward to the surrender period that are to be treated as surrendered in satisfaction of the claim.

(3)The notice must identify a loss or other amount by specifying—

(a)the provision of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 or the Corporation Tax Act 2010 under which it was carried forward to the surrender period, and

(b)in a case where the surrendering company is owned by a consortium, the accounting period of the surrendering company to which the loss or other amount is attributable.

(4)Section 153 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (companies owned by consortiums) applies for the purposes of this paragraph.

117(1)Paragraph 72 (notice of consent requiring amendment of return) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For sub-paragraph (1) substitute—

(1)Where notice of consent by the surrendering company relates to a loss or other amount in respect of which corporation tax relief has been given to the company for any accounting period, the company must at the same time amend its company tax return for that accounting period so as to reflect the notice of consent.

(3)Omit sub-paragraph (2).

(4)In sub-paragraph (3) omit “or (2)”.

(5)In sub-paragraph (4) omit “or (2)”.

118(1)Paragraph 73 (withdrawal or amendment of claim) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In sub-paragraph (1) omit “for group relief”.

(3)In sub-paragraph (2) omit “for group relief”.

119(1)Paragraph 74 (time limit for claims) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In sub-paragraph (1), in the words before paragraph (a), omit “for group relief”.

(3)In sub-paragraph (2) omit “for group relief”.

(4)In sub-paragraph (3) omit “for group relief”.

(5)In sub-paragraph (4) omit “for group relief” in both places those words occur.

120(1)Paragraph 75A (assessment on other claimant companies) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In sub-paragraph (2) omit “group”.

(3)In sub-paragraph (6) omit “for group relief”.

121(1)Paragraph 76 (assessment to recover excessive relief) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the italic heading omit “group”.

(3)In sub-paragraph (1) omit “group”.

122(1)Paragraph 77 (joint amended returns) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In sub-paragraph (1)—

(a)in paragraph (a) omit “for group relief”, and

(b)in paragraph (b) omit “group” in the second and third places that word occurs.

(3)In sub-paragraph (3), in paragraph (a), omit “for group relief”.

CAA 2001U.K.

123U.K.CAA 2001 is amended as follows.

124(1)Section 212Q (restrictions on capital allowance buying when there are postponed allowances) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (4) after “37,” insert “ 45A, ”.

(3)In subsection (6)—

(a)after “may not be set off” insert “ by a company (“the claimant company”) ”,

(b)after “CTA 2010” insert “ or group relief for carried forward losses in accordance with Part 5A of CTA 2010 ”, and

(c)omit “by a company (“the claimant company”)”.

125U.K.In section 138 (deferment of balancing charge arising when there is a disposal event in respect of a ship: limit on amount of deferral) in subsection (2)(b) after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”.

126U.K.In Schedule A1 (first-year tax credits) in paragraph 20 (list of provisions to which restriction on carrying forward losses applies) in paragraph (a) for “section 45” substitute “ sections 45, 45A and 45B ”.

Energy Act 2004U.K.

127U.K.In section 27 of the Energy Act 2004 (tax exemption for NDA activities) in subsection (1)(b) for the words from “relieved” to the end substitute

(i)relieved under section 37, 45, 45A, 45B or 45F of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (relief for trading losses),

(ii)surrendered under Part 5 of that Act (group relief), or

(iii)surrendered under Part 5A of that Act (group relief for carried-forward losses).

CTA 2009U.K.

128U.K.CTA 2009 is amended as follows.

129U.K.In section 39(3) (losses of mines, quarries and other concerns)—

(a)omit “and”, and

(b)after “(group relief)” insert “ and Part 5A of that Act (group relief for carried forward losses) ”.

130(1)Section 364 (group relief claims involving impaired or released consortium debts) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (4) at the end insert , and

group relief” means—

(a)group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010 (see section 97(2) of that Act), and

(b)group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of CTA 2010 (see section 188AA(4) of that Act).

(3)In subsection (5) for “or 144” substitute “ , 144 or 188DH ”.

131U.K.In section 371 (group relief claims involving impaired or released consortium debts: interpretation) for the definition of “group relief” substitute—

group relief” has the meaning given by section 364(4),.

132U.K.In section 387 (treatment of deficit on basic life assurance and general annuity business: introduction) in subsection (1) for “Chapter 16” substitute “ Chapters 16 and 16A ”.

133(1)Section 1048 (treatment of deemed trading loss under section 1045) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1) at the end insert “ (“the deemed loss-making period”) ”.

(3)In subsection (3)—

(a)before paragraph (a) insert—

(za)the deemed loss-making period begins before 1 April 2017,

(b)in paragraph (a) for “the accounting period” substitute “ the deemed loss-making period ”.

(4)After subsection (4) insert—

(4A)Subsection (4B) applies if—

(a)the deemed loss-making period begins on or after 1 April 2017,

(b)the company—

(i)begins to carry on a trade in the deemed loss-making period which it continues to carry on in the following accounting period, or

(ii)begins to carry on a trade in an accounting period after the deemed-loss making period, and

(c)the trade is derived from the research and development in relation to which the relief mentioned in subsection (1) was obtained.

(4B)In that case, so far as—

(a)the company has not obtained relief in respect of the trading loss under any other provision, and

(b)the loss has not been surrendered under Part 5 of CTA 2010 (group relief) (surrender of relief to group or consortium members),

the trading loss is to be treated as if it were a loss of that trade brought forward under the relevant provision (see subsection (4C)) to the relevant period (see subsection (4D).

(4C)In subsection (4B) “the relevant provision” is—

(a)section 45A(4) of CTA 2010 if—

(i)the trade is not a ring fence trade within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (see section 277 of that Act), and

(ii)relief under section 37 of CTA 2010 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 of that Act for a loss (assuming there was one) made in the trade in the relevant period (see subsection (4D), and

(b)section 45B(2) of CTA 2010 if either of the conditions in paragraph (a) is not met.

(4D)In subsection (4B) and (4C) “the relevant period” means—

(a)in a case where the company began the trade in the deemed loss-making period and continued to carry on the trade in the following accounting period, that following accounting period, and

(b)in a case where the company began the trade in an accounting period after the deemed loss-making period, the accounting period in which the company began the trade.

(5)In subsection (5) for “Subsection (4) is” substitute “ Subsections (4) and (4B) are ”.

134U.K.In section 1056 (amount of trading loss which is “unrelieved”)—

(a)in subsection (2)(c) after “Part 5” insert “ or Part 5A ”, and

(b)in subsection (3)(a) after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”.

135U.K.In section 1062(2) (restriction on losses carried forward where R&D tax credit claimed)—

(a)for “section 45” substitute “ sections 45, 45A and 45B ”, and

(b)omit “trading” in the second place that word occurs.

136U.K.In section 1116 (meaning of “the actual reduction in tax liability”) in subsection (4) after “Part 5” insert “ or Part 5A ”.

137U.K.In section 1153 (amount of loss which is “unrelieved”)—

(a)in subsection (1)(c) after “Part 5” insert “ or Part 5A ”, and

(b)in subsection (2)(a) after “45” insert “ , 45A, 45B ”.

138U.K.In section 1158(2) (restriction on losses carried forward where land remediation tax credit claimed)—

(a)for “section 45” substitute “ sections 45, 45A and 45B ”, and

(b)omit “trading” in the second place that word occurs.

139U.K.In section 1201 (film tax credit claimable if company has surrenderable loss) in subsection (2B)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

140U.K.In section 1216CH (television tax credit claimable if company has surrenderable loss) in subsection (4)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

141U.K.In section 1217CH (video game tax credit claimable if company has surrenderable loss) in subsection (4)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

142U.K.In section 1217KA (theatre tax credits: amount of surrenderable loss) in subsection (3)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

143U.K.In section 1217RH (orchestra tax credits: amount of surrenderable loss) in subsection (3)(b) after “45” insert “ or 45B ”.

144U.K.In section 1223 (carry forward expenses of management and other amounts), in subsection (1)(b), after sub-paragraph (i) (as inserted by paragraph 6(2)(b)) insert—

(ii)section 269ZD of CTA 2010 (restrictions on deductions from total profits) has effect for the accounting period, or

(iii).

CTA 2010U.K.

145U.K.CTA 2010 is amended as follows.

146(1)Section 1 (overview of Act) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2) (list of reliefs provided by Parts 4 to 7) after paragraph (f) insert—

(fa)group relief for carried-forward losses (see Part 5A),

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)Part 7ZA contains provision restricting the amount of certain deductions which may be made in calculating the profits of a company on which corporation tax is chargeable.

147(1)Section 17 (interpretation of Chapter 4 of Part 2) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2) (meaning of “carried-back amount”)—

(a)after paragraph (a) insert—

(aa)an amount carried back under section 45F (relief for terminal trade losses),, and

(b)in paragraph (c) after “459(1)(b)” insert “ or 463B(1)(b) ”.

(3)In subsection (3) (meaning of “carried-forward amount”)—

(a)in paragraph (a) after “forward of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”,

(b)after paragraph (a) insert—

(aa)an amount carried forward under section 45A (carry forward of post 1-April 2017 trade loss against total profits),

(ab)an amount carried forward under section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent trade profits),, and

(c)in paragraph (i) after “457(3)” insert “ , 463G(6) or 463H(4) ”.

148(1)Section 46 (use of trade-related interest and dividends if insufficient trade profits) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For subsection (1) substitute—

(1)This section applies if in an accounting period a company carrying on a trade makes a loss in the trade and either—

(a)relief for the loss could be given in a later accounting period under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4) but for the fact that there are no profits of the trade of the later accounting period, or

(b)the amount of relief for the loss that could be given in a later accounting period under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4) is limited by reason of the amount of profits of the trade of the later accounting period.

(3)In subsection (2) at the beginning insert “ For the purposes of section 45 and 45B, ”.

149U.K.In section 47 (registered societies), in subsection (1), for “section 45” substitute “ sections 45 and 45B ”.

150U.K.In section 53 (leasing contracts and company reconstructions), in subsection (1)(e), for “or 45” substitute “ , 45, 45A or 45B ”.

151U.K.In section 54 (non-UK resident company: receipts of interest, dividends or royalties), in subsection (2), for “or 45” substitute “ , 45, 45A or 45B ”.

152(1)Section 56 (restriction on reliefs for limited partners) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)in paragraph (a) after “37” insert “ or 45A ”,

(b)omit “or” at the end of paragraph (a), and

(c)after paragraph (b) insert , or

(c)under Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses).

(3)In subsection (4)—

(a)after “37” insert “ or 45A ”, and

(b)after “5” insert “ or 5A ”.

153(1)Section 59 (restriction on relief for members of LLPs) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)in paragraph (a) after “37” insert “ or 45A ”,

(b)omit “or” at the end of paragraph (a), and

(c)after paragraph (b) insert , or

(c)under Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses).

(3)In subsection (4)—

(a)after “37” insert “ or 45A ”, and

(b)after “5” insert “ or 5A ”.

154(1)Section 61 (unrelieved losses of member of LLP brought forward) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1), in the words before paragraph (a), for “This section” substitute “ Subsection (2) ”.

(3)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)Subsection (2B) applies if—

(a)a company (“the member company”) carries on a trade as a member of an LLP at a time during an accounting period (“the current period”), and

(b)as a result of section 59, relief under section 45A or Part 5A (group relief for carried forward losses) has not been given for an amount of loss made in the trade by the member company as a member of the LLP in a previous accounting period.

(2B)For the purposes of determining the relief under section 45A or Part 5A to be given to any company, the amount of loss is treated as having been made by the member company in the current period so far as it is not excluded by subsection (3) or (4).

(4)In subsection (3)—

(a)after “37” insert “ or 45A ”, and

(b)after “Part 5” insert “ or Part 5A ”.

155(1)Chapter 4 of Part 4 (property losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 65 (UK furnished holiday lettings business treated as trade) for subsection (4A) substitute—

(4A)Chapter 2 applies as if the following were omitted—

(a)sections 37 to 44,

(b)the words “beginning before 1 April 2017” in section 45(1),

(c)sections 45A to 45H, and

(d)sections 48 to 54.

(4B)Any deduction made under section 45(4)(b) from the profits of the trade treated as carried on under this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

(3)In section 67A (EEA furnished holiday lettings business treated as trade) for subsection (5) substitute—

(5)Chapter 2 applies as if the following were omitted—

(a)sections 37 to 44,

(b)the words “beginning before 1 April 2017” in section 45(1),

(c)sections 45A to 45H, and

(d)sections 48 to 54.

(5A)Any deduction made under section 45(4)(b) from the profits of the trade treated as carried on under this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

156(1)Section 95 (write-off of government investment: meaning of “carry forward losses”) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1), in Type 1, after “45,” insert “ 45A, 45B, ”.

(3)In subsection (2) after “(group relief)” insert “ or Part 5A (group relief for carried forward losses) ”.

157U.K.In section 99 (surrendering of losses and other amounts) in subsection (1)(c) after “16” insert “ or 16A ”.

158U.K.In section 104 (meaning of “non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets” for purposes of section 99(1)(g)), for subsection (2) substitute—

(2)But it does not include a loss treated as a non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets for the surrender period as a result of section 753(3) of CTA 2009.

159U.K.In section 137 (giving of group relief: deduction from total profits) in subsection (5) (list of deductions to be made after group relief is given)—

(a)omit “and” at the end of paragraph (b),

(b)in paragraph (c) for “or 459” substitute “ , 459 or 463B ”, and

(c)after paragraph (c) insert , and

(d)under section 188CK (giving of group relief for carried-forward losses: deductions from total profits).

160U.K.In section 189(2) (relief for qualifying charitable donations) at the end insert “ and group relief for carried-forward losses ”.

161U.K.In section 269DA (surcharge on banking companies) in subsection (2) (calculation of “surcharge profits”)—

(a)in the formula, after “NBGR+” insert “ NBGRCF+ ”, and

(b)after the definition of “NBGR” insert—

“NBGRCF” is the amount (if any) of non-banking group relief for carried-forward losses that is given in determining those taxable total profits (see section 269DBA);.

162U.K.After section 269DB insert—

269DBAMeaning of “non-banking group relief for carried-forward losses”

(1)In section 269DA(2) “non-banking group relief for carried-forward losses” means group relief for carried-forward losses that relates to losses or other amounts that the surrendering company has for a surrender period in relation to which it is not a banking company.

(2)In this section “surrendering company” and “surrender period” have the same meaning as in Part 5A (see section 188FD).

163(1)Section 269DC (surcharge on banking companies: meaning of “non-banking or pre-2016 loss relief) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (3)(b)—

(a)after “45” insert “ , 45A or 45B ”, and

(b)omit “trade” in the second place that word occurs.

(3)In subsection (4)(b)—

(a)after “457” insert “ , 463G or 463H ”, and

(b)omit “non-trading”.

(4)Omit subsection (5).

164U.K.In section 385 (sales of lessors: no carry back of loss against the income) in subsection (2) after “periods)” insert “ or section 45F (relief for terminal trade losses) ”.

165U.K.In section 398D (sales of lessors: restrictions on use of losses etc) after subsection (2) insert—

(2A)Group relief for carried-forward losses is not to be given under Part 5A against so much of the total profits of A as are attributable to the carrying on of the relevant activity.

166U.K.In section 427 (sales of lessors: no carry back of loss against the income) in subsection (2) after “periods)” insert “ or section 45F (relief for terminal trade losses) ”.

167(1)Chapter 5 of Part 9 (sales of lessors: anti-avoidance provisions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 432 (introduction to section 433)—

(a)in subsection (1), in the words before paragraph (a), for “Section 433 applies” substitute “ Sections 433 and 433A apply ”, and

(b)in subsection (2) after “that section” insert “ and section 433A ”.

(3)In section 433 (restrictions on relief for expenses treated as incurred under Chapter 3 or 4)—

(a)in subsection (3)—

(i)in paragraph (a) after “of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”,

(ii)after that paragraph insert—

(ab)section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent trade profits),

(b)in subsection (5) after “profits)” insert “ or section 45A (carry forward of trade loss against total profits) ”, and

(c)in subsection (6)—

(i)after “set off” insert

(a), and

(ii)at the end insert , or

(b)by way of group relief for carried-forward losses in accordance with Chapter 2 of Part 5A (surrender of company's carried forward losses).

(4)After section 433 insert—

433ARestrictions not applying to the restricted loss amount

(1)Any deduction made under section 45 or 45B in respect of the restricted loss amount is to be ignored for the purposes of the restriction in section 269ZB (restriction on sum of deductions from trading profits).

(2)Any deduction made under section 62 or 63 in respect of the restricted loss amount is to be ignored for the purposes of the restriction in section 269ZD (restriction on sum of deductions from total profits).

168U.K.In section 599 (real estate investment trusts: calculation of profits) after subsection (8) insert—

(9)No account is to be taken of Part 7ZA of this Act (restrictions on obtaining certain deductions in respect of carried-forward losses).

169U.K.In section 601 (availability of group reliefs to a group UK REIT) in subsection (2)—

(a)omit “and” at the end of paragraph (f), and

(b)after paragraph (g) insert , and

(h)Part 5A of this Act (group relief for carried-forward losses).

170U.K.In section 705E (shell companies: restriction on relief for non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets), in subsection (3)(b), for “debit of” substitute “ loss on intangible fixed assets for ”.

171U.K.In section 705F(2) (shell companies: apportionment of amounts), in column 1 of the table—

(a)in row 4, after “457(1)” insert “ , 463G or 463H ”,

(b)in row 4, omit “basic rule for deficits:”,

(c)in row 5, omit from “, but excluding” to the end, and

(d)in row 6, omit from “and treated” to the end.

172U.K.In section 730C (disallowance of deductible amounts: relevant claims) in subsection (2) (meaning of “relevant claim”)—

(a)omit “or” at the end of paragraph (a),

(b)after paragraph (a) insert—

(aa)section 45A (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits), and

(c)after paragraph (b) insert , or

(c)Chapter 3 of Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses).

173(1)Section 888 (restrictions on leasing partnership losses) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (3) after “37” insert “ or 45A ”.

(3)In subsection (4)—

(a)after “set off” insert

(a)”, and

(b)at the end insert , or

(b)by way of group relief for carried-forward losses in accordance with Chapter 2 of Part 5A (surrender of company's carried-forward losses etc).

(4)In subsection (6) in the definition of “relevant loss relief provision”—

(a)in paragraph (a) after “of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”, and

(b)after that paragraph insert—

(ab)section 45B (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against subsequent trade profits),.

174(1)Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)At the appropriate places insert—

the claimant company (in Part 5A)section 188FD
the claim period (in Part 5A)section 188FD
company (in Part 5A)section 188FD
“group relief for carried-forward losses”section 188AA(4)
holding company (in Part 5A)section 188FC(2)
member of a consortium (in Part 5A)section 153(2) (applied by section 188FB)
member of the same group of companies (in Part 5A)section 152 (applied by section 188FB)
owned by a consortium (in Part 5A)section 153(1) and (3) (applied by section 188FB)
profits (in Part 5A)section 188FD
“the specified loss-making period” (in Part 5A)section 188FD
75% subsidiary (in Part 5A)section 151 (applied by section 188FB)
the surrenderable amounts (in Part 5A)section 188FD
the surrendering company (in Part 5A)section 188FD
the surrender period (in Part 5A)section 188FD
trade (in Part 5A)section 188FD
trading company (in Part 5A)section 188FC(1)

(3)In the entry for “75% subsidiary (except in Part 5)” after “Part 5” insert “ and Part 5A ”.

TIOPA 2010U.K.

175U.K.TIOPA 2010 is amended as follows.

176U.K.In section 54 (double taxation relief by way of credit: non-trading debits on loan relationships) in subsection (7)—

(a)in paragraph (b) of the definition of “carry-back claim”, after “459(1)(b)” insert “ or 463B(1)(b) ”,

(b)in paragraph (b) of the definition of “carry-forward provision”, after “457(1)” insert “ , 463G(5) or 463H(4) ”, and

(c)in paragraph (b) of the definition of “current-year provision or claim”, after “459(1)(a)” insert “ or 463B(1)(a) ”.

177U.K.In section 55 (double taxation relief by way of credit: current year's non-trading deficits on loan relationships)—

(a)in subsection (4)(b), after “459(1)(a)” insert “ or 463B(1)(a) ”, and

(b)in subsection (5), for “or 459(1)(a)” substitute “ , 459(1)(a) or 463B(1)(a) ”.

178U.K.In section 156(1) (meaning of “losses” in Part 4)—

(a)in paragraph (e) after “Chapter 16” insert “ or Chapter 16A ”,

(b)omit “or” at the end of paragraph (f), and

(c)after paragraph (g) insert , or

(h)Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses).

179U.K.In section 371IF (determining the profits of a CFC's qualifying loan relationship), in paragraph (b) of step 5, after “16” insert “ or Chapter 16A ”.

180U.K.After section 371SK insert—

371SKARestrictions on certain deductions: deductions allowances

(1)This section applies for the purposes of—

(a)applying Part 7ZA of CTA 2010 (restrictions on obtaining certain deductions), and

(b)applying any provision of Part 7ZA of CTA 2010 for the purposes of Part 7A of that Act (restrictions on obtaining certain deductions: banking companies).

(2)Assume that each of the following is nil—

(a)the CFC's deductions allowance for the relevant accounting period,

(b)the CFC's trading profits deductions allowance for the relevant accounting period, and

(c)the CFC's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the relevant accounting period.

(3)But if section 269ZX of CTA 2010 (increase of deductions allowance where provision for onerous lease reversed) applies in relation to the relevant accounting period, the reference in subsection (2) to “nil” is to be read as a reference to an amount equal to the increase provided for by subsection (3) of that section.

181U.K.In subsection (2)(a) of section 371SL (group relief etc)—

(a)after “(group relief)” insert “ or Part 5A of that Act (group relief for carried-forward losses) ”, and

(b)after “by way of group relief” insert “ or group relief for carried-forward losses ”.

F (No. 3) A 2010U.K.

182(1)In paragraph 10 of Schedule 9 to F(No.3)A 2010 (interest), the new Part A1 to be inserted into Schedule 54 to FA 2009 is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In paragraph A1 (interest on tax repaid as a result of carrying back a non-trading deficit on company's loan relationships)—

(a)in sub-paragraph (1)(c) for “or 459(1)(b)” substitute “ , 459(1)(b) or 463B(1)(b) ”, and

(b)in sub-paragraph (2) for “or 459(1)(b)” substitute “ , 459(1)(b) or 463B(1)(b) ”.

(3)After paragraph A2 insert—

A2A(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)a company has profits arising in an accounting period (“the earlier period”),

(b)the company ceases to carry on a trade in a later accounting period (“the later period”),

(c)on a claim under section 45F of CTA 2010 (terminal losses), the whole or any part of a loss incurred in the trade has been set off for the purposes of corporation tax against the profits of the earlier period,

(d)the earlier period does not fall wholly within the period of 12 months immediately preceding the later period, and

(e)a repayment falls to be made of corporation tax paid for the earlier period or of income tax in respect of a payment received by the company in that period.

(2)So much of the repayment mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(e) as falls to be made as a result of the claim under section 45F does not carry repayment interest.

(3)But sub-paragraph (2) does not apply (and, accordingly, the amount mentioned in that sub-paragraph carries repayment interest) after the expiry of 9 months from the end of the later period.

(4)In paragraph A3 (interest on tax repaid as a result of a claim under section 77 of TIOPA 2010) in sub-paragraph (4) after “A4” insert “ or A5 ”.

(5)After paragraph A4 insert—

A5(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)a company has profits arising in an accounting period (“the middle period”),

(b)the company ceases to carry on a trade in a later accounting period (“the later period”),

(c)on a claim under section 45F of CTA 2010 (terminal losses), the whole or any part of a loss incurred in the trade has been set off for the purposes of corporation tax against the profits of the middle period,

(d)the middle period does not fall wholly within the period of 12 months immediately preceding the later period,

(e)as a result of the claim under section 45F, an excess or increased excess arises in the middle period as described in section 72 of TIOPA 2010 (amounts of unrelieved foreign tax),

(f)on a claim under section 77 of that Act, credit for the whole or any part of the excess is allowed against corporation tax in respect of an accounting period before the middle period (“the earlier period”) and,

(g)a repayment falls to be made of corporation tax paid for the earlier period or of income tax in respect of a payment received by the company in that period.

(2)So much of the repayment mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(g) as falls to be made as a result of the claim under section 77 does not carry repayment interest.

(3)But sub-paragraph (2) does not apply (and, accordingly, the amount mentioned in that sub-paragraph carries repayment interest) after the expiry of 9 months from the end of the later period.

FA 2012U.K.

183U.K.FA 2012 is amended as follows.

184U.K.In section 78 (meaning of expressions used in section 76), in subsection (5), for the words from “means” to the end substitute means any of the following—

(a)a BLAGAB trade loss of the company for the accounting period in question, so far as relief is given for the loss under—

(i)section 37 of CTA 2010 (relief for trade losses against total income), as applied by section 123, or

(ii)Chapter 4 of Part 5 of that Act (group relief), as applied by section 125;

(b)an amount deducted under section 124B (relief for excess carried forward post-1 April BLAGAB trade losses) from the company's total profits of the accounting period in question;

(c)an amount of a BLAGAB trade loss of the company relieved under Chapter 3 of Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses) if the surrender period (see section 188BB(7)) to which the claim relates is the accounting period in question.

185U.K.In section 93 (minimum profits test), in subsection (2), in the words after paragraph (b), for “and 124” substitute “ , 124, 124A and 124C ”.

186U.K.In section 104 (meaning of “the adjusted amount”)—

(a)in subsection (3), after “124” insert “ , 124A or 124C ”;

(b)in subsection (4), for “that section” substitute “ any of those sections ”;

(c)in subsection (5)(a), for “or no relief is available under that section,” substitute “ , 124A or 124C or no relief is available under those sections, ”.

187U.K.In section 125 (group relief), at the end insert—

(4)For provision about the application of Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses) in relation to BLAGAB trade losses see subsections (3) to (5) of section 188BB of that Act.

188(1)Section 126 (restrictions in respect of non-trading deficit) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)After subsection (1) insert—

(1A)A loss falls within subsection (1B) so far as it—

(a)would (apart from that subsection) be available for relief under section 124B (excess carried forward post-1 April 2017 losses: relief against total profits), and

(b)arose in an accounting period for which the insurance company has a relevant non-trading deficit.

(1B)A loss (or amount of a loss) falling within this subsection is available for relief under section 124B only so far as it exceeds the amount of that relevant non-trading deficit.

(1C)A loss falls within subsection (1D) so far as it—

(a)is an amount which a company (“the surrendering company“) may surrender by virtue of section 188BB(4) (surrender of carried-forward BLAGAB trade losses), and

(b)arose in an accounting period for which the surrendering company has a relevant non-trading deficit.

(1D)A loss (or amount of a loss) falling within this subsection is available for relief under Chapter 3 of Part 5A of CTA 2010 (claims for group relief) only so far as it exceeds the amount of that relevant non-trading deficit.

(1E)For the purposes of subsections (1A) and (1C) it is to be assumed (where relevant) that in previous accounting periods losses which arose earlier have been utilised before losses which arose later.

(3)In subsection (2)—

(a)for “The reference” substitute “ In this section references ”;

(b)for “is a reference” substitute “ are ”.

189U.K.In section 127 (no relief against policyholders' share of I-E profit), in subsection (3)—

(a)before paragraph (a) insert—

(za)relief under section 124B (relief of excess carried-forward BLAGAB trade losses against total profits),;

(b)after paragraph (c) insert—

(ca)relief under Chapter 3 of Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses),.

PART 12 U.K.Commencement etc

Parts 1 to 9 and 11U.K.

190(1)The amendments made by Parts 1 to 9 and 11 of this Schedule have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2017.U.K.

(2)For the purposes of those amendments, where a company has an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017 and ending on or after that date (“the straddling period”)—

(a)so much of the straddling period as falls before 1 April 2017, and so much of that period as falls on or after that date, are treated as separate accounting periods, and

(b)where it is necessary to apportion an amount for the straddling period to the two separate accounting periods, it is to be apportioned—

(i)in accordance with section 1172 of CTA 2010 (time basis), or

(ii)if that method would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.

(3)But sub-paragraph (2)(b) is to be ignored if paragraph 191 or 192 applies.

191(1)This paragraph applies if—U.K.

(a)an accounting period of a company (“the straddling period”) is treated as two separate accounting periods under paragraph 190(2)(a),

(b)it is necessary to apportion an amount (“the amount concerned”) for the straddling period to the two separate accounting periods, and

(c)the amount concerned is either—

(i)an amount chargeable to corporation tax which would have been less but for Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 (corporate interest restriction), or

(ii)an amount in respect of which corporation tax relief is available which would have been greater but for Part 10 of TIOPA 2010.

(2)The amount concerned is to be apportioned as follows—

  • Step 1 Determine what the amount concerned would have been but for Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 (“the notional amount”).

  • Step 2 Determine what amount of the notional amount would have been apportioned to the first separate accounting period had paragraph 190(2)(b) applied (“the notional apportioned amount”). If the notional apportioned amount is less than the amount concerned, proceed with steps 3 and 4. If the notional apportioned amount is equal to or greater than the amount concerned, the whole of the amount concerned is to be apportioned to the first separate accounting period.

  • Step 3 Take so much of the amount concerned as is equal to the notional apportioned amount and apportion it to the first accounting period.

  • Step 4 Take the remainder of the amount concerned and apportion it to the second separate accounting period.

192(1)This paragraph applies if—U.K.

(a)an accounting period of a company (“the straddling period”) is treated as two separate accounting periods under paragraph 190(2)(a),

(b)it is necessary to apportion an amount (“the amount concerned”) for the straddling period to the two separate accounting period,

(c)the amount concerned is an amount chargeable to corporation tax, and

(d)the amount concerned would not have arisen but for Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 (whether or not an amount in respect of which corporation tax relief would have been available would have arisen instead).

(2)The whole of the amount concerned is apportioned to the second separate accounting period.

Part 10U.K.

193U.K.Section 5(4) to (6) of CT(NI)A 2015 (commencement) has effect as if references to Part 8B of CTA 2010 were to that Part as amended by Part 10 of this Schedule.

Transitional provisionU.K.

194(1)An amount of a non-trading deficit from a company's loan relationships which is carried forward under section 463H of CTA 2009 is to be disregarded for the purposes of section 730F of CTA 2010 (as amended by paragraph 69(4)), unless it is a post-13 July 2017 amount.U.K.

(2)An amount of a non-trading deficit from a company's loan relationships which is deducted under section 463H(5) of CTA 2009 is to be disregarded for the purposes sections 188DD and 188ED of CTA 2010, unless it is a post-13 July 2017 amount.

(3)For the purposes of this paragraph an amount of a non-trading deficit from a company's loan relationships (“the deficit amount”) is a post-13 July 2017 amount—

(a)if the deficit period begins on or after 13 July 2017 or,

(b)(where the deficit period is one that begins before, and ends on or after 13 July 2017 (a “straddling deficit period”)), so far as the deficit is apportioned under sub-paragraphs (4) and (5) to the part of the deficit period that begins with 13 July 2017.

(4)For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(b)—

(a)a straddling deficit period is to be treated as consisting of two parts, namely the part that precedes, and the part that begins with, 13 July 2017,

(b)the deficit amount is to be apportioned to those parts (see sub-paragraph (5)).

(5)The apportionment is to be made—

(a)in accordance with section 1172 of CTA 2010 (time basis), or

(b)if that method would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.

(6)In this paragraph “deficit period” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 463A(2) of CTA 2009.

Section 20

SCHEDULE 5U.K.Corporate interest restriction

PART 1 U.K.New Part 10 of TIOPA 2010

1U.K.In TIOPA 2010, after Part 9A insert—

PART 10 U.K.Corporate interest restriction

CHAPTER 1U.K.Introduction
372Overview

(1)This Part contains provision that—

(a)disallows certain amounts that a company would (apart from this Part) be entitled to bring into account for the purposes of corporation tax in respect of interest and other financing costs, and

(b)allows certain amounts disallowed under this Part in previous accounting periods to be brought into account in later accounting periods.

(2)In this Chapter—

(a)section 373 defines some key concepts including, in particular, “the total disallowed amount” in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, and

(b)section 374 provides for Schedule 7A to have effect.

(3)Chapter 2 provides for—

(a)the disallowance in certain circumstances of tax-interest expense amounts of companies that are members of a worldwide group, and

(b)the carrying forward of disallowed tax-interest expense amounts, and for bringing those amounts into account in certain circumstances in relation to a later period of account of the worldwide group.

(4)Chapter 3—

(a)defines “a tax-interest expense amount” and “a tax-interest income amount” of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group, which are amounts that are (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax,

(b)defines “the net tax-interest expense” of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group, which is any excess of the company's tax-interest expense amounts for the period over its tax-interest income amounts for the period,

(c)defines “the net tax-interest income” of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group, which is any excess of the company's tax-interest income amounts for the period over its tax-interest expense amounts for the period, and

(d)defines “aggregate net tax-interest expense” and “aggregate net tax-interest income” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the worldwide group, which are made up of each member of the group's net tax-interest expense or net tax-interest income for the period.

(5)Chapter 4 contains provision about the calculation of “the interest capacity” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group, which is the aggregate of the interest allowance for the period and any unused interest allowance of the group from the previous 5 years (or, if that aggregate is less than the de minimis amount, the de minimis amount).

(6)Chapter 5 makes provision about the calculation of “the interest allowance” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group.

The interest allowance for a period of account is calculated using the fixed ratio method unless the group elects for the group ratio method to be used for the period.

(7)Chapter 6 defines concepts used in Chapter 5 including—

  • the “tax-EBITDA” of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group (which is an amount derived from amounts brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax);

  • the “aggregate tax-EBITDA” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group (which is an amount derived from the tax-EBITDA of members of the group).

(8)Chapter 7 defines additional concepts used in Chapter 5 including—

  • “the net group-interest expense”, “the adjusted net group-interest expense” and “the qualifying net group-interest expense” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group (which are amounts derived from the financial statements of the worldwide group);

  • the “group-EBITDA” of the worldwide group for a period of account of the group (which is an amount derived from the financial statements of the worldwide group).

(9)Chapter 8 contains provision altering the way in which this Part has effect in relation to the provision of public infrastructure assets or the carrying on of certain other related activities.

(10)Chapter 9 contains special provision altering the operation of certain provisions of this Part in relation to—

(a)particular types of company (for example, banking companies, companies carrying on oil-related activities, REITs or insurance companies), or

(b)particular types of transaction or accounting (for example, long funding operating leases or fair value accounting).

(11)Chapter 10 contains rules connected with tax avoidance.

(12)Chapter 11 contains the remaining interpretative and supplementary provision, including definitions of—

  • “related party”;

  • “a worldwide group”;

  • “ultimate parent”;

  • “period of account” of a worldwide group.

373Meaning of “subject to interest restrictions”, “the total disallowed amount” etc

(1)A worldwide group is “subject to interest restrictions” in a period of account of the group if—

(a)the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the period (see section 390), exceeds

(b)the interest capacity of the group for the period (see section 392).

(2)“The total disallowed amount” of a worldwide group in a period of account of the group is—

(a)if the group is subject to interest restrictions in the period, the amount of the excess mentioned in subsection (1);

(b)otherwise, nil.

(3)“The interest reactivation cap” of a worldwide group in a period of account of the group is (subject to subsection (4))—

(a)the interest allowance of the group for the period (see section 396), less

(b)the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the period.

(4)If the amount determined under subsection (3) is a negative amount, the interest reactivation cap of the worldwide group in the period is nil.

(5)A worldwide group is “subject to interest reactivations” in a period of account of the group if—

(a)the interest reactivation cap of the group in the period is not nil, and

(b)at least one member of the group is within the charge to corporation tax at any time during the period, and has an amount available for reactivation in the return period that is not nil (see paragraph 26 of Schedule 7A).

(6)This section has effect for the purposes of this Part.

374Interest restriction returns

(1)Schedule 7A makes provision about—

(a)the preparation and submission of interest restriction returns by reporting companies of worldwide groups, and

(b)other related matters such as enquiries and information powers.

(2)Part 1 of that Schedule includes provision—

(a)for the appointment of a reporting company of a worldwide group for a period of account, but

(b)for companies (“non-consenting companies”) to elect to be unaffected by allocations of interest restrictions made by the company.

(3)Part 2 of that Schedule includes provision—

(a)for various elections to be made in an interest restriction return that are relevant to the operation of this Part (for example, the group ratio election),

(b)entitling the reporting company of a worldwide group to allocate interest restrictions among its members but with a rule that allocates a pro-rata share to a non-consenting company, and

(c)entitling the reporting company of a worldwide group to allocate interest reactivations among its members.

(4)The remaining Parts of that Schedule contain provision about—

(a)the keeping and preservation of records (see Part 3),

(b)enquiries into interest restriction returns (see Part 4),

(c)determinations made by officers of Revenue and Customs in the event of the breach of filing or other obligations (see Part 5),

(d)information powers exercisable by members of the group (see Part 6),

(e)information powers exercisable by officers of Revenue and Customs (see Part 7), and

(f)the amendment of company tax returns to reflect the effect of this Part of this Act and supplementary matters (see Parts 8 and 9).

CHAPTER 2U.K.Disallowance and reactivation of tax-interest expense amounts
375Disallowance of deductions: full interest restriction return submitted

(1)This section applies where—

(a)an interest restriction return is submitted for a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”),

(b)the return complies with the requirements of paragraph 20(3) of Schedule 7A (requirements for full interest restriction return), and

(c)the return includes a statement that the group is subject to interest restrictions in the return period.

(2)A company that is listed on the statement under paragraph 22 of Schedule 7A (statement of allocated interest restrictions) must, in any accounting period for which the statement specifies an allocated disallowance, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that, in total, equal that allocated disallowance.

(3)A non-consenting company in relation to the return may—

(a)elect that subsection (2) is not to apply in relation to such relevant accounting period of the company as is specified in the election, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(4)If—

(a)an election under this section has effect in relation to an accounting period of a company, and

(b)paragraph 24 of Schedule 7A allocates to that period a pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount that is not nil,

the company must leave out of account in that period tax-interest expense amounts that, in total, equal that pro-rata share.

(5)See section 377 for provision as to which tax-interest expense amounts are to be left out of account as a result of this section.

376Disallowance of deductions: no return, or non-compliant return, submitted

(1)This section applies where—

(a)a worldwide group is subject to interest restrictions in a period of account of the group (“the relevant period of account”),

(b)the relevant date has passed, and

(c)condition A, B or C is met.

(2)In this section “the relevant date” means—

(a)where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account, the filing date in relation to the period (see paragraph 7(5) of Schedule 7A);

(b)otherwise, the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with the end of the relevant period of account.

(3)Condition A is that no appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account.

(4)Condition B is that—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account, and

(b)no interest restriction return has been submitted for the period.

(5)Condition C is that—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account,

(b)an interest restriction return has been submitted for the period, and

(c)the return does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 20(3) of Schedule 7A (for example by including inaccurate figures).

(6)A relevant company must, in any accounting period to which paragraph 24 of Schedule 7A allocates a pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount that is not nil, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that, in total, equal that pro-rata share.

(7)See section 377 for provision as to which tax-interest expense amounts are to be left out of account as a result of this section.

(8)In this section “relevant company” means a company that was a member of the worldwide group at any time during the relevant period of account.

377Disallowance of deductions: identification of the tax-interest amounts to be left out of account

(1)This section applies where—

(a)a company is required to leave tax-interest expense amounts out of account in an accounting period under section 375 or 376, and

(b)the total of the tax-interest expense amounts that, apart from that provision, would be brought into account in the accounting period exceeds the total of the tax-interest expense amounts that are required by that provision to be left out of account in that period.

(2)Tax-interest expense amounts must (subject to the following provisions of this section) be left out of account in the following order.

  • First, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition A in section 382 and would (if brought into account) be brought into account under Part 5 of CTA 2009 (non-trading debits in respect of loan relationships).

  • Second, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition B in section 382 and would (if brought into account) be brought into account under Part 5 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 574 of that Act (non-trading debits in respect of derivative contracts).

  • Third, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition A in section 382 and would (if brought into account) be brought into account under Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 297 of that Act (debits in respect of loan relationships treated as expenses of trade).

  • Fourth, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition B in section 382 and would (if brought into account) be brought into account under Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 573 of that Act (debits in respect of derivative contracts treated as expenses of trade).

  • Fifth, leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition C in section 382 and do not also meet condition A or B in that section (finance leases, debt factoring and service concession arrangements).

(3)The company may—

(a)elect that subsection (2) is not to apply to the accounting period, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(4)An election under this section must specify the particular tax-interest expense amounts that are to be left out of account.

378Disallowed tax-interest expense amounts carried forward

(1)For the purposes of this Part a tax-interest expense amount of a company is “disallowed” in an accounting period if the company is required to leave it out of account in that accounting period under section 375 or 376.

(2)A tax-interest expense amount of a company that is disallowed in an accounting period is (subject to the remaining provisions of this section) carried forward to subsequent accounting periods.

(3)Where—

(a)a tax-interest expense amount of a company would (apart from this Part) be brought into account in calculating the profits or losses of a trade carried on by the company in an accounting period,

(b)the tax-interest expense amount is disallowed in that accounting period, and

(c)in a subsequent accounting period (“the later accounting period”) the company ceases to carry on the trade, or the scale of the activities in the trade becomes small or negligible,

the tax-interest expense amount is not carried forward to the later accounting period or accounting periods after the later accounting period.

(4)Where—

(a)a tax-interest expense amount of a company would (apart from this Part) be brought into account in calculating the profits or losses of a trade carried on by the company in an accounting period,

(b)the tax-interest expense amount is disallowed in that accounting period, and

(c)in a subsequent accounting period (“the later accounting period”) the trade is uncommercial and non-statutory,

the tax-interest expense amount is not carried forward to the later accounting period or accounting periods after the later accounting period.

(5)For the purposes of subsection (4), a trade is “uncommercial and non-statutory” in an accounting period if, were the company to have made a loss in the trade in the period, relief for the loss under section 37 of CTA 2010 (relief for trade losses against total profits) would have been unavailable by virtue of section 44 of that Act (trade must be commercial or carried on for statutory functions).

(6)Where—

(a)a tax-interest expense amount of a company would (apart from this Part) be brought into account in calculating the profits or losses of an investment business carried on by the company in an accounting period,

(b)the tax-interest expense amount is disallowed in that accounting period, and

(c)in a subsequent accounting period (“the later accounting period”) the company ceases to carry on the investment business, or the scale of the activities in the investment business becomes small or negligible,

the tax-interest expense amount is not carried forward to the later accounting period or accounting periods after the later accounting period.

(7)Where a tax-interest expense amount—

(a)is disallowed in an accounting period,

(b)is carried forward to a subsequent accounting period (“the later accounting period”), and

(c)is brought into account in the later accounting period in accordance with section 379,

it is not carried forward to accounting periods after the later accounting period.

379Reactivation of interest

(1)This section applies where—

(a)an interest restriction return is submitted for a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”),

(b)the return complies with the requirements of paragraph 20(3) of Schedule 7A (requirements for full interest restriction return), and

(c)the return contains a statement that the group is subject to interest reactivations in the return period.

(2)A company that is listed on the statement under paragraph 25 of Schedule 7A (statement of allocated interest reactivations) must, in the specified accounting period, bring into account tax-interest expense amounts that—

(a)are brought forward to the specified accounting period from an earlier accounting period, and

(b)in total, equal the allocated reactivation for the return period.

(3)A tax-interest expense amount is brought into account in the specified accounting period under subsection (2) by being treated as a tax-interest expense amount of the specified accounting period (so that, for example, a tax-interest expense amount that is a relevant loan relationship debit falling within section 383(2)(a)(ii) is brought into account in the specified period as a non-trading debit under Part 5 of CTA 2009).

(4)See section 380 for provision as to which tax-interest expense amounts are to be brought into account under subsection (2).

(5)In this section “the specified accounting period” means—

(a)the earliest relevant accounting period of the company, or

(b)where the company became a member of the relevant worldwide group during the relevant period of account, the earliest relevant accounting period of the company in which it was a member of the group.

380Reactivation of deductions: identification of the tax-interest amounts to be brought into account

(1)This section applies where—

(a)a company is required to bring tax-interest expense amounts into account in an accounting period under section 379, and

(b)the total of the tax-interest expense amounts that are brought forward to the accounting period from earlier accounting periods exceeds the total of the tax-interest expense amounts that are required by that provision to be brought into account in that accounting period.

(2)Tax-interest expense amounts must (subject to the following provisions of this section) be brought into account in the following order.

  • First, bring into account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition A in section 382 and are brought into account under Part 5 of CTA 2009 (non-trading debits in respect of loan relationships).

  • Second, bring into account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition B in section 382 and are brought into account under Part 5 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 574 of that Act (non-trading debits in respect of derivative contracts).

  • Third, bring into account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition A in section 382 and are brought into account under Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 297 of that Act (debits in respect of loan relationships treated as expenses of trade).

  • Fourth, bring into account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition B in section 382 and are brought into account under Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 573 of that Act (debits in respect of derivative contracts treated as expenses of trade).

  • Fifth, bring into account tax-interest expense amounts that meet condition C in section 382 and do not also meet condition A or B in that section (finance leases, debt factoring and service concession arrangements).

(3)The company may—

(a)elect that subsection (2) is not to apply to the accounting period, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(4)An election under this section must specify the particular tax-interest expense amounts that are to be brought into account.

381Set-off of disallowances and reactivations in the same accounting period

(1)This section applies where, as a result of the operation of this Part in relation to different periods of account (whether of the same or a different worldwide group), a company would, apart from this section—

(a)be required to leave out of account one or more tax-interest expense amounts in an accounting period under section 375 or 376, and

(b)be required to bring one or more tax-interest expense amounts into account in that accounting period under section 379.

(2)In this section—

(a)the gross disallowed amount” means the amount, or total of the amounts, mentioned in subsection (1)(a);

(b)the gross reactivated amount” means the amount, or total of the amounts, mentioned in subsection (1)(b).

(3)Where the gross disallowed amount is equal to the gross reactivated amount, no tax-interest expense amounts are to be left out of account in the accounting period under this Part or brought into account in the accounting period under this Part.

(4)Where the gross disallowed amount is more than the gross reactivated amount—

(a)the requirement in section 375 or 376 is to leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts that, in total, equal the gross disallowed amount less the gross reactivated amount, and

(b)no amount is to be brought into account in the accounting period under section 379.

(5)Where the gross reactivated amount is more than the gross disallowed amount—

(a)no amount to be left out of account in the accounting period under section 375 or 376, and

(b)the requirement in section 379 is to bring into account the gross reactivated amount less the gross disallowed amount.

CHAPTER 3U.K.Tax-interest amounts
Tax-interest expense and income amounts: basic rulesU.K.
382The tax-interest expense amounts of a company

(1)References in this Part to a “tax-interest expense amount” of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group are to any amount that—

(a)is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in a relevant accounting period of the company, and

(b)meets condition A, B or C.

(2)Condition A is that the amount is a relevant loan relationship debit (see section 383).

(3)Condition B is that the amount is a relevant derivative contract debit (see section 384).

(4)Condition C is that the amount is in respect of the financing cost implicit in amounts payable under a relevant arrangement or transaction.

(5)In subsection (4) “relevant arrangement or transaction” means—

(a)a finance lease,

(b)debt factoring, or any similar transaction, or

(c)a service concession arrangement if and to the extent that the arrangement is accounted for as a financial liability.

(6)Subsection (8) applies if an accounting period in which a tax-interest expense amount is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax contains one or more disregarded periods.

(7)A “disregarded period” is any period falling within the accounting period—

(a)which does not fall within the period of account of the worldwide group, or

(b)throughout which the company is not a member of the group.

(8)Where this subsection applies, the tax-interest expense amount mentioned in subsection (6) is reduced by such amount as is referable, on a just and reasonable basis, to the disregarded period or periods mentioned in that subsection.

(9)An amount may be reduced to nil under subsection (8).

(10)If—

(a)an amount would have met condition A, B or C but for the application of a rule preventing its deduction,

(b)some or all of it is deductible at a subsequent time as a result of the application of another rule, and

(c)none of conditions A to C are met at that time,

so much of the amount as is subsequently deductible is treated, at that time, as meeting whichever of condition A, B or C would have been met but for the application of the rule mentioned in paragraph (a).

(11)An example of a case to which subsection (10) applies is a case where—

(a)an amount is prevented from being deducted as a result of any provision made by Part 6A (hybrid and other mismatches), and

(b)another provision of that Part subsequently applies so as to permit some or all of it to be deducted from total profits.

383Relevant loan relationship debits

(1)This section applies for the purposes of section 382.

(2)An amount is a “relevant loan relationship debit” if—

(a)it is a debit that is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in respect of a loan relationship under—

(i)Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 297 of that Act (loan relationships for purposes of trade), or

(ii)Part 5 of that Act (other loan relationships), and

(b)is not an excluded debit.

(3)A debit is “excluded” for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) if—

(a)it is in respect of an exchange loss (within the meaning of Parts 5 and 6 of CTA 2009), or

(b)it is in respect of an impairment loss.

384Relevant derivative contract debits

(1)This section applies for the purposes of section 382.

(2)An amount is a “relevant derivative contract debit” if—

(a)it is a debit that is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in respect of a derivative contract under—

(i)Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 573 of that Act (derivative contracts for purposes of trade), or

(ii)Part 5 of that Act as a result of section 574 of that Act (other derivative contracts),

(b)it is not an excluded debit, and

(c)the condition in subsection (4) is met.

(3)A debit is “excluded” for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) if—

(a)it is in respect of an exchange loss (within the meaning of Part 7 of CTA 2009),

(b)it is in respect of an impairment loss, or

(c)it is in respect of a derivative contract which hedges risks arising in the ordinary course of a trade where the contract was entered into wholly for reasons unrelated to the capital structure of the worldwide group (or any member of the worldwide group).

(4)The condition referred to in subsection (2)(c) is that the underlying subject matter of the derivative contract consists only of one or more of the following—

(a)interest rates;

(b)any index determined by reference to income or retail prices;

(c)currency;

(d)an asset or liability representing a loan relationship;

(e)any other underlying subject matter which is—

(i)subordinate in relation to any of the matters mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d), or

(ii)of small value in comparison with the value of the underlying subject matter as a whole.

(5)For the purposes of this section, whether part of the underlying subject matter of the derivative contract is subordinate or of small value is to be determined by reference to the time when the company enters into or acquires the contract.

(6)In this section “underlying subject matter” has the same meaning as in Part 7 of CTA 2009.

385The tax-interest income amounts of a company

(1)References in this Part to a “tax-interest income amount” of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group are to any amount that—

(a)is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in a relevant accounting period of the company, and

(b)meets condition A, B, C or D.

(2)Condition A is that the amount is a relevant loan relationship credit (see section 386).

(3)Condition B is that the amount is a relevant derivative contract credit (see section 387).

(4)Condition C is that the amount is in respect of the financing income implicit in amounts receivable under a relevant arrangement or transaction.

(5)In subsection (4) “relevant arrangement or transaction” means—

(a)a finance lease,

(b)debt factoring, or any similar transaction, or

(c)a service concession arrangement if and to the extent that the arrangement is accounted for as a financial asset.

(6)Condition D is that the amount is in respect of income that—

(a)is receivable from another company, and

(b)is in consideration of the provision of a guarantee of any borrowing of that other company.

(7)Subsection (9) applies if an accounting period in which a tax-interest income amount is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax contains one or more disregarded periods.

(8)A “disregarded period” is any period falling within the accounting period—

(a)which does not fall within the period of account of the worldwide group, or

(b)throughout which the company is not a member of the group.

(9)Where this subsection applies, the tax-interest income amount mentioned in subsection (7) is reduced by such amount as is referable, on a just and reasonable basis, to the disregarded period or periods mentioned in that subsection.

(10)An amount may be reduced to nil under subsection (9).

386Relevant loan relationship credits

(1)This section applies for the purposes of section 385.

(2)An amount is a “relevant loan relationship credit” if—

(a)it is a credit that is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in respect of a loan relationship under—

(i)Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 297 of that Act (loan relationships for purposes of trade), or

(ii)Part 5 of that Act (other loan relationships), and

(b)it is not an excluded credit.

(3)A credit is “excluded” for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) if—

(a)it is in respect of an exchange gain (within the meaning of Parts 5 and 6 of CTA 2009), or

(b)it is in respect of the reversal of an impairment loss.

387Relevant derivative contract credits

(1)This section applies for the purposes of section 385.

(2)An amount is a “relevant derivative contract credit” if—

(a)it is a credit that is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in respect of a derivative contract under—

(i)Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 573 of that Act (derivative contracts for purposes of trade), or

(ii)Part 5 of that Act as a result of section 574 of that Act (other derivative contracts),

(b)is not an excluded credit, and

(c)the condition in subsection (4) is met.

(3)A credit is “excluded” for the purposes of subsection (2)(b) if—

(a)it is in respect of an exchange gain (within the meaning of Part 7 of CTA 2009),

(b)it is in respect of the reversal of an impairment loss, or

(c)it is in respect of a derivative contract which hedges risks arising in the ordinary course of a trade where the contract was entered into wholly for reasons unrelated to the capital structure of the worldwide group (or any member of the worldwide group).

(4)The condition referred to in subsection (2)(c) is that the underlying subject matter of the derivative contract consists only of one or more of the following—

(a)interest rates;

(b)any index determined by reference to income or retail prices;

(c)currency;

(d)an asset or liability representing a loan relationship;

(e)any other underlying subject matter which is—

(i)subordinate in relation to any of the matters mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d), or

(ii)of small value in comparison with the value of the underlying subject matter as a whole.

(5)For the purposes of this section, whether part of the underlying subject matter of the derivative contract is subordinate or of small value is to be determined by reference to the time when the company enters into or acquires the contract.

(6)In this section “underlying subject matter” has the same meaning as in Part 7 of CTA 2009.

Double taxation reliefU.K.
388Double taxation relief

(1)This section applies where—

(a)apart from this section, an amount (“the relevant amount”) would be a tax-interest income amount brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in a relevant accounting period (“the relevant accounting period”) of a company, and

(b)the amount of corporation tax chargeable in respect of the relevant amount is reduced under section 18(2) (entitlement to credit for foreign tax reduces UK tax by amount of the credit).

(2)The relevant amount is not a tax-interest income amount to the extent that it consists of notional untaxed income.

(3)For this purpose, the amount of the relevant amount that consists of “notional untaxed income” is—

where—

A is the amount of the reduction mentioned in subsection (1)(b);

B is the rate of corporation tax payable by the company, before any credit under Part 2 (double taxation relief), on the company's profits for the relevant accounting period.

Net tax-interest expenseU.K.
389The “net tax-interest expense” or “net tax-interest income” of a company

(1)A company has “net tax-interest expense” for a period of account of a worldwide group if the total of its tax-interest expense amounts for the period exceeds the total of its tax-interest income amounts for the period.

(2)The amount of the net tax-interest expense of the company for the period is the amount of the excess.

(3)A company has “net tax-interest income” for a period of account of a worldwide group if the total of its tax-interest income amounts for the period exceeds the total of its tax-interest expense amounts for the period.

(4)The amount of the net tax-interest income of the company for the period is the amount of the excess.

(5)The net tax-interest expense or net tax-interest income of a company for a period of account of a worldwide group is “referable” to an accounting period of the company to the extent that it comprises tax-interest expense amounts or tax-interest income amounts that are (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account in the accounting period.

(6)This section applies for the purposes of this Part.

390The worldwide group's aggregate net tax-interest expense and income

(1)The “aggregate net tax-interest expense” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is (subject to subsection (2))—

(a)the total of the net tax-interest expense for the period of each relevant company that has such an amount, less

(b)the total of the net tax-interest income for the period of each relevant company that has such an amount.

(2)Where the amount determined under subsection (1) is negative, the “aggregate net tax-interest expense” of the group for the period is nil.

(3)The “aggregate net tax-interest income” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is (subject to subsection (4))—

(a)the total of the net tax-interest income for the period of each relevant company that has such an amount, less

(b)the total of the net tax-interest expense for the period of each relevant company that has such an amount.

(4)Where the amount determined under subsection (3) is negative, the “aggregate net tax-interest income” of the group for the period is nil.

(5)In this section “relevant company” means a company that was a member of the group at any time during the period of account of the group.

(6)This section applies for the purposes of this Part.

InterpretationU.K.
391Meaning of “impairment loss”

(1)In this Part “impairment loss” means a loss in respect of the impairment of a financial asset.

(2)A reference to a debit in respect of an impairment loss does not include a debit that is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account in an accounting period in respect of an asset for which fair value accounting is used.

CHAPTER 4U.K.Interest capacity
392The interest capacity of a worldwide group for a period of account

(1)For the purposes of this Part “the interest capacity” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group (“the current period”) is (subject to subsection (2))—

where—

A is the interest allowance of the group for the current period (see Chapter 5);

B is the aggregate of the interest allowances of the group for periods before the current period so far as they are available in the current period (see section 393).

(2)Where the amount determined under subsection (1) is less than the de minimis amount for the current period, the interest capacity of the worldwide group for the period is the de minimis amount.

(3)For this purpose “the de minimis amount” for a period of account is—

(a)£2 million, or

(b)where the period is more than or less than a year, the amount mentioned in paragraph (a) proportionately increased or reduced.

393Amount of interest allowance for a period that is “available” in a later period

(1)This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2)The amount of the interest allowance of a worldwide group for a period of account (“the originating period”) that is “available” in a later period of account of the group (“the receiving period”) is (subject to subsection (5)) the lower of amounts A and B.

(3)Amount A is—

(a)the amount of the interest allowance for the originating period, less

(b)the total of the amount or amounts (if any) of that interest allowance that were used in the originating period, or in any subsequent period of account of the group before the receiving period (see section 394).

(4)Amount B is the amount (if any) of the interest allowance for the originating period that is unexpired in the receiving period (see section 395).

(5)The amount of the interest allowance for the originating period that is “available” in the receiving period is nil if—

(a)an abbreviated return election is made in relation to the originating period, the receiving period or any intervening period of account of the group, or

(b)an interest restriction return is not submitted for any such period.

394When interest allowance is “used”

(1)This section applies for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2)The amount of the interest allowance of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group (“the originating period”) that is “used” in the originating period is the lower of—

(a)the interest allowance for the originating period, and

(b)the sum of—

(i)the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the originating period;

(ii)the total amount of tax-interest expense amounts required to be brought into account in the originating period under section 379 (reactivation of interest) by members of the group.

(3)The amount of the interest allowance for the originating period that is “used” in a later period of account of the group (“the receiving period”) is the lower of—

(a)the interest allowance so far as it is available in the receiving period (see section 393), and

(b)the relevant part of the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the receiving period (see subsection (4)).

(4)In subsection (3)(b) “the relevant part of the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the receiving period” is (subject to subsection (5))—

where—

A is the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the receiving period;

B is the interest allowance of the group for the receiving period;

C is the amount of the interest allowance of the group for any period before the originating period that is used in the receiving period.

(5)Where the amount determined under subsection (4) is negative, “the relevant part of the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the receiving period” is nil.

395Amount of interest allowance for a period of account that is “unexpired” in later period

(1)This section contains provision for determining for the purposes of this Chapter the extent to which an interest allowance of a worldwide group for a period of account (“the originating period”) is “unexpired” in a later period of account of the group (“the receiving period”).

(2)If the receiving period—

(a)begins 5 years or less after the originating period begins, and

(b)ends 5 years or less after the originating period ends,

all of the interest allowance for the originating period is unexpired in the receiving period.

(3)If the receiving period begins 5 years or more after the originating period ends, none of the interest allowance for the originating period is unexpired in the receiving period.

(4)Subsection (5) applies if the receiving period—

(a)begins more than 5 years after the originating period begins, and

(b)ends 5 years or less after the originating period ends.

(5)The amount of the interest allowance for the originating period that is unexpired in the receiving period is—

where—

A is the interest allowance for the originating period;

B is—

(a)

the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the originating period, or

(b)

if lower, the interest allowance for the originating period;

X is the number of days in the period—

(a)

beginning with the day on which the receiving period begins, and

(b)

ending with the day 5 years after the day on which the originating period ends;

Y is the number of days in the originating period.

(6)Subsection (7) applies if the receiving period—

(a)begins 5 years or less after the originating period begins, and

(b)ends more than 5 years after the originating period ends.

(7)The amount of the interest allowance for the originating period that is unexpired in the receiving period is—

where—

C is the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the receiving period;

D is—

(a)

the interest allowance of the group for the receiving period, or

(b)

if lower, the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the receiving period;

X has the same meaning as in subsection (5);

Z is the number of days in the receiving period.

(8)Subsection (9) applies if—

(a)the receiving period—

(i)begins more than 5 years after the originating period begins, and

(ii)ends more than 5 years after the originating period ends, and

(b)subsection (3) does not apply.

(9)The amount of the interest allowance for the originating period that is unexpired in the receiving period is the lower of the amounts determined under subsections (5) and (7).

CHAPTER 5U.K.Interest allowance
Interest allowanceU.K.
396The interest allowance of a worldwide group for a period of account

(1)For the purposes of this Part “the interest allowance” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is—

where—

A is the basic interest allowance of the group for the period;

B is the amount (if any) of the aggregate net tax-interest income of the group for the period (see section 390(3) and (4)).

(2)In subsection (1) “the basic interest allowance” means—

(a)where no group ratio election is in force in relation to the period, the basic interest allowance calculated using the fixed ratio method (see section 397);

(b)where such an election is in force in relation to the period, the basic interest allowance calculated using the group ratio method (see section 398).

397Basic interest allowance calculated using fixed ratio method

(1)For the purposes of section 396, the basic interest allowance of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group, calculated using the fixed ratio method, is the lower of the following amounts—

(a)30% of the aggregate tax-EBITDA of the group for the period;

(b)the fixed ratio debt cap of the group for the period.

(2)See—

  • section 400 for the meaning of “fixed ratio debt cap”;

  • section 405 for the meaning of “aggregate tax-EBITDA”.

398Basic interest allowance calculated using group ratio method

(1)For the purposes of section 396, the basic interest allowance of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group, calculated using the group ratio method, is the lower of the following amounts—

(a)the group ratio percentage of the aggregate tax-EBITDA of the group for the period;

(b)the group ratio debt cap of the group for the period.

(2)See—

  • section 399 for the meaning of “group ratio percentage”;

  • section 400 for the meaning of “group ratio debt cap”;

  • section 405 for the meaning of “aggregate tax-EBITDA”.

399The group ratio percentage

(1)For the purposes of this Part “the group ratio percentage” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is (subject to subsection (2)) the following proportion expressed as a percentage—

where—

A is the qualifying net group-interest expense of the group for the period;

B is the group-EBITDA of the group for the period.

(2)“The group ratio percentage” is 100% where—

(a)the percentage determined under subsection (1) is negative or higher than 100%, or

(b)B in that subsection is zero.

(3)See—

  • section 414 for the meaning of “qualifying net group-interest expense”;

  • section 416 for the meaning of “group-EBITDA”.

400The debt cap

(1)For the purposes of section 397 (and this section), “the fixed ratio debt cap” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is the sum of the following amounts—

(a)the adjusted net group-interest expense of the group for the period;

(b)the excess debt cap of the group that was generated in the immediately preceding period of account of the group (if any) (see subsections (3) to (7)).

(2)For the purposes of section 398 (and this section), “the group ratio debt cap” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is the sum of the following amounts—

(a)the qualifying net group-interest expense of the group for the period;

(b)the excess debt cap of the group that was generated in the immediately preceding period of account of the group (if any) (see subsections (3) to (7)).

(3)Where no group ratio election is in force in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the generating period”), “the excess debt cap” of the group that is generated in the period is (subject to subsections (5) and (6))—

where—

A is the fixed ratio debt cap of the group for the generating period;

B is 30% of the aggregate tax-EBITDA of the group for the generating period.

(4)Where a group ratio election is in force in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the generating period”), “the excess debt cap” of the group that is generated in the period is (subject to subsections (5) and (6))—

where—

A is the group ratio debt cap of the group for the generating period;

B is the group ratio percentage of the aggregate tax-EBITDA of the group for the generating period.

(5)Where the amount determined under subsection (3) or (4) is negative, “the excess debt cap” of the group that is generated in the period is nil.

(6)Where the amount determined under subsection (3) or (4) is greater than the carry-forward limit, “the excess debt cap” of the group that is generated in the period is the carry-forward limit.

(7)For this purpose the “carry-forward limit” is the sum of the following amounts—

(a)the excess debt cap generated in the period of account of the group immediately preceding the generating period (if any);

(b)the total disallowed amount of the group in the generating period.

(8)See—

  • section 373 for the meaning of “the total disallowed amount”;

  • section 405 for the meaning of “aggregate tax-EBITDA”;

  • section 413 for the meaning of “adjusted net group-interest expense”;

  • section 414 for the meaning of “qualifying net group-interest expense”.

Effect of group ratio (blended) electionU.K.
401Effect of group ratio (blended) election on group ratio percentage

(1)Where a group ratio (blended) election (see paragraph 14 of Schedule 7A) has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), this Chapter applies subject to this section.

(2)Section 399 (meaning of “group ratio percentage”) does not apply for the purpose of determining the group ratio percentage of the group for the relevant period of account.

(3)Instead, the group ratio percentage of the group for the relevant period of account is determined by taking the following steps—

  • Step 1 For each investor in the group, multiply the investor's applicable percentage by the investor's share in the group.

  • Step 2 Add together the amounts found under Step 1.

(4)For the purposes of this section, an investor's “applicable percentage” is the highest of the following percentages—

(a)30%;

(b)the percentage determined under section 399;

(c)in the case of a related party investor that, throughout the relevant period of account, is a member of a worldwide group (“the investor's worldwide group”) other than that mentioned in subsection (1), the group ratio percentage of the investor's worldwide group for the relevant period of account.

(5)Subsection (6) applies where financial statements of the investor's worldwide group are drawn up in respect of one or more periods (“the investor's periods of account”) that are comprised in or overlap with (but are not coterminous with) the relevant period of account.

(6)The group ratio percentage of the investor's worldwide group for the relevant period of account is to be determined for the purposes of subsection (4)(c) by taking the following steps—

  • Step 1 Find the group ratio percentage of the investor's worldwide group for each of the investor's periods of account.

  • Step 2 Find the proportion of the relevant period of account that coincides with each of the investor's periods of account.

  • Step 3 For each of the investor's periods of account, multiply the group ratio percentage found under Step 1 by the proportion found under Step 2.

  • Step 4 Add together the amounts found under Step 3.

402Effect of group ratio (blended) election on group ratio debt cap

(1)Where a group ratio (blended) election (see paragraph 14 of Schedule 7A) has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), this Chapter applies subject to this section.

(2)In section 400 (the debt cap), subsection (2)(a) is treated as if—

(a)it did not refer to the qualifying net group-interest expense of the group for the period, and

(b)instead it referred to the blended net group-interest expense of the group for the period, as determined in accordance with this section.

(3)The blended net group-interest expense of the group for the relevant period of account is determined by taking the following steps—

  • Step 1 For each investor in the group whose applicable percentage for the purposes of section 401 is the percentage mentioned in subsection (4)(a) of that section, multiply the adjusted net group-interest expense of the group for the period by the investor's share in the group.

  • Step 2 For each investor in the group whose applicable percentage for the purposes of section 401 is the percentage mentioned in subsection (4)(b) of that section, multiply the qualifying net group-interest expense of the group for the period by the investor's share in the group.

  • Step 3 For each investor in the group whose applicable percentage for the purposes of section 401 is the percentage mentioned in subsection (4)(c) of that section, find the applicable net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for the period (see subsections (4) to (8) of this section).

  • Step 4 Add together the amounts found under Steps 1, 2 and 3.

(4)For the purposes of this section, the “applicable net group-interest expense” of the investor's worldwide group for a period of account is so much of the qualifying net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for the period as relates to loans to, or other financial arrangements with, members of the investor's worldwide group that are used to fund (directly or indirectly) loans to, or other financial arrangements with, members of the worldwide group mentioned in subsection (1).

(5)Subsection (6) applies where periods of account of the investor's worldwide group (“the investor's periods of account”) are comprised in or overlap with (but are not coterminous with) the relevant period of account.

(6)The applicable net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for the relevant period of account is the aggregate of so much of the applicable net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for each of the investor's periods of account as is referable, on a just and reasonable basis, to the relevant period of account.

(7)Subsection (8) applies where—

(a)a loan is made to, or another financial arrangement is entered into with, a member of the investor's worldwide group, and

(b)the loan or other financial arrangement is—

(i)in part used to fund (directly or indirectly) loans to, or other financial arrangements with, members of the worldwide group mentioned in subsection (1), and

(ii)in part used for other purposes.

(8)In determining the applicable net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for any period, the amount of the qualifying net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for the period that is brought into account, in respect of the loan or other financial arrangement mentioned in subsection (7)(a), is confined to such amount as is referable, on a just and reasonable basis, to the use mentioned in subsection (7)(b)(i).

(9)In this section—

  • financial arrangements” does not include the holding of shares;

  • the investor's worldwide group” has the same meaning as in section 401.

403Calculations under sections 401 and 402: investor worldwide groups

(1)This section applies—

(a)in determining, under section 401, the group ratio percentage of the investor's worldwide group for a period of account;

(b)in determining, under section 402, the qualifying net group-interest expense of the investor's worldwide group for a period of account.

(2)Where the group ratio (blended) election specifies that a particular election under Schedule 7A (“the investor's election”) is to be treated as having effect, or as not having effect, in relation to periods of account of the investor's worldwide group, the investor's election is to be so treated in determining the amounts mentioned in subsection (1).

(3)Where the group ratio (blended) election does not specify that a particular election under Schedule 7A (“the investor's election”) is to be treated as having effect, or as not having effect, in relation to periods of account of the investor's worldwide group, the investor's election is to be treated as having effect in determining the amounts mentioned in subsection (1) only if it was in fact made in relation to the period of account in question by a reporting company of the investor's worldwide group.

(4)In this section “the investor's worldwide group” has the same meaning as in section 401.

404Meaning of “investor”, “related party investor” and investor's “share”

(1)An entity is an “investor” in a worldwide group if it has an interest in the ultimate parent of the group that entitles it to a proportion of the profits or losses of the group.

(2)An investor in a worldwide group is a “related party investor” of the group in relation to a period of account of the group if, throughout the period, it is a related party of the ultimate parent of the group.

(3)The “share” of an investor in a worldwide group, in relation to a period of account of the group, is the proportion (expressed as a percentage) of the profits or losses of the group that arise in the period to which the investor is entitled by virtue of the investor's interest in the group's ultimate parent.

(4)This section has effect for the purposes of this Part.

CHAPTER 6U.K.Tax-EBITDA
405The aggregate tax-EBITDA of a worldwide group

For the purposes of this Part “the aggregate tax-EBITDA” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is—

(a)the total of the tax-EBITDAs for the period of each company that was a member of the group at any time during the period, or

(b)where the amount specified in paragraph (a) is negative, nil.

406The tax-EBITDA of a company

(1)For the purposes of this Part the “tax-EBITDA” of a company for a period of account of the worldwide group is—

(a)where the company has only one relevant accounting period, the company's adjusted corporation tax earnings for that accounting period;

(b)where the company has more than one relevant accounting period, the total of the company's adjusted corporation tax earnings for each of those accounting periods.

(2)The company's “adjusted corporation tax earnings” for an accounting period is the total (which may be negative) of the amounts that meet condition A or B.

(3)Condition A is that the amount—

(a)is brought into account by the company in determining its taxable total profits of the period (within the meaning given by section 4(2) of CTA 2010), and

(b)is not an excluded amount for the purposes of this condition (see section 407).

(4)Condition B is that the amount—

(a)is not brought into account as mentioned in subsection (3)(a), but would have been so brought into account if the company had made profits, or more profits, of any description in the period, and

(b)is not an excluded amount for the purposes of this condition (see section 407).

(5)Subsection (7) applies if an amount—

(a)is brought into account as mentioned in subsection (3)(a), or

(b)is not brought into account as mentioned in subsection (4)(a),

in an accounting period which contains one or more disregarded periods.

(6)A “disregarded period” is any period falling within the accounting period—

(a)which does not fall within the period of account of the worldwide group, or

(b)throughout which the company is not a member of the group.

(7)Where this subsection applies, the amount mentioned in subsection (5) is reduced, for the purposes of subsection (2), by such amount (if any) as is referable, on a just and reasonable basis, to the disregarded period or periods mentioned in subsection (5).

(8)An amount may be reduced to nil under subsection (7).

407Amounts not brought into account in determining a company's tax-EBITDA

(1)An amount is an excluded amount for the purposes of conditions A and B in section 406 if it is any of the following—

(a)a tax-interest expense amount or a tax-interest income amount;

(b)an allowance or charge under CAA 2001;

(c)an excluded relevant intangibles debit or an excluded relevant intangibles credit (see section 408);

(d)a loss that—

(i)is made by the company in an accounting period other than that mentioned in section 406(2), and

(ii)is not an allowable loss for the purposes of TCGA 1992;

(e)a deficit from the company's loan relationships for an accounting period other than that mentioned in section 406(2);

(f)expenses of management of the company that are referable to an accounting period other than that mentioned in section 406(2);

(g)a deduction under section 137 of CTA 2010 (group relief) or section 188CK of that Act (group relief for carried-forward losses) if and to the extent that it constitutes a loss of the worldwide group;

(h)a qualifying tax relief.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1)(g) the deduction constitutes a “loss of the worldwide group” if and to the extent that it comprises surrenderable amounts that are referable to times at which the surrendering company was a member of the worldwide group.

(3)An amount is a qualifying tax relief for the purposes of subsection (1)(h) if it is any of the following—

(a)an R&D expenditure credit within the meaning of section 104A of CTA 2009;

(b)a deduction under section 1044, 1063, 1068 or 1087 of CTA 2009 (additional relief for expenditure on research and development);

(c)an amount which is treated as a trading loss as a result of section 1092 of CTA 2009 (SMEs: deemed trading loss for pre-trading expenditure);

(d)a deduction under section 1147 or 1149 of CTA 2009 (relief for expenditure on contaminated or derelict land);

(e)a deduction under section 1199 of CTA 2009 (film tax relief);

(f)a deduction under section 1216CF of CTA 2009 (television tax relief);

(g)a deduction under section 1217CF of CTA 2009 (video games tax relief);

(h)a deduction under section 1217H of CTA 2009 (relief in relation to theatrical productions);

(i)a deduction under section 1217RD of CTA 2009 (orchestra tax relief);

(j)a deduction under section 1218ZCE of CTA 2009 (museums and galleries exhibition tax relief);

(k)a qualifying charitable donation (whether made in the accounting period mentioned in section 406(2) or an earlier one);

(l)a deduction under section 357A of CTA 2010 (profits from patents etc chargeable at lower rate of corporation tax).

(4)An amount is an excluded amount for the purposes of condition B in section 406 if it is an allowable loss for the purposes of TCGA 1992.

408Excluded relevant intangibles debits and excluded relevant intangibles credits

(1)For the purposes of section 407 (and this section)—

(a)a debit is a “relevant intangibles debit” if it is brought into account under a provision of Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets) that is listed in column 1 of the following table;

(b)a relevant intangibles debit is “excluded” to the extent indicated in the corresponding entry in column 2 of the table.

ProvisionExcluded debits
section 729excluded in full
section 731excluded in full
section 732excluded if and to the extent that its amount is determined by reference to an excluded intangibles credit
section 735excluded in full
section 736excluded in full
section 872excluded in full
section 874excluded in full

(2)For the purposes of section 407 (and this section)—

(a)a credit is a “relevant intangibles credit” if it is brought into account under a provision of Part 8 of CTA 2009 (intangible fixed assets) that is listed in column 1 of the following table;

(b)a relevant intangibles credit is “excluded” to the extent indicated in the corresponding entry in column 2 of the table.

ProvisionExcluded credits
section 723excluded if and to the extent that its amount is determined by reference to excluded intangible debits and excluded intangible credits
section 725excluded if and to the extent that its amount is determined by reference to an excluded intangibles debit
section 735excluded if and to the extent that the cost of the asset in question exceeds its tax written-down value
section 872excluded in full
section 874excluded in full

(3)In the table in subsection (2)—

(a)tax written-down value” has the same meaning as in Part 8 of CTA 2009 (see Chapter 5 of that Part);

(b)the cost of the asset” has the same meaning as in section 736 of that Act.

409Double taxation relief

(1)This section applies where—

(a)apart from this section, an amount of income (“the relevant amount”) would meet condition A or B in section 406 in relation to a relevant accounting period of a company, and

(b)the amount of corporation tax chargeable in respect of the relevant amount is reduced under section 18(2) (entitlement to credit for foreign tax reduces UK tax by amount of the credit).

(2)The relevant amount is treated, for the purposes of section 406(2) (meaning of “adjusted corporation tax earnings”) as not meeting the condition mentioned in subsection (1)(a) to the extent that it consists of notional untaxed income.

(3)For this purpose, the amount of the relevant amount that consists of “notional untaxed income” is—

where—

A is the amount of the reduction mentioned in subsection (1)(b);

B is the rate of corporation tax payable by the company, before any credit under Part 2 (double taxation relief), on the company's profits for the relevant accounting period.

CHAPTER 7U.K.Group-interest and group-EBITDA
Group-interestU.K.
410Net group-interest expense

(1)For the purposes of this Part the “net group-interest expense” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group (“the relevant period of account”) is—

where—

A is the sum of the relevant expense amounts that are recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period as items of profit or loss;

B is the sum of the relevant income amounts that are recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period as items of profit or loss.

(2)Subsection (3) applies where—

(a)a relevant expense amount (“the capitalised expense”) is brought into account in financial statements of the group (whether for the relevant period of account or any earlier period) in determining the carrying value of an asset,

(b)the asset is not a relevant asset, and

(c)in the financial statements of the group for the relevant period of account, any of the carrying value is written down.

(3)A in subsection (1) is treated as including so much of the amount written down as is attributable to the capitalised expense.

(4)Subsection (5) applies where—

(a)a relevant income amount (“the capitalised income”) is brought into account in financial statements of the group (whether for the relevant period of account or any earlier period) in determining the carrying value of an asset,

(b)the asset is not a relevant asset, and

(c)in the financial statements of the group for the relevant period of account, any of the carrying value is written down.

(5)B in subsection (1) is treated as including the amount of the reduction in the amount written down that is attributable to the capitalised income.

(6)See—

  • section 411 for the definitions of “relevant expense amount” and “relevant income amount”;

  • section 417(5) and (6) for the definition of “relevant asset”;

  • section 420 for provision affecting amounts recognised in financial statements in respect of certain profits or losses arising from derivative contracts.

411“Relevant expense amount” and “relevant income amount”

(1)In this Chapter “relevant expense amount” means (subject to subsection (3)) an amount in respect of any of the following—

(a)interest payable under a loan relationship;

(b)expenses ancillary to a loan relationship;

(c)losses arising from a loan relationship or a related transaction, other than—

(i)exchange losses, and

(ii)impairment losses;

(d)dividends payable in respect of preference shares accounted for as a financial liability;

(e)losses arising from a relevant derivative contract or a related transaction, other than—

(i)exchanges losses,

(ii)impairment losses, and

(iii)losses where the contract hedges risks arising in the ordinary course of a trade and the contract was entered into wholly for reasons unrelated to the capital structure of the worldwide group (or any member of the worldwide group);

(f)expenses ancillary to a relevant derivative contract or related transaction;

(g)financing charges implicit in payments made under a finance lease;

(h)financing charges relating to debt factoring;

(i)financing charges implicit in payments made under a service concession arrangement if and to the extent that the arrangement is accounted for as a financial liability;

(j)interest payable in respect of a relevant non-lending relationship;

(k)alternative finance return payable under alternative finance arrangements;

(l)manufactured interest payable;

(m)financing charges in respect of the advance under a debtor repo or debtor quasi-repo;

(n)financing charges so far as they are made up of amounts which—

(i)are treated as interest payable under a loan relationship under a relevant provision of Chapter 2 of Part 16 of CTA 2010 (finance arrangements), or

(ii)would be so treated if the company in question were within the charge to corporation tax.

(2)In this Chapter “relevant income amount” means (subject to subsection (3)) an amount in respect of any of the following—

(a)interest receivable under a loan relationship;

(b)profits arising from a loan relationship or a related transaction, other than—

(i)exchange gains, and

(ii)the reversal of impairment losses;

(c)dividends receivable in respect of preference shares accounted for as a financial asset;

(d)gains arising from a relevant derivative contract or a related transaction, other than—

(i)exchange gains,

(ii)the reversal of impairment losses, and

(iii)gains where the contract hedges risks arising in the ordinary course of a trade and the contract was entered into wholly for reasons unrelated to the capital structure of the worldwide group (or any member of the worldwide group);

(e)financing income implicit in amounts received under a finance lease;

(f)financing income relating to debt factoring;

(g)financing income implicit in amounts received under a service concession arrangement if and to the extent that the arrangement is accounted for as a financial asset;

(h)interest receivable in respect of a relevant non-lending relationship;

(i)alternative finance return receivable under alternative finance arrangements;

(j)manufactured interest receivable;

(k)financing income in respect of the advance under a creditor repo or creditor quasi-repo;

(l)financing income so far as it is made up of amounts which—

(i)are treated as interest receivable under a loan relationship under a relevant provision of Chapter 2 of Part 16 of CTA 2010 (finance arrangements), or

(ii)would be so treated if the company in question were within the charge to corporation tax.

(3)In this Chapter—

(a)relevant expense amount” does not include an amount payable under a pension scheme;

(b)relevant income amount” does not include an amount receivable under a pension scheme.

(4)In subsection (3) “pension scheme” has the meaning given by section 150(1) of FA 2004.

412Section 411: interpretation

(1)For the purposes of section 411(1)(b), expenses are “ancillary” to a loan relationship if and only if they are incurred directly—

(a)in bringing, or attempting to bring, the relationship into existence,

(b)in making payments under the loan relationship, or

(c)in taking steps to ensure the receipt of payments under the loan relationship.

(2)For the purposes of section 411(1)(e) and (2)(d) a derivative contract is “relevant” if its underlying subject matter consists only of one or more of the following—

(a)interest rates;

(b)any index determined by reference to income or retail prices;

(c)currency;

(d)an asset or liability representing a loan relationship;

(e)any other underlying subject matter which is—

(i)subordinate in relation to any of the matters mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d), or

(ii)of small value in comparison with the value of the underlying subject matter as a whole.

(3)Whether part of the underlying subject matter of a derivative contract is subordinate or of small value is to be determined for the purposes of subsection (2)(e) by reference to the time when the company enters into or acquires the contract.

(4)For the purposes of section 411(1)(f) expenses are “ancillary” to a relevant derivative contract or related transaction if and only if they are incurred directly—

(a)in bringing, or attempting to bring, the derivative contract into existence,

(b)in entering into or giving effect to, or attempting to enter into or give effect to, the related transaction,

(c)in making payments under the derivative contract or as a result of the related transaction, or

(d)in taking steps to secure the receipt of payments under the derivative contract or in accordance with the related transaction.

(5)For the purposes of section 411(1)(n) and (2)(l), the following provisions of Chapter 2 of Part 16 of CTA 2010 are “relevant”—

(a)section 761(3) (type 1 finance arrangements: borrower a company);

(b)section 762(3) (type 1 finance arrangements: borrower a partnership);

(c)section 766(3) (type 2 finance arrangements);

(d)section 769(3) (type 3 finance arrangements).

(6)In section 411—

(a)in subsections (1)(c) and (2)(b), “related transaction”, “exchange loss” and “exchange gain” have the same meaning as in Parts 5 and 6 of CTA 2009 (see sections 304 and 475 of that Act);

(b)in subsections (1)(e) and (2)(d), “related transaction”, “exchange loss” and “exchange gain” have the same meaning as in Part 7 of that Act (see sections 596 and 705 of that Act).

(7)In section 411 and this section—

  • alternative finance arrangements” has the same meaning as in Parts 5 and 6 of CTA 2009 (see section 501(2) of that Act);

  • alternative finance return” has the same meaning as in Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see sections 511 to 513 of that Act);

  • creditor quasi-repo” has the same meaning as in Chapter 10 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see section 544 of that Act);

  • creditor repo” has the same meaning as in Chapter 10 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see section 543 of that Act);

  • debtor quasi-repo” has the same meaning as in Chapter 10 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see section 549 of that Act);

  • debtor repo” has the same meaning as in Chapter 10 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see section 548 of that Act);

  • manufactured interest” has the same meaning as in Chapter 9 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see section 539(5) of that Act);

  • relevant non-lending relationship” has the same meaning as in Chapter 2 of Part 6 of CTA 2009 (see sections 479 and 480 of that Act);

  • underlying subject matter” has the same meaning as in Part 7 of CTA 2009 (see section 583 of that Act).

413Adjusted net group-interest expense

(1)For the purposes of this Part the “adjusted net group-interest expense” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is (subject to subsection (2))—

where—

A is the net group-interest expense of the group for the period (see section 410);

B is the sum of any upward adjustments (see subsection (3));

C is the sum of any downward adjustments (see subsection (4)).

(2)Where the amount determined under subsection (1) is negative, the “adjusted net group-interest expense” of the group for the period is nil.

(3)In this section “upward adjustment” means any of the following amounts—

(a)a relevant expense amount that is brought into account in the financial statements of the group for the period in determining the carrying value of an asset or liability;

(b)an amount that is included in the net group-interest expense of the group for the period by virtue of section 410(5) (capitalised income written off);

(c)a relevant expense amount that—

(i)in the financial statements of the group for the period is recognised in equity or shareholders' funds, and is not recognised as an item of profit or loss or as an item of other comprehensive income, and

(ii)is brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax by a member of the group under a relevant enactment, or would be so brought into account if the member were within the charge to corporation tax;

(d)a relevant income amount that is recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as an item of profit or loss, so far as it—

(i)is prevented from being brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax by a member of the group by section 322(2) or 323A of CTA 2009 (cases where credits not required to be brought into account), or

(ii)would be so prevented if the member were within the charge to corporation tax.

(4)In this section “downward adjustment” means any of the following amounts—

(a)a relevant income amount that is brought into account in the financial statements of the group for the period in determining the carrying value of an asset or liability;

(b)an amount that is included in the net group-interest expense of the group for the period by virtue of section 410(3) (capitalised expense written off);

(c)a relevant income amount that—

(i)in the financial statements of the group for the period is recognised in equity or shareholders' funds, and is not recognised as an item of profit or loss or as an item of other comprehensive income, and

(ii)is brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax by a member of the group under a relevant enactment, or would be so brought into account if the member were within the charge to corporation tax;

(d)a relevant expense amount that is recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as an item of profit or loss, so far as it—

(i)is prevented from being brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax by a member of the group by section 323A of CTA 2009 (cases where credits not required to be brought into account), or

(ii)would so prevented if the member were within the charge to corporation tax;

(e)a relevant expense amount that is recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as an item of profit or loss, so far as—

(i)the amount represents a dividend payable in respect of preference shares, and

(ii)those shares are recognised as a liability in the financial statements of the group for the period.

(5)The references in subsections (3)(a) and (4)(a) to amounts brought into account in determining the carrying value of an asset or liability do not include amounts so brought into account as the result of writing off any part of an amount which was itself so brought into account.

(6)In subsections (3)(c)(ii) and (4)(c)(ii), “relevant enactment” means—

(a)section 321 or 605 of CTA 2009 (credits and debits recognised in equity), or

(b)regulation 3A of the Taxation of Regulatory Capital Securities Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/3209) (amounts recognised in equity).

414Qualifying net group-interest expense

(1)For the purposes of this Part the “qualifying net group-interest expense” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is (subject to subsection (2))—

where

A is the adjusted net group-interest expense of the group for the period (see section 413);

B is the sum of any downward adjustments (see subsection (3)).

(2)Where the amount determined under subsection (1) is negative, “the qualifying net group-interest expense” of the group for the period is nil.

(3)In this section “downward adjustment” means a relevant expense amount that meets the condition in subsection (4), so far as it relates to—

(a)a transaction with, or a financial liability owed to, a person who, at any time during the period, is a related party of a member of the group,

(b)results-dependent securities, or

(c)equity notes.

(4)The condition mentioned in subsection (3) is that the amount—

(a)is recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as an item of profit and loss, and is not (and is not comprised in) a downward adjustment for the purposes of section 413 (adjusted net group-interest expense), or

(b)is (or is comprised in) an upward adjustment for the purposes of that section.

(5)In a case where—

(a)the person mentioned in subsection (3)(a) is not a related party of a member of the group during any part of the period of account, or

(b)during any part of the period of account, the financial liability mentioned in subsection (3)(a) is owed to a person who is not a related party of a member of the group,

the amount of the downward adjustment under subsection (3)(a) is to be reduced by such amount (if any) as is attributable, on a just and reasonable basis, to that part.

415Section 414: interpretation

(1)For the purposes of section 414 a person is treated as not being a related party of a member of the group at any time (“the relevant time”) if at the relevant time—

(a)the person would (apart from this subsection) be a related party of the member by virtue only of section 466(2) (parties to loan relationship treated as related parties by virtue of financial assistance provided by a related party), and

(b)any of the following conditions is met in relation to the guarantee, indemnity or other financial assistance in question.

(2)The conditions are—

(a)that the financial assistance is provided before 1 April 2017;

(b)that the financial assistance is provided by a member of the group;

(c)that the financial assistance relates only to an undertaking in relation to—

(i)shares in the ultimate parent of the group, or

(ii)loans to a member of the group;

(d)that the financial assistance is a non-financial guarantee.

(3)Financial assistance is “a non-financial guarantee” if—

(a)it guarantees the performance by any person of contractual obligations to provide goods or services to a member of the group,

(b)it is given by the person providing the goods or services or by a related party of that person, and

(c)the maximum amount for which the guarantor is liable does not exceed the consideration given under the contract for the provision of the goods or services.

(4)The reference in section 414(3)(b) to “results-dependent securities” is (subject to subsection (8)) to securities issued by an entity where the consideration given by the entity for the use of the principal secured depends (to any extent) on—

(a)the results of the entity's business, or

(b)the results of the business of any other entity that was a member of the group at any time during the period of account of the group.

In this subsection references to a business include part of a business.

(5)For the purposes of subsection (4) the consideration given by the entity for the use of the principal secured does not fall within paragraph (a) or (b) of that subsection merely because the terms of the security provide—

(a)for the consideration to be reduced if the results mentioned in that paragraph improve, or

(b)for the consideration to be increased if the results mentioned in that paragraph deteriorate.

(6)An amount does not fall within section 414(3)(b) so far as it is relevant alternative finance return (within the meaning given by section 1019(2) of CTA 2010).

(7)The reference in section 414(3)(c) to “equity notes” is (subject to subsection (8)) to equity notes within the meaning given by section 1016 of CTA 2010.

(8)A regulatory capital security (within the meaning of Taxation of Regulatory Capital Securities Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/3209)) is not—

(a)a results-dependent security for the purposes of section 414(3)(b), or

(b)an equity note for the purposes of section 414(3)(c).

Group-EBITDAU.K.
416Group-EBITDA

(1)For the purposes of this Part “the group-EBITDA” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group (“the relevant period of account”) is—

where—

PBT is the group's profit before tax (which may be a negative amount) (see subsection (2));

I is the net group-interest expense of the group for the period (which may be a negative amount) (see section 410);

DA is the group's depreciation and amortisation adjustment (which may be a negative amount) (see subsection (3)).

(2)For the purposes of this Chapter a worldwide group's “profit before tax” is—

(a)the sum of the amounts that are recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as items of profit or loss, in respect of income of any description other than tax income, less

(b)the sum of the amounts that are recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as items of profit or loss, in respect of expenses of any description other than tax expense.

In this subsection “tax income” and “tax expense” have the meaning they have for accounting purposes.

(3)In this section the group's “depreciation and amortisation adjustment” means the sum of the following amounts (any of which may be negative)—

(a)the capital (expenditure) adjustment (see section 417);

(b)the capital (fair value movement) adjustment (see section 418);

(c)the capital (disposals) adjustment (see section 419).

(4)The following expressions have the same meaning in sections 417 to 419 as they have in this section—

  • “the relevant period of account”;

  • “the group's profit before tax”.

(5)For provision affecting amounts recognised in financial statements in respect of certain profits or losses arising from derivative contracts, see section 420.

417The capital (expenditure) adjustment

(1)For the purposes of section 416, “the capital (expenditure) adjustment” is—

where—

A is the sum of the amounts (if any) in respect of relevant capital expenditure which are brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax;

B is the sum of the amounts (if any) in respect of relevant capital expenditure reversals which are brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax;

C is the sum of the amounts (if any) in respect of relevant capital income which are brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax.

(2)In this section “relevant capital expenditure” means—

(a)expenditure of a capital nature that relates to relevant assets (including any relevant expense amounts previously included in the carrying value of relevant assets) that is recognised in the relevant period of account by way of depreciation or amortisation, or as the result of an impairment review,

(b)expenditure of a capital nature that relates to relevant assets that is incurred and recognised in the relevant period of account, and

(c)amounts recognised in the relevant period of account by way of provision in respect of future expenditure of a capital nature that relates to relevant assets.

(3)In this section “relevant capital expenditure reversals” means the reversal in the relevant period of account of any relevant capital expenditure recognised in an earlier period of account.

(4)In this section “relevant capital income” means income of a capital nature that relates to relevant assets.

(5)In this Chapter “relevant asset” means an asset that is—

(a)plant, property and equipment,

(b)an investment property,

(c)an intangible asset,

(d)goodwill,

(e)shares in a company, or

(f)an interest in an entity which entitles the holder to a share of the profits of the entity.

(6)In subsection (5)—

(a)plant, property and equipment” has the meaning it has for accounting purposes;

(b)investment property” has the meaning it has for accounting purposes;

(c)intangible asset” has the meaning it has for accounting purposes (and includes an internally-generated intangible asset);

(d)goodwill” has the meaning it has for accounting purposes (and includes internally-generated goodwill);

(e)entity” includes anything which is treated as an entity in the financial statements of the group (regardless of whether it has a legal personality as a body corporate).

Section 712(2) and (3) of CTA 2009 (“intangible asset” includes intellectual property) applies for the purposes of paragraph (c).

(7)An amount does not fall within A in subsection (1) if it is brought into account in determining a profit or loss on the disposal of a relevant asset.

418The capital (fair value movement) adjustment

(1)In section 416, “the capital (fair value movement) adjustment” means the sum of any relevant fair value movements.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1) there is a “relevant fair value movement” where—

(a)the carrying value of a relevant asset is measured, for the purposes of the financial statements of the group, using fair value accounting, and

(b)an amount representing a change in the carrying value of the asset is brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax.

(3)The amount of the relevant fair value movement is the amount of the change mentioned in subsection (2)(b) and—

(a)is a positive amount where the change is a loss;

(b)is a negative amount where the change is a profit.

(4)References in this section to a change in the carrying value of a relevant asset do not include a change where the amount brought into account in respect of the change as mentioned in subsection (2)(b) is of a revenue nature.

419The capital (disposals) adjustment

(1)For the purposes of section 416, “the capital (disposals) adjustment” is—

where—

A is the sum of the amounts (if any) that are brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax and that represent losses on disposals of relevant assets;

B is the sum of the amounts (if any) that are brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax and that represent profits on disposals of relevant assets;

C is the sum of any recalculated profit amounts (see subsections (2) to (8)).

(2)For the purposes of the definition of C in subsection (1) there is a “recalculated profit amount” where the following two conditions are met.

(3)The first condition is that an amount is brought into account in determining the group's profit before tax in respect of a profit or loss on the disposal of a relevant asset.

(4)The second condition is that—

(a)the relevant proceeds, exceeds

(b)the relevant cost.

(5)The amount of the recalculated profit amount is the amount of the excess mentioned in subsection (4).

(6)In this section “the relevant proceeds” means the amount of income of a capital nature that is brought into account in determining the profit or loss mentioned in subsection (3).

(7)In this section “the relevant cost” means (subject to subsection (8)) the amount of expenditure of a capital nature that is brought into account in determining the profit or loss mentioned in subsection (3).

(8)For the purposes of subsection (7), any adjustment made to the amount brought into account as mentioned in that subsection is to be disregarded where the adjustment is in respect of amounts that—

(a)are otherwise recognised, in the financial statements of the group for the relevant period of account, as items of profit or loss, or

(b)were so recognised in the financial statements of the group for an earlier period.

(9)References in this section to a relevant asset include part of a relevant asset.

(10)References in this section to the disposal of a relevant asset do not include a disposal where the profit or loss (if any) on the disposal is of a revenue nature.

(11)The condition in subsection (3) is met even if no amount is brought into account as mentioned in that subsection if that is because no gain or loss accrued on the disposal; and subsections (6) to (8) apply accordingly.

Treatment of derivative contracts in financial statements of worldwide groupU.K.
420Derivative contracts subject to fair value accounting

(1)This section makes provision about the amounts recognised in a worldwide group's financial statements for a period of account (“the relevant period of account”) in respect of derivative contracts.

(2)Subsection (3) applies where one or more excluded derivative contract amounts are recognised in the group's financial statements for the relevant period of account as items of profit or loss.

(3)The financial statements are treated for the purposes of this Part (apart from this section) as if the excluded derivative contract amounts were not recognised in the group's financial statements for the relevant period of account.

(4)In subsections (2) and (3) “excluded derivative contract amount” means an amount which would, on the relevant assumptions, be excluded from section 597(1) of CTA 2009 (amounts recognised in determining a company's profit or loss) as a result of a relevant provision of the Disregard Regulations.

(5)Subsection (6) applies where, on the relevant assumptions, one or more amounts (“replacement derivative contract amounts”) would be brought into account by members of the group for the purposes of corporation tax in relevant accounting periods as a result of regulation 9 or 10 of the Disregard Regulations.

(6)The financial statements are treated for the purposes of this Part (apart from this section) as if the replacement derivative contract amounts were recognised in the group's financial statements for the relevant period of account.

(7)Subsection (9) applies if an accounting period in which a replacement derivative contract amount would, on the relevant assumptions, be brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax contains one or more disregarded periods.

(8)A “disregarded period” is any period falling within the accounting period—

(a)which does not fall within the relevant period of account, or

(b)throughout which the company is not a member of the group.

(9)Where this subsection applies, the replacement derivative contract amount mentioned in subsection (7) is reduced by such amount as is referable, on a just and reasonable basis, to the disregarded period or periods mentioned in that subsection.

(10)An amount may be reduced to nil under subsection (9).

421Derivative contracts subject to fair value accounting: interpretation

(1)In section 420 “the relevant assumptions” means the following assumptions—

(a)that all members of the group are within the charge to corporation tax;

(b)that elections under regulation 6A of the Disregard Regulations have effect in relation to each derivative contract of each member of the group;

(c)that paragraph (5) of regulation 7 of the Disregard Regulations is of no effect;

(d)that where—

(i)a member of the group (“member A”) holds a derivative contract,

(ii)the group has a hedging relationship between that derivative contract (on the one hand), and an asset, liability, receipt or expense (on the other), and

(iii)the asset, liability, receipt or expense is held, or is expected to be received or incurred, by a member of the group other than member A,

the asset, liability, receipt or expense is held, or is expected to be received or incurred, by member A;

(e)that the financial statements of members of the group deal with derivative contracts and hedged items in the same way as they are dealt with in the group's financial statements.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1)(d) the group has a “hedging relationship” between a derivative contract (on the one hand) and an asset, liability, receipt or expense (on the other) if, were those things held, received or incurred by a single company, the company would have a hedging relationship between them.

(3)Regulation 2(5) of the Disregard Regulations (hedging relationships of a company) applies for the purposes of this section.

(4)For the purposes of section 420 and this section—

(a)the Disregard Regulations” means the Loan Relationship and Derivative Contracts (Disregard and Bringing into Account of Profits and Losses) Regulations 2004 (S.I. 2004/3256);

(b)the following are “relevant provisions” of the Disregard Regulations—

(i)regulation 7 (fair value profits or losses arising from derivative contracts which are currency contracts);

(ii)regulation 8 (profits or losses arising from derivative contracts which are commodity contracts or debt contracts);

(iii)regulation 9 (profits or losses arising from derivative contracts which are interest rate contracts).

Effect of group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) electionU.K.
422Group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) election

(1)Where a group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) election has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)Section 419 (the capital (disposals) adjustment) has effect as if—

(a)the definition of C in subsection (1) of that section did not apply, and

(b)instead, C were defined for the purposes of that section as—

(i)the sum of any relevant gains, less

(ii)the sum of any relevant losses,

or, where that is a negative amount, nil.

(3)For the purposes of this section, there is a “relevant gain” or “relevant loss” where condition A or B is met.

(4)Condition A is that a member of the group disposes of a relevant asset during the relevant period of account.

(5)Condition B is that—

(a)a member of the group ceases to be a member of the group during the relevant period of account, and

(b)the member held a relevant asset immediately before ceasing to be a member of the group.

(6)Where condition A is met, the amount of the relevant gain or relevant loss is the amount of the chargeable gain or allowable loss that would, on the assumptions in subsection (8), accrue to the member on the disposal.

(7)Where condition B is met, the amount of the relevant gain or relevant loss is the amount of the chargeable gain or allowable loss that would, on the assumptions in subsection (8), accrue to the member if the member—

(a)disposed of the relevant asset immediately before ceasing to be a member of the group, and

(b)received such consideration for that disposal as it is just and reasonable to attribute to it, having regard to the consideration received by the group for its interests in the member.

(8)The assumptions mentioned in subsections (6) and (7) are that—

(a)all members of the group are within the charge to corporation tax;

(b)Schedule 7AC to TCGA 1992 (exemptions for disposals by companies with substantial shareholdings) is of no effect;

(c)Part 2 (double taxation relief) is of no effect.

(9)Where—

(a)the sum of any relevant losses, exceeds

(b)the sum of any relevant gains,

the amount of the excess is treated as a relevant loss in relation to the period of account of the group immediately after the relevant period of account.

(10)In this section “relevant asset” does not include shares in (or other interests giving an entitlement to share in the profits of) a member of the group.

Effect of interest allowance (alternative calculation) electionU.K.
423Capitalised interest brought into account for tax purposes in accordance with GAAP

(1)Where an interest allowance (alternative calculation) election (see paragraph 16 of Schedule 7A) has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)Section 413 (adjusted net group-interest expense of a worldwide group) has effect as if—

(a)subsections (3)(a) and (4)(a) (which relate to capitalised interest) did not apply in relation to a GAAP-taxable asset or liability, and

(b)subsections (3)(b) and (4)(b) (which relate to capitalised interest written off) did not apply in relation to a GAAP-taxable asset or liability.

(3)But subsection (2)(b) of this section is of no effect where the adjusted net group-interest expense of the group for a period of account before the relevant period of account included any amount by virtue of section 413(3)(a) or (4)(a) in respect of the GAAP-taxable asset or liability.

(4)For the purposes of this section an asset or liability is “GAAP-taxable” if any profit or loss for corporation tax purposes in relation to the asset or liability falls to be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice.

(5)For the purposes of this section, all members of the group are treated as within the charge to corporation tax.

424Employers' pension contributions

(1)Where an interest allowance (alternative calculation) election has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)The definition of “the group's profit before tax” in subsection (2) of section 416 has effect as if references to amounts that are recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as items of profit or loss, did not include amounts so recognised in respect of employer pension contributions.

(3)The group's profit before tax, as defined in that section, is reduced by the total of the relief to which members of the group are entitled, by virtue of sections 196 to 200 of FA 2004, in respect of relevant employer pension contributions paid during the period.

(4)In this section—

(a)employer pension contributions” means contributions paid by an employer under a registered pension scheme in respect of an individual;

(b)employer pension contributions are “relevant” if they are paid at a time at which the employer is a member of the group.

425Employee share acquisitions

(1)Where an interest allowance (alternative calculation) election has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)The definition of “the group's profit before tax” in subsection (2) of section 416 has effect as if references to amounts that are recognised in the financial statements of the group for the period, as items of profit or loss, did not include amounts so recognised in respect of employee share acquisition arrangements.

(3)The group's profit before tax, as defined in that section, is reduced by such amount as, on a just and reasonable basis, reflects the effect on the group in the period of—

(a)deductions allowed to members of the group under Part 11 of CTA 2009 (relief for particular employee share acquisition schemes) and amounts treated as received by members of the group under that Part, and

(b)relief given to members of the group under Part 12 of that Act (other relief for employee share acquisitions).

(4)In this section “employee share acquisition arrangements” means arrangements the corporation tax treatment of which is determined under Part 11 or 12 of CTA 2009.

(5)For the purposes of this section, all members of the group are treated as within the charge to corporation tax.

426Changes in accounting policy

(1)Where an interest allowance (alternative calculation) election has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)The financial statements of the group for the relevant period of account are to be treated as subject to such adjustments as would be made to them under the change of accounting policy provisions if the group were a company that—

(a)was within the charge to corporation tax,

(b)held the assets and owed the liabilities recognised in the financial statements, to the extent that they are so recognised, and

(c)carried on the trades and other activities giving rise to amounts recognised in the financial statements as items of profit and loss.

(3)In this section “the change of accounting policy provisions” means—

(a)Chapter 14 of Part 3 of CTA 2009 (trading profits);

(b)sections 315 to 319 of that Act (loan relationships);

(c)sections 613 to 615 of that Act (derivative contracts);

(d)Chapter 15 of Part 8 of that Act (intangible fixed assets);

(e)the Loan Relationships and Derivative Contracts (Change of Accounting Practice) Regulations 2004 (S.I. 2004/3271).

(4)For the purposes of subsection (2)—

(a)the change of accounting policy provisions are to be read subject to the necessary modifications, and

(b)it is to be assumed that any election under the change of accounting policy provisions (as applied) has been made.

Effect of interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) electionU.K.
427Group interest and group-EBITDA

(1)Where an interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) election (see paragraph 17 of Schedule 7A) has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)In this section and section 428 (which contains further interpretative provision)—

(a)the principal worldwide group” means the worldwide group mentioned in subsection (1);

(b)the relevant period of account” means the period of account mentioned in subsection (1).

(3)The financial statements of the principal worldwide group for the relevant period of account are treated as if—

(a)no relevant income amounts were recognised in them, as items of profit or loss, so far as they relate to financial liabilities owed to any member of the principal worldwide group by any member of an associated worldwide group, and

(b)no amounts were recognised in them, as items of profits or loss, in respect of any profit or loss attributable to an interest held by any member of the principal worldwide group in any member of an associated worldwide group

(4)The adjusted net group-interest expense of the principal worldwide group for the relevant period of account is treated as increased by the appropriate proportion of the adjusted net group-interest expense for the period of each associated worldwide group.

(5)The qualifying net group-interest expense of the principal worldwide group for the relevant period of account is treated as increased by the appropriate proportion of the qualifying net group-interest expense for the period of each associated worldwide group.

(6)The group-EBITDA of the principal worldwide group for the relevant period of account is treated as increased by the appropriate proportion of the group-EBITDA of each associated worldwide group for the period.

(7)In this section “the appropriate proportion”, in relation to an associated worldwide group means the proportion of the profits or losses of the associated worldwide group arising in the relevant period of account to which the principal worldwide group is entitled.

428Section 427: associated worldwide groups

(1)This section has effect for the purposes of section 427 and this section.

(2)Associated worldwide group” means the worldwide group of which a specified non-consolidated associate is the ultimate parent.

(3)Where (apart from this subsection) a specified non-consolidated associate does not fall within section 473(1)(a) (conditions for being the ultimate parent of a worldwide group), it is treated as if it did fall within that provision.

(4)Where (apart from this subsection) financial statements of an associated worldwide group are not drawn up in respect of the relevant period of account, IAS financial statements of the associated worldwide group are treated as having been drawn up in respect of that period.

(5)The associated worldwide group's financial statements for the relevant period of account are treated as if no relevant expense amounts were recognised in them, as items of profit or loss, so far as they relate to financial liabilities owed to any member of the principal worldwide group by any member of the associated worldwide group.

(6)The reference in section 427(6) to profits or losses of the associated worldwide group to which the principal worldwide group is entitled does not include any profits or losses that relate to times when the non-consolidated associate is a member of the principal worldwide group.

(7)Subsection (8) has effect in the application of this Part (for the purposes mentioned in subsection (1)) in relation to the financial statements of an associated worldwide group for the relevant period of account.

(8)The associated worldwide group is treated—

(a)as having made an interest allowance (alternative calculation) election if and only if such an election has effect in relation to the relevant period of account of the principal worldwide group, and

(b)as not having made any other election under this Part.

(9)In this section “specified” means specified in the interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) election.

429Meaning of “non-consolidated associate”

(1)An entity is a “non-consolidated associate” of a worldwide group, in relation to a period of account of the group (“the relevant period of account”) if condition A, B or C is met.

(2)Condition A is that the entity is accounted for in the financial statements of the group for the relevant period of account—

(a)as a joint venture or an associate, and

(b)using the gross equity method or the equity method.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)the entity is a partnership, and

(b)an interest allowance (consolidated partnership) election has effect in relation to the relevant period of account.

(4)Condition C is the entity is a non-consolidated subsidiary of the ultimate parent at any time during the relevant period of account.

(5)In this section the following expressions have the meaning they have for accounting purposes—

  • “associate”;

  • “equity method”;

  • “gross equity method”;

  • “joint venture”.

(6)In this section “entity” includes anything which is treated as an entity in the financial statements of the worldwide group (regardless of whether it has a legal personality as a body corporate).

(7)This section has effect for the purposes of this Part.

Effect of interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) electionU.K.
430Interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) election

(1)Where an interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) election (see paragraph 18 of Schedule 7A) has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, this Chapter applies in relation to the period subject to this section.

(2)The financial statements of the group for the period are treated as if—

(a)no amounts were recognised in them, as items of profit or loss, in respect of any income or expenses of a specified consolidated partnership, and

(b)instead, each specified consolidated partnership were accounted for using the equity method.

(3)In subsection (2)(b) “the equity method” has the meaning it has for accounting purposes.

(4)In this Part “consolidated partnership”, in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, means a partnership in relation to which conditions A and B are met.

(5)Condition A is that, in the financial statements of the worldwide group for the period, the results of the partnership are consolidated with those of the ultimate parent as the results of a single economic entity.

(6)Condition B is that at no time during the period does the partnership have a subsidiary that is a company.

(7)In this section—

(a)specified” means specified in the interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) election or elections;

(b)subsidiary” has the meaning given by international accounting standards.

InterpretationU.K.
431Interpretation of Chapter

In this Chapter the following expressions have the meaning they have for accounting purposes—

  • “item of profit or loss”;

  • “item of other comprehensive income”.

CHAPTER 8U.K.Public infrastructure
OverviewU.K.
432Overview of Chapter

(1)This Chapter —

(a)alters the way in which this Part has effect in relation to companies (referred to as “qualifying infrastructure companies”) that are fully taxed in the United Kingdom, and

(b)operates by reference to the provision of public infrastructure assets or the carrying on of certain other related activities.

(2)In addition to the requirement for the company to be fully taxed in the United Kingdom, the qualifying requirements are—

(a)a requirement designed to ensure that the company's income and assets are referable to activities in relation to public infrastructure assets, and

(b)a requirement for the company to make an election (which may be revoked, subject to a 5-year rule in relation to the revocation and the ability to make a fresh election).

(3)Two different types of asset meet the definition of a “public infrastructure asset”, namely—

(a)tangible assets forming part of the infrastructure of the United Kingdom (or the UK sector of the continental shelf) that meet a public benefit test, and

(b)buildings (or parts of buildings) that are part of a UK property business and are let (or sub-let) on a short-term basis to unrelated parties.

(4)In either case an asset counts as a public infrastructure asset only if—

(a)it has had, has or is likely to have an expected economic life of at least 10 years, and

(b)it is shown in a balance sheet of a member of the group that is fully taxed in the United Kingdom.

(5)The detail of the above tests is set out in sections 433 to 437.

(6)The substantive rules provide that an amount does not count as a tax-interest expense amount if—

(a)the creditor in relation to the amount is an unrelated party or another qualifying infrastructure company or the amount is in respect of a loan relationship entered into on or before 12 May 2016 (see sections 438 and 439), and

(b)the recourse of the creditor in relation to the amount is limited to the income or assets of, or shares in or debt issued by, a qualifying infrastructure company (ignoring certain financial assistance and certain non-financial guarantees).

(7)In addition—

(a)provision is made for adjusting the operation of this Part to take into account the effect of the above rules (for example, the tax-EBITDA of a qualifying infrastructure company is treated as nil (see section 441)),

(b)provision is made modifying the operation of this Chapter in the case of joint venture companies or partnerships or other transparent entities (see sections 444 to 447), and

(c)provision is made in relation to the decommissioning of a public infrastructure asset (see section 448).

Key conceptsU.K.
433Meaning of “qualifying infrastructure company”

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter a company is a “qualifying infrastructure company” throughout an accounting period if—

(a)it meets the public infrastructure income test for the accounting period (see subsections (2) to (4)),

(b)it meets the public infrastructure assets test for the accounting period (see subsections (5) to (10)),

(c)it is fully taxed in the United Kingdom in the accounting period (see subsection (11)), and

(d)it has made an election for the purposes of this section that has effect for the accounting period (see section 434).

(2)A company meets the public infrastructure income test for an accounting period if all, or all but an insignificant proportion, of its income for the accounting period derives from—

(a)qualifying infrastructure activities carried on by the company (see sections 436 and 437),

(b)shares in a qualifying infrastructure company, or

(c)loan relationships or other financing arrangements to which the only other party is a qualifying infrastructure company.

(3)A company also meets the public infrastructure income test for an accounting period if it has no income for the period.

(4)In determining whether the public infrastructure income test for an accounting period is met, income which does not derive from any of the matters mentioned in subsection (2)(a) to (c) is ignored if, having regard to all the circumstances, it is reasonable to regard the amount of the income as insignificant.

(5)A company meets the public infrastructure assets test for an accounting period if all, or all but an insignificant proportion, of the total value of the company's assets recognised in an appropriate balance sheet on each day in that period derives from—

(a)tangible assets that are related to qualifying infrastructure activities,

(b)service concession arrangements in respect of assets that are related to qualifying infrastructure activities,

(c)financial assets to which the company is a party for the purpose of the carrying on of qualifying infrastructure activities by the company or another associated qualifying infrastructure company,

(d)shares in a qualifying infrastructure company, or

(e)loan relationships or other financing arrangements to which the only other party is a qualifying infrastructure company.

(6)If a company has no assets recognised in an appropriate balance sheet on any day in an accounting period, the company is to be taken as meeting the public infrastructure assets test in respect of that day.

(7)In determining whether the public infrastructure assets test for an accounting period is met in respect of any day, the value of an asset which does not derive from any of the matters mentioned in subsection (5)(a) to (e) is ignored if, having regard to all the circumstances, it is reasonable to regard the value of the asset as insignificant.

(8)For the purposes of subsection (5)(a) and (b) assets are “related to qualifying infrastructure activities” in the case of a company if the assets are—

(a)public infrastructure assets (see section 436(2) and (5)) in relation to the company that are provided by the company, or

(b)other assets used in the course of a qualifying infrastructure activity carried on by the company or by an associated qualifying infrastructure company.

(9)For the purposes of this section the reference to the value of an asset recognised in an appropriate balance sheet of a company on a day is to the value which is, or would be, recognised in a balance sheet of the company drawn up on that day.

(10)A company is not to be taken as failing to meet the public infrastructure assets test for an accounting period if, ignoring this subsection, that test would have been failed on a particular day or days merely as a result of particular circumstances—

(a)which existed, and

(b)which were always intended to exist,

for a temporary period of an insignificant duration.

(11)A company is fully taxed in the United Kingdom in an accounting period if—

(a)every activity that the company carries on at any time in the accounting period is within the charge to corporation tax,

(b)the company has not made an election under section 18A of CTA 2009 (exemption for profits or losses of foreign permanent establishments) that has effect for the accounting period, and

(c)the company has not made a claim for relief under Chapter 2 of Part 2 (double taxation relief) for the accounting period.

434Elections under section 433

(1)An election under section 433—

(a)must be made before the beginning of the accounting period in relation to which it is to have effect, and

(b)has effect in relation to that accounting period and all subsequent accounting periods (subject to subsections (2) to (4)).

(2)An election under section 433 may be revoked.

(3)A revocation of an election under section 433—

(a)must be made before the beginning of the accounting period from which the revocation is to have effect, but

(b)cannot have effect in relation to any accounting period that begins before the end of the period of 5 years beginning with the first day of the first accounting period in relation to which the election had effect.

(4)Once revoked, a fresh election may be made under section 433 but cannot have effect in relation to any accounting period that begins before the end of the period of 5 years beginning with the first day of the accounting period from which the revocation had effect.

(5)If—

(a)a qualifying infrastructure company transfers to another company a business, or a part of a business, that consists of the carrying on of qualifying infrastructure activities, and

(b)the transferee has not made an election under section 433 that has effect for the accounting period in which the transfer takes place,

the transferee is to be treated as if it had made the election under that section that the transferor had made.

(6)If a company has made an election under section 433 that has effect in relation to an accounting period, the company—

(a)may not make an election under section 18A of CTA 2009 that has effect for the accounting period, and

(b)may not make a claim for relief under Chapter 2 of Part 2 for the accounting period.

435Group elections modifying the operation of sections 433 and 434

(1)Two or more companies which are members of the same worldwide group may jointly make an election under this section modifying the operation of sections 433 and 434 in relation to them for the times during which they remain members of that group.

(2)An election under this section—

(a)has effect from a date specified in the election;

(b)may be revoked jointly by the members of the group in relation to which the election has effect from a date specified in the revocation;

(c)ceases to have effect in relation to a company which gives a notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs, and to the companies in relation to which the election has effect, notifying them of its withdrawal from the election from a date specified in the notice.

(3)A date specified in an election, revocation or notice may not be before the date on which it is made or given.

(4)An election under this section which has effect at particular times (“relevant times”) in relation to particular companies (“elected companies”) modifies the operation of sections 433 and 434 as follows.

(5)If an elected company (“C”) has made an election under section 433 which has effect for an accounting period that includes relevant times, that section has effect as if, in determining whether anything is insignificant for the purposes of section 433(2), (4), (5) or (7), C also had the income and assets that the other elected companies had at those times.

(6)If—

(a)an elected company (“C”) has made an election under section 433 which has effect for an accounting period including relevant times, and

(b)C fails to meet one or more of the tests in subsection (1)(a) to (c) of that section in relation to that accounting period otherwise than as a result of this subsection,

all the other elected companies are also treated as failing to meeting those tests for so much of their accounting periods as consists of the relevant times in the accounting period of C.

(7)If, in a case where subsection (6) applies, the deemed failed period does not coincide with an accounting period of another elected company (“E”), the accounting period of E is treated for the purposes of this Part as if it consisted of separate accounting periods beginning and ending at such times as secure that none of the separate accounting periods fall partly within the deemed failed period.

(8)For this purpose “the deemed failed period” means the period consisting of the relevant times in the accounting period of C mentioned in subsection (6).

(9)All such apportionments as are necessary for the purposes of, or in consequence of, subsections (5) to (7) are to be made on a just and reasonable basis.

(10)If—

(a)elected companies have made elections under section 433 which have effect for accounting periods including relevant times, and

(b)more than half of those elected companies have each made an election under that section that has had effect for a period of at least 5 years,

section 434(3)(b) does not apply in relation to any of the elected companies.

436Meaning of “qualifying infrastructure activity”

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter a company carries on a “qualifying infrastructure activity” if the company—

(a)provides an asset that is a public infrastructure asset in relation to it (see subsections (2) and (5)), or

(b)carries on any other activity that is ancillary to, or facilitates, the provision of an asset that is a public infrastructure asset in relation to it.

(2)For the purposes of this Chapter an asset is a “public infrastructure asset” in relation to a company at any time if—

(a)the asset is, or is to be, a tangible asset forming part of the infrastructure of the United Kingdom or the UK sector of the continental shelf,

(b)the asset meets the public benefit test (see subsections (3) and (4)),

(c)the asset has had, has or is likely to have an expected economic life of at least 10 years, and

(d)the asset meets the group balance sheet test (see subsection (10)) in relation to the company.

(3)An asset meets the “public benefit test” if—

(a)the asset is, or is to be, procured by a relevant public body, or

(b)the asset is, or is to be, used in the course of a regulated activity.

(4)An asset is used in the course of a “regulated activity” if its use—

(a)is regulated by an infrastructure authority (see section 437(2)), or

(b)could be regulated by an infrastructure authority if the authority exercised any of its powers.

(5)For the purposes of this Chapter a building, or part of a building, is also a “public infrastructure asset” in relation to a company at any time if—

(a)the company, or another member of the worldwide group of which it is a member at that time, carries on a UK property business consisting of or including the building or part,

(b)the building or part is, or is to be, let on a short-term basis to persons who, at that time, are not related parties of the company or member,

(c)the building or part has had, has or is likely to have an expected economic life of at least 10 years, and

(d)the building or part meets the group balance sheet test in relation to the company.

(6)A building, or part of a building, is “let” to a person if the person is entitled to the use of the building or part under a lease or other arrangement.

(7)A building, or part of a building, is let on a “short-term basis” if the lease or other arrangement in question—

(a)has an effective duration which is 50 years or less, and

(b)is not an arrangement to which any provision of Chapter 2 of Part 16 of CTA 2010 applies (finance arrangements).

(8)Whether or not a lease or other arrangement has an effective duration which is 50 years or less is determined in accordance with Chapter 4 of Part 4 of CTA 2009 (reading any reference to a lease as a reference to a lease or other arrangement within subsection (6)).

(9)For the purposes of this section references to a building or part of a building being let include the building or part being sub-let, and, accordingly, references to a lease include a sub-lease.

(10)An asset meets the “group balance sheet test” in relation to a company at any time if—

(a)an entry in respect of the asset is, or would be, recognised (whether as a tangible asset or otherwise) in a balance sheet of the company, or an associated company, that is drawn up at that time, and

(b)the company or associated company is within the charge to corporation tax at that time in respect of all of its sources of income and no election or claim mentioned in section 433(11)(b) or (c) has effect for a period including that time.

(11)For the purposes of this Chapter references to provision, in relation to a public infrastructure asset, include its acquisition, design, construction, conversion, improvement, operation or repair.

437Section 436: supplementary

(1)In section 436 “infrastructure” includes—

(a)water, electricity, gas, telecommunications or sewerage facilities,

(b)oil pipelines, oil terminals or oil refineries,

(c)railway facilities (including rolling stock), roads or other transport facilities,

(d)health or educational facilities,

(e)facilities or housing accommodation provided for use by members of any of the armed forces or of any police force,

(f)court or prison facilities,

(g)waste processing facilities, and

(h)buildings (or parts of buildings) occupied by any relevant public body.

(2)Each of the following is an “infrastructure authority” for the purposes of section 436(4)—

(a)the Civil Aviation Authority so far as exercising functions in relation to the provision of airports (within the meaning of the Airports Act 1986),

(b)each of the following so far as exercising functions in relation to waste processing—

(i)the Environment Agency,

(ii)the Scottish Environmental Protection Agency,

(iii)the Northern Ireland Environment Agency, or

(iv)Natural Resources Wales,

(c)the Gas and Electricity Markets Authority,

(d)each of the following so far as exercising functions in relation to the management of ports or harbours—

(i)a harbour authority within the meaning of the Harbours Act 1964, or

(ii)a harbour authority within the meaning of the Harbours Act (Northern Ireland) 1970,

(e)the Northern Ireland Authority for Utility Regulation,

(f)the Office of Communications so far as exercising functions in relation to the provision of electronic communication services (within the meaning of the Communications Act 2003) or the management of the radio spectrum,

(g)the Office of Nuclear Regulation,

(h)the Office of Rail and Road,

(i)the Oil and Gas Authority,

(j)the Water Services Regulation Authority or the Water Industry Commission for Scotland, or

(k)any other public authority which has functions of a regulatory nature exercisable in relation to the use of tangible assets forming part of the infrastructure of the United Kingdom or the UK sector of the continental shelf.

(3)The Commissioners may by regulations amend the definition of “infrastructure authority”.

Exemption and related provisionU.K.
438Exemption for interest payable to third parties etc

(1)Amounts that arise to a qualifying infrastructure company in a relevant accounting period are not to be regarded for the purposes of this Part as tax-interest expense amounts of the company so far as they qualify as exempt amounts in that period (see subsections (2) and (3)).

(2)An amount qualifies as an exempt amount so far as it is attributable, on a just and reasonable apportionment, to the times in the relevant accounting period when—

(a)each creditor in relation to the amount is within subsection (3) or the amount is in respect of a qualifying old loan relationship (see section 439), and

(b)the recourse of each creditor in relation to the amount is limited to relevant infrastructure matters (see subsections (4) to (6)).

(3)A creditor is within this subsection if—

(a)the creditor is not a related party of the company, or

(b)the creditor is a company which is a qualifying infrastructure company,

but section 466(2) does not apply for the purposes of paragraph (a).

(4)The recourse of a creditor is limited to relevant infrastructure matters if, in the event that the company fails to perform its obligations in question, the recourse of the creditor is limited to—

(a)income of a qualifying infrastructure company,

(b)assets of a qualifying infrastructure company, or

(c)shares in or debt issued by a qualifying infrastructure company,

whether the income, assets, shares or debt relate to the company concerned or another qualifying infrastructure company.

(5)For the purposes of subsection (4) a guarantee, indemnity or other financial assistance in favour of the creditor is ignored if—

(a)it is provided before 1 April 2017, or

(b)it is provided at any later time by a person who, at that time, is not a related party of the company or is a relevant public body.

(6)For the purposes of subsection (4) a non-financial guarantee in favour of the creditor is ignored if—

(a)it guarantees the performance by any person of contractual obligations to provide goods or services to a qualifying infrastructure company,

(b)it is given by the person providing the goods or services or by a person who is a related party of that person, and

(c)the maximum amount for which the guarantor is liable does not exceed the consideration given under the contract for the provision of the goods or services.

(7)In this section “creditor” means—

(a)if the amount meets condition A in section 382, the person who is party to the loan relationship as creditor,

(b)if the amount meets condition B in that section, the person other than the company who is party to the derivative contract, and

(c)if the amount meets condition C in that section, the person other than the company who is party to the relevant arrangement or transaction.

439Exemption in respect of certain pre-13 May 2016 loan relationships

(1)A loan relationship is a “qualifying old loan relationship” of a qualifying infrastructure company if—

(a)the company entered into the loan relationship on or before 12 May 2016, and

(b)as at that date, at least 80% of the total value of the company's future qualifying infrastructure receipts for the qualifying period was highly predictable by reference to qualifying public contracts,

but see subsection (8) for cases where a loan relationship is not a qualifying old loan relationship of the company.

(2)For the purposes of this section “the qualifying period” means—

(a)in a case where the loan relationship would cease to subsist at any time before 12 May 2026 (if any amendments of the loan relationship made on or after 12 May 2016 are ignored), the period beginning with 12 May 2016 and ending with that time, and

(b)in any other case, the period of 10 years beginning with 12 May 2016.

(3)For the purposes of this section “qualifying infrastructure receipts”, in relation to a company (“C”), means—

(a)receipts arising from qualifying infrastructure activities carried on by C, and

(b)such proportion of the receipts arising from qualifying infrastructure activities carried on by another company as, on a just and reasonable basis, is attributable to C's interests in the other company (whether direct or indirect) arising as a result of shares or loans.

(4)For the purposes of this section receipts are highly predictable by reference to qualifying public contracts so far as their value can be predicted with a high degree of certainty because—

(a)the amounts of the receipts are fixed by a qualifying public contract, and

(b)the factors affecting the volume of receipts are fixed by a qualifying public contract or are otherwise capable of being predicted with a high degree of certainty.

(5)For this purpose any provision of a qualifying public contract (however expressed) that adjusts the amount of a receipt for changes in the general level of prices or earnings is to be ignored.

(6)For the purposes of this section a contract is a “qualifying public contract” if—

(a)it was entered into at any time on or before 12 May 2016 and, as at that time, it was expected to have effect for at least 10 years, and

(b)it was entered into either with a relevant public body or following bids made in an auction conducted by a relevant public body.

(7)If a qualifying old loan relationship is amended after 12 May 2016 so as to increase the amount lent or extend the period for which the relationship is to subsist—

(a)section 438 is to have effect as if none of those amendments were made (and, accordingly, the exemption under that section has no effect in relation to the increase in the amount or the period of the extension), and

(b)such apportionments of amounts in respect of the relationship are to be made as are just and reasonable.

(8)A loan relationship to which a qualifying infrastructure company is a party at any time is not a qualifying old loan relationship of the company at that or any subsequent time if, on the relevant assumptions, the condition in subsection (1)(b) would not have been met.

(9)The relevant assumptions are that—

(a)the assets held by the company at that time were the only assets that the company held on 12 May 2016,

(b)the assets held at that time by any other company in which it has interests (whether direct or indirect) arising as a result of shares or loans were the only assets that the other company held on 12 May 2016, and

(c)a qualifying infrastructure receipt could not be regarded as highly predictable if, on 12 May 2016, the public infrastructure asset in question did not exist or was not in the course of being constructed or converted.

(10)For the purposes of this section the value of a receipt on 12 May 2016 is taken to be its present value on that date, discounted using a rate that can reasonably be regarded as one that, in accordance with normal commercial criteria, is appropriate for the purpose.

(11)In this section “receipts” means receipts of a revenue nature.

440Loans etc made by qualifying infrastructure companies to be ignored

(1)This section applies where—

(a)a company is a qualifying infrastructure company throughout an accounting period, and

(b)the company would (but for this section) have had tax-interest income amounts in the accounting period.

(2)For the purposes of this Part, the company is treated as if it did not have any tax-interest income amounts in the accounting period.

441Tax-EBITDA of qualifying infrastructure company to be nil

(1)This section applies where a company is a qualifying infrastructure company throughout an accounting period.

(2)For the purposes of this Part, the tax-EBITDA of the company for the accounting period is nil.

442Amounts of qualifying infrastructure company left out of account for other purposes

(1)This section applies where a company is a qualifying infrastructure company throughout a relevant accounting period.

(2)In calculating—

(a)the adjusted net group-interest expense of the worldwide group for the period of account concerned, or

(b)the qualifying net group-interest expense of the worldwide group for the period of account concerned,

amounts that are exempt amounts of the company under section 438, or are treated as mentioned in section 440, are to be left out of account.

(3)For the purposes of this Part the group EBITDA of the worldwide group for the period of account concerned is to be calculated as if the group did not include the company in respect of the relevant accounting period.

443Interest capacity for group with qualifying infrastructure company etc

(1)If a worldwide group for a period of account includes a qualifying infrastructure company at any time, the general rule is that the interest capacity of the group for the period is calculated as if section 392 did not contain the de minimis provisions.

(2)But this is subject to an exception that depends on the following comparison.

(3)The following amounts must be compared with each other—

(a)the total disallowed amount of the group in the period calculated as if this Chapter (including subsection (1) of this section but ignoring the remainder of it) were contained in this Part (“the Chapter 8 amount”), and

(b)the total disallowed amount of the group in the period calculated as if this Chapter were not contained in this Part and as if section 392 contained only the de minimis provisions (“the ordinary amount”).

(4)If the Chapter 8 amount exceeds the ordinary amount, the interest capacity of the worldwide group for the period is taken to be the de minimis amount (as defined by 392(3)).

(5)If the interest capacity of the worldwide group for the period is given by subsection (4), nothing else in this Chapter has effect in relation to the worldwide group for the period.

(6)For the purposes of this section the reference to section 392 not containing the de minimis provisions is a reference to that section not containing subsections (2) and (3) of that section.

(7)For the purposes of this section the reference to section 392 containing only the de minimis provisions is a reference to that section having effect as if for subsections (1) and (2) of that section there were substituted—

(1)For the purposes of this Part the “interest capacity” of a worldwide group for a period of account of the group is the de minimis amount.

SupplementaryU.K.
444Joint venture companies

(1)This section makes modifications of this Part in relation to an accounting period of a qualifying infrastructure company (“the joint venture company”) where—

(a)one or more qualifying infrastructure companies (“the qualifying investor or investors”) have shares in the joint venture company,

(b)other persons (“the other investors”) who are not qualifying infrastructure companies have all the other shares in the joint venture company,

(c)each of the investors (that is to say, the qualifying investor or investors and the other investors) has lent money to the joint venture company,

(d)the amounts each of the investors has lent stand in the same, or substantially the same, proportion as the shares in the joint venture company that each of them has,

(e)at all times in the accounting period the investors have the same rights in relation to the shares in or assets of the joint venture company and the same rights in relation to the money debt or debts in question, and

(f)the joint venture company makes an election for the purposes of this section that has effect for the accounting period (but see section 445 for further provision about elections).

(2)Section 401 has effect as if the qualifying investor or investors were not investors in the group for times in the accounting period falling in the relevant period of account.

(3)Section 427 has effect as if, in determining the appropriate proportion in relation to an associated worldwide group, it is assumed that the qualifying investor or investors were not investors in the group for times in the accounting period falling in the relevant period of account.

(4)In consequence of subsection (2) or (3), the shares of the qualifying investor or investors in the group are treated as distributed for times in the accounting period falling in the relevant period of account among the other investors in proportion to the actual shares of the other investors in the group.

(5)For the purposes of section 438 there is a reduction in any amount that would otherwise qualify as an exempt amount in the accounting period where—

(a)the exemption operates by reference to creditors being within subsection (3) of that section, and

(b)the creditor in relation to the amount is not an investor.

(6)The amount qualifying as an exempt amount is to be reduced so that only the qualifying proportion of it qualifies.

(7)For the purposes of this section—

  • the qualifying proportion” means the proportion of the shares that the qualifying investor or investors have in the joint venture company in the accounting period, and

  • the non-qualifying proportion” means the proportion of the shares that the other investors have in the joint venture company in the accounting period.

(8)The treatment mentioned in section 440(2) is to extend only to the qualifying proportion of the tax-interest income amounts in the accounting period.

(9)Section 441(2) has effect as if the tax-EBITDA of the company for the accounting period were the amount determined as follows.

  • Step 1 Find the tax-EBIDTA of the company for the accounting period if section 441 were ignored.

  • Step 2 The tax-EBITDA of the company for the accounting period is equal to the non-qualifying proportion of that amount.

(10)Section 442(3) has effect as if for the words “the group did not include the company” there were substituted “ amounts of the company were limited to the non-qualifying proportion of those amounts ”.

445Joint venture groups

(1)This section applies if the joint venture company is the ultimate parent of a multi-company worldwide group at any time in the accounting period.

(2)An election made by the joint venture company under section 444 in relation to the accounting period is of no effect unless all the other members of the group—

(a)are qualifying infrastructure companies for the accounting period,

(b)are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the joint venture company throughout the accounting period, and

(c)have the same accounting periods as the joint venture company.

(3)In determining whether the conditions in section 444(1)(c) to (e) are met in relation to the accounting period of the joint venture company, any loans made to any of the other members of the group are treated as if they were made to the joint venture company.

(4)If the joint venture company makes an election under section 444 for the accounting period, the modifications made by subsections (5) to (10) of that section are also to apply in relation to each of the other members of the group.

446Joint ventures: supplementary

(1)If—

(a)the joint venture company makes an election under section 444 in relation to an accounting period,

(b)that company, or any member of the worldwide group of which it is a member, is the creditor for the purposes of section 438 in any case, and

(c)the company mentioned in that section in that case is a not a member of that group at any time in the accounting period,

section 438 has effect in that case as if subsection (3)(b) were of no effect in relation to that time.

(2)Section 434(1) to (5) apply to an election under section 444 as they apply to an election under section 433.

(3)For the purposes of section 444 the investors are not to be regarded as having the same rights in relation to the shares in or assets of the joint venture company, or in relation to the money debt or debts in question, at any time if—

(a)provision is in force at that time in respect of any of the relevant matters that differs in relation to different persons or has, or is capable of having, a different effect in relation to different persons (whether at that or any subsequent time),

(b)arrangements are in place at that time the effect of which is that, at that or any subsequent time, the rights of some persons in relation to any of the relevant matters differ, or will or may differ, from the rights of others in relation to the matters in question, or

(c)any other circumstances exist at that time as a result of which the rights of some persons in relation to any of the relevant matters cannot reasonably be regarded as being, in substance, the same rights as others in relation to the matters in question at that or any subsequent time.

(4)In this section—

(a)the relevant matters” means the shares in or assets of the joint venture company or the money debt or debts in question,

(b)rights” includes powers,

(c)different persons” includes persons of a different class or description, and

(d)“arrangements” include any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).

447Partnerships and other transparent entities

(1)Subsections (2) to (4) apply where a company is a member of a partnership.

(2)For the purposes of section 433 the cases in which assets recognised in a balance sheet of the company are regarded as deriving their value from the matters mentioned in subsection (5)(a) to (e) of that section include any case where—

(a)the company's interest in the partnership is recognised in the balance sheet of the company, and

(b)that partnership interest derives its value from those matters.

(3)For the purposes of section 436 the cases in which an entry in respect of an asset is (or would be) recognised in a balance sheet of the company include any case where—

(a)the asset is (or would be) recognised in a balance sheet of the partnership, and

(b)the company has a significant interest in the partnership.

(4)For the purposes of section 438(4)—

(a)the obligations mentioned there include any case where the obligations are those of the partnership, and

(b)references to a qualifying infrastructure company in that case include the partnership.

(5)Subsections (2) to (4) apply (with any necessary modifications) in relation to transparent entities that are not partnerships as they apply in relation to partnerships.

(6)For this purpose an entity is “transparent” if it is not chargeable to corporation tax or income tax as a person (ignoring any exemptions).

448Decommissioning

(1)This Chapter applies in relation to an activity consisting of the decommissioning of a public infrastructure asset as it applies in relation to its provision.

(2)In determining whether a company is a qualifying infrastructure company the following assets of the company are ignored (and the income arising from them is, accordingly, also ignored)—

(a)any shares in a decommissioning fund, and

(b)any loan relationships or other financing arrangements to which a decommissioning fund is party.

(3)A decommissioning fund is to be regarded as a qualifying infrastructure company.

(4)For the purposes of this section “a decommissioning fund” means a fund which—

(a)holds particular investments for the sole purpose of funding activities for, or in connection with, the decommissioning or other provision of public infrastructure assets, and

(b)is prevented from using the proceeds of the investments, or the income arising from them, for any purpose other than the purpose mentioned in paragraph (a) or returning surplus funds.

(5)In this section “decommissioning” includes demolishing and putting out of use.

449Minor definitions for purposes of this Chapter

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter—

  • balance sheet” means a balance sheet that is drawn up in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice,

  • financial asset” has the same meaning as it has for accounting purposes,

  • loan relationships or other financing arrangements” means—

    (a)

    loan relationships,

    (b)

    derivative contracts in relation to which the condition in section 387(4) is met (underlying subject matter to be interest rates etc),

    (c)

    finance leases, or

    (d)

    debt factoring or similar transactions, and

  • the UK sector of the continental shelf” means the areas designated by Order in Council under section 1(7) of the Continental Shelf Act 1964.

(2)For the purposes of this Chapter references to a company which is “associated” with another company at any time are references to companies that are members of the same worldwide group at that time.

CHAPTER 9U.K.Cases involving particular types of company or business
Banking companiesU.K.
450Banking companies

(1)This section applies in relation to a banking company carrying on a trade so far as the activities of the trade consist of or include dealing in financial instruments.

(2)For the purposes of section 382 an amount is treated as meeting condition A, B or C if it is a debit arising directly from dealing in financial instruments other than one in respect of an impairment loss.

(3)An amount—

(a)which is treated as meeting condition A, B or C for the purposes of section 382 as a result of subsection (2) of this section, and

(b)which, but for that subsection, would not be a tax-interest expense amount,

is to be left out of account, or brought into account, as a result of section 377(2) or 380(2) after the second but before the third kind of tax-interest expense amounts mentioned there.

(4)For the purposes of section 385 an amount is treated as meeting condition A, B, C or D if it is a credit arising directly from dealing in financial instruments other than one in respect of the reversal of an impairment loss.

(5)In determining a relevant expense amount under section 411 in the case of the company, that section has effect as if it also included a reference to losses arising directly from dealing in financial instruments other than impairment losses.

(6)In determining a relevant income amount under section 411 in the case of the company, that section has effect as if it also included gains arising directly from dealing in financial instruments other than the reversal of impairment losses.

(7)In this section—

  • banking company” has the same meaning as in Part 7A of CTA 2010 (see sections 269B to 269BD), and

  • financial instruments” includes—

    (a)

    loan relationships,

    (b)

    derivative contracts, and

    (c)

    shares or other securities.

Oil and gasU.K.
451Oil and gas

(1)For the purposes of this Part any amount which is, or is taken into account in calculating—

(a)the ring fence income of a company within the meaning of section 275 of CTA 2010, or

(b)a company's aggregate gain or loss under section 197(3) of TCGA 1992,

is to be ignored.

(2)For the purpose of applying subsection (1) in relation to the financial statements of a worldwide group of which the company is a member such adjustments are to be made to those statements as are just and reasonable.

REITsU.K.
452Real Estate Investment Trusts

(1)This section applies if a company (a “property rental business company”)—

(a)is a company which has profits for an accounting period which are not charged to corporation tax as a result of section 534(1) or (2) of CTA 2010, or

(b)is a company to which gains accrue in an accounting period that are not chargeable gains as a result of section 535(1) or (5) of CTA 2010.

(2)In this section “the residual business company” means the company which—

(a)so far as it carries on residual business, is treated, as a result of section 541 of CTA 2010, as a separate company distinct from the property rental business company, but

(b)ignoring that section, is in fact the same company as the property rental business company.

(3)In applying the provisions of this Part—

(a)the property rental business company and the residual business company are at all times to be regarded as separate members of the same worldwide group (despite the provisions of section 541(3) of CTA 2010), but

(b)in the case of the application of section 433 (qualifying infrastructure company), the property rental business company and the residual business company are to be regarded as being one company (and any election (or its revocation) is, therefore, regarded as made by each company).

(4)This Part has effect as if—

(a)section 534(1) and (2) of CTA 2010, and

(b)section 535(1) and (5) of CTA 2010,

do not apply in relation to the property rental business company for the accounting period.

(5)The allocated disallowance for the property rental business company (if any) for the accounting period must be limited to such amount as secures that section 530(3)(b) or (5) of CTA 2010 (distribution of profits not required if would result in unlawful distribution) do not apply.

(6)This subsection—

(a)sets out steps to be taken in order to facilitate the operation of Chapter 2 (disallowance and reactivation of tax-interest expense amounts), and

(b)has effect in relation to an accounting period of the residual business company whether or not it has net tax-interest expense referable to that period.

If the residual business company does not have net tax-interest expense referable to that period, it is treated for the purposes of steps 1 to 4 in the rest of this subsection as if it had instead a nil amount of tax-interest expense referable to that period.

  • Step 1 Determine the maximum amount that could be the allocated disallowance for the property rental business company for the accounting period if subsection (5) were ignored and the maximum amount that could be the allocated disallowance for the residual business company for the accounting period (ignoring step 5). The sum of those maximum amounts is referred to in this subsection as “the total REIT expenses”.

  • Step 2 Determine the amount (if any) that is the allocated disallowance for the property rental business for the accounting period, applying subsection (5) and all other rules in this Part. This amount is referred to in this subsection as “the actual disallowed amount”.

  • Step 3 Deduct from the total REIT expenses the actual disallowed amount.

  • Step 4 Determine whether so much of the total REIT expenses as remains after step 3 exceeds the net tax-interest expense of the residual business company referable to the accounting period (ignoring step 5).

  • Step 5 If the application of step 4 produces an excess, the residual business company is required to bring into account in the accounting period matching tax-interest expense and income amounts in accordance with the following provisions of this section.

(7)The residual business company—

(a)must bring a tax-interest expense amount equal to the excess into account in the accounting period, and

(b)must bring a tax-interest income amount equal to the excess into account in the accounting period,

but nothing in this subsection affects any calculation required under any other provision of this Part in relation to the accounting period of the residual business company.

(8)The bringing into account of a tax-interest expense amount under subsection (7) is subject to the operation of the other provisions of this Part (which may result in some or all of the amount not being brought into account).

(9)The tax-interest expense amount under subsection (7) must be matched in amount and nature to an amount comprised in the total REIT expenses.

Section 377(2) to (4) (which, subject to an election made by the company, set out the order in which amounts are left out of account) apply for the purposes of this subsection.

(10)The tax-interest expense or income amounts under subsection (7) are treated as being of the same nature as each other.

(11)An interest restriction return—

(a)must, in relation to any company carrying on residual business or property rental business, specify that fact, and

(b)must contain information about how the return has taken into account the effect of this section.

(12)Expressions which are used in this section and in Part 12 of CTA 2010 have the same meaning in this section as they have in that Part.

Insurance companies etcU.K.
453Insurance entities

(1)This section applies where—

(a)an insurance entity is a member of a worldwide group,

(b)the entity has a subsidiary (“S”) which it holds as a portfolio investment, and

(c)apart from this section, S would be a member of the group.

(2)For the purposes of this Part—

(a)the group does not include S (or its subsidiaries), and

(b)accordingly, none of those entities is regarded as a consolidated subsidiary of any member of the group.

(3)For the purposes of this section an insurance entity holds an interest in an entity as “a portfolio investment” if—

(a)the insurance entity holds the interest as an investment, and

(b)the insurance entity judges the value that the interest has to it wholly or mainly by reference to the market value of the interest.

(4)In this section—

  • insurance entity” means—

    (a)

    an insurance company,

    (b)

    a friendly society within the meaning of Part 3 of FA 2012 (see section 172), or

    (c)

    a body corporate which carries on underwriting business as a member of Lloyd's, and

  • subsidiary” has the meaning given by international accounting standards.

454Members of Lloyd's

In the case of a body corporate carrying on underwriting business as a member of Lloyd's—

(a)any reference in this Part to an amount being brought into account under Part 3 of CTA 2009 as a result of section 297 or 573 of that Act is to be read as a reference to its being brought into account under that Part as a result of section 219 of FA 1994, and

(b)any reference in this Part to a derivative contract is to be read as if subsection (3) of section 226 of FA 1994 (which provides that relevant contracts forming part of a premium trust fund are not derivative contracts) were omitted.

Shipping companiesU.K.
455Shipping companies subject to tonnage tax

(1)This section applies in relation to an accounting period of a tonnage tax company.

(2)The company's tonnage tax profits for the accounting period are treated as nil for the purpose of calculating the company's adjusted corporation tax earnings for the accounting period under section 406(2).

(3)In this section “tonnage tax company” and “tonnage tax profits” have the same meaning as in Schedule 22 to FA 2000 (see paragraphs 2 to 5).

Fair value accountingU.K.
456Creditor relationships of companies determined on basis of fair value accounting

(1)A company may elect for all of its creditor relationships which are dealt with on the basis of fair value accounting (“fair-value creditor relationships”) to be subject to the provision made by this section for all of its accounting periods.

(2)For the purpose of calculating under this Part—

(a)tax-interest expense amounts of the company, and

(b)tax-interest income amounts of the company,

the relevant loan relationship debits and relevant loan relationship credits in respect of the company's fair-value creditor relationships are instead to be determined for the accounting periods on an amortised cost basis of accounting.

(3)If—

(a)a company has a hedging relationship between a relevant contract (“the hedging instrument”) and the asset representing a loan relationship subject to the election, and

(b)the loan relationship is dealt with in the company's accounts on the basis of fair value accounting,

it is to be assumed in applying the amortised cost basis of accounting that the hedging instrument has where possible been designated for accounting purposes as a fair value hedge of the loan relationship.

(4)An election under this section—

(a)must be made before the end of 12 months from the end of the relevant accounting period,

(b)has effect for that accounting period and all subsequent accounting periods, and

(c)is irrevocable.

(5)For this purpose “relevant accounting period” means—

(a)the first accounting period in which the company has a fair-value creditor relationship, or

(b)if that accounting period has ended before 1 April 2017, the first accounting period in relation to which any provision of this Part applies.

(6)In this section “amortised cost basis of accounting”, in relation to an accounting period, has the same meaning as in Part 5 of CTA 2009 (see section 313), but, in the case of creditor relationships relating to insurance activities, as if that basis of accounting required recognition only of—

(a)interest accrued for the period in respect of the creditor relationships, or

(b)if the creditor relationships arise as a result of section 490 of CTA 2009 (OEICs, unit trusts and offshore funds), amounts that can reasonably be regarded as equating to interest accrued for the period in respect of those relationships.

(7)In subsection (6) “creditor relationships relating to insurance activities” means creditor relationships which—

(a)are held by an insurance company, a friendly society within the meaning of Part 3 of FA 2012 (see section 172) or a body corporate which carries on underwriting business as a member of Lloyd's, or

(b)are held in connection with the regulation of underwriting business carried on by members of Lloyd's.

(8)The Commissioners may by regulations amend the definition of “amortised cost basis of accounting” in this section.

(9)Other expressions which are used in this section and in Part 5 of CTA 2009 have the same meaning in this section as they have in that Part.

457Elections under section 456: deemed debits and credits

(1)This section applies if—

(a)as a result of an election under section 456, the tax-interest expense amounts of a company include notional debits for an accounting period,

(b)the worldwide group of which the company is a member is subject to interest restrictions for a period of account, and

(c)the total disallowed amount for the period of account consists of or includes the notional debits.

(2)In order to facilitate the operation of Chapter 2 (disallowance and reactivation of tax-interest expense amounts)—

(a)the company must bring a debit equal to the amount of the notional debits into account in the accounting period, and

(b)the company must bring a credit equal to the amount of the notional debits into account in the accounting period,

but nothing in this subsection affects any calculation required under any other provision of this Part in relation to the accounting period of the company.

(3)The bringing into account of a debit under subsection (2)(a) is subject to the operation of the other provisions of this Part (which may result in some or all of the debit not being brought into account).

(4)The debits and credits under subsection (2) are of the same nature as the notional debits that give rise to them.

(5)For the purposes of this section a debit is a “notional debit” if the debit is created as a result of the determination required by the election or so far as the amount of the debit is increased as a result of that determination.

Exemption for tax-interest expense or income amountsU.K.
458Co-operative and community benefit societies etc

(1)This section applies where—

(a)apart from this section, an amount would be a tax-interest expense amount or tax-interest income amount of a company as a result of meeting condition A in section 382 or 385 (loan relationships), and

(b)the amount meets that condition only because of section 499 of CTA 2009 (certain sums payable by co-operative and community benefit societies or UK agricultural or fishing co-operatives treated as interest under loan relationship).

(2)The amount is treated as not being a tax-interest expense amount or tax-interest income amount of the company.

459Charities

(1)This section applies where—

(a)apart from this section, an amount would be a tax-interest expense amount of a company as a result of meeting condition A in section 382 (loan relationship debits),

(b)the creditor is a charity,

(c)the company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the charity, and

(d)the charitable gift condition is met at all times during the accounting period in which the amount is (or apart from this Part would be) brought into account.

(2)The amount is treated as not being a tax-interest expense amount of the company.

(3)For the purposes of this section the “charitable gift condition” is met at any time at which, were the company to make a donation to the charity at that time, it would be a qualifying charitable donation (see section 190 of CTA 2010).

(4)In this section—

  • charity” has the same meaning as in Chapter 2 of Part 6 of CTA 2010 (see section 202 of that Act as read with Schedule 6 to FA 2010), and

  • the creditor” means the person who is party to the loan relationship in question as creditor.

LeasesU.K.
460Long funding operating leases and finance leases

(1)In calculating a company's adjusted corporation tax earnings for an accounting period under section 406(2), each of the following amounts is to be ignored—

(a)the amount of a deduction under section 363 of CTA 2010 (lessor under long funding operating lease);

(b)the amount by which a deduction is reduced under section 379 of CTA 2010 (lessee under long funding operating lease);

(c)the capital component of the company's rental earnings under a finance lease which is not a long funding finance lease;

(d)the amount of depreciation in respect of any asset leased to the company under a finance lease which is not a long funding finance lease.

(2)The definition of “relevant capital expenditure” in section 417(2) includes the amount of depreciation in respect of any relevant asset leased under a finance lease for some or all of the relevant period of account to a company that is a member of the worldwide group in question.

(3)For the purposes of this section the capital component of a company's rental earnings under a finance lease is so much of those earnings as do not constitute tax-interest income amounts of the company.

(4)For the purposes of this section the amount of depreciation in respect of any asset leased to a company under a finance lease is the amount which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice, falls (or would fall) to be shown as depreciation in respect of the asset in the applicable accounts.

(5)In this section “the applicable accounts” are—

(a)in a case within subsection (1)(d), the company's accounts for any period, and

(b)in a case within subsection (2), the financial statements of the worldwide group for the relevant period of account in question.

(6)In this section “long funding finance lease” means a finance lease which is a long funding lease (within the meaning of section 70G of CAA 2001).

CHAPTER 10U.K.Anti-avoidance
461Counteracting effect of avoidance arrangements

(1)Any tax advantage that would (in the absence of this section) arise from relevant avoidance arrangements is to be counteracted by the making of such adjustments as are just and reasonable.

(2)Any adjustments required to be made under this section (whether or not by an officer of Revenue and Customs) may be made by way of an assessment, the modification of an assessment, amendment or disallowance of a claim or otherwise.

(3)For the purposes of this section arrangements are “relevant avoidance arrangements” if conditions A and B are met.

(4)Condition A is that the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the arrangements is to enable a company to obtain a tax advantage.

(5)Condition B is that the tax advantage is attributable (or partly attributable) to any company—

(a)not leaving tax-interest expense amounts out of account that it otherwise would have left out of account,

(b)leaving tax-interest expense amounts out of account that are lower than they otherwise would have been,

(c)leaving tax-interest expense amounts out of account in an accounting period other than that in which it otherwise would have left them out of account,

(d)bringing tax-interest expense amounts into account that it otherwise would not have brought into account,

(e)bringing tax-interest expense amounts into account that are higher than they otherwise would have been, or

(f)bringing tax-interest expense amounts into account in an accounting period other than that in which it otherwise would have brought them into account.

(6)In subsection (5)—

(a)references to leaving amounts out of account are to leaving them out of account under this Part;

(b)references to bringing amounts into account are to bringing them into account under this Part.

(7)In this section—

  • arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable), and

  • tax advantage” includes—

    (a)

    relief or increased relief from tax,

    (b)

    repayment or increased repayment of tax,

    (c)

    avoidance or reduction of a charge to tax or an assessment to tax,

    (d)

    avoidance of a possible assessment to tax,

    (e)

    deferral of a payment of tax or advancement of a repayment of tax, and

    (f)

    avoidance of an obligation to deduct or account for tax.

(8)For the purposes of the definition of “tax advantage” any reference to tax includes—

(a)any amount chargeable as if it were corporation tax or treated as if it were corporation tax, and

(b)diverted profits tax.

CHAPTER 11U.K.Interpretation etc
Related partiesU.K.
462Expressions relating to “related parties”: introduction

(1)Section 463 sets out the circumstances in which a person is a related party of another person for the purposes of this Part.

(2)That section—

(a)applies generally in relation to any amount, and

(b)is supplemented by sections 464 and 465 (which contain provisions that have effect for the purposes of that section).

(3)Sections 466 and 467 make provision for treating persons as if they were related parties of each other but only in relation to certain matters.

(4)Sections 468 to 472—

(a)make provision for treating persons as if they were not related parties of each other but only in relation to certain matters, and

(b)take priority over sections 466 and 467.

463Whether a person is generally a “related party” of another

(1)For the purposes of this Part a person (“A”) is a “related party” of another person (“B”)—

(a)throughout any period for which A and B are consolidated for accounting purposes,

(b)on any day on which the participation condition is met in relation to them, or

(c)on any day on which the 25% investment condition is met in relation to them.

(2)A and B are consolidated for accounting purposes for a period if—

(a)their financial results for a period are required to be comprised in group accounts,

(b)their financial results for the period would be required to be comprised in group accounts but for the application of an exemption, or

(c)their financial results for a period are in fact comprised in group accounts.

(3)In subsection (2) “group accounts” means accounts prepared under—

(a)section 399 of the Companies Act 2006, or

(b)any corresponding provision of the law of a territory outside the United Kingdom.

(4)The participation condition is met in relation to A and B (“the relevant parties”) on a day if, within the period of 6 months beginning or ending with that day—

(a)one of the relevant parties directly or indirectly participates in the management, control or capital of the other, or

(b)the same person or persons directly or indirectly participate in the management, control or capital of each of the relevant parties.

(5)For the interpretation of subsection (4), see sections 157(1), 158(4), 159(1) and 160(1) (which have the effect that references in that subsection to direct or indirect participation are to be read in accordance with provisions of Chapter 2 of Part 4).

(6)If one of the relevant parties is a securitisation company within the meaning of Chapter 4 of Part 13 of CTA 2010, the relevant parties are not to be regarded as related parties of each other as a result of subsection (4) merely by reference to the fact that—

(a)the securitisation company is held by a trustee of a settlement, and

(b)the other relevant party is a settlor in relation to that settlement.

(7)The 25% investment condition is met in relation to A and B if—

(a)one of them has a 25% investment in the other, or

(b)a third person has a 25% investment in each of them.

(8)Sections 464 and 465 apply for the purpose of determining whether a person has a “25% investment” in another person.

464Meaning of “25% investment”

(1)A person (“P”) has a 25% investment in another person (“C”) if—

(a)P possesses or is entitled to acquire 25% or more of the voting power in C,

(b)in the event of a disposal of the whole of the equity in C, P would receive 25% or more of the proceeds,

(c)in the event that the income in respect of the equity in C were distributed among the equity holders in C, P would receive 25% or more of the amount so distributed, or

(d)in the event of a winding-up of C or in any other circumstances, P would receive 25% or more of C's assets which would then be available for distribution among the equity holders in C in respect of the equity in C.

(2)In this section references to the equity in C are to—

(a)the shares in C other than restricted preference shares, or

(b)loans to C other than normal commercial loans.

(3)For this purpose “shares in C” includes—

(a)stock, and

(b)any other interests of members in C.

(4)For the purposes of this section a person is an equity holder in C if the person possesses any of the equity in C.

(5)For the purposes of this section—

  • normal commercial loan” means a loan which is a normal commercial loan for the purposes of section 158(1)(b) or 159(4)(b) of CTA 2010, and

  • restricted preference shares” means shares which are restricted preference shares for the purposes of section 160 of CTA 2010.

(6)In applying for the purposes of this section the definitions of “normal commercial loan” and “restricted preference shares” in a case where—

(a)C is not a company, or

(b)C is a company which does not have share capital,

sections 160(2) to (7) and 161 to 164 of CTA 2010 (and any other relevant provisions of that Act) have effect with the necessary modifications.

(7)In this section references to a person receiving any proceeds, amount or assets include—

(a)the direct or indirect receipt of the proceeds, amount or assets, and

(b)the direct or indirect application of the proceeds, amount or assets for the person's benefit,

and it does not matter whether the receipt or application is at the time of the disposal, distribution, winding-up or other circumstances or at a later time.

(8)If—

(a)there is a direct receipt or direct application of any proceeds, amount or assets by or for the benefit of a person (“A”), and

(b)another person (“B”) directly or indirectly owns a percentage of the equity in A,

there is, for the purposes of subsection (7), an indirect receipt or indirect application of that percentage of the proceeds, amount or assets by or for the benefit of B.

(9)For this purpose the percentage of the equity in A directly or indirectly owned by B is to be determined by applying the rules in sections 1155 to 1157 of CTA 2010 with such modifications (if any) as may be necessary.

(10)Subsection (7) is not to result in a person being regarded as having a 25% investment in another person merely as a result of their being parties to a normal commercial loan.

(11)Any reference in this section, in the case of a person who is a member of a partnership, to the proceeds, amount or assets of the person includes the person's share of the proceeds, amount or assets of the partnership (apportioning those things between the partners on a just and reasonable basis).

465Attribution of rights and interests

(1)In determining for the purposes of section 464 the investment that a person (“P”) has in another person, P is to be taken to have all of the rights and interests of—

(a)any person connected with P,

(b)any person who is a member of a partnership, or is connected with a person who is member of a partnership, of which P is a member, or

(c)any person who is a member of a partnership, or is connected with a person who is a member of a partnership, of which a person connected with P is a member.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1)—

(a)section 1122 of CTA 2010 (“connected” persons) applies but as if subsections (7) and (8) of that section were omitted, but

(b)a person is not to be regarded as connected with another person merely as a result of their being parties to a loan that is a normal commercial loan for the purposes of section 464.

(3)In determining for the purposes of section 464 the investment that a person (“P”) has in another person (“U”), P is to be taken to have all of the rights and interests of a third person (“T”) with whom P acts together in relation to U.

(4)For this purpose P “acts together” with T in relation to U if (and only if)—

(a)for the purpose of influencing the conduct of U's affairs—

(i)P is able to secure that T acts in accordance with P's wishes (or vice versa), or

(ii)T can reasonably be expected to act, or typically acts, in accordance with P's wishes (or vice versa),

(b)P and T are party to an arrangement that it is reasonable to conclude is designed to affect the value of any equity in U possessed by T, or

(c)the same person manages some or all of any equity in U possessed by P and T.

In paragraphs (b) and (c) references to equity in U are to be read in accordance with section 464.

(5)But P does not “act together” with T in relation to U under subsection (4)(c) if—

(a)the managing person does so as the operator of different collective investment schemes, and

(b)the management of the schemes is not coordinated for the purpose of influencing the conduct of U's affairs.

(6)For this purpose “collective investment scheme” and “operator” have the same meaning as in Part 17 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (see sections 235 and 237).

(7)In determining for the purposes of section 464 the investment that a person (“P”) has in another person (“U”), P is to be taken to have all of the rights and interests of one or more third persons with whom P has entered into a qualifying arrangement in relation to U.

(8)For this purpose P has entered into a qualifying arrangement with one or more third persons in relation to U if they are parties to an arrangement concerning U as a result of which, by reference to shares held, or to be held, by any one or more of them in U, they can reasonably be expected to act together—

(a)so as to exert greater influence in relation to U than any one of them would be able to exert if acting alone, or

(b)otherwise so as to be able to achieve an outcome in relation to U that, if attempted by any one of them acting alone, would be significantly more difficult to achieve.

(9)For this purpose the reference to shares in U includes shares in U that may be held as a result of the exercise of any right or power and includes rights or interests in U that are of a similar character to shares.

(10)In this section “arrangement” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).

466Certain loan relationships etc to be treated as made between related parties

(1)This section—

(a)makes provision for treating a person (“D”) who is not a related party of another person (“C”) as if they were related parties of each other but only in respect of particular liabilities or transactions, and

(b)is expressed to apply in relation to loan relationships but also applies (with any necessary modifications) in relation to any other financial liability owed to, or any transaction with, C.

(2)If at any time—

(a)D is party to a loan relationship as debtor and C is party to the relationship as creditor, and

(b)another person (“G”) who is a related party of D provides a guarantee, indemnity or other financial assistance in respect of the liability of D that represents the loan relationship,

D and C are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan relationship concerned (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were related parties of each other at that time.

(3)Subsection (2) is subject to—

(a)section 415 (qualifying net group-interest expense), and

(b)section 438(3) (infrastructure: interest payable to third parties etc).

(4)If at any time—

(a)D is party to a loan relationship as debtor and C is party to the relationship as creditor, and

(b)another person (“G”) who is a related party of D indirectly stands in the position of a creditor as respects the debt in question by reference to a series of loan relationships or other arrangements,

D and C are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan relationship concerned (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were related parties of each other at that time.

(5)For the purposes of this section “arrangements” include any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).

467Holdings of debt and equity in same proportions

(1)This section applies at any time where—

(a)persons have lent money to another person (“U”),

(b)the lenders also have shares or voting power in U,

(c)the amounts each of the lenders has lent stand in the same, or substantially the same, proportion as the shares or voting power in U that each of them has, and

(d)for the purposes of section 464 the lenders (taken together) have a 25% investment in U.

(2)The lenders are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loans (and anything done under or for the purposes of them), they were related parties of U at that time (so far as that would not otherwise be the case).

(3)If—

(a)some or all of the rights under the loan are transferred, and

(b)the transferred rights are held by, or for the benefit of, another person (“the transferee”) at any time,

the transferee is treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), the transferee were a related party of U at that time (so far as that would not otherwise be the case).

(4)This applies whether or not the transferee has any shares or voting power in U.

(5)For the purposes of this section references to shares in U include shares in U that may be held as a result of the exercise of any right or power and include rights or interests in U that are of a similar character to shares.

(6)This section applies (with any necessary modifications) in relation to any other financial liability owed to, or any transaction with, U as it applies to loans made to U.

468Debts with same rights where unrelated parties hold more than 50%

(1)This section applies if—

(a)a person (“D”) is party to a loan relationship as debtor in a period of account of a worldwide group of which it is a member,

(b)a person (“C”) who is party to the loan relationship as creditor is a related party of D at any time in that period,

(c)there are persons (“the relevant creditors”) other than C who are parties to the loan relationship, or are parties to other loan relationships entered into at the same time, as creditors but who are not related parties of D at any time in that period,

(d)at all times in that period the rights of the relevant creditors are rights in relation to at least 50% of the total amount of the money debt or debts in question, and

(e)at all times in that period C and the relevant creditors have the same rights in relation to the money debt or debts in question.

(2)D and C are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan relationship concerned (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were not related parties of each other at any time in that period.

(3)Persons are not to be regarded as having the same rights in relation to a money debt or debts at any time if—

(a)the terms or conditions on which any of the money is lent and which are in force at that time make different provision in relation to different persons or have, or are capable of having, a different effect in relation to different persons (whether at that or any subsequent time),

(b)arrangements are in place at that time the effect of which is that, at that or any subsequent time, the rights of some persons in relation to any of the debts differ, or will or may differ, from the rights of others in relation to any of the debts, or

(c)any other circumstances exist at that time as a result of which the rights of some persons in relation to any of the debts cannot reasonably be regarded as being, in substance, the same rights as others in relation any of the debts at that or any subsequent time.

(4)For the purposes of this section—

  • “arrangements” include any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable),

  • different persons” includes persons of a different class or description, and

  • rights” includes powers.

469Debt restructuring

(1)This section—

(a)makes provision for treating a person (“D”) who is a related party of another person (“C”) as if they were not related parties of each other but only in respect of particular liabilities or transactions, and

(b)is expressed to apply in relation to loan relationships but also applies (with any necessary modifications) in relation to any other financial liability owed to, or any transaction with, C.

(2)If—

(a)D is party to a loan relationship as debtor and C is party to the loan relationship as creditor,

(b)D subsequently becomes a related party of C in consequence of a relevant release of debt, and

(c)before D became a related party of C in consequence of the release none of the parties to the loan relationship had been related parties of each other,

D and C are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan relationship (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were not related parties of each other at times on or after the release.

(3)There is a “relevant release of debt” at any time for the purposes of this section if—

(a)a liability to pay an amount under a person's debtor relationship is released under the arrangements,

(b)that person is D or a person who is a related party of D at that time, and

(c)immediately before the release, it is reasonable to conclude that, without the release and any arrangements of which the release forms part, there would be a material risk that, at some time within the next 12 months, D or the related party would be unable to pay its debts.

(4)For the purposes of this section “debtor relationship” has the meaning given by section 302(6) of CTA 2009 (reading the references in that subsection to a company as references to a person).

470Ordinary independent financing arrangements by banks and others

(1)This section applies where—

(a)at any time, a person (“C”) is party to a loan relationship as creditor and the party to the loan relationship as debtor (“D”) is a related party of C as a result of any circumstances, and

(b)the loan relationship is not one to which C is a party at that time directly or indirectly in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, the existence of any of those circumstances.

(2)C and D are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan relationship (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were not related parties of each other at that time.

471Loans made by relevant public bodies

(1)This section applies at any time where—

(a)a relevant public body (“B”) lends money to a person (“P”),

(b)B is a related party of P, and

(c)the realising of a profit is merely incidental to the making of the loan.

(2)B and P are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the loan (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were not related parties of each other at that time.

472Finance leases granted before 20 March 2017

(1)This section applies at any time where an asset is leased by a person (“A”) to another (“B”) under a lease which is granted before 20 March 2017 and which, in the case of B, is a finance lease.

(2)A and B are treated for the purposes of this Part as if, in relation to the lease (and anything done under or for the purposes of it), they were not related parties of each other at that time.

Determining the worldwide groupU.K.
473Meaning of “a worldwide group”, “ultimate parent” etc

(1)In this Part “a worldwide group” means—

(a)any entity which—

(i)is a relevant entity (see section 474), and

(ii)meets the first or second non-consolidation condition (see subsections (2) and (3)), and

(b)each consolidated subsidiary (if any) of the entity mentioned in paragraph (a).

(2)The first non-consolidation condition is that the entity—

(a)is a member of an IAS group, and

(b)is not a consolidated subsidiary of an entity that—

(i)is a relevant entity, and

(ii)itself meets the first non-consolidation condition.

(3)The second non-consolidation condition is that the entity is not a member of an IAS group.

(4)In this Part—

(a)references to “a member” of a worldwide group are to an entity mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (b);

(b)references to “the ultimate parent” of a worldwide group are to the entity mentioned in subsection (1)(a);

(c)references to “a single-company worldwide group” are to a worldwide group whose only member is its ultimate parent;

(d)references to “a multi-company worldwide group” are to a worldwide group with two or more members.

(5)In this section “IAS group” means a group within the meaning given by international accounting standards.

474Interpretation of section 473: “relevant entity”

(1)In section 473 “relevant entity” means—

(a)a company, or

(b)an entity the shares or other interests in which are listed on a recognised stock exchange and are sufficiently widely held.

(2)Shares or other interests in an entity are “sufficiently widely held” if no participator in the entity holds more than 10% by value of all the shares or other interests in the entity.

Section 454 of CTA 2010 (meaning of participator) applies for the purposes of this subsection.

(3)The following are not relevant entities—

(a)the Crown,

(b)a Minister of the Crown,

(c)a government department,

(d)a Northern Ireland department, or

(e)a foreign sovereign power.

475Meaning of “non-consolidated subsidiary” and “consolidated subsidiary”

(1)An entity (“X”) is a “non-consolidated subsidiary” of another entity (“Y”) at any time (“the relevant time”) if—

(a)X is a subsidiary of Y at the relevant time, and

(b)if Y were required at the relevant time to measure its investment in X, it would be required to do so using fair value accounting.

(2)An entity (“X”) is a “consolidated subsidiary” of another entity (“Y”) at any time if, at that time, X is a subsidiary, but not a non-consolidated subsidiary, of Y.

(3)In this section “subsidiary” has the meaning given by international accounting standards.

(4)For the purposes of this section, assume that all entities are subject to international accounting standards.

(5)This section has effect for the purposes of this Part.

476Continuity of identity of a worldwide group through time

(1)This section applies for the purpose of determining whether a group of entities that constitutes a worldwide group at any time (“Time 2”) is the same worldwide group as a group of entities that constitutes a worldwide group at an earlier time (“Time 1”).

(2)The group at Time 2 is the same worldwide group as the group at Time 1 if and only if the entity that is the ultimate parent of the group at Time 2—

(a)was the ultimate parent of the group at Time 1, and

(b)was the ultimate parent of a worldwide group at all times between Time 1 and Time 2.

477Treatment of stapled entities

(1)This section applies where two or more entities—

(a)would, apart from this section, each be the ultimate parent of a worldwide group, and

(b)are stapled to each other.

(2)This Part has effect as if—

(a)the entities were consolidated subsidiaries of another entity (the “deemed parent”), and

(b)the deemed parent fell within section 473(1)(a) (conditions for being the ultimate parent of a worldwide group).

(3)For the purpose of this section an entity (“entity A”) is “stapled” to another entity (“entity B”) if, in consequence of the nature of the rights attaching to the shares or other interests in entity A (including any terms or conditions attaching to the right to transfer the interests), it is necessary or advantageous for a person who has, disposes of or acquires shares or other interests in entity A also to have, dispose of or acquire shares or other interests in entity B.

478Treatment of business combinations

(1)This section applies where two entities—

(a)would, apart from this section, each be the ultimate parent of a worldwide group, and

(b)are treated under international accounting standards as a single economic entity by reason of being a business combination achieved by contract.

(2)This Part has effect as if—

(a)the two entities were consolidated subsidiaries of another entity (the “deemed parent”), and

(b)the deemed parent fell within section 473(1)(a) (conditions for being the ultimate parent of a worldwide group).

(3)In this section “business combination” has the meaning given by international accounting standards.

Financial statements and periods of accountU.K.
479“Financial statements” of a worldwide group

(1)References in this Part to “financial statements” of a worldwide group for a period are (subject to subsection (2)) to consolidated financial statements of the worldwide group's ultimate parent and its subsidiaries in respect of the period.

(2)Where the worldwide group is at all times during the period a single-company worldwide group, the references are to financial statements of the ultimate parent in respect of the period.

(3)The basic rule is that the references mentioned in subsections (1) and (2) are to financial statements that are drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent.

(4)But see—

(a)section 481 for provision under which, in specified circumstances, financial statements of a worldwide group are treated as having been drawn up in accordance with different accounting standards from those in accordance with which they are drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent;

(b)section 482 for provision under which, in specified circumstances, financial statements of a worldwide group are treated as consolidating different subsidiaries from those consolidated in financial statements drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent;

(c)section 483 for provision under which, in specified circumstances, financial statements of a worldwide group are treated as having been drawn up where the ultimate parent has drawn up consolidated financial statements covering more than one worldwide group;

(d)sections 484 to 486 for provision under which, where financial statements of a worldwide group are not drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent, financial statements of the group are treated as having been drawn up.

(5)See also section 487 (under which financial statements drawn up by or on behalf of an entity, but for too long a period or too late, are ignored for the purposes of this Part).

480“Period of account” of worldwide group

References in this Part to a “period of account” of a worldwide group are to—

(a)a period in respect of which financial statements of the group are drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent, or

(b)a period in respect of which financial statements of the group are treated as drawn up for the purposes of this section (whether under any of sections 481 to 485 or under any other enactment).

481Actual financial statements not drawn up on acceptable principles

(1)This section applies where financial statements of a worldwide group for a period drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent are not drawn up on acceptable principles.

(2)For the purposes of this Part (apart from this section)—

(a)the financial statements mentioned in subsection (1) are to be ignored, and

(b)IAS financial statements of the worldwide group are treated as having been drawn up in respect of the period.

(3)For the purposes of this Chapter financial statements are “drawn up on acceptable principles” only if condition A, B, C or D is met.

(4)Condition A is that the financial statements are IAS financial statements.

(5)Condition B is that the amounts recognised in the financial statements are not materially different from those that would be recognised in IAS financial statements of the worldwide group, if such statements were drawn up.

(6)Condition C is that the financial statements are drawn up in accordance with UK generally accepted accounting practice.

(7)Condition D is that the financial statements are drawn up in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practice of one of the following territories—

(a)Canada;

(b)China;

(c)India;

(d)Japan;

(e)South Korea;

(f)the United States of America.

(8)The Commissioners may by regulations amend this section so as to alter the circumstances in which financial statements are “drawn up on acceptable principles” for the purposes of this Chapter.

482Actual financial statements drawn up on acceptable principles but consolidating wrong subsidiaries

(1)This section applies where financial statements of a worldwide group for a period drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent are drawn up on acceptable principles but—

(a)do not consolidate one or more entities that are IAS subsidiaries, or

(b)consolidate one or more entities that are not IAS subsidiaries.

(2)In this section “IAS subsidiary”, in relation to a period, means an entity which would be required to be consolidated with those of the ultimate parent in IAS financial statements of the group for the period.

(3)For the purposes of this Part (apart from this section)—

(a)the financial statements mentioned in subsection (1) are to be ignored, and

(b)consolidated financial statements of the ultimate parent and its IAS subsidiaries are treated as having been drawn up in respect of the period.

(4)The financial statements treated by subsection (3)(b) as drawn up are treated as drawn up in accordance with the same accounting principles and practice as the financial statements mentioned in subsection (1).

(5)In this section a reference to financial statements consolidating the results of an entity is to consolidating its results with those of the ultimate parent as the results of a single economic entity.

483Actual financial statements covering more than one worldwide group

(1)This section applies where—

(a)consolidated financial statements of an entity and its subsidiaries are drawn up by or on behalf of the entity in respect of a period (“the actual period of account”), and

(b)the entity was the ultimate parent of a worldwide group for a part (but not all) of that period.

(2)For the purposes of this Part (apart from this section)—

(a)the financial statements mentioned in subsection (1)(a) are to be ignored, and

(b)consolidated financial statements of the entity and its IAS subsidiaries are treated as having been drawn up in respect of the part of the actual period of account mentioned in subsection (1)(b).

(3)The financial statements treated by subsection (2)(b) as drawn up are treated as drawn up—

(a)where the financial statements mentioned in subsection (1)(a) are drawn up on acceptable principles, in accordance with the same accounting principles and practice as those financial statements;

(b)otherwise, in accordance with international accounting standards.

(4)In this section “IAS subsidiary” has the same meaning as in section 482.

484No actual financial statements: ultimate parent draws up financial statements

(1)Subsection (2) applies where—

(a)financial statements of the ultimate parent of a worldwide group are drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent in respect of a period (“the relevant period”),

(b)consolidated financial statements of the ultimate parent and its subsidiaries are not drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent in respect of the relevant period or any part of it, and

(c)the group was, at any time during the relevant period, a multi-company worldwide group.

(2)For the purposes of this Part (apart from this section) IAS financial statements of the worldwide group are treated as drawn up in respect of the relevant period.

(3)The ultimate parent may elect that subsection (2) is not to apply in relation to financial statements of the ultimate parent.

(4)An election under subsection (3)—

(a)has effect in relation to financial statements in respect of periods ending on or after such date as is specified in the election, and

(b)is irrevocable.

(5)The date specified in the election may not be before the day on which the election is made.

485No actual financial statements: other cases

(1)In this section “accounts-free period” means (subject to subsection (2)) any period—

(a)which begins on or after 1 April 2017,

(b)throughout which a worldwide group exists, and

(c)in respect of no part of which are financial statements of the group—

(i)drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent, or

(ii)treated as drawn up for the purposes of this section (whether under section 481, 482, 483 or 484 or any other enactment).

(2)A period is not an “accounts-free period” if it forms part of an accounts-free period.

(3)If an accounts-free period in relation to a worldwide group is 12 months or less, IAS financial statements of the worldwide group are treated for the purposes of this Part (apart from this section) as having been drawn up for the accounts-free period.

(4)If an accounts-free period in relation to a worldwide group is more than 12 months, IAS financial statements of the worldwide group are treated for the purposes of this Part (apart from this section) as having been drawn up for each of the following periods—

(a)the first period of 12 months falling within the accounts-free period;

(b)any subsequent period of 12 months falling within the accounts-free period;

(c)any period of less than 12 months which—

(i)begins immediately after the end of a period mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b), and

(ii)ends at the end of the accounts-free period.

486Election altering period of account deemed under section 485

(1)This section applies where, disregarding this section, IAS financial statements of a worldwide group would be treated under section 485(4)(a) or (b) as drawn up for a period (“the default period of account”) during an accounts-free period.

(2)The ultimate parent of the group may make an election under this section in relation to the default period of account.

(3)Where an election under this section is made, section 485 has effect as if subsection (4)(a) or (b) of that section—

(a)did not treat IAS financial statements of the group as having been drawn up for the default period of account;

(b)instead, treated IAS financial statements of the group as having been drawn up for the period—

(i)beginning with the day on which the default period of account begins (“the start day”), and

(ii)ending with such day after the start day as is specified in the election (“the end day”).

(4)The end day must—

(a)fall within the accounts-free period, and

(b)not be later than the final day of the period of 18 months beginning with the start day.

(5)An election under this section—

(a)must be made before the end day, and

(b)is irrevocable.

(6)The fact that the ultimate parent of a worldwide group makes an election under this section in relation to a default period of account (“the earlier elected period”) does not prevent it from making an election in relation to a later default period of account (“the later elected period”).

(7)But where it does so, the end day in relation to the later elected period must be 3 years or more after the end day in relation to the earlier elected period.

(8)Where this section modifies section 485(4)(a) or (b) so that it treats IAS financial statements of the group as having been drawn up for the period mentioned in subsection (3)(b) of this section (“the elected period”), section 485(4)(b) and (c) apply in relation to any part of the accounts-free period following the end of the elected period.

(9)In this section “accounts-free period” has the same meaning as in section 485.

487Actual financial statements ignored if for too long a period or too late

Financial statements drawn up by or on behalf of any entity are to be ignored for the purposes of this Part (apart from this section) if—

(a)the period in respect of which they are drawn up is more than 18 months, or

(b)they are drawn up after the end of the period of 30 months beginning with the beginning of the period in respect of which they are drawn up.

488Meaning of “IAS financial statements”

(1)References in this Part to “IAS financial statements” of a worldwide group for a period are (subject to subsection (2)) to consolidated financial statements of the worldwide group's ultimate parent and its subsidiaries, drawn up in respect of the period in accordance with international accounting standards.

(2)If the worldwide group is at all times during the period a single-company worldwide group, the references are instead to financial statements of the ultimate parent, drawn up in respect of the period in accordance with international accounting standards.

489References to amounts recognised in financial statements

(1)References in this Part to an amount “recognised” in financial statements—

(a)include an amount comprised in an amount so recognised;

(b)are, where the amount is expressed in a currency other than sterling, to that amount translated into its sterling equivalent.

(2)The exchange rate by reference to which an amount is to be translated under subsection (1)(b) is the average rate of exchange for the period of account, calculated from daily spot rates.

(3)References in this Part to an amount recognised in financial statements “for a period” as an item of profit or loss include references to an amount that—

(a)was previously recognised as an item of other comprehensive income, and

(b)is transferred to become an item of profit or loss in determining the profit or loss for the period.

Other definitionsU.K.
490Meaning of “relevant accounting period”

For the purposes of this Part a “relevant accounting period” of a company, in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, means any accounting period that falls wholly or partly within the period of account of the worldwide group.

491Meaning of “relevant public body”

(1)In this Part “relevant public body” means—

(a)the Crown,

(b)a Minister of the Crown,

(c)a government department,

(d)a Northern Ireland department,

(e)a foreign sovereign power,

(f)a designated educational establishment (within the meaning given by section 106 of CTA 2009),

(g)a health service body (within the meaning given by section 986 of CTA 2010),

(h)a local authority or local authority association,

(i)any other body that acts under any enactment for public purposes and not for its own profit, or

(j)any wholly-owned subsidiary of any body falling within any of the above paragraphs of this subsection.

(2)In this section “enactment” includes—

(a)an enactment contained in subordinate legislation within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978,

(b)an enactment contained in, or in an instrument made under, an Act of the Scottish Parliament,

(c)an enactment contained in, or in an instrument made under, a Measure or Act of the National Assembly for Wales, and

(d)an enactment contained in, or in an instrument made under, Northern Ireland legislation.

(3)The Commissioners may by regulations amend this section so as to alter the meaning of “relevant public body”.

(4)The provision that may be made by the regulations does not include provision altering the meaning of “relevant public body” so that it includes a person who has no functions of a public nature.

492Meaning of “UK group company”

In this Part “UK group company”, in relation to any time during a period of account of a worldwide group, means a company—

(a)which is within the charge to corporation tax at that time, and

(b)which is a member of the group at that time.

493Embedded derivatives

Sections 415 and 585 of CTA 2009 (loan relationships with embedded derivatives) apply for the purposes of this Part of this Act.

494Other interpretation

(1)In this Part—

  • the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;

  • fair value accounting” means a basis of accounting under which—

    (a)

    assets and liabilities are measured in the company's balance sheet at their fair value, and

    (b)

    changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities are recognised as items of profit or loss;

  • fair value” has the meaning it has for accounting purposes;

  • finance lease”, in relation to a company or a worldwide group, means a lease that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice, falls (or would fall) to be treated as a finance lease or loan in the accounts of the company or the financial statements of the group;

  • interest restriction return” means a return submitted under any provision of Schedule 7A;

  • reporting company” means a company which is for the time being appointed under any provision of Schedule 7A;

  • the return period”, in relation to an interest restriction return of a worldwide group, means the period of account of the group to which the return relates;

  • service concession arrangement” has the meaning given by international accounting standards;

  • wholly-owned subsidiary” has the meaning given by section 1159(2) of the Companies Act 2006.

(2)For the purposes of this Part a person who is not a company is regarded as being a party to a loan relationship if the person would be so regarded for the purposes of Part 5 of CTA 2009 if the person were a company.

RegulationsU.K.
495Financial statements: different treatment by group or members

(1)The Commissioners may make regulations for the purpose of altering any calculation under Chapter 7 where—

(a)the financial statements of a worldwide group for a period include or omit an amount in respect of any matter, and

(b)any member of the group deals with that matter for tax or accounting purposes in a different way.

(2)The regulations—

(a)may make provision subject to an election or other specified circumstances, and

(b)may make provision having effect in relation to any period beginning before the regulations are made if the period begins at some time in the calendar year in which the regulations are made.

496Parties to capital market arrangements

(1)The Commissioners may make regulations entitling—

(a)a UK group company which has a liability to corporation tax as a result of this Part and which is a party to a capital market arrangement, and

(b)another UK group company,

to make a joint election transferring the liability to the other UK group company.

(2)The regulations may include provision—

(a)specifying other conditions that must be met for an election to be made,

(b)requiring an election to be made on or before a particular time (for example, before the accounting period for which the liability arises),

(c)authorising or requiring an officer of Revenue and Customs (on the exercise of a discretion or otherwise) to accept or reject an election,

(d)authorising or requiring an officer of Revenue and Customs (on the exercise of a discretion or otherwise) to revoke an election previously in force and dealing with the effect of the revocation, and

(e)dealing with the effect of the transfer of the corporation tax liability on any other liabilities that relate to the transferred corporation tax liability.

(3)In this section “capital market arrangement” has the same meaning as in section 72B(1) of the Insolvency Act 1986 (see paragraph 1 of Schedule 2A to that Act).

497Change in accounting standards

(1)The Treasury may by regulations amend this Part to take account of a change in the way in which amounts are, or may be, presented or disclosed in financial statements where the change results from the issue, revocation, amendment or recognition of, or withdrawal of recognition from, an accounting standard by an accounting body.

(2)For this purpose—

  • accounting standard” includes any statement of practice, guidance or other similar document, and

  • accounting body” means—

    (a)

    the International Accounting Standards Board (or successor body), or

    (b)

    the Accounting Standards Board (or successor body).

(3)The regulations—

(a)may make provision subject to an election or other specified circumstances, and

(b)may make provision having effect in relation to any period beginning before the regulations are made if the change mentioned in subsection (1) is relevant to that period.

(4)A statutory instrument containing regulations which are capable of increasing the liability of a company to corporation tax may not be made unless a draft of the instrument is laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

498Regulations

Regulations under this Part may—

(a)make different provision for different cases or circumstances,

(b)include supplementary, incidental and consequential provision, or

(c)make transitional provision and savings.

PART 2 U.K.New Schedule 7A to TIOPA 2010

2U.K.In TIOPA 2010, after Schedule 7 insert—

Section 374

SCHEDULE 7AU.K.Interest restriction returns

PART 1 U.K.The reporting company
Appointment by a worldwide group of a reporting companyU.K.

1(1)A member of a worldwide group may, by notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs, appoint an eligible company to be the group's reporting company.

(2)The notice must specify the first period of account of the group (“the specified period of account”) in relation to which the appointment is to have effect.

(3)An appointment under this paragraph has effect in relation to—

(a)the specified period of account, and

(b)subsequent periods of account of the group.

(4)The notice is of no effect unless—

(a)it is given during the period of six months beginning with the end of the specified period of account,

(b)it is authorised by at least 50% of eligible companies, and

(c)it is accompanied by a statement containing the required information.

(5)For this purpose “the required information” means—

(a)a list of the eligible companies that have authorised the notice, and

(b)a statement that the listed companies constitute at least 50% of eligible companies.

(6)The notice may be accompanied by a statement that such of the companies listed under sub-paragraph (5)(a) as are specified in the statement do not wish to be consenting companies in relation to returns submitted by the reporting company.

For provision as to the effect of a statement under this subparagraph, see paragraph 11.

(7)For the purposes of this paragraph a company is “eligible” if and only if the company —

(a)was a UK group company at a time during the specified period of account, and

(b)was not dormant throughout that period.

Revocation by worldwide group of appointment under paragraph 1U.K.

2(1)A member of a worldwide group may, by notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs, revoke an appointment previously made under paragraph 1.

(2)The notice must specify the first period of account of the group (“the specified period of account”) in relation to which the appointment is to be revoked.

(3)An appointment that is revoked under this paragraph ceases to have effect in relation to—

(a)the specified period of account, and

(b)subsequent periods of account of the group.

(4)The notice is of no effect unless—

(a)it is given during the period of six months beginning with the end of the specified period of account,

(b)it is authorised by at least 50% of eligible companies, and

(c)it is accompanied by a statement containing the required information.

(5)For this purpose “the required information” means—

(a)a list of the eligible companies that have authorised the notice, and

(b)a statement that the listed companies constitute at least 50% of eligible companies.

(6)The revocation of an appointment does not prevent the making of a further appointment under paragraph 1 (whether at the same time as the revocation, or later).

(7)For the purposes of this paragraph a company is “eligible” if and only if the company —

(a)was a UK group company at a time during the specified period of account, and

(b)was not dormant throughout that period.

Regulations supplementing paragraphs 1 and 2U.K.

3The Commissioners may by regulations make further provision about an appointment under paragraph 1 or the revocation of such an appointment under paragraph 2, including in particular provision—

(a)about the form and manner in which an appointment or revocation may be made;

(b)requiring a person to give information to an officer of Revenue and Customs in connection with the making of an appointment or revocation;

(c)prohibiting a company from being appointed unless it meets conditions specified in the regulations;

(d)about the time from which an appointment or revocation has effect;

(e)providing that an appointment or revocation is of no effect, or (in the case of an appointment) ceases to have effect, if a requirement under the regulations is not met.

Appointment of reporting company by Revenue and CustomsU.K.

4(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)no appointment of a reporting company under paragraph 1 has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), and

(b)as a result of sub-paragraph (4)(a) of that paragraph, an appointment of a reporting company under that paragraph that has effect in relation to the relevant period of account is no longer possible.

(2)An officer of Revenue and Customs may, by notice to an eligible company, appoint it to be the group's reporting company.

(3)The notice must specify the relevant period of account (whether by specifying the dates on which it begins and ends or, if the officer does not have that information, by reference to a date or dates).

(4)The appointment has effect in relation to the relevant period of account.

(5)The appointment may be made—

(a)at any time before the end of the period of 36 months beginning with the end of the relevant period of account, or

(b)at any time after the end of that period if, at that time, an amount stated in the company tax return of a UK group company for a relevant accounting period can be altered.

(6)Paragraph 88(3) to (5) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (meaning of “can no longer be altered”) applies for the purposes of this paragraph.

(7)For the purposes of this paragraph a company is “eligible” if and only if the company —

(a)was a UK group company at a time during the relevant period of account, and

(b)was not dormant throughout that period.

Appointment by officer of Revenue and Customs of replacement reporting companyU.K.

5(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)an appointment of a reporting company under paragraph 1 or 4 or this paragraph has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”), and

(b)condition A or B is met.

(2)Condition A is that an officer of Revenue and Customs considers that the reporting company mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a) has not complied with, or will not comply with, a requirement under or by virtue of this Schedule.

(3)Condition B is that the reporting company mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a) has agreed that an officer of Revenue of Customs may exercise the power in this paragraph.

(4)An officer of Revenue and Customs may, by notice—

(a)revoke the appointment of the reporting company mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(a), and

(b)appoint in its place an eligible company to be the reporting company of the group.

(5)The notice must—

(a)be given to each of the companies mentioned in sub-paragraph (4), and

(b)specify the relevant period of account (whether by specifying the dates on which it begins and ends or, if the officer does not have that information, by reference to a date or dates).

(6)Where the power in sub-paragraph (4) is exercised—

(a)the appointment that is revoked ceases to have effect in relation to—

(i)the relevant period of account, and

(ii)subsequent periods of account of the group;

(b)the appointment of the replacement has effect in relation to the relevant period of account.

(7)For the purposes of this paragraph a company is “eligible” if and only if the company —

(a)was a UK group company at a time during the relevant period of account, and

(b)was not dormant throughout that period.

Obligation of reporting company to notify group members of its statusU.K.

6(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant period of account”).

(2)The reporting company must, as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant time, notify each relevant company that it is the group's reporting company in relation to the relevant period of account.

(3)In sub-paragraph (2) “the relevant time” means—

(a)if the relevant period of account is the first period of account in relation to which the appointment has effect, the time of the appointment;

(b)otherwise, the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the end of the relevant period of account.

(4)Sub-paragraph (2) does not require the reporting company to notify a relevant company if the reporting company notified that company under that sub-paragraph in relation to an earlier period of account.

(5)The duty to comply with sub-paragraph (2) is enforceable by the company required to be notified under that sub-paragraph.

(6)For the purposes of this paragraph a company is “relevant” if and only if the company meets condition A or B.

(7)Condition A is that the company—

(a)was a UK group company at a time during the relevant period of account, and

(b)was not dormant throughout that period.

(8)Condition B is that the company is the ultimate parent of the worldwide group.

Obligation of reporting company to submit interest restriction returnU.K.

7(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)If the reporting company was appointed under paragraph 1 or 4, it must submit a return for the period of account to an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(3)If the reporting company was appointed under paragraph 5, it must submit a return for the period of account to an officer of Revenue and Customs unless a return for the period has already been submitted under sub-paragraph (2) or this sub-paragraph.

(4)A return submitted under this paragraph must be received by an officer of Revenue and Customs before the filing date in relation to the period of account.

(5)In this Part of this Act “the filing date”, in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, means—

(a)the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the end of the period of account, or

(b)if later, the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which the appointment of a reporting company that has effect in relation to the period was made.

(6)A return submitted under this paragraph is of no effect unless it is received by an officer of Revenue and Customs before—

(a)the end of the period of 36 months beginning with the end of the period of account, or

(b)if later, the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which the reporting company was appointed.

This is subject to paragraph 57.

Revised interest restriction returnU.K.

8(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, and

(b)a return (“the previous interest restriction return”) was submitted under paragraph 7, or this paragraph, for the period of account.

(2)The reporting company may submit a revised interest restriction return for the period of account to an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(3)A revised interest restriction return submitted under sub-paragraph (2) is of no effect unless it is received by an officer of Revenue and Customs before—

(a)the end of the period of 36 months beginning with the end of the period of account, or

(b)if later, the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which the reporting company was appointed.

This is subject to paragraphs 9 and 57.

(4)Where—

(a)a member of the group amends, or is treated as amending, its company tax return, and

(b)as a result of the amendment any of the figures contained in the previous interest restriction return have become incorrect,

the reporting company must submit a revised interest restriction return to an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(5)A revised interest restriction return submitted under sub-paragraph (4) must be received by an officer of Revenue and Customs before the end of the period of 3 months beginning with—

(a)the day on which the amended company tax return was received by an officer of Revenue and Customs, or

(b)(as the case may be) the day as from which the company tax return was treated as amended.

(6)A return submitted under this paragraph—

(a)must indicate the respects in which it differs from the previous return, and

(b)supersedes the previous return.

Extended period for submission of full return in place of abbreviated returnU.K.

9(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)a reporting company has submitted an abbreviated interest restriction return for a period of account of a worldwide group in accordance with this Schedule, and

(b)the worldwide group is not subject to interest restrictions in the return period.

(2)Despite the passing of the time limit in paragraph 8(3), a full interest restriction return for the period of account submitted under paragraph 8 has effect if it is received before the end of the period of 60 months beginning with the end of the period of account.

Meaning of “consenting company” and “non-consenting company”U.K.

10(1)This paragraph makes provision for the purposes of this Part of this Act about whether a company is a “consenting company” in relation to an interest restriction return submitted by a reporting company.

(2)The company is a “consenting company” in relation to the return if, before the return is submitted—

(a)it has notified the appropriate persons that it wishes to be a consenting company in relation to interest restriction returns submitted by the reporting company, and

(b)it has not notified the appropriate persons that it no longer wishes to be a consenting company in relation to such returns.

(3)In sub-paragraph (2) “the appropriate persons” means—

(a)an officer of Revenue and Customs, and

(b)the reporting company in relation to the period of account.

(4)The company is a “non-consenting company”, in relation to the return, if it is not a consenting company in relation to the return.

Company authorising reporting company appointment treated as consenting companyU.K.

11(1)This paragraph applies where a company—

(a)is listed in a statement under sub-paragraph (4)(c) of paragraph 1 (list of companies authorising appointment of reporting company), and

(b)is not included in a statement under sub-paragraph (6) of that paragraph (companies authorising appointment of reporting company but not wishing to be consenting companies).

(2)The company is treated as having given, at the time of the appointment, a notice under paragraph 10(2)(a) in relation to interest restriction returns submitted by the reporting company.

(3)Sub-paragraph (2) does not prevent the company, at any time after the appointment, from giving a notice under paragraph 10(2)(b) in relation to interest restriction returns submitted by the reporting company.

PART 2 U.K.Contents of interest restriction return
ElectionsU.K.

12(1)An election to which this paragraph applies must be made in an interest restriction return for the period of account (or, as the case may be, the first period of account) to which the election relates.

(2)If an election to which this paragraph applies is capable of being revoked, the revocation must be made in an interest restriction return for the period of account (or, as the case may be, the first period of account) to which the revocation relates.

(3)This paragraph applies to the following elections—

(a)a group ratio election (see paragraph 13);

(b)a group ratio (blended) election (see paragraph 14);

(c)a group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) election (see paragraph 15);

(d)an interest allowance (alternative calculation) election (see paragraph 16);

(e)an interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) election (see paragraph 17);

(f)an interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) election (see paragraph 18);

(g)an abbreviated return election (see paragraph 19).

Group ratio electionU.K.

13(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)The reporting company may—

(a)elect that the interest allowance of the group is to be calculated using the group ratio method, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(3)An election or revocation under this paragraph has effect in relation to the period of account.

(4)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as a “group ratio election”.

(5)For provision as to the effect of a group ratio election, see section 396.

Group ratio (blended) electionU.K.

14(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group,

(b)the reporting company makes a group ratio election in respect of the period of account, and

(c)a related party investor in relation to the period of account is, throughout the period of account, a member of a worldwide group (an “investor worldwide group”) other than that mentioned in paragraph (a).

(2)The reporting company may—

(a)elect that Chapter 5 of Part 10 (interest allowance) is to apply subject to the blended group ratio provisions, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(3)An election under this paragraph may—

(a)specify one or more investor worldwide groups,

(b)specify, in relation to any such group, one or more elections under this Schedule that are capable of being made in relation to a period of account by a reporting company of a worldwide group, and

(c)specify that the election is to be treated, for the purposes of the blended group ratio provisions, as having effect, or as not having effect, in relation to periods of account of the investor's worldwide group.

(4)Sub-paragraph (5) applies where—

(a)an election under this paragraph is made in relation to a period of account,

(b)an election under this paragraph was made in relation to any earlier period of account of the group,

(c)the election mentioned in paragraph (b) specified, under sub-paragraph (3)(c), that an election (“the investor's election”) was to be treated as having effect in relation to periods of account of the investor's worldwide group, and

(d)the investor's election was an election which, if made by a reporting company of a worldwide group, would have been irrevocable.

(5)The election mentioned in sub-paragraph (4)(a) must specify, under sub-paragraph (3)(c), that the investor's election is to be treated as having effect in relation to periods of account of the investor's worldwide group.

(6)An election or revocation under this paragraph has effect in relation to the period of account.

(7)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as a “group ratio (blended) election”.

(8)In this paragraph “the blended group ratio provisions” means the provisions of sections 401 to 403.

Group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) electionU.K.

15(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)The reporting company may elect that Chapter 7 of Part 10 (group-interest and group-EBITDA) is to apply subject to the chargeable gains provisions.

(3)An election under this paragraph—

(a)has effect in relation to the period of account and subsequent periods of account of the worldwide group, and

(b)is irrevocable.

(4)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as a “group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) election”.

(5)In this paragraph “the chargeable gains provisions” means the provisions of section 422.

Interest allowance (alternative calculation) electionU.K.

16(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)The reporting company may elect that Chapter 7 of Part 10 (group-interest and group-EBITDA) is to apply subject to the alternative calculation provisions.

(3)An election under this paragraph—

(a)has effect in relation to the period of account and subsequent periods of account of the worldwide group, and

(b)is irrevocable.

(4)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as an “interest allowance (alternative calculation) election”.

(5)In this paragraph “the alternative calculation provisions” means sections 423 to 426.

Interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) electionU.K.

17(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)The reporting company may—

(a)elect that Chapter 7 of Part 10 (group-interest and group-EBITDA) is to apply subject to the non-consolidated investment provisions, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(3)An election under this paragraph must specify, for the purposes of the non-consolidated investment provisions, one or more non-consolidated associates of the worldwide group.

(4)An election or revocation under this paragraph has effect in relation to the period of account.

(5)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as an “interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) election”.

(6)In this paragraph “the non-consolidated investment provisions” means sections 427 and 428.

Interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) electionU.K.

18(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)The reporting company may elect that Chapter 7 of Part 10 (group-interest and group-EBITDA) is to apply subject to the consolidated partnership provisions.

(3)An election under this paragraph must specify, for the purposes of the consolidated partnership provisions, one or more consolidated partnerships of the worldwide group.

(4)Where an election under this paragraph has been made in relation to a worldwide group, a further election may be made specifying, for the purposes of the consolidated partnership provisions, one or more additional consolidated partnerships of the worldwide group.

(5)An election under this paragraph—

(a)has effect in relation to the period of account and subsequent periods of account of the worldwide group, and

(b)is irrevocable.

(6)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as an “interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) election”.

(7)In this paragraph “the consolidated partnership provisions” means the provisions of section 430.

Abbreviated return electionU.K.

19(1)This paragraph applies where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)The reporting company may—

(a)elect to submit an abbreviated interest restriction return, or

(b)revoke an election previously made.

(3)An election or revocation under this paragraph has effect in relation to the period of account.

(4)An election under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as an “abbreviated return election”.

(5)For provision as to the effect of an abbreviated return election, see—

  • paragraph 20 of this Schedule (which limits the required contents of the interest restriction return);

  • section 393 (which deprives the group of the use of the interest allowance for the return period, or any earlier period, in future periods of account).

Required contents of interest restriction return: full returns and abbreviated returnsU.K.

20(1)This paragraph makes provision about the contents of an interest restriction return submitted by the reporting company of a worldwide group.

(2)Sub-paragraph (3) applies if—

(a)the worldwide group is subject to interest restrictions in the return period, or

(b)the worldwide group is not subject to interest restrictions in the return period, and no abbreviated return election has effect in relation to the period.

(3)The interest restriction return must—

(a)state the name and (where it has one) the Unique Taxpayer Reference of the ultimate parent of the worldwide group;

(b)specify the return period;

(c)state the names and Unique Taxpayer References (where they have them) of the companies that were UK group companies at any time during the return period, specifying in relation to each whether it is a consenting or a non-consenting company in relation to the return;

(d)contain a statement of calculations (see paragraph 21);

(e)if the group is subject to interest restrictions in the return period—

(i)contain a statement of that fact,

(ii)specify the total disallowed amount, and

(iii)contain a statement of allocated interest restrictions (see paragraph 22);

(f)if the group is subject to interest reactivations in the return period—

(i)contain a statement of that fact,

(ii)specify the interest reactivation cap,

(iii)contain a statement of allocated interest reactivations (see paragraph 25);

(g)contain a declaration by the person making the return that the return is, to the best of that person's knowledge, correct and complete.

(4)Sub-paragraph (5) applies if—

(a)the worldwide group is not subject to interest restrictions in the return period, and

(b)an abbreviated return election has effect in relation to the period.

(5)The interest restriction return must—

(a)state that the group is not subject to interest restrictions in the return period, and

(b)comply with paragraphs (a) to (c) and (g) of sub-paragraph (3).

(6)If the ultimate parent of the worldwide group is a deemed parent by virtue of section 477 (stapled entities) or 478 (business combinations), the requirement in sub-paragraph (3)(a) is to state the name and (where it has one) Unique Taxpayer Reference of each of the entities mentioned in that paragraph.

(7)In this Part of this Act—

(a)a return prepared in accordance with sub-paragraph (3) is referred to as “a full interest restriction return”;

(b)a return prepared in accordance with sub-paragraph (5) is referred to as “an abbreviated interest restriction return”.

Statement of calculationsU.K.

21The statement of calculations required by paragraph 20(3)(d) to be included in a full interest restriction return must include the following information—

(a)for each company that was a UK group company at any time during the return period—

(i)the company's net tax-interest expense, or net tax-interest income, for the return period (see section 389);

(ii)the company's tax-EBITDA for the return period (see section 406);

(b)the aggregate net tax-interest expense, and aggregate net tax-interest income, of the group for the return period (see section 390);

(c)the interest capacity of the group for the return period (see section 392);

(d)the aggregate of interest allowances of the group for periods before the return period so far as they are available in the return period (see section 393);

(e)the interest allowance of the group for the return period (see section 396);

(f)the aggregate tax-EBITDA of the group for the return period (see section 405);

(g)where the interest allowance is calculated using the fixed ratio method and that allowance is given by section 397(1)(b), the adjusted net group-interest expense of the group for the return period (see section 413);

(h)where the interest allowance is calculated using the group ratio method—

(i)the group ratio percentage (see section 399 or 401);

(ii)the qualifying net group-interest expense of the group for the return period (see section 414);

(iii)the group-EBITDA of the group for the return period (see section 416).

Statement of allocated interest restrictionsU.K.

22(1)The statement of allocated interest restrictions required by paragraph 20(3)(e) to be included in a full interest restriction return must—

(a)list one or more companies that—

(i)were UK group companies at any time during the return period, and

(ii)had net tax-interest expense for the period,

(b)in relation to each company listed under paragraph (a), specify an amount, and

(c)show the total of the amounts specified under paragraph (b).

(2)The amount specified under sub-paragraph (1)(b) in relation to a company is referred to in this Part of this Act as the “allocated disallowance” of the company for the return period.

(3)The allocated disallowance of a company for the return period—

(a)must not exceed the net tax-interest expense of the company for the return period,

(b)where the company is a non-consenting company in relation to the return, must not exceed the company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount (see paragraph 23), and

(c)must not be a negative amount.

(4)The sum of the allocated disallowances for the return period of the companies listed in the statement must equal the total disallowed amount.

(5)The statement must also specify an amount in relation to each relevant accounting period of each company listed in the statement.

(6)The amount specified under sub-paragraph (5) in relation to an accounting period of a company is referred to in this Part of this Act as the “allocated disallowance” of the company for the accounting period.

(7)In the case of a company that has only one relevant accounting period, the allocated disallowance of the company for that accounting period must be equal to the allocated disallowance of the company for the return period.

(8)In the case of a company that has more than one relevant accounting period, the allocated disallowance of the company for any of those accounting periods—

(a)must not exceed so much of the net tax-interest expense of the company for the return period as is referable to the accounting period,

(b)where the company is a non-consenting company in relation to the return, must not exceed the accounting period's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount (see paragraph 24), and

(c)must not be a negative amount.

(9)The sum of the allocated disallowances of the company for its relevant accounting periods must be equal to the allocated disallowance of the company for the return period.

A company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amountU.K.

23(1)This paragraph—

(a)applies in relation to a worldwide group that is subject to interest restrictions in a period of account of the group, and

(b)allocates the total disallowed amount of the group in the period to companies that are UK group companies at any time during the period.

(2)The amount allocated to a company under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as the company's “pro-rata share” of the total disallowed amount.

(3)Sub-paragraph (4) applies in relation to a company that has net tax-interest expense for the period of account.

(4)The amount of the total disallowed amount that is allocated to the company is—

where—

A is the total disallowed amount;

B is the net tax-interest expense of the company for the period of account;

C is the sum of the net tax-interest expense for the period of account of each company that has net tax-interest expense for the period.

(5)Where this paragraph does not allocate any of the total disallowed amount to a company, the company's “pro-rata share” of the total disallowed amount is nil.

Accounting period's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amountU.K.

24(1)This paragraph—

(a)applies in relation to a worldwide group that is subject to interest restrictions in a period of account of the group (“the relevant period of account”), and

(b)allocates the total disallowed amount of the group in the period of account to relevant accounting periods of companies that are UK group companies at any time during that period.

(2)The amount allocated to an accounting period under this paragraph is referred to in this Part of this Act as the accounting period's “pro-rata share” of the total disallowed amount.

(3)Sub-paragraph (4) applies where—

(a)a company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount is not nil, and

(b)the company has only one relevant accounting period.

(4)The amount of the total disallowed amount that is allocated to the accounting period is the company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount.

(5)Sub-paragraph (6) applies where—

(a)a company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount is not nil, and

(b)the company has more than one relevant accounting period.

(6)The amount of the total disallowed amount that is allocated to a relevant accounting period of the company is—

where—

A is the company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount;

B is the net tax-interest expense of the company for the accounting period;

C is the sum of the net tax-interest expenses of the company for each relevant accounting period.

(7)Where this paragraph does not allocate any of the total disallowed amount to an accounting period of a company, the accounting period's “pro-rata share” of the total disallowed amount is nil.

(8)For the purposes of this paragraph, the “net tax-interest expense” of a company for a relevant accounting period is—

(a)so much of the net tax-interest expense of the company for the relevant period of account as is referable to the accounting period, or

(b)if the amount determined under paragraph (a) is negative, nil.

Statement of allocated interest reactivationsU.K.

25(1)The statement of allocated interest reactivations required by paragraph 20(3)(f) to be included in a full interest restriction return must—

(a)list one or more companies that are UK group companies at any time during the return period,

(b)in relation to each company listed under paragraph (a), specify an amount, and

(c)show the total of the amounts specified under paragraph (b).

(2)The amount specified under sub-paragraph (1)(b) in relation to a company is referred to in this Part of this Act as the “allocated reactivation” of the company for the return period.

(3)The allocated reactivation of a company for the return period—

(a)must not exceed the amount available for reactivation of the company in the return period (see paragraph 26), and

(b)must not be a negative amount.

(4)The sum of the allocated reactivations for the return period of the companies listed in the statement must equal—

(a)the sum of the amounts available for reactivation of each company in the return period, or

(b)if lower, the interest reactivation cap of the worldwide group in the return period.

“Amount available for reactivation” of company in period of account of groupU.K.

26(1)This paragraph applies for the purposes of this Part of this Act.

(2)The “amount available for reactivation” of a company in a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant worldwide group”) is—

(a)the amount determined under sub-paragraph (3), or

(b)if lower, the company's interest reactivation cap (see sub-paragraph (5)).

(3)The amount referred to in sub-paragraph (2)(a) is—

where—

A is the total of the disallowed tax-interest expense amounts (if any) that are brought forward to the specified accounting period from earlier accounting periods;

B is the total of the tax-interest expense amounts (if any) that the company is required to leave out of account in the specified accounting period as a result of the operation of this Part of this Act in relation to a period of account of the worldwide group before the period of account;

C is the total of the disallowed tax-interest expense amounts (if any) that the company is required to bring into account in the specified accounting period as a result of the operation of this Part of this Act in relation to a period of account of the worldwide group before the period of account;

D is the total of the tax-interest expense amounts (if any) that the company is required to leave out of account in the specified accounting period as a result of the operation of this Part of this Act in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group of which the company was a member before it became a member of the relevant worldwide group;

E is the total of the disallowed tax-interest expense amounts (if any) that the company is required to bring into account in the specified accounting period as a result of the operation of this Part of this Act in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group of which the company was a member before it became a member of the relevant worldwide group.

(4)In sub-paragraph (3) “the specified accounting period” means—

(a)the earliest relevant accounting period of the company, or

(b)where the company became a member of the relevant worldwide group during the period of account, the earliest relevant accounting period of the company in which it was a member of the group.

(5)For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(b) “the interest reactivation cap” of the company is—

where—

A is the interest reactivation cap of the worldwide group in the period of account;

B is the proportion of the period of account in which the company is a UK group company.

Estimated information in statementsU.K.

27(1)This paragraph applies in relation to a statement under—

(a)paragraph 21 (statement of calculations),

(b)paragraph 22 (statement of allocated interest restrictions), or

(c)paragraph 25 (statement of allocated interest reactivations).

(2)Where any information is included in the statement that is (or is derived from) estimated information, the statement—

(a)must state that fact, and

(b)must identify the information in question.

(3)Where—

(a)estimated information (or information deriving from estimated information) is included in an interest restriction return for a period of account in reliance on this paragraph, and

(b)a period of 36 months beginning with the end of that period of account has passed without the information becoming final,

the reporting company must give a notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs within the period of 30 days beginning with the end of that 36-month period.

(4)The notice—

(a)must identify the information in question that is not final, and

(b)must indicate when the reporting company expects the information to become final.

(5)If a company fails to comply with the duty under sub-paragraph (3), it is liable to a penalty of £500.

(6)An officer of Revenue and Customs may, in a particular case, treat a revised interest restriction submitted after the end of the applicable period under paragraph 8(3)(a) or (b) as having effect if—

(a)the revisions to the return are limited to those necessary to take account of information that has become final,

(b)the officer considers that it was not possible to make those revisions before the end of that period, and

(c)the reporting company has complied with the duty under sub-paragraph (3).

Correction of return by officer of Revenue and CustomsU.K.

28(1)An officer of Revenue and Customs may amend an interest restriction return submitted by a company so as to correct—

(a)obvious errors or omissions in the return (whether errors of principle, arithmetical mistakes or otherwise), and

(b)anything else in the return that the officer has reason to believe is incorrect in the light of information available to the officer.

(2)A correction under this paragraph is made by notice to the company.

(3)A correction under this paragraph must not be made more than 9 months after the day on which the return was submitted.

(4)A correction under this paragraph is of no effect if the company—

(a)revises the return so as to reject the correction, or

(b)after the end of the period mentioned in paragraph 8(3)(a) or (b) but within 3 months from the date of the issue of the notice of correction, gives notice rejecting the correction.

(5)Notice under sub-paragraph (4)(b) must be given to the officer of Revenue and Customs by whom notice of the correction was given.

Penalty for failure to deliver returnU.K.

29(1)A company is liable to a penalty if the company—

(a)is required to submit an interest restriction return under paragraph 7 for a period of account of a worldwide group, and

(b)fails to do so by the filing date in relation to the period (see sub-paragraph (5) of that paragraph).

(2)The penalty is—

(a)£500 if the return is delivered within 3 months after the filing date, and

(b)£1,000 in any other case.

(3)If a company becomes liable to a penalty under this paragraph, an officer of Revenue and Customs must—

(a)assess the penalty, and

(b)notify the company.

(4)The assessment must be made within the period of 12 months beginning with the filing date mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b).

(5)A company may, by notice, appeal against a decision of an officer of Revenue and Customs that a penalty is payable under this paragraph.

(6)Notice of appeal under this paragraph must be given—

(a)within 30 days after the penalty was notified to the company,

(b)to the officer of Revenue and Customs who notified the company.

(7)A penalty under this paragraph must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with—

(a)the day on which the company was notified of the penalty, or

(b)if notice of appeal against the penalty is given, the day on which the appeal is finally determined or withdrawn.

Penalty for incorrect or uncorrected returnU.K.

30(1)A company is liable to a penalty if—

(a)the company (or a person acting on its behalf) submits an interest restriction return to an officer of Revenue and Customs for a period of account of a worldwide group,

(b)there is an inaccuracy in the return which meets condition A or B, and

(c)the inaccuracy is due to a failure by the company (or a person acting on its behalf) to take reasonable care (a “careless inaccuracy”) or the company makes the inaccuracy deliberately (a “deliberate inaccuracy”).

(2)An inaccuracy meets condition A if it consists of understating the total disallowed amount in the period of account of the group (including a case where no amount is specified in the return).

(3)An inaccuracy meets condition B if it consists of overstating the interest reactivation cap in the period of account of the group.

(4)A penalty payable under this paragraph is equal to the appropriate part of the notional tax.

(5)For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule—

  • the appropriate part” means—

    (a)

    in the case of a careless inaccuracy, 30%,

    (b)

    in the case of a deliberate inaccuracy that is not concealed, 70%, and

    (c)

    in the case of a deliberate inaccuracy that is concealed, 100%, and

  • the notional tax” means the result produced by applying the average rate of the main corporation tax rate applicable in each of the days of the period of account to the total of the amount of the understatement referred to in condition A and the amount of the overstatement referred to in condition B.

(6)A company is not liable to a penalty under this paragraph in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by the company's agent if the company took reasonable care to avoid the inaccuracy.

Meaning of “deliberate inaccuracy that is concealed” and discovering inaccuracy after return submittedU.K.

31(1)For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule a deliberate inaccuracy made by a company is concealed if the company makes arrangements to conceal it (for example, by submitting false evidence in support of an inaccurate figure).

(2)An inaccuracy in an interest restriction return which was not a careless or deliberate inaccuracy made by a company (or a person acting on its behalf) when the return was submitted is taken to be a careless inaccuracy made by the company for the purposes of this Part of this Schedule if the company (or a person acting on its behalf)—

(a)discovers the inaccuracy at some later time, and

(b)does not take reasonable steps to inform an officer of Revenue and Customs.

Inaccuracy in return attributable to another companyU.K.

32(1)A company (“C”) is liable to a penalty if—

(a)another company submits an interest restriction return for a period of account of a worldwide group,

(b)there is an inaccuracy in the return which meets condition A or B in paragraph 30, and

(c)the inaccuracy was attributable to C deliberately supplying false information to the other company, or to C deliberately withholding information from the other company, with the intention of the return containing the inaccuracy.

(2)A penalty is payable under this paragraph in respect of an inaccuracy whether or not the other company is liable to a penalty under paragraph 30 in respect of the same inaccuracy.

(3)A penalty payable under this paragraph is equal to the notional tax.

Reductions in amount of penalty for disclosure or special circumstancesU.K.

33(1)If a company liable to a penalty under paragraph 30 or 32 in respect of an inaccuracy discloses the inaccuracy—

(a)the penalty must be reduced to one that reflects the quality of the disclosure (including its timing, nature and extent), but

(b)the penalty may not be reduced below the applicable minimum.

(2)In the case of a penalty under paragraph 30, the applicable minimum is—

(a)in the case of a careless inaccuracy, 0% of the notional tax if the disclosure is unprompted and 15% otherwise,

(b)in the case of a deliberate inaccuracy that is not concealed, 30% of the notional tax if the disclosure is unprompted and 45% otherwise, and

(c)in the case of a deliberate inaccuracy that is concealed, 40% of the notional tax if the disclosure is unprompted and 60% otherwise.

(3)In the case of a penalty under paragraph 32, the applicable minimum is 40% of the notional tax if the disclosure is unprompted and 60% otherwise.

(4)For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a)a person makes a disclosure of an inaccuracy by telling an officer of Revenue and Customs about it, giving an officer of Revenue and Customs reasonable help in quantifying it and allowing an officer of Revenue and Customs access to records to ensure that it is fully corrected, and

(b)a person makes an “unprompted” disclosure at any time if the person has no reason at that time to believe that an officer of Revenue and Customs have discovered, or are about to discover, the inaccuracy.

(5)If they think it right because of special circumstances, an officer of Revenue and Customs may—

(a)reduce a penalty under paragraph 30 or 32, or

(b)stay the penalty or agree a compromise in relation to proceedings for the penalty.

(6)The reference to special circumstances does not include an ability to pay but, subject to that, is taken to include, or exclude, such other circumstances as are prescribed by regulations made by the Commissioners.

(7)The power to prescribe circumstances includes power to prescribe circumstances by reference to the notional tax and the extent to which the notional tax exceeds, or is likely to exceed, any actual loss of tax to the Crown.

Assessment, payment and enforcement of penaltyU.K.

34(1)If a person becomes liable to a penalty under paragraph 30 or 32, an officer of Revenue and Customs must—

(a)assess the penalty, and

(b)notify the person.

(2)The assessment must be made within the period of 12 months beginning with the day on which the inaccuracy is corrected.

(3)The penalty must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with—

(a)the day on which the person was notified of the penalty, or

(b)if notice of appeal against the penalty is given, the day on which the appeal is finally determined or withdrawn.

(4)An assessment may be enforced—

(a)as if it were an assessment to corporation tax (which, among other things, secures the application of Chapters 6 and 7 of Part 22 of CTA 2010 (corporation tax payable by non-UK resident companies: recovery from others)), and

(b)as if that assessment were also an assessment to corporation tax of any company which was a UK group company of the group at any time in the period of account in relation to which the interest restriction return contained an inaccuracy.

Right to appeal against penalty or its amountU.K.

35A person may, by notice, appeal against—

(a)a decision of an officer of Revenue and Customs that a penalty under paragraph 30 or 32 is payable, or

(b)a decision of an officer of Revenue and Customs as to the amount of a penalty under paragraph 30 or 32.

Procedure on appealU.K.

36(1)Notice of an appeal under paragraph 35 must be given—

(a)within 30 days after the penalty was notified to the person,

(b)to an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(2)On an appeal notified to the tribunal against a decision that a penalty is payable, the tribunal may confirm or cancel the decision.

(3)On an appeal notified to the tribunal against the amount of a penalty, the tribunal may—

(a)confirm the decision, or

(b)substitute for the decision another decision that an officer of Revenue and Customs had power to make.

(4)If the tribunal substitutes its decision for a decision of an officer of Revenue and Customs, the tribunal may rely on paragraph 33(5)—

(a)to the same extent as an officer of Revenue and Customs (which may mean applying the same percentage reduction as the officer to a different starting point), or

(b)to a different extent, but only if the tribunal thinks that the decision in respect of the application of paragraph 33(5) was flawed.

(5)For this purpose “flawed” means flawed when considered in the light of the principles applicable in proceedings for judicial review.

(6)Subject to this Part of this Schedule, the provisions of Part 5 of TMA 1970 relating to appeals have effect in relation to appeals under this Part of this Schedule as they have effect in relation to appeals against an assessment to corporation tax.

Payments between companies in respect of penaltiesU.K.

37(1)This paragraph applies if—

(a)a company (“P”) liable to a penalty under this Part of this Schedule has an agreement in relation to the penalty with one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax, and

(b)as a result of the agreement, P receives a payment or payments in respect of the penalty that do not, in total, exceed the amount of the penalty.

(2)The payment—

(a)is not to be taken into account in calculating the profits for corporation tax purposes of either P or the company making the payment, and

(b)is not to be regarded as a distribution for corporation tax purposes.

PART 3 U.K.Duty to keep and preserve records
Duty to keep and preserve recordsU.K.

38(1)A company which is a reporting company in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group must—

(a)keep such records as may be needed to enable it to submit a correct and complete interest restriction return for the period, and

(b)preserve those records in accordance with this paragraph.

(2)The records must be preserved until the end of the relevant day.

(3)In this paragraph “the relevant day” means—

(a)the sixth anniversary of the end of the period of account, or

(b)such earlier date as may be specified in writing by an officer of Revenue and Customs (and different days may be specified for different cases).

(4)If the company is required to submit an interest restriction return for the period before the end of the relevant day, the records must be preserved until any later date on which—

(a)any enquiry into the return is complete, or

(b)if there is no enquiry, an officer of Revenue and Customs no longer has the power to enquire into the return (but, for this purpose, paragraph 42 is to be ignored).

(5)If the company is required to submit an interest restriction return for the period after the end of the relevant day and has in its possession at that time any records that may be needed to enable it to submit a correct and complete return, it is under a duty to preserve those records until the date on which—

(a)any enquiry into the return is complete, or

(b)if there is no enquiry, an officer of Revenue and Customs no longer has the power to enquire into the return (but, for this purpose, paragraph 42 is to be ignored).

(6)The duty under this paragraph to preserve records may be discharged—

(a)by preserving them in any form and by any means, or

(b)by preserving the information contained in them in any form and by any means,

subject to any conditions or exceptions specified in writing by an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(7)The Commissioners may by regulations—

(a)provide that the records required to be kept and preserved under this paragraph include, or do not include, records specified in the regulations, and

(b)provide that those records include supporting documents so specified.

(8)The regulations may make provision by reference to things specified in a notice published by the Commissioners in accordance with the regulations (and not withdrawn by a subsequent notice).

Penalty for failure to keep and preserve recordsU.K.

39(1)A company which fails to comply with paragraph 38 is liable to a penalty not exceeding £3,000.

(2)If a company becomes liable to a penalty under this paragraph, an officer of Revenue and Customs must—

(a)assess the penalty, and

(b)notify the company.

(3)The assessment must be made within the period of 12 months beginning with the day on which an officer of Revenue and Customs first becomes aware that the company has failed to comply with paragraph 38.

(4)A company may, by notice, appeal against a decision of an officer of Revenue and Customs that a penalty is payable under this paragraph.

(5)Notice of appeal under this paragraph must be given—

(a)within 30 days after the penalty was notified to the company,

(b)to the officer of Revenue and Customs who notified the company.

(6)A penalty under this paragraph must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with—

(a)the day on which the company was notified of the penalty, or

(b)if notice of appeal against the penalty is given, the day on which the appeal is finally determined or withdrawn.

PART 4 U.K.Enquiry into interest restriction return
Notice of enquiryU.K.

40(1)An officer of Revenue and Customs may enquire into an interest restriction return submitted by a reporting company if the officer gives notice to the company of the officer's intention to do so (“notice of enquiry”).

(2)The general rule is that an interest restriction return which has been the subject of one notice of enquiry may not be the subject of another.

(3)If a return (“the previous return”) is superseded by an interest restriction return submitted under paragraph 8 (“the revised return”), notice of enquiry may be given in relation to the revised return even though notice of enquiry has been given in relation to the previous return.

(4)But see paragraph 43(5) for a limitation in certain circumstances on the scope of an enquiry into an interest restriction return submitted under paragraph 8.

(5)The power to give notice of enquiry into an interest restriction return for a period of account of a worldwide group does not restrict the power to give notice of enquiry into a company tax return of a company that is a member of the group at any time in that period.

(6)Accordingly, an amendment of the company's company tax return may be required as a result of an enquiry into the interest restriction return even though a closure notice has been given in respect of an enquiry into that company tax return.

(7)But see paragraph 43(2) for a limitation on the scope of an enquiry into an interest restriction return so far as affecting amounts in a company tax return.

Normal time limits for opening enquiryU.K.

41(1)This paragraph applies where an interest restriction return is submitted by a reporting company for a period of account.

(2)Notice of enquiry may be given at any time before whichever is the latest of—

(a)the end of the period of 39 months beginning with the end of the period of account;

(b)the end of the period of 6 months beginning with the day on which the reporting company was appointed; and

(c)the end of 31 January, 30 April, 31 July or 31 October next following the first anniversary of the day on which an officer of Revenue and Customs receives the revised return.

(3)If—

(a)estimated information (or information deriving from estimated information) is included in an interest restriction return for a period of account in reliance on paragraph 27, and

(b)a period of 36 months beginning with the end of that period of account has passed without the information becoming final,

notice of enquiry may be given at any time up to and including the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the end of that 36-month period.

(4)This paragraph is subject to paragraph 42 (which allows notices of enquiry to be given after the time allowed by this paragraph or an enquiry previously closed to be re-opened).

Extended time limits for opening enquiries: discovery of errorsU.K.

42(1)Notice of enquiry may be given later than the time allowed under paragraph 41, or a closed enquiry may be re-opened, if—

(a)an officer of Revenue and Customs discovers that an interest restriction return submitted to an officer of Revenue and Customs does not, or might not, comply with the requirements of paragraph 20(3) in any respect,

(b)there would be, or might be, an increase in tax payable by any company for any accounting period if the return had complied with those requirements in that respect,

(c)the discovery is made after the time allowed under paragraph 41 or after an enquiry into the return has been closed, and

(d)the officer could not, at the relevant time and by reference to the relevant information, have been reasonably expected to be aware of the respects in which the return might not comply with those requirements.

(2)For this purpose “the relevant time” means—

(a)in a case where no notice of enquiry has been given within the time allowed under paragraph 41, when an officer of Revenue and Customs ceased to be entitled to give a notice, or

(b)in a case where an enquiry has been closed, when the officer gave the closure notice.

(3)For this purpose “the relevant information” means information which—

(a)is contained in the interest restriction return in question or either of the two returns for the immediately preceding periods of account of the group,

(b)is contained in any documents, financial statements or other accounts or information produced or provided to an officer of Revenue or Customs for the purposes of an enquiry into the interest restriction return in question or either of the two returns for the immediately preceding periods of account of the group,

(c)is information the existence of which, and the relevance of which as regards the situation mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b), could reasonably be expected to be inferred by an officer of Revenue and Customs from information falling with paragraph (a) or (b) of this sub-paragraph, or

(d)is information the existence of which, and the relevance of which as regards the situation mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b), are notified in writing to an officer of Revenue and Customs by the reporting company for the period of account or a person acting on its behalf.

(4)Notice of enquiry into an interest restriction return for a period of account may not be given, or a closed enquiry may not be re-opened, as a result of this paragraph more than the applicable number of years after the end of the period of account.

(5)The “applicable number of years” is—

(a)20 years in a case involving deliberate non-compliance by the reporting company for the period of account or by a qualifying person,

(b)6 years in a case involving careless non-compliance by the reporting company for the period of account or by a qualifying person, and

(c)4 years in any other case.

(6)For this purpose “qualifying person” means—

(a)a person acting on behalf of the reporting company for the period of account, or

(b)a person who was a partner of the reporting company for the period of account at the relevant time.

(7)For the purposes of this paragraph an enquiry is “closed” when a closure notice is given in relation to the enquiry.

Scope of enquiryU.K.

43(1)An enquiry into an interest restriction return extends to anything contained, or required to be contained, in the return (including any election included in the return).

(2)But the enquiry does not extend to an enquiry into an amount—

(a)which is contained, or required to be contained, in a company tax return of a UK group company, and

(b)which is taken into account in any calculation required for the purposes of the interest restriction return.

(3)Sub-paragraph (2) does not affect—

(a)any question as to whether or not, as a result of this Part of this Act, the amount falls to be left out of account, or to be brought into account, in any accounting period of the company, or

(b)the way in which, by reference to that amount and other matters, any provision of this Part of this Act has effect to determine whether or not the amount, or any other amount, is to be left out of, or brought into account, in any accounting period (whether of that company or another company).

(4)Nor does sub-paragraph (2) limit the operation of any provision of Part 4 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (determinations and assessments made by officers of Revenue and Customs).

(5)If—

(a)at any time an enquiry into an interest restriction return (“the previous return”) has been closed, and

(b)the previous return is subsequently superseded by an interest restriction return submitted under paragraph 8 (“the revised return”),

the enquiry into the revised return extends only to matters arising as a result of information that was not included in the previous return.

(6)For this purpose an enquiry is “closed” when a closure notice is given in relation to the enquiry.

Enquiry into return for wrong period or wrong groupU.K.

44(1)If it appears to an officer of Revenue and Customs that the period of account for which an interest restriction return has been submitted is or may be the wrong period, the power to enquire into the return includes power to enquire into the period for which the return ought to have been made.

(2)If sub-paragraph (1) applies, paragraph 41 (normal time limits for opening enquiry) has effect as if the return were one that had been submitted for the correct period of account.

(3)If it appears to an officer of Revenue and Customs that the worldwide group (“the relevant group”) in relation to which an interest restriction return has been submitted—

(a)consists of, or may consist of, two or more worldwide groups,

(b)includes, or may include, entities that are members of a different worldwide group or groups, or

(c)does not include, or may not include, entities that should be members of the relevant group,

the power to enquire into the return includes power to enquire into the returns for the periods of account of the worldwide groups which ought to have been made.

Amendment of self-assessment during enquiry to prevent loss of taxU.K.

45(1)If after notice of enquiry has been given into an interest restriction return but before the enquiry is completed, an officer of Revenue and Customs forms the opinion that—

(a)the amount stated in the self-assessment of a company as the amount of tax payable is insufficient,

(b)the deficiency is attributable to matters in relation to which the enquiry extends, and

(c)unless the assessment is immediately amended there is likely to be a loss of tax to the Crown,

the officer may by notice to the company amend its self-assessment to make good the deficiency.

(2)In sub-paragraph (1) the reference to a company is to a company that was a member of the group at any time in the period of account for which the interest restriction return was submitted.

(3)An appeal may be brought, by notice, against an amendment of a company's self-assessment by an officer of Revenue and Customs under this paragraph.

(4)Notice of appeal must be given—

(a)within 30 days after the amendment was notified to the company,

(b)to the officer of Revenue and Customs by whom the notice of amendment was given.

(5)None of the steps mentioned in section 49A(2)(a) to (c) of TMA 1970 (reviews of the matter or notification of appeal to tribunal) may be taken in relation to the appeal before the completion of the enquiry.

(6)In this paragraph “self-assessment” has the meaning given by paragraph 7 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998.

Revision of interest restriction return during enquiryU.K.

46(1)This paragraph applies if a reporting company submits a revised interest restriction return at a time when an enquiry is in progress into the previous return.

(2)The submission of the revised return does not restrict the scope of the enquiry but the revisions may be taken into account (together with any matter arising) in the enquiry.

(3)So far as the revised return affects the tax payable by a company, it does not take effect until the enquiry is completed (and, accordingly, paragraph 70 has effect subject to this sub-paragraph).

(4)But sub-paragraph (3) does not affect any claim by the company under section 59DA of TMA 1970 (claim for repayment in advance of liability being established).

(5)The submission of a revised return whose effect is deferred under sub-paragraph (3) takes effect as follows—

(a)if the conclusions in the closure notice state either—

(i)that the revisions were not taken into account in the enquiry, or

(ii)that no revision of the revised return is required arising from the enquiry,

the revision takes effect on the completion of the enquiry, and

(b)in any other case, the revisions take effect as part of the steps required to be taken in order to give effect to the conclusions stated in the closure notice.

(6)For the purposes of this paragraph the period during which an enquiry into an interest restriction return is in progress is the whole of the period—

(a)beginning with the day on which an officer of Revenue and Customs gives notice of enquiry into the return, and

(b)ending with the day on which the enquiry is completed.

Completion of enquiryU.K.

47(1)An enquiry into an interest restriction return submitted by a reporting company is completed when an officer of Revenue and Customs by notice (a “closure notice”)—

(a)informs the company that the officer has completed the enquiry, and

(b)states the officer's conclusions.

(2)The closure notice takes effect when it is given.

(3)If an officer of Revenue and Customs concludes that the return should have been made for one or more different periods of account of the group, the closure notice must designate the period of account (or periods of account) for which the return should have been made.

(4)If an officer of Revenue and Customs concludes that an interest restriction return in relation to a worldwide group should have been submitted—

(a)in relation to one or more different worldwide groups, or

(b)in relation to a different membership,

the closure notice must designate each period of account of a worldwide group for which an interest restriction return should have been made or for which an interest restriction return should have been submitted in relation to a different membership.

(5)If the officer concludes that the group in relation to which the return was submitted has a different membership, the designation under sub-paragraph (4) must also include details of the members of the group that the officer considers are UK group companies.

(6)If the officer concludes that the return should have been submitted in relation to one or more different worldwide groups, the designation under sub-paragraph (4) must also include—

(a)sufficient details to identify the different worldwide group or groups, and

(b)details of the members of the group that the officer considers are UK group companies.

(7)A designation by a closure notice of a period of account under this paragraph must specify the dates on which the period of account begins and ends.

(8)In this paragraph references to UK group companies, in relation to a period of account, do not include UK group companies that are dormant throughout the period.

Direction to complete enquiryU.K.

48(1)An application may be made at any time to the tribunal for a direction that an officer of Revenue and Customs gives a closure notice in respect of an enquiry into an interest restriction return within a specified period.

(2)The application is to be made by the reporting company for the period of account of the group for which the return was submitted.

(3)The application is subject to the relevant provisions of Part 5 of TMA 1970 (see, in particular, section 48(2)(b) of that Act).

(4)The tribunal must give a direction unless satisfied that an officer of Revenue and Customs has reasonable grounds for not giving a closure notice within a specified period.

Conclusions of enquiryU.K.

49(1)This paragraph applies where a closure notice is given under paragraph 47 to a company by an officer.

(2)The closure notice must—

(a)state that, in the officer's opinion, no steps are required to be taken by the company as a result of the enquiry, or

(b)state the steps that the company is required to take in order to give effect to the conclusions stated in the notice.

(3)The closure notice may (but need not) specify the allocated disallowance for particular companies specified in the notice.

(4)If—

(a)the return was made for the wrong period, and

(b)a period of account designated under paragraph 47(3) begins or ends at any time in that period,

the closure notice must require the company to take steps to make the return one appropriate to that designated period of account.

(5)If there is more than one designated period of account within sub-paragraph (4), the closure notice must require the company to submit an interest restriction return for each of those designated periods of account.

(6)If—

(a)a period of account of a worldwide group (“the relevant group”) is designated under paragraph 47(4),

(b)the company is a member of the relevant group for that period of account, and

(c)condition A or B is met,

the closure notice must require the company to submit an interest restriction return for the designated period of account of the relevant group.

(7)Condition A is met if the UK group companies comprised in the relevant group were regarded as members of the worldwide group in relation to which the return was made.

(8)Condition B is met if—

(a)the relevant group includes UK group companies that were not regarded as members of the group in relation to which the return was made, and

(b)the ultimate parent of the relevant group is not the ultimate parent of a worldwide group in relation to which a reporting company has been appointed for a period of account that includes a time falling within the designated period of account of the relevant group.

(9)If sub-paragraph (6) applies in relation to two or more designated periods of account of a worldwide group (whether those periods are of the same or different groups), the closure notice must require the company to submit separate interest restriction returns for each of the designated periods of account.

(10)If, as a result of this paragraph, a closure notice requires a company to submit an interest restriction return for a period of account of a worldwide group, the company is treated for the purposes of this Part of this Act as if it had been appointed as the reporting company of the group in relation to the period.

(11)For this purpose it does not matter whether the return that was subject to the enquiry was submitted in relation to a different worldwide group.

(12)Sub-paragraph (10) is ignored in determining the period within which the return must be submitted (as to which, see instead paragraph 50(2)).

Interest restriction returns to be submitted to an officer of Revenue and CustomsU.K.

50(1)If, as a result of a closure notice given under paragraph 47 (closure notice in respect of a return subject to enquiry), a company is required to submit one or more interest restriction returns, the return or returns must—

(a)be submitted to an officer of Revenue and Customs,

(b)give effect to the conclusions stated in the notice, and

(c)contain such consequential provision as the company considers appropriate.

(2)A return submitted in compliance with the closure notice is of no effect unless it is received by an officer of Revenue and Customs before the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which the closure notice is given to the company.

(3)A return submitted in compliance with the closure notice—

(a)must indicate the respects in which it differs from the return that was the subject of the enquiry, and

(b)supersedes that return.

(4)For provision dealing with cases where no return is submitted before the end of the period mentioned in sub-paragraph (2), see paragraph 58.

Return in relation to a worldwide group: other entities part of another groupU.K.

51(1)This paragraph applies if—

(a)an enquiry has been made into an interest restriction return (“the original return”) for a period of account of a worldwide group (“the original group”),

(b)a closure notice has been given in respect of the enquiry that designates a period of account of a worldwide group under paragraph 47(4) (“the new group”),

(c)the new group consists of both UK group companies that were not regarded as members of the original group and other UK group companies, and

(d)the ultimate parent of the new group is the ultimate parent of a worldwide group (“the existing group”) in relation to which a reporting company has been appointed for a period of account that includes a time falling within the designated period of account of the new group.

(2)An officer of Revenue and Customs must give a notice to that company appointing it as the reporting company in relation to each designated period of account of the new group.

(3)The notice of appointment must be given within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which the closure notice was given.

(4)If—

(a)an interest restriction return has been submitted for a period of account of the existing group, and

(b)that period of account begins or ends at any time in a designated period of account of the new group,

the return is to be treated as withdrawn.

(5)Accordingly—

(a)any notice of enquiry or closure notice in relation to the return is also to be treated as withdrawn,

(b)any appeal in respect of any matter stated in a closure notice in relation to the return is treated as withdrawn, and

(c)any determination of any such appeal is treated as being of no effect.

(6)If—

(a)an interest restriction return for a period of account is treated as withdrawn as a result of sub-paragraph (4), and

(b)the period of account begins at any time before a designated period of account of the new group,

the notice under sub-paragraph (2) is also to be treated as if it constituted, on the day on which it is given, the appointment of the company in relation to a period of account of the existing group beginning with that time and ending immediately before the beginning of the designated period of account.

(7)If—

(a)enquiries are open at any time in relation to more than one interest restriction return, and

(b)this paragraph is capable of applying by reference to a closure notice to be given in respect of any one of those enquiries (so that a worldwide group could be either the original group or the existing group),

an officer of Revenue and Customs must select the company that, in the officer's opinion, ought to be the reporting company in relation to the new group.

(8)For this purpose an enquiry is “open” in relation to an interest restriction return if no closure notice has been given in relation to the enquiry.

Appeal against closure notice or notice under paragraph 51U.K.

52(1)If a closure notice —

(a)is given to a company under paragraph 47, and

(b)contains a statement under paragraph 49(2)(b),

the company may appeal against the statement.

(2)If a notice is given to a company under paragraph 51, the company may appeal against the notice.

(3)Notice of appeal under this paragraph must be given—

(a)within 30 days after the notice was given to the company,

(b)to the officer of Revenue and Customs by whom the notice in question was given.

New groups without existing reporting companyU.K.

53(1)This paragraph applies if—

(a)a closure notice is given to a company under paragraph 47,

(b)a period of account of a worldwide group (“the new group”) is designated under paragraph 47(4) in the closure notice,

(c)the company is not a member of the new group at any time in that period of account, and

(d)paragraph 51 does not apply.

(2)An officer of Revenue and Customs may appoint a company to be the reporting company of the new group in relation to that period.

(3)The appointment—

(a)must be of a company that was a UK group company at any time during that period and was not dormant throughout that period, and

(b)must be made before the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which the closure notice is given to the company.

Matters required to be done on a “just and reasonable” basisU.K.

54(1)This paragraph applies if—

(a)anything is required to be done under any provision of this Part of this Act on a “just and reasonable” basis,

(b)in preparing an interest restriction return the reporting company adopts a particular basis for dealing with that thing, and

(c)notice of enquiry is given into the return.

(2)An officer of Revenue and Customs may determine that, in preparing the return, a different just and reasonable basis should have been adopted for dealing with that thing.

(3)A closure notice given in respect of the return must require the reporting company to whom the notice is given to revise the return to give effect to that determination.

(4)The officer's determination may be questioned on an appeal under paragraph 52 on the ground that the basis to be adopted is not just and reasonable (but not on any other ground).

References to a reporting company where replacedU.K.

55(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, and

(b)another reporting company is appointed in place of that company and the appointment has effect in relation to that period of account.

(2)Any reference in this Part of this Schedule (however expressed) to the reporting company in relation to that period of account at any time is to the company which is the reporting company at that time in relation to that period of account.

PART 5 U.K.Determinations by officers of Revenue and Customs
Power of Revenue and Customs to make determinations where no return filed etcU.K.

56(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)an officer of Revenue and Customs considers that a worldwide group was subject to interest restrictions in a period of account of the group (“the relevant period of account”),

(b)the determination date has passed, and

(c)condition A, B or C is met.

(2)In this paragraph “the determination date”, in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group, means—

(a)where the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the period of account, the filing date in relation to the period (see paragraph 7(5));

(b)otherwise, the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the end of the period of account.

(3)Condition A is that no appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account.

(4)Condition B is that—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account, and

(b)no interest restriction return has been submitted for the period.

(5)Condition C is that—

(a)the appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the relevant period of account,

(b)an interest restriction return has been submitted for the period, and

(c)the return does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 20(3) (for example by including inaccurate figures).

(6)An officer of Revenue and Customs may determine, to the best of the officer's information and belief—

(a)a company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount of the group for the relevant period of account, and

(b)in relation to each relevant accounting period of the company, the accounting period's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount.

(7)If, as a result of the determination, an accounting period's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount is not nil, the company must leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts in that period that, in total, equal that pro-rata share.

(8)A notice of determination under this paragraph must be given to the company, and to the reporting company, stating the date on which the determination is made.

(9)No determination under this paragraph may be made after the end of the period of 3 years beginning with the determination date.

Time limit: interest restriction return following determination under paragraph 56U.K.

57(1)Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—

(a)a notice of determination under paragraph 56 is given to a company, and

(b)at the time the notice is given, no interest restriction return for the relevant period of account has been submitted under paragraph 7.

(2)Despite the passing of the time limit in paragraph 7(6), an interest restriction return for the relevant period of account submitted under paragraph 7 has effect if it is received before the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the date on which the notice is given.

(3)Sub-paragraph (4) applies where—

(a)a notice of determination under paragraph 56 is given to a company, and

(b)at the time the notice is given, an interest restriction return for the relevant period of account has been submitted under paragraph 7.

(4)Despite the passing of the time limit in paragraph 8(3), an interest restriction return for the relevant period of account submitted under paragraph 8 has effect if it is received before the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the date on which the notice is given.

(5)In this paragraph “the relevant period of account” means the period of account to which the determination in question relates.

Power of Revenue and Customs to make determinations following enquiryU.K.

58(1)This paragraph applies where—

(a)as a result of a closure notice given under paragraph 47 (closure notice in respect of a return subject to enquiry), a company is required to submit an interest restriction return (“the return”) in relation to a worldwide group,

(b)the worldwide group is subject to interest restrictions in the return period, and

(c)condition A or B is met.

(2)Condition A is that the time limit in paragraph 50(2) for submission of the return has passed without the return being received by an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)the return has been received by an officer of Revenue and Customs before the time limit in paragraph 50(2), and

(b)the officer considers that the return does not comply with the requirements of the closure notice.

(4)An officer of Revenue and Customs may determine, to the best of the officer's information and belief—

(a)a company's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount of the group for the period of account in question, and

(b)in relation to each relevant accounting period of the company, the accounting period's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount.

(5)If, as a result of the determination, an accounting period's pro-rata share of the total disallowed amount is not nil, the company must leave out of account tax-interest expense amounts in that period that, in total, equal that pro-rata share.

(6)A notice of determination under this paragraph must be given to the company, and to the reporting company, stating the date on which the determination is made.

(7)No determination under this paragraph may be made after the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the end of the period mentioned in paragraph 50(2).

Appeal against determination under paragraph 58U.K.

59(1)If a notice of determination under paragraph 58 is given to a company, the company may appeal against the notice.

(2)The only ground on which an appeal under this paragraph may be brought is that the determination is inconsistent with the requirements of the closure notice to which it relates.

(3)Notice of appeal under this paragraph must be given—

(a)within 30 days after the notice of determination was given to the company,

(b)to the officer of Revenue and Customs by whom the notice of determination was given.

PART 6 U.K.Information powers exercisable by members of group
Provision of information to and by the reporting companyU.K.

60(1)The reporting company in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group may, by notice, require a company that was a UK group company at any time during the period to provide it with information that it needs for the purpose of exercising functions under or by virtue of this Part of this Act.

(2)A notice under sub-paragraph (1) must specify the information to be provided.

(3)The duty to comply with a notice under sub-paragraph (1) is enforceable by the reporting company.

(4)As soon as reasonably practicable after submitting an interest restriction return to an officer of Revenue and Customs under any provision of this Schedule, the reporting company must send a copy of it to each company that was a UK group company at any time during the period of account.

(5)If a reporting company receives a closure notice under paragraph 47, the reporting company must, as soon as reasonably practicable, send a copy of the notice to every company that was a UK group company at any time during the period of account that was subject to the enquiry.

(6)The duty to comply with sub-paragraph (4) or (5) is enforceable by any person to whom the duty is owed.

Provision of information between members of group where no reporting company appointedU.K.

61(1)This paragraph applies where condition A or B is met in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)Condition A is that—

(a)no appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the period of account, and

(b)as a result of sub-paragraph (4)(a) of paragraph 1, an appointment of a reporting company under that paragraph that has effect in relation to the relevant period of account is no longer possible.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)an appointment of a reporting company has effect in relation to the period of account,

(b)a full interest restriction return has not been submitted in accordance with this Part for the period, and

(c)the filing date in relation to the period has passed (see paragraph 7(5)).

(4)A company that was a UK group company at any time during the period of account may, by notice, require any other such company to provide it with information that it needs for the purpose of determining whether, or the extent to which, it is required to leave tax-interest expense amounts out of account, or bring them into account, under this Part of this Act.

(5)A notice under sub-paragraph (4) must specify the information to be provided.

(6)The duty to comply with a notice under sub-paragraph (4) is enforceable by the company that gives the notice.

PART 7 U.K.Information powers exercisable by officers of Revenue and Customs
Power to obtain information and documents from members of worldwide groupU.K.

62(1)An officer of Revenue and Customs may, by notice, require a group member—

(a)to provide information, or

(b)to produce a document,

if the information or document is reasonably required by the officer for the purpose of checking an interest restriction return for, or exercising any of the powers under this Part of this Act in relation to, a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule a person is a “group member” if, in the opinion of an officer of Revenue and Customs, the person is or might be a member of the worldwide group at any time in the period of account.

(3)A group member may (subject to the operation of any provision of Part 4 of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 as applied by paragraph 66(1) of this Schedule) be required to provide information, or produce a document, that relates to one or more other group companies.

(4)A notice under this paragraph may be given to a person even if the person is not within the charge to corporation tax or income tax.

(5)A notice under this paragraph may specify or describe the information or documents to be provided or produced.

Power to obtain information and documents from third partiesU.K.

63(1)An officer of Revenue and Customs may, by notice, require a third party—

(a)to provide information, or

(b)to produce a document,

if the information or document is reasonably required by the officer for the purpose of checking an interest restriction return for, or exercising any of the powers under this Part of this Act in relation to, a period of account of a worldwide group.

(2)A person is a “third party” if the person is not a group member at any time in the period of account.

(3)A notice may not be given under this paragraph unless—

(a)a company which is a UK group company of the group at any time in the period of account agrees to the giving of the notice, or

(b)on an application made by an officer of Revenue and Customs, the tribunal approves the giving of the notice.

(4)The tribunal may not approve the giving of a notice to a third party unless—

(a)the tribunal is satisfied that, in the circumstances, the officer giving the notice is justified in doing so, and

(b)either the requirements of sub-paragraph (5) are met or the tribunal is satisfied that it is appropriate to dispense with meeting those requirements because to meet them might prejudice the assessment or collection of tax.

(5)The requirements in this sub-paragraph are met if—

(a)the third party has been told that the information or documents referred to in the notice are required,

(b)the third party has been given a reasonable opportunity to make representations to an officer of Revenue and Customs,

(c)the tribunal has been given a summary of any representations made by the third party, and

(d)a company which is a UK group company of the group at any time in the period of account has been given a summary of the reasons why the information and documents are required.

(6)Sub-paragraph (5)(d) does not apply if an officer of Revenue and Customs has insufficient information to identify a company mentioned in that paragraph.

(7)No notice of the application for the approval of the tribunal needs to be given to the third party by an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(8)A notice under this paragraph to the third party must give details of the worldwide group unless—

(a)the notice is approved by the tribunal, and

(b)the tribunal is satisfied that no details should be given because to do so might seriously prejudice the assessment or collection of tax.

(9)An officer of Revenue and Customs must give a copy of a notice under this paragraph to a company which is a UK group company of the group at any time in the period of account unless—

(a)the tribunal has approved the notice and is satisfied that no copy should be given because to do so might prejudice the assessment or collection of tax, or

(b)an officer of Revenue and Customs has insufficient information to identify such a company.

(10)A decision of the tribunal under this paragraph is final (despite the provisions of sections 11 and 13 of the Tribunals, Courts and Enforcement Act 2007).

(11)A notice under this paragraph—

(a)may specify or describe the information or documents to be provided or produced, and

(b)if given with the approval of the tribunal, must state that fact.

Notices following submitted interest restriction returnsU.K.

64(1)The general rule is that, if an interest restriction return for a period of account of a worldwide group has been received by an officer of Revenue and Customs, a notice under paragraph 62 or 63 may not be given in relation to the period of the account of the group.

(2)But the general rule does not apply if—

(a)a notice of enquiry has been given in respect of the return, and

(b)the enquiry has not been completed.

AppealsU.K.

65(1)A group member may appeal against a notice under paragraph 62.

(2)A person to whom a notice is given under paragraph 63 in a case where the tribunal has not approved the giving of the notice may appeal against the notice on the ground that it would be unduly onerous to comply with it.

(3)No appeal may be made under this paragraph in relation to a requirement to provide any information, or produce any documents, that forms part of the statutory records of any company which is a UK group company of the group at any time in the period of account.

(4)“Statutory records” has the same meaning given by paragraph 62 of Schedule 36 to FA 2008.

(5)In this Part of this Schedule references to an appeal against a notice include an appeal against a requirement of the notice.

Application of provisions of Schedule 36 to FA 2008U.K.

66(1)The following provisions of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) apply in relation to notices under paragraph 62 or 63—

(a)paragraph 7 (complying with notices),

(b)paragraph 8 (producing copies of documents),

(c)paragraph 15 (power to copy documents),

(d)paragraph 16 (power to remove documents),

(e)paragraph 18 (documents not in person's possession or power),

(f)paragraph 19 (types of information),

(g)paragraph 20 (old documents),

(h)paragraph 23 (privileged communications),

(i)paragraphs 24 to 27 (auditors and tax advisers),

(j)every paragraph contained in Part 7 (penalties),

(k)every paragraph contained in Part 8 (offence), and

(l)paragraph 56 (application of provisions of TMA 1970).

(2)Paragraph 32 of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (procedure on appeals) applies in relation to an appeal under this Part of this Schedule against a notice under this Part of this Schedule.

References to checking an interest restriction return etcU.K.

67(1)For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule references to checking an interest restriction return include—

(a)determining whether or not an interest restriction return should be submitted for a period of account of a worldwide group,

(b)determining whether or not a worldwide group is, or may be, subject to interest restrictions in a period of account, (and, if so, determining the total disallowed amount of the group),

(c)determining the membership of a worldwide group (or determining the members that are UK group companies), and

(d)determining any other question that is relevant to the operation of this Part of this Schedule in relation to an interest restriction return or anything required to be included in it.

(2)For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule references to a worldwide group include one that an officer of Revenue and Customs suspects may exist.

PART 8 U.K.Company tax returns
Elections under section 375, 377 or 380U.K.

68The following elections (or their revocation) must be made by a company in its company tax return (whether as originally made or by amendment) for the accounting period to which the election (or revocation) relates—

(a)an election under section 375 (a non-consenting company leaving pro-rata share of total disallowed amount out of account),

(b)an election under section 377 (a company specifying tax-interest expense amounts to be left out of account), and

(c)an election under section 380 (a company specifying tax-interest expense amounts to be brought into account).

Amendments to take account of operation of this Part of this Act (including elections)U.K.

69(1)A company may amend its company tax return for an accounting period so as to make (or revoke) an election under section 375 at any time before—

(a)the filing date in relation to the period of account of the worldwide group to which the interest restriction return in question relates (see paragraph 7(5)), or

(b)if later, the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which the interest restriction return in question is received by an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(2)A company that amends its company tax return for an accounting period as mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) must, before the time limit specified in that sub-paragraph, also amend the return to take account of the election (or revocation).

(3)If—

(a)a company is required by section 376 to leave an amount out of account in an accounting period, and

(b)the company has already delivered a company tax return for the period,

the company must amend its company tax return to take account of the requirement.

(4)The amendment must be made before the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day after the relevant date (within the meaning of section 376).

(5)A company may amend its company tax return for an accounting period so as to make (or revoke) an election under section 377 or 380 at any time before—

(a)the end of the period of 36 months beginning with the day after the end of the accounting period, or

(b)if later, the end of the period of 3 months beginning with the day on which a relevant interest restriction return was received by an officer of Revenue and Customs.

(6)A company that amends its company tax return for an accounting period as mentioned in sub-paragraph (5) must, before the time limit specified in that sub-paragraph, also amend the return to take account of the election (or revocation).

(7)In sub-paragraph (5) “a relevant interest restriction return” means an interest restriction return for a period of account in relation to which the accounting period is a relevant accounting period.

(8)The time limit for amending a company tax return given by paragraph 15(4) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 is subject to the time limits given by this paragraph.

Cases where company treated as amending returnU.K.

70(1)If—

(a)a company has delivered a company tax return for an accounting period, but

(b)as a result of the submission of an interest restriction return, information contained in the company tax return is incorrect (for example, there is a change in the amount of profits on which corporation tax is chargeable),

the company is treated as having amended its company tax return for the accounting period so as to correct the information.

(2)If—

(a)a notice of determination under paragraph 56 or 58 is given to a company in relation to an accounting period, and

(b)the company has already delivered a company tax return for the period,

the company is treated as having amended its company tax return to take account of the determination.

Regulations for purposes of paragraph 70 etcU.K.

71(1)The Commissioners may by regulations—

(a)make provision generally for the purposes of paragraph 70, and

(b)make provision for other cases where a company is to be treated as having amended its company tax return.

(2)The provision that may be made by the regulations includes provision—

(a)permitting or requiring the company to deliver an amended company tax return for the accounting period;

(b)specifying amendments that may or must be made in the return;

(c)specifying a time limit for the delivery of the return that is later than that determined under paragraph 15(4) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (amendment of return by company).

Consequential claims to company tax returnsU.K.

72(1)This paragraph applies if—

(a)a company amends, or is treated as amending, its company tax return for an accounting period in consequence of a closure notice given in respect of an interest restriction return under paragraph 47 or a notice of determination given to the company under paragraph 56 or 58, and

(b)the amendment has the effect of increasing the amount of corporation tax payable by the company for the accounting period.

(2)Any qualifying claim may be made or given within the period of one year beginning with the day on which the company receives a copy of the closure notice under paragraph 60(5) or the notice of determination.

(3)Any qualifying claim previously made which is not irrevocable—

(a)may be revoked or varied within that one-year period, and

(b)if it is revoked or varied, must be done so in the same manner as it was made and by or with the consent of the same person or persons who made or consented to it (or, if a person has died, by or with the consent of the person's personal representatives).

(4)For the purposes of this paragraph a claim is a “qualifying” claim if its making, revocation or variation has the effect of reducing the liability of the company to corporation tax for the accounting period (whether or not it also reduces the liability to tax of the company for other periods).

(5)But a claim is not a “qualifying” claim if—

(a)the making, revocation or variation of the claim would alter the liability to tax of any person other than the company, or

(b)the making, revocation or variation of the claim is such that, if it were to be made, revoked or varied, the total of the reductions in liability to tax of the company would exceed the additional liability to corporation tax resulting from the amendment.

(6)If a qualifying claim is made, revoked or varied as a result of this paragraph, all such adjustments must be made as are required to take account of the effect of taking that action on the liability of the company to tax for any period.

(7)The adjustments may be made by way of discharge or repayment of tax or the making of amendments, assessments or otherwise.

(8)The provisions of TMA 1970 relating to appeals against decisions on claims apply with any necessary modifications to a decision on the revocation or variation of a claim as a result of this paragraph.

(9)In this paragraph (except in sub-paragraph (8)) “claim” includes an election, an application and a notice, and references to making a claim are to be read accordingly.

(10)In this paragraph “tax” (except in the expression “corporation tax”) includes income tax and capital gains tax.

Meaning of “company tax return”U.K.

73In this Schedule “company tax return” has the meaning given by paragraph 3 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998.

PART 9 U.K.Supplementary
Double jeopardyU.K.

74A person is not liable to a penalty under any provision of this Schedule in respect of anything in respect of which the person has been convicted of an offence.

Notice of appealU.K.

75Notice of an appeal under this Schedule must specify the grounds of appeal.

Conclusiveness of amounts stated in interest restriction returnU.K.

76(1)This paragraph applies to an amount stated in an interest restriction return submitted under paragraph 7 or 8 (“the interest restriction return”), other than an amount that is also stated in a company tax return.

(2)If the amount can no longer be altered, it is taken to be conclusively determined for the purposes of the Corporation Tax Acts.

(3)An amount is regarded as one that can no longer be altered if—

(a)the interest restriction return has not been superseded by a subsequent interest restriction return;

(b)the applicable time limit has passed;

(c)any enquiry into the interest restriction return has been completed;

(d)if the closure notice in relation to an enquiry into the interest restriction return contained a statement under paragraph 49(2)(b), the period within which an appeal against the statement may be brought has ended; and

(e)if such an appeal is brought, the appeal has been finally determined.

(4)For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) the “applicable time limit” means the time limit in paragraph 8(3) or, in a case where paragraph 57(2) or (4) applies and imposes a later time limit for submission of the interest restriction return, that later time limit.

(5)Nothing in this paragraph affects—

(a)the power under paragraph 42 (extended time limits for opening enquiries: discovery of errors), or

(b)any power to make a determination under paragraph 56 or 58 (determinations by officers of Revenue and Customs).

PART 3 U.K.Consequential amendments

TMA 1970U.K.

3(1)In section 98 of TMA 1970 (special returns, etc), in the table in subsection (5), in the first column, the entry relating to regulations under section 283, 284, 285, 295 or 297 of TIOPA 2010 is repealed.U.K.

(2)In consequence of sub-paragraph (1), paragraph 157(3) of Schedule 8 to TIOPA 2010 is repealed.

FA 1998U.K.

4U.K.In paragraph 88 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (conclusiveness of amounts stated in company tax returns), at the end insert—

(9)Nothing in this paragraph affects the operation of any provision of Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 (corporate interest restriction).

CTA 2009U.K.

5U.K.In section A1 of CTA 2009 (overview of the Corporation Tax Acts), in subsection (2)—

(a)omit paragraph (i), and

(b)after paragraph (ja) insert—

(jb)Part 10 of that Act (corporate interest restriction),.

CTA 2010U.K.

6U.K.CTA 2010 is amended as follows.

7U.K.After section 937N (risk transfer schemes) insert—

937NAPriority

For the purposes of this Part, the provisions of Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 (corporate interest restriction) are to be treated as of no effect.

8U.K.In section 938N (group mismatch schemes: priority), for paragraph (e) substitute—

(e)Part 10 of that Act (corporate interest restriction).

9U.K.In section 938V (tax mismatch schemes: priority), for paragraph (d) substitute—

(d)Part 10 of that Act (corporate interest restriction).

TIOPA 2010: consequential renumberingU.K.

10(1)In consequence of the insertion of a new Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 by Part 1 of this Schedule, the existing Part 10 of that Act becomes a new Part 11.U.K.

(2)The following provisions of TIOPA 2010 are repealed—

(a)the existing sections 375 and 376 (which contain powers that are no longer exercisable), and

(b)the existing section 381(2)(e) and (f) (which refer to those sections);

but the repeals made by this sub-paragraph do not affect any orders made under section 375 or 376 before the passing of this Act.

(3)As a result of the provision made by sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), the following provisions of TIOPA 2010 are renumbered as follows—

(a)the existing section 372 becomes section 499;

(b)the existing section 373 becomes section 500;

(c)the existing section 374 becomes section 501;

(d)the existing section 377 becomes section 502;

(e)the existing section 378 becomes section 503;

(f)the existing section 379 becomes section 504;

(g)the existing section 380 becomes section 505;

(h)the existing section 381 becomes section 506;

(i)the existing section 382 becomes section 507.

(4)Consequently—

(a)in section 287(2A) of TCGA 1992, for “372” substitute “ 499 ”;

(b)in section 1014(2)(fa) of ITA 2007, for “372” substitute “ 499 ”;

(c)in section 1171(2)(f) of CTA 2010, for “372” substitute “ 499 ”;

(d)in section 1 of TIOPA 2010—

(i)in subsection (4), for “10” substitute “ 11 ”;

(ii)in subsection (5), for “373” substitute “ 500 ”;

(e)in section 381(2) of TIOPA 2010—

(i)in paragraph (a), for “372” substitute “ 499 ”;

(ii)in paragraph (b), for “373” substitute “ 500 ”;

(iii)in paragraph (d), for “374” substitute “ 501 ”;

(iv)in paragraph (g), for “377(2) and (3)” substitute “ 502(2) and (3) ”;

(v)in paragraph (h), for “380” substitute “ 505 ”;

(vi)in paragraph (i), for “382” substitute “ 507 ”.

(5)In section 379(1) and (2) of TIOPA 2010 (index of defined expressions), for “8” substitute “ 10 ”.

TIOPA 2010: repeal of Part 7U.K.

11(1)Part 7 of TIOPA 2010 (tax treatment of financing costs and income) is repealed; and accordingly the following provisions of that Act are also repealed—U.K.

(a)section 1(1)(d) (overview);

(b)in Schedule 9, Part 7 (transitional provision);

(c)in Schedule 11, Part 5 (index of defined expressions).

(2)In consequence of sub-paragraph (1), the following enactments (which amend provisions repealed by that sub-paragraph) are repealed—

(a)in F(No.3)A 2010, section 11 and Schedule 5;

(b)in FA 2011, in Schedule 13, paragraphs 29 and 30;

(c)in FA 2012—

(i)section 31 and Schedule 5;

(ii)in Schedule 16, paragraphs 242 and 243(a);

(iii)in Schedule 20, paragraphs 43 to 45;

(d)in FA 2013, section 44;

(e)in FA 2014, section 39.

(3)The following regulations were made under powers contained in Part 7 of TIOPA 2010 and are therefore revoked by virtue of sub-paragraph (1)—

(a)the Corporation Tax (Financing Costs and Income) Regulations 2009 (S.I. 2009/3173);

(b)the Corporation Tax (Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income) (Acceptable Financial Statements) Regulations 2009 (S.I. 2009/3217);

(c)the Corporation Tax (Exclusion from Short-Term Loan Relationships) Regulations 2009 (S.I. 2009/3313);

(d)the Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income (Available Amount) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/2929);

(e)the Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income (Correction of Mismatches) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/3025);

(f)the Taxation (International and Other Provisions) Act 2010 (Part 7) (Amendment) Regulations 2012 (S.I. 2012/3045);

(g)the Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income (Correction of Mismatches: Partnerships and Pensions) Regulations 2012 (S.I. 2012/3111);

(h)the Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income (Excluded Schemes) Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/2892);

(i)the Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income (Change of Accounting Standards: Investment Entities) Regulations 2015 (S.I. 2015/662).

TIOPA 2010: other amendmentsU.K.

12U.K.TIOPA 2010 is amended as follows.

13U.K.In section 1 (overview of Act), in subsection (1)—

(a)omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (d), and

(b)after paragraph (e) insert—

(f)Part 9A (controlled foreign companies), and

(g)Part 10 (corporate interest restriction).

14U.K.In section 155 (transfer pricing: “potential advantage” in relation to United Kingdom taxation), in subsection (6), for paragraph (a) substitute—

(a)Part 10 (corporate interest restriction),.

15U.K.In section 157 (direct participation), in subsection (1)—

(a)omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (c), and

(b)after paragraph (d) insert , and

(e)in Part 10, section 463(4).

16U.K.In section 159 (indirect participation: potential direct participant), in subsection (1)—

(a)omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (c), and

(b)after paragraph (d) insert , and

(e)in Part 10, section 463(4).

17U.K.In section 160 (indirect participation: one of several major participants), in subsection (1)—

(a)omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (c), and

(b)after paragraph (d) insert , and

(e)in Part 10, section 463(4).

18U.K.In section 259CB (financial instruments: hybrid or otherwise impermissible deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), in subsection (6), for paragraph (e) substitute—

(e)Part 10 (corporate interest restriction).

19U.K.In section 259DC (hybrid transfer deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), in subsection (5), for paragraph (d) substitute—

(d)Part 10 (corporate interest restriction).

20U.K.After section 259NE (treatment of a person who is a member of a partnership) insert—

PriorityU.K.
259NEAPriority

For the purposes of this Part, the provisions of Part 10 (corporate interest restriction) are to be treated as of no effect.

21(1)Chapter 3 of Part 9A (CFCs: the CFC charge gateway) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 371CE (which makes provision for determining whether Chapter 6 of Part 9A applies)—

(a)in subsection (2)(a), after “period” insert “ (see section 371CEA) ”, and

(b)omit subsections (4) and (5).

(3)After section 371CE insert—

371CEASection 371CE: meaning of “group treasury company”

(1)This section makes provision for determining whether the CFC is a group treasury company in the accounting period for the purposes of section 371CE.

(2)The CFC is a group treasury company in the accounting period if—

(a)it is a member of a worldwide group in relation to a period of account in which the accounting period wholly or partly falls,

(b)throughout the accounting period—

(i)all, or substantially all, of the activities undertaken by it consist of treasury activities undertaken for the group, and

(ii)all, or substantially all, of its assets and liabilities relate to such activities, and

(c)at least 90% of its relevant income for the accounting period is group treasury revenue.

(3)For the purposes of this section a company undertakes treasury activities for the group if it does one or more of the following in relation to, or on behalf of, the group or any of its members—

(a)managing surplus deposits of money or overdrafts,

(b)making or receiving deposits of money,

(c)lending money,

(d)subscribing for or holding shares in a company which is a UK group company undertaking treasury activities for the group at least 90% of whose relevant income is group treasury revenue for its relevant accounting period,

(e)investing in debt securities, and

(f)hedging assets, liabilities, income or expenses.

(4)For the purposes of this section “group treasury revenue”, in relation to a company, means revenue—

(a)arising from the treasury activities that the company undertakes for the group, and

(b)accounted for as such under generally accepted accounting practice,

before any deduction (whether for expenses or otherwise).

(5)But revenue consisting of a dividend or other distribution is not group treasury revenue of the company unless it is from a company that meets the conditions in subsection (3)(d).

(6)In this section—

  • debt security” has the same meaning as in the Handbook made by the Financial Conduct Authority or Prudential Regulation Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as the Handbook in question has effect from time to time),

  • period of account” has the same meaning as in Part 10,

  • relevant accounting period” has the same meaning as in Part 10,

  • relevant income”, in relation to a company, means income—

    (a)

    arising from the activities of the company, and

    (b)

    accounted for as such under generally accepted accounting practice,

    before any deduction (whether for expenses or otherwise),

  • UK group company” has the same meaning as in Part 10, and

  • worldwide group” has the same meaning as in Part 10.

(4)In consequence of the amendments made by this paragraph, in Schedule 47 to FA 2013, omit paragraph 17.

22(1)Chapter 9 of Part 9A (CFCs: exemption for profits from qualifying loan relationships) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For section 371IE substitute—

371IEThe “matched interest profits” exemption

(1)This section applies if—

(a)there are profits of qualifying loan relationships which are not exempt after sections 371IB and 371ID have been applied to each qualifying loan relationship,

(b)the relevant corporation tax accounting period (as defined in section 371BC(3)) of company C is a relevant accounting period of it in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group,

(c)the CFC's accounting period ends in that period of account, and

(d)apart from this section, the profits mentioned in paragraph (a) would be included in the chargeable profits of the CFC.

(2)In this section “the matched interest profits” means so much of the profits mentioned in subsection (1)(a) as remain after excluded credits and excluded debits are left out of account.

(3)If the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the period is nil, all of the matched interest profits are exempt.

(4)Otherwise, there is a more limited exemption if the relevant proportion of the matched interest profits apportioned to C or other relevant chargeable companies exceeds the aggregate net tax-interest expense of the group for the period.

(5)For the purposes of this section “the relevant proportion of the matched interest profits apportioned to C or other relevant chargeable companies” is determined as follows.

  • Step 1 For each relevant chargeable company (including C) determine the percentage (P%) of the CFC's chargeable profits that are apportioned to the company under step 5 of section 371BC(1).

  • Step 2 For each relevant chargeable company (including C) multiply P% by the matched interest profits.

  • Step 3 The sum of the amounts for each company found under step 2 is “the relevant proportion of the matched interest profits apportioned to C or other relevant chargeable companies”.

(6)For the purposes of this section a company is a relevant chargeable company if the relevant corporation tax accounting period of the company is a relevant accounting period in relation to the period of account of the group.

(7)The limited exemption is given effect by treating the matched interest profits as equal to the amount found by multiplying the amount that they would otherwise be by—

where—

E is the amount of the excess mentioned in subsection (4), and

RPMIP is the relevant proportion of the matched interest profits apportioned to C or other relevant chargeable companies.

(8)For the purposes of this section the aggregate net tax-interest expense of a worldwide group for a period of account is determined in accordance with Part 10 (corporate interest restriction) but without regard to debits, credits or other amounts arising from—

(a)banking business carried on by a company within the charge to corporation tax, or

(b)insurance business carried on by a company within the charge to corporation tax.

(9)For the purposes of this section—

  • excluded credit” has the meaning given by section 386(3),

  • excluded debit” has the meaning given by section 383(3), and

  • period of account”, “relevant accounting period” and “worldwide group” have the same meanings as in Part 10.

(3)In section 371IJ (claims), in subsection (6), for “the tested income amount or the tested expense amount mentioned in section 371IE(2)” substitute “ the aggregate net tax-interest expense that is mentioned in section 371IE ”.

23(1)Chapter 19 of Part 9A (CFCs: assumed taxable total profits, assumed total profits and the corporation tax assumptions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 371SL (group relief etc), at the end insert—

(4)This section is subject to section 371SLA (corporate interest restriction).

(3)After section 371SL insert—

371SLACorporate interest restriction

(1)This section applies for the purpose of applying Part 10 (corporate interest restriction).

(2)Assume—

(a)that the CFC is a member of a worldwide group for a period of account of which it would be a member if section 371SL were ignored, and

(b)that the CFC is the only UK group company in the period (within the meaning of that Part).

(3)Assume also that Part 10 applies as if subsections (2) and (3) of section 392 (interest capacity of the group: the de minimis amount) were omitted.

24U.K.In Schedule 11, at the end insert—

PART 7 U.K.Corporate interest restriction: index of defined expressions used in Part 10
abbreviated interest restriction return (in Part 10)paragraph 20 of Schedule 7A
abbreviated return election (in Part 10)paragraph 19 of Schedule 7A
accounting period (in Part 10)Chapter 2 of Part 2 of CTA 2009 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
adjusted net group-interest expense of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 413
aggregate net tax-interest expense of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 390
aggregate net tax-interest income of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 390
aggregate tax-EBITDA of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 405
allocated reactivation of company for period of account (in Part 10)paragraph 25 of Schedule 7A
allowable loss (in Part 10)TCGA 1992 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
associated (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 449(2)
amount available for reactivation of company in period of account (in Part 10)paragraph 26 of Schedule 7A
available, in relation to interest allowance (in Chapter 4 of Part 10)section 393
balance sheet (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 449(1)
chargeable gain (in Part 10)TCGA 1992 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
the Commissioners (in Part 10)section 494(1)
company (in Part 10)section 1121 of CTA 2010
company tax return (in Schedule 7A)paragraph 73 of Schedule 7A
consenting company (in Part 10)paragraph 10 of Schedule 7A
consolidated partnership (in Part 10)section 430
consolidated subsidiary of another entity (in Part 10)section 475
derivative contract (in Part 10)Part 7 of CTA 2009 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
disallowed, in relation to tax-interest expense amount (in Part 10)section 378
drawn up on acceptable principles, in relation to financial statements (in Chapter 11 of Part 10)section 481
fair value accounting (in Part 10)section 494(1)
fair value (in Part 10)section 494(1)
filing date, in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group (in Part 10)paragraph 7(5) of Schedule 7A
finance lease (in Part 10)section 494(1)
financial asset (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 449(1)
financial statements of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 479
fixed ratio method (in Part 10)section 397
for accounting purposes (in Part 10)section 1127(4) of CTA 2010
full interest restriction return (in Part 10)paragraph 20 of Schedule 7A
generally accepted accounting practice (in Part 10)section 1127(1) and (3) of CTA 2010
group-EBITDA (chargeable gains) election (in Part 10)paragraph 15 of Schedule 7A
group ratio election (in Part 10)paragraph 13 of Schedule 7A
group ratio (blended) election (in Part 10)paragraph 14 of Schedule 7A
group ratio method (in Part 10)section 398
group ratio percentage (in Part 10)section 399
IAS financial statements (in Part 10)section 488
impairment loss (in Part 10)section 391
income (in Part 10)section 1119 of CTA 2010
insurance company (in Part 10)section 141 of FA 2012
interest allowance of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 396
interest allowance (alternative calculation) election (in Part 10)paragraph 16 of Schedule 7A
interest allowance (consolidated partnerships) election (in Part 10)paragraph 18 of Schedule 7A
interest allowance (non-consolidated investment) election (in Part 10)paragraph 17 of Schedule 7A
interest capacity of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 392
interest reactivation cap of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 373
interest restriction return (in Part 10)section 494(1)
international accounting standards (in Part 10)section 1127(5) of CTA 2010
investor in a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 404
loan relationship (in Part 10)Part 5 of CTA 2009 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
loan relationships or other financing arrangements (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 449(1)
local authority (in Part 10)section 1130 of CTA 2010
local authority association (in Part 10)section 1131 of CTA 2010
member of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 473(4)(a)
multi-company worldwide group (in Part 10)section 473(4)(d)
net group-interest expense of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 410
net tax-interest expense of a company (in Part 10)section 389
net tax-interest income of a company (in Part 10)section 389
non-consenting company (in Part 10)paragraph 10 of Schedule 7A
non-consolidated associate of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 429
non-consolidated subsidiary of an entity (in Part 10)section 475
notice (in Part 10)section 1119 of CTA 2010
party to a loan relationship (in Part 10)section 494(2)
period of account of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 480
profit before tax, of a worldwide group (in Chapter 7 of Part 10)section 416
pro-rata share of company (of total disallowed amount) (in Part 10)paragraph 23 of Schedule 7A
pro-rata share of accounting period (of total disallowed amount) (in Part 10)paragraph 24 of Schedule 7A
provision (in relation to a public infrastructure asset) (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 436
public infrastructure asset (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 436
qualifying charitable donation (in Part 10)Part 6 of CTA 2010 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
qualifying infrastructure company (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 433
qualifying infrastructure activity (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 436
qualifying net group-interest expense of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 414
recognised, in financial statements (in Part 10)section 489
recognised stock exchange (in Part 10)section 1137 of CTA 2010
registered pension scheme (in Part 10)section 150(2) of FA 2004 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
related party (in Part 10)sections 462 to 472
related party investor (in Part 10)section 404
relevant asset (in Chapter 7 of Part 10)section 417
relevant accounting period (in Part 10)section 490
relevant expense amount (in Chapter 7 of Part 10)section 411
relevant income amount (in Chapter 7 of Part 10)section 411
relevant public body (in Part 10)section 491
reporting company (in Part 10)section 494(1)
the return period (in Part 10)section 494(1)
service concession agreement (in Part 10)section 494(1)
share, of an investor in a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 404
single-company worldwide group (in Part 10)section 473(4)(c)
subject to interest reactivations (in Part 10)section 373
subject to interest restrictions (in Part 10)section 373
tax (in Part 10)section 1119 of CTA 2010
tax-EBITDA of a company (in Part 10)section 406
tax-interest expense amount of a company (in Part 10)section 382
tax-interest income amount of a company (in Part 10)section 385
trade (in Part 10)section 1119 of CTA 2010
total disallowed amount of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 373
UK generally accepted accounting practice (in Part 10)section 1127(2) of CTA 2010
UK group company (in Part 10)section 492
UK property business (in Part 10)Chapter 2 of Part 4 of CTA 2009 (applied by section 1119 of CTA 2010)
the UK sector of the continental shelf (in Chapter 8 of Part 10)section 449(1)
the ultimate parent, of a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 473(4)(b)
unexpired (in Chapter 4 of Part 10)section 395
United Kingdom (in Part 10)section 1170 of CTA 2010
used (in Chapter 4 of Part 10)section 394
within the charge to corporation tax (in Part 10)section 1167 of CTA 2010
wholly-owned subsidiary (in Part 10)section 494(1)
a worldwide group (in Part 10)section 473

PART 4 U.K.Commencement and transitional provision

Commencement: new Part 10 of TIOPAU.K.

25(1)The corporate interest restriction amendments have effect in relation to periods of account of worldwide groups that begin on or after 1 April 2017.U.K.

(2)In this paragraph “the corporate interest restriction amendments” means the amendments made by Parts 1 to 3 of this Schedule, apart from those made by paragraph 11 (repeal of Part 7 of TIOPA 2010).

(3)Any regulations made by the Treasury or Commissioners under Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 before 1 April 2018 may have effect in relation to periods of account of worldwide groups that begin on or after 1 April 2017.

(4)Sub-paragraphs (6) to (11) apply if—

(a)financial statements of a worldwide group are drawn up by or on behalf of the ultimate parent in respect of a period that begins before, and ends on or after, 1 April 2017,

(b)the period in respect of which the financial statements are drawn up is 18 months or less, and

(c)the financial statements are drawn up before the end of the period of 30 months beginning with the beginning of the period in respect of which they are drawn up.

(5)In sub-paragraphs (6) to (11)—

(a)the group's actual financial statements” means the financial statements mentioned in sub-paragraph (4);

(b)the straddling period of account” means the period in respect of which those financial statements are drawn up.

(6)For the purposes of Part 10 of TIOPA 2010, the group's actual financial statements are treated as not having been drawn up.

(7)Instead, financial statements of the worldwide group are treated for those purposes as having been drawn up in respect of each of the following periods—

(a)the period beginning at the time the straddling period of account begins and ending with 31 March 2017, and

(b)the period beginning with 1 April 2017 and ending at the time the straddling period of account ends.

(8)Where condition C or D in section 481 of TIOPA 2010 is met in relation to the group's actual financial statements, the financial statements treated as drawn up by sub-paragraph (7) are treated as drawn up in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and practice with which the group's actual financial statements were drawn up.

(9)Where neither of those conditions is met in relation to the group's actual financial statements, the financial statements treated as drawn up by sub-paragraph (7) are IAS financial statements.

(10)Where, for the purpose of determining amounts recognised in the financial statements treated as drawn up by sub-paragraph (7), it is expedient to apportion any amount that is recognised in the group's actual financial statements, the apportionment is to be made in accordance with section 1172 of CTA 2010 (apportionment on a time basis).

(11)But if it appears that apportionment in accordance with that section would work unjustly or unreasonably, the apportionment is to be made on a just and reasonable basis.

(12)Expressions used in this paragraph and in Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 have the same meaning in this paragraph as they have in that Part.

Commencement: repeal of Part 7 of TIOPA 2010U.K.

26(1)The repeals and revocations made by paragraph 11 of this Schedule have effect in relation to periods of account of the worldwide group that begin on or after 1 April 2017.U.K.

(2)Sub-paragraphs (4) to (10) apply if financial statements of the worldwide group are drawn up in respect of a period that begins before, and ends on or after, 1 April 2017.

(3)In sub-paragraphs (4) to (10)—

(a)the group's actual financial statements” means the financial statements mentioned in sub-paragraph (2);

(b)the straddling period of account” means the period in respect of which those financial statements are drawn up.

(4)For the purposes of Part 7 of TIOPA 2010, the group's actual financial statements are treated as not having been drawn up.

(5)Instead, financial statements of the worldwide group are treated for those purposes as having been drawn up in respect of each of the following periods—

(a)the period beginning at the time the straddling period of account begins and ending with 31 March 2017, and

(b)the period beginning with 1 April 2017 and ending at the time the straddling period of account ends.

(6)Where condition B, C or D in regulation 2 of the Acceptable Financial Statements Regulations is met in relation to the group's actual financial statements, the financial statements treated as drawn up by sub-paragraph (5) are treated as drawn up in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles and practice with which the group's actual financial statements were drawn up.

(7)Where none of those conditions is met in relation to the group's actual financial statements, the financial statements treated as drawn up by sub-paragraph (5) are IAS financial statements.

(8)Where, for the purpose of determining amounts recognised in the financial statements treated as drawn up by sub-paragraph (5), it is expedient to apportion any amount that is recognised in the group's actual financial statements, the apportionment is to be made in accordance with section 1172 of CTA 2010 (apportionment on a time basis).

(9)But if it appears that apportionment in accordance with that section would work unjustly or unreasonably, the apportionment is to be made on a just and reasonable basis.

(10)In sub-paragraph (6), “the Acceptable Financial Statements Regulations” means the Corporation Tax (Tax Treatment of Financing Costs and Income) (Acceptable Financial Statements) Regulations 2009 (S.I. 2009/3217).

(11)Expressions used in this paragraph and in Part 7 of TIOPA 2010 have the same meaning in this paragraph as they have in that Part.

Time limits for elections relating to financial statements of a worldwide groupU.K.

27(1)In section 484 of TIOPA 2010, subsection (5) (which requires the date specified in an election under subsection (3) of that section to be on or after the day on which the election is made) does not apply in relation to an election made on or before 31 March 2018.U.K.

(2)In section 486 of that Act, subsection (5)(a) (which requires an election under that section to be made before the end-day of the new period of account) does not apply in relation to an election made on or before 31 March 2018.

Time limit relating to appointment of reporting company or filing interest restriction returnU.K.

28(1)Paragraph 1(4)(a) of Schedule 7A to TIOPA 2010 (notice of the appointment of reporting company ineffective if given outside the period specified in that provision) does not apply to a notice that—U.K.

(a)is given on or before 31 March 2018, and

(b)would otherwise be of no effect by reason only of the expiry of the period specified in that provision.

(2)Paragraph 2(4)(a) of that Schedule (notice of the revocation of the appointment of reporting company ineffective if given outside the period specified in that provision) does not apply to a notice that—

(a)is given on or before 31 March 2018, and

(b)would otherwise be of no effect by reason only of the expiry of the period specified in that provision.

(3)Where the date determined under paragraph 7(5) of that Schedule as the filing date in relation to a period of account of a worldwide group would (apart from this sub-paragraph) be a date before 30 June 2018, that provision has effect as if it provided for the filing date in relation to the period to be 30 June 2018.

Change of accounting policyU.K.

29(1)For the purposes of Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 a debit or credit to which this paragraph applies is to be ignored.U.K.

(2)This paragraph applies to a debit or credit if—

(a)it is brought into account under the Loan Relationships and Derivative Contracts (Change of Accounting Practice) Regulations 2004 (S.I. 2004/3271), and

(b)the later period, in relation to the change of accounting policy to which the debit or credit relates, begins before 1 April 2017.

(3)In sub-paragraph (2) “the later period” has the same meaning as in the regulations mentioned in that sub-paragraph.

Adjustments under Schedule 7 to F(No.2)A 2015U.K.

30(1)For the purposes of Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 a debit or credit to which this paragraph applies is to be ignored.U.K.

(2)This paragraph applies to a debit or credit if—

(a)it is brought into account for the purposes of Part 5 of CTA 2009 by virtue of paragraphs 115 and 116 of Schedule 7 to F(No.2)A 2015 (transitional adjustments relating to loan relationships), or

(b)it is brought into account for the purposes of Part 7 of CTA 2009 by virtue of paragraphs 120 and 121 of that Schedule (transitional adjustments relating to derivative contracts).

Power to make elections under Disregard Regulations for pre-1 April 2020 derivative contractsU.K.

31(1)A company which is a UK group company of a worldwide group on 1 April 2017 may elect for the Disregard Regulations to have effect as if—U.K.

(a)the company had made an election (“the disregard election”) under regulation 6A of those Regulations for the purposes of regulation 6(1)(a) of those Regulations,

(b)the disregard election applied to regulations 7, 8 and 9 of those Regulations, and

(c)the disregard election had effect in relation to derivative contracts entered into by the company before 1 April 2020.

(2)The election has effect for the calculation under Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 of—

(a)the tax-interest expense amounts and tax-interest income amounts of the company and any relevant transferee company, and

(b)the adjusted corporation tax earnings under section 406 of that Act of the company and any relevant transferee company.

(3)A company is a “relevant transferee company” if regulation 6B or 6C of the Disregard Regulations applies in relation to the company as the transferee mentioned in the regulation (on the assumption that an election has been made before the transfer under this paragraph).

(4)An election under this paragraph has effect only if every company which was a UK group company of the worldwide group on 1 April 2017 (other than one which was dormant on that date or at the time the election is made) also makes an election under this paragraph.

(5)An election under this paragraph—

(a)must be made before 1 April 2018, and

(b)is irrevocable.

(6)Section 457 of TIOPA 2010 is to apply in relation to debits resulting from an election under this paragraph.

(7)In this paragraph “the Disregard Regulations” means the Loan Relationships and Derivative Contracts (Disregard and Bringing into Account of Profits and Losses) Regulations 2004 (S.I. 2004/3256).

(8)Expressions used in this paragraph and in Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 have the same meaning in this paragraph as they have in that Part.

Qualifying infrastructure companiesU.K.

32(1)In the case of an accounting period of a company beginning before 1 April 2018, the company may make an election under section 433 or 444 of TIOPA 2010 before that date.U.K.

(2)Companies making an election under section 435 of TIOPA 2010 before 1 April 2018 may specify a date in the election from which it has effect which is before the date on which the election is made.

33(1)This paragraph applies in the case of an accounting period of a company beginning before 1 April 2018 (“the transitional accounting period”) if—U.K.

(a)the company does not meet the public infrastructure assets test, or the public infrastructure income test, for the transitional accounting period, but

(b)in the case of each test that it does not meet as mentioned in paragraph (a), the company would meet the test for an accounting period that includes that date and is at least 3 months long.

(2)For the purposes of section 433 of TIOPA 2010 the company is treated as meeting the test (or tests) for the transitional accounting period.

(3)For the purposes of sections 438 and 440 to 442 of TIOPA 2010 such adjustments to the relevant amounts are to be made as are just and reasonable, having regard to the extent to which, but for this paragraph, the company would not have met the public infrastructure assets test, or the public infrastructure income test, for the transitional accounting period.

(4)For this purpose “the relevant amounts” means—

(a)amounts that would otherwise have qualified as exempt amounts under section 438,

(b)amounts that would otherwise have been treated as mentioned in section 440,

(c)the tax-EBITDA of the company, and

(d)the amounts that would otherwise have been left of account as a result of section 442.

(5)Expressions used in this paragraph and in section 433 of TIOPA 2010 have the same meaning in this paragraph as they have in that section.

Counteracting effect of avoidance arrangementsU.K.

34(1)This paragraph applies in relation to section 461 of TIOPA 2010.U.K.

(2)Section 461 applies in relation to arrangements whenever entered into.

(3)Arrangements are not “relevant avoidance arrangements” for the purposes of section 461 so far as—

(a)they secure that an amount paid before 1 April 2017 is brought into account in an accounting period ending before that date, and

(b)directly in consequence of the amount being brought into account as mentioned in paragraph (a), there is a reduction in the tax-interest expense amounts that could otherwise have been left out of account under Part 10 of TIOPA 2010.

(4)If an accounting period begins before 1 April 2017 and ends on or after that date, sub-paragraph (3) is to have effect as if so much of the accounting period as falls before that date, and so much of that period as falls on or after that date, were treated as separate accounting periods.

(5)Arrangements are not “relevant avoidance arrangements” for the purposes of section 461 if the obtaining of any tax advantages that would otherwise arise from them can reasonably be regarded as arising wholly from commercial restructuring arrangements entered into in connection with the commencement of Part 10 of TIOPA 2010.

(6)For this purpose “commercial restructuring arrangements” means—

(a)arrangements that, but for that Part, would have resulted in significantly more corporation tax becoming payable as a result of one or more loan relationships being brought within the charge to corporation tax, or

(b)arrangements that—

(i)are designed to secure, in a way that is wholly consistent with its policy objectives, the benefit of a relief expressly conferred by a provision of that Part, and

(ii)are effected by taking only ordinary commercial steps in accordance with a generally prevailing commercial practice.

(7)This paragraph is to be read as if it formed part of section 461.

Commencement of orders or regulations containing consequential provisionU.K.

35(1)This paragraph applies in relation to any order or regulations made before 1 April 2018 by the Treasury or Commissioners containing provision that is consequential on provision made by this Schedule.U.K.

(2)Any order or regulations to which this paragraph applies may contain provision (however expressed) for securing that the consequential provision made by the order or regulations has effect in accordance with paragraph 25 (commencement) as if the consequential provision were included in the corporate interest restriction amendments mentioned in that paragraph.

InterpretationU.K.

36U.K.References in this Part of this Schedule to Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 are to Part 10 of that Act as inserted by Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule.

Section 21

SCHEDULE 6U.K.Relief for production of museum and gallery exhibitions

PART 1 U.K.Amendment of CTA 2009

1U.K.After Part 15D of CTA 2009 insert—

PART 15E U.K.Museums and galleries exhibition tax relief

CHAPTER 1U.K.Introduction
OverviewU.K.
1218ZAOverview

(1)This Part is about the production of museum and gallery exhibitions, and applies for corporation tax purposes.

(2)This Chapter explains what is meant by “exhibition” and “touring exhibition” and how a company comes to be treated as the primary production company or a secondary production company for an exhibition.

(3)Chapter 2 is about the taxation of the activities of a production company and includes—

(a)provision for the company's activities in relation to its exhibition to be treated as a separate trade, and

(b)provision about the calculation of the profits and losses of that trade.

(4)Chapter 3 is about relief (called “museums and galleries exhibition tax relief”) which may be given to a production company in relation to an exhibition—

(a)by way of additional deductions to be made in calculating the profits or losses of the company's separate trade, or

(b)by way of a payment (a “museums and galleries exhibition tax credit”) to be made on the company's surrender of losses from that trade,

and describes the conditions a company must meet to qualify for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief.

(5)Chapter 4 contains provision about the use of losses of the separate trade (including provision about relief for terminal losses).

(6)Chapter 5 provides—

(a)for relief under Chapters 3 and 4 to be given on a provisional basis, and

(b)for such relief to be withdrawn if it turns out that conditions that must be met for such relief to be given are not actually met.

InterpretationU.K.
1218ZAA“Exhibition”

(1)In this Part “exhibition” means a curated public display of an organised collection of objects or works (or of a single object or work) considered to be of scientific, historic, artistic or cultural interest.

(2)But a display is not an exhibition if—

(a)it is organised in connection with a competition of any kind,

(b)its main purpose, or one of its main purposes, is to sell anything displayed or to advertise or promote any goods or services,

(c)it includes a live performance by any person,

(d)anything displayed is for sale, or

(e)anything displayed is alive.

(3)Subsection (2) does not prevent a display being an exhibition if it includes a live performance by a person which is merely incidental to, or forms a merely incidental part of, the collection displayed.

(4)A display is “public” if the general public is admitted to it, whether or not the public is charged for admission.

(5)A display does not fall outside subsection (4) just because visitors other than the general public are admitted to it for a single session or a small number of sessions.

1218ZAB“Touring exhibition”

(1)In this Part an exhibition is a “touring exhibition” if conditions A to E are met.

(2)Condition A is that—

(a)there is a primary production company for the exhibition (see section 1218ZAC), and

(b)the primary production company is within the charge to corporation tax.

(3)Condition B is that the primary production company intends, when planning the exhibition, that conditions C, D and E should be met in relation to it.

(4)Condition C is that the exhibition is held at two or more venues.

(5)Condition D is that at least 25% of the objects or works displayed at the first venue at which the exhibition is held are also displayed at every subsequent venue at which the exhibition is held.

(6)Condition E is that the period between the deinstalling of the exhibition at one venue and the installation of the exhibition at the next venue does not exceed 6 months.

1218ZACPrimary production company

(1)In this Part a company is the primary production company for an exhibition if the company (acting otherwise than in partnership) meets conditions A and B.

(2)Condition A is that the company—

(a)makes an effective creative, technical or artistic contribution to the exhibition, and

(b)directly negotiates for, contracts for and pays for rights, goods and services in relation to the exhibition.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)where the exhibition is held at just one venue, the company is responsible for the production of the exhibition at that venue;

(b)where the exhibition is held at two or more venues, the company is responsible for the production of the exhibition at (at least) the first of those venues.

(4)For the purposes of this section and section 1218ZAD, a company is responsible for the production of the exhibition at a venue if—

(a)it is responsible for producing and running the exhibition at the venue,

(b)where the exhibition is at the venue for a limited time, it is responsible for deinstalling and closing the exhibition at the venue, and

(c)it is actively engaged in decision-making in relation to the exhibition at the venue.

(5)If more than one company meets conditions A and B in relation to the production of the exhibition, the company that most directly meets those conditions is the primary production company for the exhibition.

(6)If no company meets conditions A and B in relation to the production of the exhibition, there is no primary production company for the exhibition.

1218ZADSecondary production company

(1)If an exhibition is held at two or more venues, there may be one or more secondary production companies for the exhibition.

(2)In this Part a company is the secondary production company for an exhibition at a venue if the company meets conditions C and D.

(3)Condition C is that the company (acting otherwise than in partnership) is responsible for the production of the exhibition at the venue.

(4)Condition D is that the company is not the primary production company.

(5)If more than one company meets conditions C and D in relation to the production of the exhibition at the venue, the company that is most directly responsible for the production of the exhibition at the venue is the secondary production company for the exhibition at the venue.

(6)If no company meets conditions C and D in relation to the production of the exhibition at the venue, there is no secondary production company for the exhibition at the venue.

CHAPTER 2U.K.Taxation of activities of production company
Separate exhibition tradeU.K.
1218ZBSeparate exhibition trade

(1)Subsection (2) applies to a company in relation to an exhibition if, and only for so long as, the company qualifies for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief in relation to the production of the exhibition (see section 1218ZCA).

(2)The company's activities in relation to the production of the exhibition are treated as a trade separate from any other activities of the company (including activities in relation to the production of any other exhibition).

(3)In this Part the separate trade mentioned in subsection (2) is called “the separate exhibition trade”.

(4)Subsections (5) and (6) apply where the company is the primary production company for the exhibition.

(5)The company is treated as beginning to carry on the separate exhibition trade—

(a)at the beginning of the production stage of the exhibition at the first venue at which it is held, or

(b)if earlier, at the time of the first receipt by the company of any income from the production of the exhibition.

(6)The company is treated as ceasing to carry on the separate trade when the exhibition closes at the last venue at which it is held.

(7)Subsections (8) and (9) apply where the company is a secondary production company for the exhibition.

(8)The company is treated as beginning to carry on the separate exhibition trade—

(a)at the beginning of the production stage of the exhibition at the first venue for which the company is the secondary production company, or

(b)if earlier, at the time of the first receipt by the company of any income from the production of the exhibition.

(9)The company is treated as ceasing to carry on the separate trade when the exhibition closes at the last venue for which the company is the secondary production company.

Profits and losses of separate exhibition tradeU.K.
1218ZBACalculation of profits or losses of separate exhibition trade

(1)This section applies for the purpose of calculating the profits or losses of the separate exhibition trade.

(2)For the first period of account during which the separate exhibition trade is carried on, the following are brought into account—

(a)as a debit, the costs of the production of the exhibition incurred to date;

(b)as a credit, the proportion of the estimated total income from that production treated as earned at the end of that period.

(3)For subsequent periods of account the following are brought into account—

(a)as a debit, the difference between the amount (“C”) of the costs of the production of the exhibition incurred to date and the amount corresponding to C for the previous period, and

(b)as a credit, the difference between the proportion (“PI”) of the estimated total income from that production treated as earned at the end of that period and the amount corresponding to PI for the previous period.

(4)The proportion of the estimated total income treated as earned at the end of a period of account is—

where—

C is the total to date of costs incurred;

T is the estimated total cost of the production of the exhibition;

I is the estimated total income from the production of the exhibition.

1218ZBBIncome from the production

(1)References in this Chapter to income from a production of an exhibition are to any receipts by the company in connection with the production or exploitation of the exhibition.

(2)This includes—

(a)receipts from the sale of tickets or of rights in the exhibition;

(b)royalties or other payments in connection with the exploitation of the exhibition or aspects of it (such as a particular exhibit);

(c)payments for rights to produce merchandise;

(d)a grant designated as made for the purposes of the exhibition;

(e)receipts by the company by way of a profit share agreement.

1218ZBCCosts of the production

(1)References in this Chapter to the costs of a production of an exhibition are to expenditure incurred by the company on—

(a)activities involved in developing, producing, running, deinstalling and closing the exhibition, or

(b)activities with a view to exploiting the exhibition.

(2)This is subject to any provision of the Corporation Tax Acts prohibiting the making of a deduction, or restricting the extent to which a deduction is allowed, in calculating the profits of a trade.

1218ZBDWhen costs are taken to be incurred

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, the costs that have been incurred on a production of an exhibition at a given time do not include any amount that has not been paid unless it is the subject of an unconditional obligation to pay.

(2)Where an obligation to pay an amount is linked to income being earned from the production of the exhibition, the obligation is not treated as having become unconditional unless an appropriate amount of income is or has been brought into account under section 1218ZBA.

1218ZBEPre-trading expenditure

(1)This section applies if, before the company begins to carry on the separate exhibition trade, it incurs expenditure on activities falling within section 1218ZBC(1)(a).

(2)The expenditure may be treated as expenditure of the separate exhibition trade and as if incurred immediately after the company begins to carry on that trade.

(3)If expenditure so treated has previously been taken into account for other tax purposes, the company must amend any relevant company tax return accordingly.

(4)Any amendment or assessment necessary to give effect to subsection (3) may be made despite any limitation on the time within which an amendment or assessment may normally be made.

1218ZBFEstimates

Estimates for the purposes of section 1218ZBA must be made as at the balance sheet date for each period of account, on a just and reasonable basis taking into consideration all relevant circumstances.

CHAPTER 3U.K.Museums and galleries exhibition tax relief
IntroductionU.K.
1218ZCOverview of museums and galleries exhibition tax relief

(1)Relief under this Chapter (“museums and galleries exhibition tax relief”) is given by way of—

(a)additional deductions (see sections 1218ZCE to 1218ZCG), and

(b)museums and galleries exhibition tax credits (see sections 1218ZCH to 1218ZCK).

(2)See Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (in particular, Part 9D) for provision about the procedure for making claims for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief.

Companies qualifying for museums and galleries exhibition tax reliefU.K.
1218ZCACompanies qualifying for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief

(1)A company qualifies for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief in relation to the production of an exhibition if conditions A to D are met.

(2)Condition A is that the company is—

(a)the primary production company for the exhibition, or

(b)a secondary production company for the exhibition.

(3)Condition B is that the company is—

(a)a charitable company which maintains a museum or gallery,

(b)wholly owned by a charity which maintains a museum or gallery, or

(c)wholly owned by a local authority which maintains a museum or gallery.

See section 1218ZCB for the interpretation of paragraphs (b) and (c).

(4)Condition C is that at the beginning of the planning stage, the company intends that the exhibition should be public (within the meaning given by section 1218ZAA).

(5)Condition D is that the EEA expenditure condition is met (see section 1218ZCC).

(6)For the purposes of subsection (3) “museum or gallery” includes—

(a)a library or archive, and

(b)a site where a collection of objects or works (or a single object or work) considered to be of scientific, historic, artistic or cultural interest is exhibited outdoors (or partly outdoors).

(7)There is further related provision in section 1218ZCM (tax avoidance arrangements).

1218ZCBInterpretation of section 1218ZCA(3)(b) and (c)

(1)For the purposes of section 1218ZCA(3)(b) a company is “wholly owned by a charity which maintains a museum or gallery” if condition A or B is met.

(2)Condition A is that—

(a)the company has an ordinary share capital, and

(b)every part of that share capital is owned by—

(i)a charity which maintains a museum or gallery, or

(ii)two charities, each of which maintains a museum or gallery.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)the company is limited by guarantee,

(b)there are no more than two beneficiaries of the company, and

(c)the beneficiary, or each beneficiary, is—

(i)a charity which maintains a museum or gallery, or

(ii)a company wholly owned by a charity which maintains a museum or gallery.

(4)For the purposes of section 1218ZCA(3)(c) a company is “wholly owned by a local authority” if—

(a)where the company has an ordinary share capital, every part of that share capital is owned by the local authority, or

(b)where the company is limited by guarantee, the local authority is the sole beneficiary of the company.

(5)Ordinary share capital of a company is treated as owned by a charity or a local authority if the charity or local authority (as the case may be)—

(a)directly or indirectly owns that share capital within the meaning of Chapter 3 of Part 24 of CTA 2010, or

(b)would be taken so to own it if references in that Chapter to a body corporate included references to a charity or local authority which is not a body corporate.

(6)A beneficiary of a company is a person who—

(a)is beneficially entitled to participate in the company's divisible profits, or

(b)will be beneficially entitled to share in any of the company's net assets available for distribution on its winding up.

(7)In this section “museum or gallery” has the same meaning it has for the purposes of section 1218ZCA.

1218ZCCThe EEA expenditure condition

(1)The “EEA expenditure condition” is that at least 25% of the core expenditure on the production of the exhibition incurred by the company is EEA expenditure.

(2)In this Part “EEA expenditure” means expenditure on goods or services that are provided from within the European Economic Area.

(3)Any apportionment of expenditure as between EEA and non-EEA expenditure for the purposes of this Part is to be made on a just and reasonable basis.

(4)The Treasury may by regulations—

(a)amend the percentage specified in subsection (1);

(b)amend subsection (2).

(5)See also sections 1218ZE and 1218ZEA (which are about the giving of relief provisionally on the basis that the EEA expenditure condition will be met).

1218ZCD“Core expenditure”

(1)Subject to the following provisions of this section, in this Part “core expenditure”, in relation to a company's production of an exhibition, means expenditure on the activities involved in producing, deinstalling and closing the exhibition at every relevant venue.

(2)For the purposes of subsection (1) a venue is a “relevant venue” in relation to a company if the company's activities in relation to the exhibition at the venue form part of the company's separate exhibition trade.

(3)Expenditure on the activities involved in deinstalling and closing the exhibition at a venue is core expenditure only if the period between the opening and closing of the exhibition at the venue is 12 months or less.

(4)Expenditure on the storage of exhibits for an exhibition which is held at just one venue is not core expenditure.

(5)Where a company incurs expenditure on the storage of exhibits for an exhibition which is held at two or more venues, the amount of such expenditure which is core expenditure is limited to the amount of relevant storage expenditure (if any) incurred by the company in respect of a period of 4 months or less.

(6)For the purposes of subsection (5) expenditure in relation to the exhibition is “relevant storage expenditure” if—

(a)the expenditure is incurred in respect of the storage of exhibits between the deinstallation of the exhibition at one venue and the opening of the exhibition at the next venue, and

(b)the exhibits are not stored at a venue at which the exhibition has been held or is to be held.

(7)Expenditure of the following kinds is not core expenditure—

(a)expenditure on any matters not directly involved with putting on the exhibition (for instance, financing, marketing, legal services and promotional events),

(b)speculative development expenditure on initial exhibition concepts and feasibility,

(c)expenditure on the ordinary running of the exhibition (for instance, invigilation and the maintenance of exhibits),

(d)expenditure in relation to any live performance,

(e)expenditure on further development of the exhibition during the running stage,

(f)expenditure on purchasing the exhibits, and

(g)expenditure on infrastructure, unless that expenditure is incurred solely for the purposes of the exhibition.

Additional deductionU.K.
1218ZCEClaim for additional deduction

(1)A company which qualifies for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief in relation to the production of an exhibition may claim an additional deduction in relation to the production.

(2)A claim under subsection (1) is made with respect to an accounting period.

(3)Where a company has made a claim, the company is entitled to make an additional deduction, in accordance with section 1218ZCF, in calculating the profit or loss of the separate exhibition trade for the accounting period concerned.

(4)Where the company tax return in which a claim is made is for an accounting period later than that in which the company begins to carry on the separate exhibition trade, the company must make any amendments of company tax returns for earlier periods that may be necessary.

(5)Any amendment or assessment necessary to give effect to subsection (4) may be made despite any limitation on the time within which an amendment or assessment may normally be made.

1218ZCFAmount of additional deduction

(1)The amount of an additional deduction to which a company is entitled as a result of a claim under section 1218ZCE is calculated as follows.

(2)For the first period of account during which the separate exhibition trade is carried on, the amount of the additional deduction is E, where E is—

(a)so much of the qualifying expenditure incurred to date as is EEA expenditure, or

(b)if less, 80% of the total amount of qualifying expenditure incurred to date.

(3)For any period of account after the first, the amount of the additional deduction is—

where E is—

a

so much of the qualifying expenditure incurred to date as is EEA expenditure, or

b

if less, 80% of the total amount of qualifying expenditure incurred to date, and

P is the total amount of the additional deductions given for previous periods.

(4)The Treasury may by regulations amend the percentage specified in subsection (2) or (3).

(5)If a period of account of the separate exhibition trade does not coincide with an accounting period, any necessary apportionments are to be made by reference to the number of days in the periods concerned.

1218ZCG“Qualifying expenditure”

(1)In this Chapter “qualifying expenditure”, in relation to the production of an exhibition, means core expenditure (see section 1218ZCD) on the production that—

(a)falls to be taken into account under sections 1218ZBA to 1218ZBF in calculating the profit or loss of the separate exhibition trade for tax purposes,

(b)is not expenditure which is otherwise relievable, and

(c)is incurred on or before 31 March 2022.

(2)For the purposes of this section expenditure is “otherwise relievable” if it is expenditure in respect of which (assuming a claim were made) the company would be entitled to—

(a)an R&D expenditure credit under Chapter 6A of Part 3,

(b)relief under Part 13 (additional relief for expenditure on research and development),

(c)film tax relief under Chapter 3 of Part 15,

(d)television tax relief under Chapter 3 of Part 15A,

(e)video games tax relief under Chapter 3 of Part 15B,

(f)an additional deduction under Part 15C (theatrical productions),

(g)a theatre tax credit under Part 15C, or

(h)orchestra tax relief under Chapter 3 of Part 15D.

(3)The Treasury may by regulations amend paragraph (c) of subsection (1) so as to substitute a later date for the date for the time being specified in that paragraph.

Museums and galleries exhibition tax creditsU.K.
1218ZCHMuseums and galleries exhibition tax credit claimable if company has surrenderable loss

(1)A company which qualifies for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief in relation to the production of an exhibition may claim a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit in relation to the production for an accounting period in which the company has a surrenderable loss.

(2)Section 1218ZCI sets out how to calculate the amount of any surrenderable loss that the company has in the accounting period.

(3)A company making a claim may surrender the whole or part of its surrenderable loss in the accounting period.

(4)Subject to section 1218ZCK, the amount of the museums and galleries exhibition tax credit to which a company making a claim is entitled for the accounting period is—

(a)25% of the amount of the loss surrendered if the exhibition is a touring exhibition (see section 1218ZAB), or

(b)20% of the amount of the loss surrendered if the exhibition is not a touring exhibition.

(5)The company's available loss for the accounting period (see section 1218ZCI(2)) is reduced by the amount surrendered.

1218ZCIAmount of surrenderable loss

(1)The company's surrenderable loss in the accounting period is—

(a)the company's available loss for the period in the separate exhibition trade (see subsections (2) and (3)), or

(b)if less, the available qualifying expenditure for the period (see subsections (4) and (5)).

(2)The company's available loss for an accounting period is—

where—

L is the amount of the company's loss for the period in the separate exhibition trade, and

RUL is the amount of any relevant unused loss of the company (see subsection (3)).

(3)The “relevant unused loss” of a company is so much of any available loss of the company for the previous accounting period as has not been—

(a)surrendered under section 1218ZCH, or

(b)carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and set against profits of the separate exhibition trade.

(4)For the first period of account during which the separate exhibition trade is carried on, the available qualifying expenditure is the amount that is E for that period for the purposes of section 1218ZCF(2).

(5)For any period of account after the first, the available qualifying expenditure is—

where—

E is the amount that is E for that period for the purposes of section 1218ZCF(3), and

S is the total amount previously surrendered under section 1218ZCH.

(6)If a period of account of the separate exhibition trade does not coincide with an accounting period, any necessary apportionments are to be made by reference to the number of days in the periods concerned.

1218ZCJPayment in respect of museums and galleries exhibition tax credit

(1)If a company—

(a)is entitled to a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit for an accounting period, and

(b)makes a claim,

the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (“the Commissioners”) must pay the amount of the credit to the company.

(2)An amount payable in respect of—

(a)a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit, or

(b)interest on a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit under section 826 of ICTA,

may be applied in discharging any liability of the company to pay corporation tax.

To the extent that it is so applied the Commissioners' liability under subsection (1) is discharged.

(3)If the company's company tax return for the accounting period is enquired into by the Commissioners, no payment in respect of a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit for that period need be made before the Commissioners' enquiries are completed (see paragraph 32 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998).

In those circumstances the Commissioners may make a payment on a provisional basis of such amount as they consider appropriate.

(4)No payment need be made in respect of a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit for an accounting period before the company has paid to the Commissioners any amount that it is required to pay for payment periods ending in that accounting period—

(a)under PAYE regulations, or

(b)in respect of Class 1 national insurance contributions under Part 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or Part 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

(5)A payment in respect of a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit is not income of the company for any tax purpose.

1218ZCKMaximum museums and galleries exhibition tax credits payable

(1)Subsections (2) and (3) prescribe the maximum amount of museums and galleries exhibition tax credits which may be paid to a company under section 1218ZCJ in respect of the company's separate exhibition trade.

(2)Where the separate exhibition trade relates to the production of a touring exhibition, the maximum amount which may be paid to the company is £100,000.

(3)Where the separate exhibition trade relates to the production of an exhibition which is not a touring exhibition, the maximum amount which may be paid to the company is £80,000.

(4)In accordance with Commission Regulation (EU) No. 651/2014 of 17 June 2014 declaring certain categories of aid compatible with the internal market, the total amount of museums and galleries exhibition tax credits payable under section 1218ZCJ in the case of any undertaking is not to exceed 75 million euros per year.

1218ZCLNo account to be taken of amount if unpaid

(1)In determining for the purposes of this Chapter the amount of costs incurred on a production of an exhibition at the end of a period of account, ignore any amount that has not been paid 4 months after the end of that period.

(2)This is without prejudice to the operation of section 1218ZBD (when costs are taken to be incurred).

Anti-avoidance etcU.K.
1218ZCMTax avoidance arrangements

(1)A company does not qualify for museums and galleries exhibition tax relief in relation to the production of an exhibition if there are any tax avoidance arrangements relating to the production.

(2)Arrangements are “tax avoidance arrangements” if their main purpose, or one of their main purposes, is the obtaining of a tax advantage.

(3)In this section—

  • arrangements” includes any scheme, agreement or understanding, whether or not legally enforceable;

  • tax advantage” has the meaning given by section 1139 of CTA 2010.

1218ZCNTransactions not entered into for genuine commercial reasons

(1)A transaction is to be ignored for the purpose of determining museums and galleries exhibition tax relief so far as the transaction is attributable to arrangements (other than tax avoidance arrangements) entered into otherwise than for genuine commercial reasons.

(2)In this section “arrangements” and “tax avoidance arrangements” have the same meaning as in section 1218ZCM.

CHAPTER 4U.K.Losses of separate exhibition trade
1218ZDApplication of sections 1218ZDA to 1218ZDC

(1)Sections 1218ZDA to 1218ZDC apply to a company which is treated under section 1218ZB(2) as carrying on a separate trade in relation to the production of an exhibition.

(2)In those sections “the completion period” means the accounting period in which the company ceases to carry on the separate exhibition trade.

1218ZDARestriction on use of losses before completion period

(1)This section applies if a loss is made by the company in the separate exhibition trade in an accounting period preceding the completion period.

(2)The loss is not available for loss relief, except to the extent that the loss may be carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 to be deducted from profits of the separate exhibition trade in a subsequent period.

(3)If the loss is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 and deducted from profits of the separate exhibition trade in a subsequent period, the deduction is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of CTA 2010 (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

(4)In this section “loss relief” includes any means by which a loss might be used to reduce the amount in respect of which a company, or any other person, is chargeable to tax.

1218ZDBUse of losses in the completion period

(1)Subsection (2) applies if a loss made in the separate exhibition trade is carried forward under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 to the completion period.

(2)So much (if any) of the loss as is not attributable to museums and galleries exhibition tax relief (see subsection (4)) may be treated for the purposes of section 37 and Part 5 of CTA 2010 as if it were a loss made in the completion period.

(3)If a loss is made in the separate exhibition trade in the completion period, the amount of the loss that may be—

(a)deducted from total profits of the same or an earlier period under section 37 of CTA 2010, or

(b)surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of that Act,

is restricted to the amount (if any) that is not attributable to museums and galleries exhibition tax relief (see subsection (4)).

(4)The amount of a loss in any period that is attributable to museums and galleries exhibition tax relief is found by—

(a)calculating what the amount of the loss would have been if there had been no additional deduction under Chapter 3 in that or any earlier period, and

(b)deducting that amount from the total amount of the loss.

(5)This section does not apply to a loss surrendered, or treated as carried forward, under section 1218ZDC (terminal losses).

1218ZDCTerminal losses

(1)This section applies if—

(a)the company ceases to carry on the separate exhibition trade, and

(b)if the company had not ceased to carry on that trade, it could have carried forward an amount under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 to be set against profits of that trade in a later period (“the terminal loss”).

Below in this section the company is referred to as “company A” and the separate exhibition trade is referred to as “trade 1”.

(2)If company A—

(a)is treated under section 1218ZB(2) as carrying on a separate trade in relation to the production of another exhibition (“trade 2”), and

(b)is carrying on trade 2 when it ceases to carry on trade 1,

company A may (on making a claim) make an election under subsection (3).

(3)The election is to have the terminal loss (or a part of it) treated—

(a)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward under that section to be set against the profits of trade 2 of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the loss could have been carried forward under section 45B of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss made in trade 2 which has been carried forward under that section to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(4)Subsection (5) applies if—

(a)another company (“company B”) is treated under section 1218ZB(2) as carrying on a separate trade (“company B's trade”) in relation to the production of—

(i)the exhibition which is the subject of trade 1, or

(ii)another exhibition,

(b)company B is carrying on company B's trade when company A ceases to carry on trade 1, and

(c)company B is in the same group as company A for the purposes of Part 5 of CTA 2010 (group relief).

(5)Company A may surrender the loss (or a part of it) to company B.

(6)On the making of a claim by company B the amount surrendered is treated—

(a)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45 of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss carried forward by company B under that section to be set against the profits of company B's trade of the first accounting period beginning after the cessation and so on, and

(b)in a case where the amount could have been carried forward under section 45B of CTA 2010 had trade 1 not ceased, as if it were a loss made in company B's trade which has been carried forward under that section to the first accounting period beginning after the cessation.

(7)The Treasury may by regulations make administrative provision in relation to the surrender of a loss under subsection (5) and the resulting claim under subsection (6).

(8)Administrative provision” means provision corresponding, subject to such adaptations or other modifications as appear to the Treasury to be appropriate, to that made by Part 8 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns: claims for group relief).

(9)A deduction under section 45 or 45B of CTA 2010 which is made in reliance on this section is to be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB of that Act (restriction on deductions from trading profits).

CHAPTER 5U.K.Provisional entitlement to relief
1218ZEProvisional entitlement to relief

(1)In relation to a company and the production of an exhibition, “interim accounting period” means any accounting period that—

(a)is one in which the company carries on the separate exhibition trade, and

(b)precedes the accounting period in which it ceases to do so.

(2)A company is not entitled to museums and galleries exhibition tax relief for an interim accounting period unless—

(a)its company tax return for the period states the amount of planned core expenditure on the production of the exhibition that is EEA expenditure (see section 1218ZCC(2)), and

(b)that amount is such as to indicate that the EEA expenditure condition (see section 1218ZCC) will be met.

If those requirements are met, the company is provisionally treated in relation to that period as if the EEA expenditure condition were met.

1218ZEAClawback of provisional relief

(1)If a statement is made under section 1218ZE(2) but it subsequently appears that the EEA expenditure condition will not be met on the company's ceasing to carry on the separate exhibition trade, the company—

(a)is not entitled to museums and galleries exhibition tax relief for any period for which its entitlement depended on such a statement, and

(b)must amend accordingly its company tax return for any such period.

(2)When a company ceases to carry on the separate exhibition trade, the company's company tax return for the period in which that cessation occurs must—

(a)state that the company has ceased to carry on the separate exhibition trade, and

(b)be accompanied by a final statement of the amount of the core expenditure on the production of the exhibition that is EEA expenditure.

(3)If that statement shows that the EEA expenditure condition is not met—

(a)the company is not entitled to museums and galleries exhibition tax relief or to relief under section 1218ZDC (transfer of terminal losses) for any period, and

(b)must amend accordingly its company tax return for any period for which such relief was claimed.

(4)Any amendment or assessment necessary to give effect to this section may be made despite any limitation on the time within which an amendment or assessment may normally be made.

CHAPTER 6U.K.Interpretation
1218ZFRegulations about activities in relation to an exhibition

The Treasury may by regulations amend section 1218ZBC (costs of the production) or 1218ZCD (“core expenditure”) for the purpose of providing that activities of a specified description are, or are not, to be regarded as activities involved in developing or (as the case may be) producing, running, deinstalling or closing—

(a)an exhibition, or

(b)an exhibition of a specified description.

1218ZFAInterpretation

In this Part—

  • company tax return” has the same meaning as in Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (see paragraph 3(1) of that Schedule);

  • core expenditure” has the meaning given by section 1218ZCD;

  • costs”, in relation to an exhibition, has the meaning given by section 1218ZBC;

  • EEA expenditure” has the meaning given by section 1218ZCC(2);

  • EEA expenditure condition” has the meaning given by section 1218ZCC;

  • exhibition” has the meaning given by section 1218ZAA;

  • income”, in relation to an exhibition, has the meaning given by section 1218ZBB;

  • museums and galleries exhibition tax relief” is to be read in accordance with Chapter 3 (see in particular section 1218ZC(1));

  • primary production company” has the meaning given by section 1218ZAC;

  • qualifying expenditure” has the meaning given by section 1218ZCG;

  • secondary production company” has the meaning given by section 1218ZAD;

  • the separate exhibition trade” is to be read in accordance with section 1218ZB;

  • touring exhibition” has the meaning given by section 1218ZAB.

Commencement Information

I1Sch. 6 para. 1 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

PART 2 U.K.Consequential amendments

ICTAU.K.

2(1)Section 826 of ICTA (interest on tax overpaid) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1), after paragraph (fd) insert—

(fe)a payment of museums and galleries exhibition tax credit falls to be made to a company; or.

(3)In subsection (3C), for “or orchestra tax credit” substitute “ , orchestra tax credit or museums and galleries exhibition tax credit ”.

(4)In subsection (8A)—

(a)in paragraph (a), for “or (fd)” substitute “ , (fd) or (fe) ”, and

(b)in paragraph (b)(ii), after “orchestra tax credit” insert “ or museums and galleries exhibition tax credit ”.

(5)In subsection (8BA), after “orchestra tax credit” (in both places) insert “ or museums and galleries exhibition tax credit ”.

Commencement Information

I2Sch. 6 para. 2 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

FA 1998U.K.

3U.K.Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns, assessments and related matters) is amended in accordance with paragraphs 4 to 6.

Commencement Information

I3Sch. 6 para. 3 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

4U.K.In paragraph 10 (other claims and elections to be included in return), in sub-paragraph (4), for “or 15D” substitute “ , 15D or 15E ”.

Commencement Information

I4Sch. 6 para. 4 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

5(1)Paragraph 52 (recovery of excessive repayments etc) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In sub-paragraph (2), after paragraph (bh) insert—

(bi)museums and galleries exhibition tax credit under Part 15E of that Act,.

(3)In sub-paragraph (5)—

(a)after paragraph (aj) insert—

(ak)an amount of museums and galleries exhibition tax credit paid to a company for an accounting period,, and

(b)in the words after paragraph (b), after “(aj)” insert “ , (ak) ”.

Commencement Information

I5Sch. 6 para. 5 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

6U.K.In Part 9D (certain claims for tax relief)—

(a)in the heading, for “or 15D” substitute “ , 15D or 15E ”, and

(b)in paragraph 83S (introduction), after sub-paragraph (f) insert—

(g)museums and galleries exhibition tax relief.

Commencement Information

I6Sch. 6 para. 6 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

CAA 2001U.K.

7U.K.In Schedule A1 to CAA 2001 (first-year tax credits), in paragraph 11(4), omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (f) and after paragraph (g) insert , and

(h)Chapter 3 of Part 15E of that Act (museums and galleries exhibition tax credits).

Commencement Information

I7Sch. 6 para. 7 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

FA 2007U.K.

8U.K.In Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (penalties for errors), in paragraph 28(fa) (meaning of “corporation tax credit”), omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (ivd) and after that paragraph insert—

(ive)a museums and galleries exhibition tax credit under Chapter 3 of Part 15E of that Act, or.

Commencement Information

I8Sch. 6 para. 8 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

CTA 2009U.K.

9U.K.CTA 2009 is amended in accordance with paragraphs 10 to 14.

Commencement Information

I9Sch. 6 para. 9 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

10U.K.In section 104BA (restriction on claiming other tax reliefs), after subsection (4) insert—

(5)For provision prohibiting an R&D expenditure credit being given under this Chapter and relief being given under Chapter 3 of Part 15E (museums and galleries exhibition tax relief), see section 1218ZCG(2).

Commencement Information

I10Sch. 6 para. 10 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

11U.K.In Part 8 (intangible fixed assets), in Chapter 10 (excluded assets), after section 808D insert—

808EAssets representing expenditure incurred in course of separate exhibition trade

(1)This Part does not apply to an intangible fixed asset held by a museums and galleries exhibition production company so far as the asset represents expenditure on an exhibition that is treated under Part 15E as expenditure of a separate trade (see particularly sections 1218ZB and 1218ZBE).

(2)In this section—

  • exhibition” has the same meaning as in Part 15E (see section 1218ZAA);

  • museums and galleries exhibition production company” means a company which, for the purposes of that Part, is the primary production company or a secondary production company for an exhibition (see sections 1218ZAC and 1218ZAD).

Commencement Information

I11Sch. 6 para. 11 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

12U.K.In section 1040ZA (restriction on claiming other tax reliefs), after subsection (4) insert—

(5)For provision prohibiting relief being given under this Part and under Chapter 3 of Part 15E (museums and galleries exhibition tax relief), see section 1218ZCG(2).

Commencement Information

I12Sch. 6 para. 12 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

13U.K.In section 1310 (orders and regulations), in subsection (4), after paragraph (eo) insert—

(ep)section 1218ZCC (EEA expenditure condition),

(eq)section 1218ZCF (amount of additional deduction),

(er)section 1218ZF (regulations about activities in relation to exhibition),.

Commencement Information

I13Sch. 6 para. 13 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

14U.K.In Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions), insert at the appropriate places—

company tax return (in Part 15E)section 1218ZFA
core expenditure (in Part 15E)section 1218ZCD
costs, in relation to an exhibition (in Part 15E)section 1218ZBC
EEA expenditure (in Part 15E)section 1218ZCC(2)
EEA expenditure condition (in Part 15E)section 1218ZCC
exhibition (in Part 15E)section 1218ZAA
income, in relation to an exhibition (in Part 15E)section 1218ZBB
museums and galleries exhibition tax relief (in Part 15E)section 1218ZC(1)
primary production company (in Part 15E)section 1218ZAC
qualifying expenditure (in Part 15E)section 1218ZCG
secondary production company (in Part 15E)section 1218ZAD
separate exhibition trade (in Part 15E)section 1218ZB
touring exhibition (in Part 15E)section 1218ZAB.

Commencement Information

I14Sch. 6 para. 14 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

FA 2009U.K.

15U.K.In Schedule 54A to FA 2009 (which is prospectively inserted by F(No. 3)A 2010 and contains provision about the recovery of certain amounts of interest paid by HMRC), in paragraph 2—

(a)in sub-paragraph (2), omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (h) and after paragraph (i) insert , or

(j)a payment of museums and galleries exhibition tax credit under Chapter 3 of Part 15E of CTA 2009 for an accounting period.;

(b)in sub-paragraph (4), for “(i)” substitute “ (j) ”.

Commencement Information

I15Sch. 6 para. 15 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

CTA 2010U.K.

16U.K.In Part 8B of CTA 2010 (trading profits taxable at Northern Ireland rate), in section 357H(7) (introduction), after “Chapter 14A for provision about orchestra tax relief;” insert “ Chapter 14B for provision about museums and galleries exhibition tax relief; ”.

Commencement Information

I16Sch. 6 para. 16 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

17U.K.In Part 8B of CTA 2010, after section 357UQ insert—

CHAPTER 14BU.K.Museums and galleries exhibition tax relief
IntroductoryU.K.
357URIntroduction and interpretation

(1)This Chapter makes provision about the operation of Part 15E of CTA 2009 (museums and galleries exhibition tax relief) in relation to expenditure incurred by a company in an accounting period in which it is a Northern Ireland company.

(2)In this Chapter—

(a)Northern Ireland expenditure” means expenditure incurred in a trade to the extent that the expenditure forms part of the Northern Ireland profits or Northern Ireland losses of the trade;

(b)the separate exhibition trade” has the same meaning as in Part 15E of CTA 2009 (see section 1218ZB(3) of that Act);

(c)qualifying expenditure” has the same meaning as in Chapter 3 of that Part (see section 1218ZCG of that Act).

(3)References in Part 15E of CTA 2009 to “museums and galleries exhibition tax relief” include relief under this Chapter.

Museums and galleries exhibition tax reliefU.K.
357USNorthern Ireland additional deduction

(1)In this Chapter “a Northern Ireland additional deduction” means so much of a deduction under section 1218ZCE of CTA 2009 (claim for additional deduction) as is calculated by reference to qualifying expenditure that is Northern Ireland expenditure.

(2)A Northern Ireland additional deduction forms part of the Northern Ireland profits or Northern Ireland losses of the separate exhibition trade.

357UTNorthern Ireland supplementary deduction

(1)This section applies where—

(a)a company is entitled under section 1218ZCE of CTA 2009 to an additional deduction in calculating the profit or loss of the separate exhibition trade in an accounting period,

(b)the company is a Northern Ireland company in the period,

(c)the additional deduction is wholly or partly a Northern Ireland additional deduction, and

(d)any of the following conditions is met—

(i)the company does not have a surrenderable loss in the accounting period;

(ii)the company has a surrenderable loss in the accounting period, but does not make a claim under section 1218ZCH of CTA 2009 (museums and galleries exhibition tax credit claimable if company has surrenderable loss) for the period;

(iii)the company has a surrenderable loss in the accounting period and makes a claim under that section for the period, but the amount of Northern Ireland losses surrendered on the claim is less than the Northern Ireland additional deduction.

(2)The company is entitled to make another deduction (“a Northern Ireland supplementary deduction”) in respect of qualifying expenditure.

(3)See section 357UU for provision about the amount of the Northern Ireland supplementary deduction.

(4)The Northern Ireland supplementary deduction—

(a)is made in calculating the profit or loss of the separate exhibition trade, and

(b)forms part of the Northern Ireland profits or Northern Ireland losses of the separate exhibition trade.

(5)In this section “surrenderable loss” has the meaning given by section 1218ZCI of CTA 2009.

357UUNorthern Ireland supplementary deduction: amount

(1)This section contains provision for the purposes of section 357UT(2) about the amount of the Northern Ireland supplementary deduction.

(2)If the accounting period falls within only one financial year, the amount of the Northern Ireland supplementary deduction is—

where—

A is the amount of the Northern Ireland additional deduction brought into account in the accounting period;

B is the amount of Northern Ireland losses surrendered in any claim under section 1218ZCH of CTA 2009 for the accounting period;

MR is the main rate for the financial year;

NIR is the Northern Ireland rate for the financial year.

(3)If the accounting period falls within more than one financial year, the amount of the Northern Ireland supplementary deduction is determined by taking the following steps.

  • Step 1 Calculate, for each financial year, the amount that would be the Northern Ireland supplementary deduction for the accounting period if it fell within only that financial year (see subsection (2)).

  • Step 2 Multiply each amount calculated under step 1 by the proportion of the accounting period that falls within the financial year for which it is calculated.

  • Step 3 Add together each amount found under step 2.

357UVMuseums and galleries exhibition tax credit: Northern Ireland supplementary deduction ignored

For the purpose of determining the available loss of a company under section 1218ZCI of CTA 2009 (amount of surrenderable loss) for any accounting period, any Northern Ireland supplementary deduction made by the company in the period (and any Northern Ireland supplementary deduction made in any previous accounting period) is to be ignored.

Losses of separate exhibition tradeU.K.
357UWRestriction on use of losses before completion period

(1)Section 1218ZDA of CTA 2009 (restriction on use of losses before completion period) has effect subject as follows.

(2)The reference in subsection (1) of that section to a loss made in the separate exhibition trade in an accounting period preceding the completion period is, if the company is a Northern Ireland company in that period, a reference to—

(a)any Northern Ireland losses of the trade of the period, or

(b)any mainstream losses of the trade of the period;

and references to losses in subsections (2) and (3) of that section are to be read accordingly.

(3)Subsection (4) applies if a Northern Ireland company has, in an accounting period preceding the completion period—

(a)both Northern Ireland losses of the trade and mainstream profits of the trade, or

(b)both mainstream losses of the trade and Northern Ireland profits of the trade.

(4)The company may make a claim under section 37 (relief for trade losses against total profits) for relief for the losses mentioned in subsection (3)(a) or (b).

(5)But relief on such a claim is available only—

(a)in the case of a claim for relief for Northern Ireland losses, against mainstream profits of the trade of the same period;

(b)in the case of a claim for relief for mainstream losses, against Northern Ireland profits of the trade of the same period.

(6)In this section “the completion period” has the same meaning as in section 1218ZDA of CTA 2009 (see section 1218ZD(2) of that Act).

357UXUse of losses in the completion period

(1)Section 1218ZDB of CTA 2009 (use of losses in the completion period) has effect subject as follows.

(2)The reference in subsection (1) of that section to a loss made in the separate exhibition trade is, in relation to a loss made in a period in which the company is a Northern Ireland company, a reference to—

(a)any Northern Ireland losses of the trade of the period, or

(b)any mainstream losses of the trade of the period;

and references to losses in subsections (2) and (4) of that section are to be read accordingly.

(3)The references in subsection (3) of that section to a loss made in the separate exhibition trade in the completion period are, where the company is a Northern Ireland company in the period, references to—

(a)any Northern Ireland losses of the trade of the period, or

(b)any mainstream losses of the trade of the period;

and references to losses in subsection (4) of that section are to be read accordingly.

(4)Subsection (4) of that section has effect, in relation to Northern Ireland losses, as if the reference to an additional deduction under Chapter 3 of Part 15E of CTA 2009 included a reference to a Northern Ireland supplementary deduction under this Chapter.

357UYTerminal losses

(1)Section 1218ZDC of CTA 2009 (terminal losses) has effect subject as follows.

(2)Where—

(a)a company makes an election under subsection (3) of that section (election to treat terminal loss as loss brought forward of different trade) in relation to all or part of a terminal loss, and

(b)the terminal loss is a Northern Ireland loss,

that subsection has effect as if the reference in it to a loss brought forward were to a Northern Ireland loss brought forward.

(3)Where—

(a)a company makes a claim under subsection (6) of that section (claim to treat terminal loss as loss brought forward by different company) in relation to part or all of a terminal loss, and

(b)the terminal loss is a Northern Ireland loss,

that subsection has effect as if the reference in it to a loss brought forward were to a Northern Ireland loss brought forward.

Commencement Information

I17Sch. 6 para. 17 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

18(1)Schedule 4 to CTA 2010 (index of defined expressions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the entry for “Northern Ireland expenditure”—

(a)for “14A” substitute “ 14B ”, and

(b)for “and 357UJ(2)” substitute “ , 357UJ(2) and 357UR(2) ”.

(3)Insert at the appropriate places—

qualifying expenditure (in Chapter 14B of Part 8B)section 357UR(2)
the separate exhibition trade (in Chapter 14B of Part 8B)section 357UR(2)

Commencement Information

I18Sch. 6 para. 18 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

FA 2016U.K.

19U.K.In Schedule 24 to FA 2016 (tax advantages constituting the grant of state aid), in Part 1, in the table headed “Creative tax reliefs”, after the entry for “Orchestra tax relief” insert—

“Museums and galleries exhibition tax reliefPart 15E of CTA 2009

Commencement Information

I19Sch. 6 para. 19 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

PART 3 U.K.Commencement

20U.K.Any power to make regulations conferred on the Treasury by virtue of this Schedule comes into force on the day on which this Act is passed.

Commencement Information

I20Sch. 6 para. 20 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

21(1)The amendments made by the following provisions of this Schedule have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2017—U.K.

(a)Part 1, and

(b)in Part 2, paragraphs 2 to 15 and 19.

(2)Sub-paragraph (3) applies where a company has an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017 and ending on or after that date (“the straddling period”).

(3)For the purposes of Part 15E of CTA 2009—

(a)so much of the straddling period as falls before 1 April 2017, and so much of that period as falls on or after that date, are separate accounting periods, and

(b)any amounts brought into account for the purposes of calculating for corporation tax purposes the profits of a trade for the straddling period are apportioned to the two separate accounting periods on such basis as is just and reasonable.

Commencement Information

I21Sch. 6 para. 21 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

22(1)Section 4 of CT(NI)A 2015 (power to make consequential amendments) has effect as if paragraphs 16 to 18 of this Schedule were contained in that Act.U.K.

(2)Section 5(4) to (6) of CT(NI)A 2015 (commencement) has effect as if—

(a)references to Part 8B of CTA 2010 were to that Part as amended by paragraphs 16 and 17 of this Schedule, and

(b)references to the amendments made by Schedules 1 and 2 to CT(NI)A 2015 included the amendments made by paragraph 18 of this Schedule.

Commencement Information

I22Sch. 6 para. 22 in force at Royal Assent for specified purposes, see Sch. 6 para. 20

Section 25

SCHEDULE 7U.K.Trading profits taxable at the Northern Ireland rate

PART 1 U.K.Amendments relating to SMEs

Amendments of CTA 2010U.K.

1U.K.CTA 2010 is amended as follows.

2(1)Section 357H (introduction) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (5)—

(a)after “that is an SME” insert “ and is a Northern Ireland employer ”;

(b)for “that is not an SME” substitute that—

(a)is an SME that is not a Northern Ireland employer and has made the requisite election, or

(b)is not an SME.

3(1)Section 357KA (meaning of “Northern Ireland company”) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(b), for “the SME condition” substitute “ the SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition, the SME (election) condition ”.

(3)In subsection (2), for “SME condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”.

(4)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)The “SME (election) condition” is that—

(a)the company is an SME in relation to the period,

(b)the company is not a Northern Ireland employer in relation to the period,

(c)the company has a NIRE in the period,

(d)the company is not a disqualified close company in relation to the period, and

(e)an election by the company for the purposes of this subsection has effect in relation to the period.

(5)In subsection (4), after the definition of “Northern Ireland employer” insert—

“disqualified close company”, see section 357KEA;.

(6)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)An election for the purposes of subsection (2A)—

(a)must be made by notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs,

(b)must specify the accounting period in relation to which it is to have effect (“the specified accounting period”),

(c)must be made before the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the end of the specified accounting period, and

(d)if made in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) has effect in relation to the specified accounting period.

4(1)Section 357KE (Northern Ireland workforce conditions) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (2)—

(a)omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (b), and

(b)at the end of paragraph (c) insert , and

(d)in the case of a close company, or of a company which would be a close company if it were UK resident, individuals who are participators in the company.

(3)After subsection (7) insert—

(7A)In this section “participator” has the same meaning as in sections 1064 to 1067 (see sections 1068 and 1069).

(7B)In determining for the purposes of this section the amount of working time that is spent in any place by a participator in the company, time spent by the participator in that place is to be included where—

(a)the time is spent by the participator in providing services to a person other than the company (“the third party”), and

(b)condition A or B is met.

(7C)Condition A is that the provision of the services results in a payment being made (whether directly or indirectly) to the company by—

(a)the third party, or

(b)a person connected with the third party.

(7D)Condition B is that—

(a)the company holds a right that it acquired (whether directly or indirectly) from the participator, and

(b)any payment in connection with that right is made (whether directly or indirectly) to the company by—

(i)the third party, or

(ii)a person connected with the third party.

(7E)Section 1122 (connected persons) applies for the purposes of this section.

5U.K.After section 357KE insert—

Meaning of “disqualified close company”U.K.
357KEA“Disqualified close company”

(1)A company is a “disqualified close company” in relation to a period if—

(a)the company is a close company, or would be a close company if it were UK resident, at any time in the period, and

(b)conditions A and B are met.

(2)Condition A is that the company has a NIRE in the period as a result of tax-avoidance arrangements.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)50% or more of the working time that is spent in the United Kingdom during the period by members of the company's workforce is working time spent by participators in the company otherwise than in Northern Ireland, or

(b)50% or more of the company's workforce expenses that are attributable to working time spent in the United Kingdom during the period by members of the company's workforce are attributable to working time spent by participators in the company otherwise than in Northern Ireland.

(4)For the purposes of this section “tax avoidance arrangements” means arrangements the sole or main purpose of which is to secure that any profits or losses of the company for the period are Northern Ireland profits or losses.

(5)In subsection (4) “arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).

(6)The following provisions apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of section 357KE (Northern Ireland workforce conditions)—

(a)subsections (2) to (5) and (7A) to (7E) of that section;

(b)regulations made under that section.

(7)In its application by virtue of subsection (6), subsection (5) of section 357KE has effect as if the reference in it to subsection (1)(b) of that section were to subsection (3)(b) of this section.

6U.K.In the heading of Chapter 6 of Part 8B, at the end insert “ that are Northern Ireland employers ”.

7U.K.In section 357M (Chapter 6: introductory), in subsection (1), for “SME condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”.

8U.K.In the heading of Chapter 7 of Part 8B, after “losses etc:” insert “ SMEs that are not Northern Ireland employers and ”.

9U.K.In section 357N (Chapter 7: introductory), in subsection (1), after “by virtue of” insert “ the SME (election) condition or ”.

10(1)Section 357OB (Northern Ireland intangibles credits and debits: SMEs) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, at the end, insert “ that are Northern Ireland employers ”.

(3)In subsection (1)(a), for “SME condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”.

11(1)Section 357OC (Northern Ireland intangibles credits and debits: large companies) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, after “debits:” insert “ SMEs that are not Northern Ireland employers and ”.

(3)In subsection (1), after “by virtue of” insert “ the SME (election) condition or ”.

12(1)Section 357VB (relevant Northern Ireland IP profits: SMEs) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, at the end, insert “ that are Northern Ireland employers ”.

(3)In subsection (1)(a), for “SME condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”.

13(1)Section 357VC (relevant Northern Ireland IP profits: large companies) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, after “profits:” insert “ SMEs that are not Northern Ireland employers and ”.

(3)In subsection (1)(a), after “by virtue of” insert “ the SME (election) condition or ”.

14(1)Section 357WA (meaning of “Northern Ireland firm”) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In subsection (1)(b), for “SME partnership condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) partnership condition, the SME (election) partnership condition ”.

(3)In subsection (2), for “SME partnership condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) partnership condition ”.

(4)After subsection (2) insert—

(2A)The “SME (election) partnership condition” is that—

(a)the firm is an SME in relation to the firm's accounting period,

(b)the firm is not a Northern Ireland employer in relation to that period,

(c)the firm has a NIRE in that period,

(d)the firm is not a disqualified firm in relation to the period, and

(e)an election by the firm for the purposes of this subsection has effect in relation to that period.

(5)After subsection (3) insert—

(3A)An election for the purposes of subsection (2A)—

(a)must be made by notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs,

(b)must specify the accounting period in relation to which it is to have effect (“the specified accounting period”),

(c)must be made before the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the end of the specified accounting period, and

(d)if made in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) has effect in relation to the specified accounting period.

(6)In subsection (4)—

(a)in the opening words, for “to subsections (2) and (3)” substitute “ in relation to a firm ”;

(b)for paragraph (b) substitute—

(b)references to the Northern Ireland workforce conditions were to the Northern Ireland workforce partnership conditions (see section 357WBA).

(7)In subsection (5) omit paragraph (c).

15U.K.After section 357WB, insert—

357WBANorthern Ireland workforce partnership conditions

(1)The Northern Ireland workforce partnership conditions, in relation to a period, are—

(a)that 75% or more of the working time that is spent in the United Kingdom during the period by members of the firm's workforce is spent in Northern Ireland, and

(b)that 75% or more of the firm's workforce expenses that are attributable to working time spent in the United Kingdom during the period by members of the firm's workforce are attributable to time spent in Northern Ireland.

(2)References in this section to members of the firm's workforce are to—

(a)employees of the firm,

(b)externally provided workers in relation to the firm, and

(c)individuals who are partners in the firm.

(3)In subsection (2) “externally provided worker”, in relation to a firm, has the same meaning as in Part 13 of CTA 2009 (see section 1128 of that Act).

In the application of section 1128 of that Act for the purposes of subsection (2), references to a company are to be read as references to a firm and references to a director are to be treated as omitted.

(4)References in this section to the working time spent by members of the firm's workforce in a place are to the total time spent by those persons in that place while providing services to the firm.

(5)References in this section to “the firm's workforce expenses” are, where the period is an accounting period of the firm, to the total of the deductions made by the firm in the period in respect of members of the firm's workforce in calculating the profits of the firm's trade.

(6)References in this section to “the firm's workforce expenses” are, where the period is not an accounting period of the firm, to the total of—

(a)the deductions made by the firm in any accounting period falling wholly within the period, and

(b)the appropriate proportion of the deductions made by the firm in any accounting period falling partly within the period,

in respect of members of the firm's workforce in calculating the profits of the firm's trade.

(7)For the purposes of subsection (6)(b), “the appropriate proportion” is to be determined by reference to the number of days in the periods concerned.

(8)The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations specify descriptions of deduction that are, or are not, to be regarded for the purposes of this section as made in respect of members of a firm's workforce.

(9)Regulations under this section—

(a)may make different provision for different purposes;

(b)may make incidental, supplemental, consequential and transitional provision and savings.

(10)Section 357WBB contains supplementary provision applying for the purposes of this section.

357WBBSection 357WBA: supplementary

(1)References in section 357WBA or this section to a partner in the firm include any person entitled to a share of income of the firm.

(2)In determining for the purposes of section 357WBA the amount of working time that is spent in any place by a partner in the firm, time spent by the partner in that place is to be included where—

(a)the time is spent by the partner in providing services to a person other than the firm (“the third party”), and

(b)condition A or B is met.

(3)Condition A is that the provision of the services results in a payment being made (whether directly or indirectly) to the firm by—

(a)the third party, or

(b)a person connected with the third party.

(4)Condition B is that—

(a)the firm holds a right that it acquired (whether directly or indirectly) from the partner, and

(b)any payment in connection with that right is made (whether directly or indirectly) to the firm by—

(i)the third party, or

(ii)a person connected with the third party.

(5)Section 1122 (connected persons) applies for the purposes of this section.

(6)References in section 357WBA to deductions made in respect of the members of the firm's workforce in calculating profits of the firm's trade include, in relation to a partner in the firm, the appropriate notional consideration for services provided by the partner (see subsections (7) and (8)).

(7)For the purposes of subsection (6), “the appropriate notional consideration for services” provided by a partner is—

(a)the amount which the partner would receive in consideration for services provided to the firm by the partner during the period in question, were the consideration to be calculated on the basis mentioned in subsection (8), less

(b)any amount actually received in consideration for such services which is not included in the partner's profit share.

(8)The consideration mentioned in subsection (7)(a) is to be calculated on the basis that the partner is not a partner in the firm and is acting at arm's length from the firm.

357WBC“Disqualified firm”

(1)For the purposes of this Chapter, a firm is a “disqualified firm” in relation to a period if conditions A and B are met.

(2)Condition A is that the firm has a NIRE in the period as a result of tax-avoidance arrangements.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)50% or more of the working time that is spent in the United Kingdom during the period by members of the firm's workforce is working time spent by partners otherwise than in Northern Ireland, or

(b)50% or more of the firm's workforce expenses that are attributable to working time spent in the United Kingdom during the period by members of the firm's workforce are attributable to working time spent by partners otherwise than in Northern Ireland.

(4)For the purposes of this section “tax avoidance arrangements” means arrangements the sole or main purpose of which is to secure that any profits or losses of the firm for the period are Northern Ireland profits or losses.

(5)In subsection (4) “arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).

(6)The following provisions apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of section 357WBA (Northern Ireland workforce partnership conditions)—

(a)subsections (2) to (5) of that section;

(b)regulations made under that section;

(c)section 357WBB.

16U.K.In section 357WC (Northern Ireland profits etc of firm determined under Chapter 6), in subsection (2), for “SME partnership condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) partnership condition ”.

17(1)Section 357WD (Northern Ireland profits etc of firm determined under Chapter 7) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For subsections (1) to (3) substitute—

(1)This section applies where—

(a)a company (“the corporate partner”) is a partner in a firm at any time during an accounting period of the firm (“the firm's accounting period”) and is within the charge to corporation tax in relation to the firm's trade, and

(b)condition A or B is met.

(2)Condition A is that the firm is a Northern Ireland firm in the firm's accounting period by virtue of the SME (election) partnership condition or the large partnership condition in section 357WA.

(3)Condition B is that—

(a)the firm is a Northern Ireland firm in the firm's accounting period by virtue of the SME (Northern Ireland employer) partnership condition in section 357WA, and

(b)the corporate partner is not an SME in relation to an accounting period of the corporate partner which is the same as, or overlaps (to any extent), the firm's accounting period.

(3)In subsection (4), after “losses etc:” insert “ SMEs that are not Northern Ireland employers and ”.

18U.K.In section 357WE (sections 357WC and 357WD: interpretation), omit subsection (2).

19(1)Section 357WF (application of section 747 of CTA 2009 to Northern Ireland firm) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In paragraph (e)—

(a)for “SME condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”;

(b)for “SME partnership condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) partnership condition ”.

(3)After paragraph (e) insert—

(ea)references to the SME (election) condition in section 357KA were to the SME (election) partnership condition in section 357WA;.

20(1)Section 357WG (application of Part 8A to Northern Ireland firm) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In paragraph (g)—

(a)for “SME condition” (in the first place it appears) substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”;

(b)for “SME condition” (in the second place it appears) substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) partnership condition ”.

(3)For paragraph (h) substitute—

(h)references in section 357VC to—

(i)the SME (election) condition in section 357KA were to the SME (election) partnership condition in section 357WA;

(ii)the large company condition in section 357KA were to the large partnership condition in section 357WA;

(iii)a qualifying trade by virtue of section 357KB(1) were to a qualifying partnership trade by virtue of section 357WB(1).

21U.K.In Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions)—

(a)omit the entry for “SME condition (in Part 8B)”;

(b)at the appropriate places, insert—

disqualified close company (in Part 8B)section 357KEA
SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition (in Part 8B)section 357KA
SME (election) condition (in Part 8B)section 357KA

Amendments relating to capital allowancesU.K.

22U.K.CAA 2001 is amended in accordance with paragraphs 23 and 24.

23(1)Section 6A (“NIRE company” and “Northern Ireland SME company”) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In the heading, for “Northern Ireland SME company” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) company ”.

(3)In the definition of “NIRE company”, after “by virtue of” insert “ the SME (election) condition or ”.

(4)For “Northern Ireland SME company” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) company ”.

(5)For “SME condition” substitute “ SME (Northern Ireland employer) condition ”.

24U.K.In the following provisions, for “a Northern Ireland SME company” substitute “ an SME (Northern Ireland employer) company ”

(a)section 6C(1)(a) and (c);

(b)section 6D(1);

(c)section 6E(1);

(d)section 61(4B)(a);

(e)section 66B(1)(a), (b) and (c);

(f)section 66C(b);

(g)section 66D(1)(a) and (b);

(h)section 66E(b);

(i)section 212ZE(b);

(j)Schedule 1.

25U.K.In CT(NI)A 2015, in Schedule 1, in Part 6 (capital allowances: transitional provision), in paragraphs 20(1)(a) and 21(1)(a), for “a Northern Ireland SME company” substitute “ an SME (Northern Ireland employer) company ”.

PART 2 U.K.Minor amendments

26U.K.In section 357IA of CTA 2010 (power of Northern Ireland Assembly to set Northern Ireland rate), for “Minister of Finance and Personnel” substitute “ Minister of Finance ”.

27U.K.In section 357QB(5)(b) of that Act (tax credit: entitlement), for “Chapter 2” substitute “ land remediation ”.

28(1)Paragraph 2 of Schedule A1 to CAA 2001 (amount of first-year tax credit) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For sub-paragraphs (3A) and (4) substitute—

(4)The Treasury may by regulations amend sub-paragraph (1)—

(a)so as to provide for a different percentage to apply where the surrenderable loss relates to a qualifying activity that is an NI rate activity, or

(b)so as to substitute for any percentage for the time being specified in that sub-paragraph such other percentage as the Treasury thinks fit.

(3)In sub-paragraph (5), for “An order” substitute “ Regulations ”.

29U.K.In consequence of paragraph 28, in the Corporation Tax (Northern Ireland) Act 2015, in Schedule 1, omit paragraph 10.

PART 3 U.K.Commencement etc

30(1)Any power to make regulations under Part 8B of CTA 2010 by virtue of Part 1 or 2 of this Schedule may be exercised on or after the day on which this Act is passed.U.K.

(2)Section 4 of CT(NI)A 2015 (power to make consequential amendments) has effect as if Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule were contained in that Act.

(3)Section 5(4) to (6) of CT(NI)A 2015 (commencement) has effect as if—

(a)references to Part 8B of CTA 2010 were to that Part as amended by Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule, and

(b)references to the amendments made by Schedules 1 and 2 to CT(NI)A 2015 included the amendments made by paragraphs 21 to 24 of this Schedule.

Section 29

SCHEDULE 8U.K.Deemed domicile: income tax and capital gains tax

PART 1 U.K.Application of deemed domicile rule

ICTAU.K.

1(1)In section 266A of ICTA (life assurance premiums paid by employer), after subsection (8) insert—U.K.

(8A)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (6)(b).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

TCGA 1992U.K.

2U.K.TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.

3(1)Section 16ZA (losses: non-UK domiciled individuals) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)For subsections (1) to (3) substitute—

(1)An individual may make an election under this section in respect of—

(a)the first tax year in which section 809B of ITA 2007 (claim for remittance basis) applies to the individual, or

(b)the first tax year in which that section applies to the individual following a period in which the individual has been domiciled in the United Kingdom.

(2)Where an individual makes an election under this section in respect of a tax year, the election has effect in relation to the individual for—

(a)that tax year, and

(b)all subsequent tax years.

(2A)But if after making an election under this section an individual becomes domiciled in the United Kingdom at any time in a tax year, the election does not have effect in relation to the individual for—

(a)that tax year, or

(b)any subsequent tax year.

(2B)Where an election made by an individual under this section in respect of a tax year ceases to have effect by virtue of subsection (2A), the fact that it has ceased to have effect does not prevent the individual from making another election under this section in respect of a later tax year.

(3)If an individual does not make an election under this section in respect of a year referred to in subsection (1)(a) or (b), foreign losses accruing to the individual in—

(a)that tax year, or

(b)any subsequent tax year except one in which the individual is domiciled in the United Kingdom,

are not allowable losses.

(3)After subsection (6) insert—

(7)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of this section.

(4)The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

(5)Where—

(a)an individual makes an election under section 16ZA of TCGA 1992 as originally enacted for a tax year before the tax year 2017-18, but

(b)after making the election the individual becomes domiciled in the United Kingdom at any time in a tax year,

sections 16ZB and 16ZC of that Act do not have effect in relation to the individual by virtue of that election for that tax year or any subsequent tax year.

(6)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of sub-paragraph (5).

4(1)In section 16ZB (election under section 16ZA: foreign chargeable gains remitted in the tax year after that in which they accrue), in subsection (1), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—U.K.

(a)the individual has made an election under section 16ZA in respect of a tax year before the applicable year,

(aa)the election has effect in relation to the individual for the applicable year,

(b)foreign chargeable gains accrued to the individual in or after the tax year in respect of which the election was made but before the applicable year, and.

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

5(1)In section 16ZC (election under section 16ZA by individual to whom remittance basis applies), in subsection (1), for paragraphs (a) to (c) substitute—U.K.

(a)the individual has made an election under section 16ZA in respect of the tax year or any earlier tax year,

(b)the election has effect in relation to the individual for the tax year, and

(c)section 809B, 809D or 809E of ITA 2007 (remittance basis) applies to the individual for the tax year.

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

6(1)In section 69 (trustees of settlements), after subsection (2E) insert—U.K.

(2F)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (2B)(c).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to a settlement—

(a)in a case where the settlement arose on the settlor's death (whether by will, intestacy or otherwise), where the settlor died on or after 6 April 2017;

(b)in any other case, where the settlor made the settlement (or was treated for the purposes of TCGA 1992 as making the settlement) on or after 6 April 2017.

7(1)In section 86 (attribution of gains to settlors with interest in non-resident or dual resident settlements), after subsection (3) insert—U.K.

(3A)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1)(c).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

8(1)In section 275 (location of assets), after subsection (3) insert—U.K.

(3A)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1)(l)(iii).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect for the purposes of determining for the purposes of TCGA 1992 the situation of any asset, or whether the situation of any asset is in the United Kingdom, at any time on or after 6 April 2017 (irrespective of when the asset was acquired by the person holding it).

9(1)In Schedule 5A (settlements with foreign element: information), in paragraph 3, after sub-paragraph (3) insert—U.K.

(3A)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to settlements created on or after 6 April 2017.

ITEPA 2003U.K.

10(1)ITEPA 2003 is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 355 (deductions for corresponding payments by non-domiciled employees with foreign employers), in subsection (2), at the end insert “ (and section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of this subsection) ”.

(3)In section 373 (non-domiciled employee's travel costs and expenses where duties performed in UK), at the end insert—

(7)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1).

(4)In section 374 (non-domiciled employee's spouse's etc travel costs and expenses where duties performed in UK), at the end insert —

(10)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1).

(5)In section 376 (foreign accommodation and subsistence costs and expenses (overseas employment)), at the end insert —

(6)Section 835BA of ITA 2007 (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1)(c).

(6)The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

ITA 2007U.K.

11U.K.ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

12(1)In section 476 (how to work out whether settlor meets condition C in section 475), after subsection (3) insert—U.K.

(3A)Section 835BA (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsections (2)(b) and (3)(b).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect—

(a)so far as relating to section 476(2)(b) of ITA 2007, in relation to a settlor who dies on or after 6 April 2017;

(b)so far as relating to section 476(3)(b) of ITA 2007, in relation to a settlement made on or after 6 April 2017.

13(1)In section 718 (meaning of “person abroad” etc), after subsection (2) insert—U.K.

(3)Section 835BA (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1)(b).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

14(1)Chapter A1 of Part 14 (remittance basis) is amended as follows.U.K.

(2)In section 809B (claim for remittance basis to apply), after subsection (1) insert—

(1A)Section 835BA (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1)(b).

(3)In section 809C (claim for remittance basis by long-term UK resident: nomination) omit the following—

(a)in subsection (1)(b), “the 17-year residence test,”;

(b)subsection (1ZA);

(c)subsection (1A)(a);

(d)in subsection (1B)(a), “the 17-year residence test or”;

(e)subsection (4)(za).

(4)In section 809E (application of remittance basis without claim: other cases), after subsection (1) insert—

(1A)Section 835BA (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (1)(b).

(5)In section 809H (claim for remittance basis by long-term UK resident: charge) omit the following—

(a)in subsection (1)(c), “the 17-year residence test,”;

(b)in subsection (1A)—

(i)“(1ZA)”;

(ii)“the 17-year residence test,”;

(c)subsection (5B)(za).

(6)The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

This is subject to paragraphs 15 and 16.

15(1)This paragraph applies in a case where—U.K.

(a)section 10A of TCGA 1992 (temporary non-residents) as originally enacted applies in relation to an individual, and

(b)the year of return is 2017-18.

(2)For the purposes of capital gains tax in respect of foreign chargeable gains accruing to the individual during an intervening year, the amendment made by paragraph 14(2) does not have effect in relation to the year of return.

(3)Where by virtue of sub-paragraph (2) an individual makes a claim under section 809B of ITA 2007 for the tax year 2017-18, sections 809C, 809G and 809H of ITA 2007 do not apply to the individual for that tax year.

(4)In this paragraph—

  • intervening year” and “year of return” have the same meanings as in section 10A of TCGA 1992 as originally enacted;

  • foreign chargeable gain” has the meaning given by section 12(4) of TCGA 1992.

16(1)This paragraph applies in a case where section 10A of TCGA 1992 as substituted by paragraph 119 of Schedule 45 to FA 2013 applies in relation to an individual.U.K.

(2)For the purposes of capital gains tax in respect of foreign chargeable gains accruing to the individual during a temporary period of non-residence beginning before 8 July 2015, the amendment made by paragraph 14(2) does not have effect in relation to the tax year which consists of or includes the period of return.

(3)Where by virtue of sub-paragraph (2) an individual makes a claim under section 809B of ITA 2007 for any of the tax years 2017-18 to 2020-21 inclusive, sections 809C, 809G and 809H of ITA 2007 do not apply to the individual for that tax year.

(4)In this paragraph, “foreign chargeable gain” has the meaning given by section 12(4) of TCGA 1992.

(5)Part 4 of Schedule 45 to FA 2013 explains what “temporary period of non-residence” and “period of return” mean.

17(1)In section 834 (residence of personal representatives), at the end insert—U.K.

(5)Section 835BA (deemed domicile) applies for the purposes of subsection (3).

(2)The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

PART 2 U.K.Protection of overseas trusts

TCGA 1992U.K.

18U.K.In Schedule 5 to TCGA 1992 (provisions supplementing section 86 of TCGA 1992), after paragraph 5 insert—

5A(1)Section 86 does not apply in relation to a year (“the particular year”) if Conditions A to D are met.

(2)Condition A is that the particular year is—

(a)the tax year 2017-18, or

(b)a later tax year.

(3)Condition B is that when the settlement is created the settlor—

(a)is not domiciled in the United Kingdom, and

(b)if the settlement is created on or after 6 April 2017, is not deemed domiciled in the United Kingdom.

(4)Condition C is that there is no time in the particular year when the settlor is—

(a)domiciled in the United Kingdom, or

(b)deemed domiciled in the United Kingdom by virtue of Condition A in section 835BA of ITA 2007.

(5)Condition D is that no property or income is provided directly or indirectly for the purposes of the settlement by the settlor, or by the trustees of another settlement of which th